Korean Language Text Practice

DOCUMENT RESUME
ED 024 936 AL 001 629

Korean Non Resident Language Refresher Course: 210 Hour Course.
Defense Language Institute, Washington, D.C.
Pub Date 62
Note- 1,011p.,10vols.
EDRS Price MF-$3.75 HC-$50.65
Descriptors- Audiolingual Methods, Cultural Context, Grammar, *Instructional Materials, *Korean, Korean
Culture, *Language Instruction, Military Training, Pattern Drills (Language), Refresher Courses, Translation,
Vocabulary, Writing
Identifiers- Hangul, Hanja
The materials presented in this intermediate-advanced refresher course in
Korean are intended for those who have already had considerable intensive training
in spoken and written Korean. Lessons 1-70 (the first seven weeks of the course) aim
to "maintain and develop habitual responses in the use of words and sentences
dealing with high frequency daily situations and other pertinent aspects of Korea,
such as culture economy, history, geography, politics, and including some basic
military terms." The advanced level lessons (71-140) introduce advanced terminology,
both dvilian and mili:ary. Lesson materials consist of dialogs with idiomatic or litaral
Enghsh translation, reading texts, oral drills, translation and interpretation exercises,
grammar notes, and word lists. The Korean appears in Hangul orthography, with some
Hanja characters introduced in later units. (AMM)
". , ' "s",- , ""),414";4, '
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE

OFFICE OF EDUCATION
-
il2 THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE
PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGINATING IT. POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS
-'STATED
!
DO NOY NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICE OF EDUCATION
POSITION OR POLICY.
I
r"
g
'. 111Q,..11111104311Nail-
: 4
'
4.1
*.;
PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA
wrApacm
POLS*I_
KOREAN 1,
r ,r7riT _
, f.01.4/
I I
NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE tESKY

, , REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE
VOLUME 1
CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION
LESSONS 1 - 14 SLOVENgaNA
___.:JL,*;21";
* ' .../ 0 I
LANGUAGE LABORATORY riSo

[M. /
371 3.),
# '
EXERCISES 1 -6 DEUTSCH
.14.
_111L,d7VVid
;
C.;
' '72 :
:4'
A
Ye
KOREAN
NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume I
Classroom Instruc::ion Lessons 1-14
Language Laboratory Exercises 1-6
January 1901
"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIS

eettliellitD MATE AL HAS BEEN GRANTED
BY -7"-str- --*
TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS OPERONG
UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE U.S. MICE OF
EDUCATION. FURTHER REPRODUCTION OUTSIDE
THE ERIC SYSTEM REQUIRES PERMISSION OF
THE 40121101 OWNER."
U. S. Army Language School

Presidio of Monterey, California
2.
PREFACE
1. General Description.
The NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE, MILI-
TARY INTELLIGENCE UNIT, 210 HOUR COURSE1 KOREAN LANGUAGE
consists of:
a. 140 units for classroom instruction, fifty minutes

to be spent on each unit. The written text is
supported by pre-recorded tapes.
b. 60 units for individual language laboratory exercise.

These are also pre-recorded on tapes.
c. 10 units for formal examination.
The course is so designed that students can follow

it with or without an instructor.
2. Objectives.
a. First priority: To maintain and develop aural

comprehension and oral fluency.
b. Second priority: To maintain and develop reading

ability.
c. Third priority: To maintain and develop writing

ability.
3. Course Length.
The length of the course is 210 hours, or 15 hours
per week for 14 weeks. Two instructional units and one
language laboratory exercise unit should be given three
hours per day, five days per week.
4. Course Level and Content.

The materials presented in the course are intended
fof those who have already had considerable intensive
training in spoken,and written Korean.
The level of material is:
a. Intermediate level, 1st through 7th week (Lessons

1-70). The chief aim of this material is to main-
tain and develop habitual responses in the use of
words and sentences dealing with high frequency
daily situations and other pertinent aspects of
Korea, such as culture, economy, history, geogra-
phy, politics, and including some basic military
terms.
b. Advanced level, 8th through 14th week (Lessons

71-140). The primary aim of thXs material is to
introduce advanced terminology,A)oth civilian and
military.
5.. Instructional Materials.
Instructional materials are classified into two

groups; one for students, and the other for instructors
only,
a. For students:
Volume Instruction Lesson iamamp Lab_Exc.

1-14 1-6
II 15-28 7-12
III 29-42 13-18
IV 43-56 19-24
V 57-70 25-30
VI 71-84 31-36
VII 85-98 37-42
VIII 99-112 43-48
IX 113-126 49-54
X 127-140 55-60
(1). Format of each lesson.
(a). Dialogue: This part is written

in HangUI(Eorean orthography), and is arranged
so as to give the student a number of new
words and a limited number of grammatical
features for practice and application. Some
Hanja (Chinese characters) will appear in the
dialogues toward the latter part of the course.
iv
(b). Dialogue translation: The dialogue trans-
lation is primarily rendered in idiomatic English.
However, some sentences are translated in stilted
fashion in order to convey important features of
the Korean sentences.
(c). Reading text: This part is written in Hangil

also, and recombines the words and grammatical
patterns of the dialogue to provide the student with
resume and elaboration on the dialogue. When
necessary, a limited number of new words are intro-
duced in this part. Some Hanja will appear toward
the end of the course.
(d). Exercises: This part coasists of oral drills,

requiring direct Korean answers to questions derived
from the dialogue and reading text. There are also
translation.and interpretation exercises from one
language to the Other.
(e). Grammar Notes: This part deals with selected

features appear in the dialogue.
They-are intended to clarify, illustrate or synthe-
size patterns already introduced. This is to aid
similation of the patterns.
(f). Word list: The words are arranged in Korean

alphabetical order. The list contains all the new
words alid grammatical patterns in the dialogue and
reading textr
(g): Recording: The dialogue, reading text, and

exercises in each lesson are pre-recorded together
with the necessary instructions for use in the event
that native speakers of Korean are not available
as instructors.
(2). Language laboratory exercise.
This unit is prepared for recombination

practice of the words and patterns introduced in
the dialogue and reading texts of the preceding two
lessons. A new situation is provided for listening
purposes, and questions are given thereafter on the
basis of the situation.
b. For instructors:
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL
(3 volumes)
Volume Instruction Lesson Lang. Lab Exercise
1-42 1-18
II 43-84 19-36
III 85-140 37-60
The Instructor's Manual contains general

suggestions and guidelines for instructors, and it
also includes the approved answers to exercises
given in the classroom instruction lessons. Also
printed in the manual are the narration, questions,
and approved answers to the questions contained in
the language laboratory exercise units.
Examinations. .
An examination will be given after covering each

volume of classroom instruction lessons, and therefore
a total of 10 examinations will be given throughout
the course.
Page
014. celiAl-t- col 41 (I) 1
(2) 41
(3) -3 Ai
.01 rA1 Al- 4: 0-1N ( II) 8
(4) 0414 0 )
( 5) -'
(6) cri
344
(7). .00
Language Laboratory Exercise 1 15
( 17
\Ill' 01 h141. DI Al
71)1- EjC1
Al
,k4A-t
014;014 ,v,i; xi (Iv) 24
(11)
(12) ""ile
( 13)
vii
_.....n44.118=44,4,.........,,,..,1.MPIrl.,, 1...11111111.1141
4,
%OP+ 3=-11i
32
(14) 03-4& 0-4)

(15) Noun +
(16) Noun
*44- 40
(17) AI y)0111: c F.
(18) x11-
(19) *1-4-
Language Labrratory Exercise 3 . 48
4;4.. #.41 -1):10xt 'AN . ....... 49
(21) c1 4;144
(22) --(6/..te/4 4.a. I )4 c+.

57
0491- -111'101 11- OtiA1
(23) tx1/91-
(24) 46-11
Language Laborator; Exercise 4 65
viii
66
(25)
(26) s. 51
(27) t Gio
74
9+ (-1)4
(28)
( 29 , a) 41-.!.-c
k4.
(29,b).-0) e+.D-
J-11- 41, 411 olki (I) 83
(30)
(31) 11 ktt
(32) 41
121,4AI oil (I I) 91
(33)
(34) ccli
(35) .... tA),
ix
) ( 66
Itif C(4% IP I-Y
(9E) WI
/?la. tZ. .41
r(v
LE) (q` -?clfect Alt

(8) iFt
- ?<I 1-yii.0 (AI) 901
11-frcfrii-%
(6E) .griY4 411
(017) 110 Oit
4-1,40
(Liv) *c ix 421'4
(co-Ev) 1%2;1-- _To
)(#
t o.i d
A.1111- ( irt)
Yria 4A-711-1 74?

x-sj o 4-t. ;4_1E-1 I 14 4. vl -3i kl
VAiLiEt.
"6. ff 4-9a. 9
041. 0171 01 401 r+.
04 11 .qx1
: 0) -% 9c 14
Aixg 01 4 i. 14? 01 c 444 01-4 1.1 ?
5. 041.
6. to ki -I- 9 rk.
. ? (ri cCrj
4 M
74) Al 11 01 4: 7q, Xit
AA 0 I
7. . 7}7 1j i *4 Al ( 4-1 711 %t 14)

61 4 xi ti
1
8. : 2- It 4- LI tal 4 4.
SL oi At/ oi (*71 t Al ch
-Yrj- t 01. 1-1
LESSON 1
At the U.S. Embassy(I)
B. Dialogue (Translation.)
1. Han-tong-su: What can I do for you? (For what business

did you come?)
Brown: My name is Brown. I arrived from America

yesterday.
2. Han: Did you come to register?
Brown: Yes. Here's my passport.
3. Ban: Come over here and take a seat, please.
Brown: Thank you.
4. Han: My name is Han.
Brown: Are you Mr. Tongsu Han? Do you know

Mr. Adams?
5. Han: Yos, I know him well.
Brown: I heard a lot about you from him.
6. Han: Is that right? How is he?
Brown: He is well. He wrote me this letter of

introduction.
7. Han: Excuse me for a moment. (He readsthe

letter of introduction.)
Brown: And, he also sent you these pictures.
8. Han: Thank you very much. Let's take care of

business at hanl first, and have a long
talk (talk slowly) later.
Brown: That's fine.

c:Wt
71.-
.2 .4 01.4 1 cl 4- -01 3.12
4. .44 4. olf
t
4=Ì A-61
4 At 41/1
a 02-1; st, al IA 5.1
el ovi 0;1 61 1
41
13-1 Z1 4_ ti -t ohl
D. 01 j>
01 (Answer according to the text)

I )131 011 1- I- A
I. 111%11' Al- ol ol ?
2. yr 2,1- 41 Al- oil 01 ?
3. ;1); AA) II- 0-Itm1 4-,iA0-11 ni

4. ."4-i)- 4- t 4" ?
-
I , k1 1%1- 1 Tic 01 ?
6. O1j OO1 HZ11 4-03- 14 /4?

7 k 40 9 ?
8,, 011 clt 4/cil 91 1--A11 01 "1 At/i ?
TI. Tranalate the following sentences, paying particular

attention to the underlined words from a grammatical
_point of view.
1. I came to talk to you.
2. We will Ea to Korea to sightsee.
3. What are you going to the embassy for?
4. I will a home, and write a letter.
5. She went back home,and listened to the radio. (Use.2}0
6. They worked until four, and then went to the restaurant.
7. The students first registered, and then met the teachers.
8. Mr. Kim met Mr. Lee first, and then went to work.
B. Ot_ FA)
1. The verb expressing the purpose behind the action of

going or coming is marked by(2-.);14 and precedes the
, or some other verbs of similar
nature.
tolosomses.
(One) goes to (do something) -71- Li 4

comes -9ff Jot) a-I 4 Le;
I am going for lunch now. 0- i zj 441 *al 4014:

I came to see Mr. Kim. 4 -le t t--fr
2. Conjunctive ending: ,4ki. In describing multiple

actions carried out in sequencp by the same person,
if the first action is that of going or coming to the
place where the next action is performed, the verb
4. 7 or cf- is marked by
I.TIM7,70141%.4.41110.0JIALANIWKIN$
(One) goes/comes (to a place)

and (there) one does
(something)
ta ri-
I went home and ate lunch. LI- MI. 71-ki 414,
You went to town this morning 2 om 041 041
and what did you do (there)? 04

-r A a ,4,4 .
3. If the first action is that of doing something instead

of going or coming, it is marked by 11.(0).
(One) does something and

(then) ...
I ate supper and (then) went 4..it z-1 1.4 rikt -x10-04) 741ct
to the theater.
I attended to my business at 4.4E. cfpFsktaiki It

the Embassy and (then) re-
turned to the hotel. .a oJijo11 01-
6
embassy
to arrive
to hear, listen to
to register
for what business
to write and give
a letter of introduction
yesterday
passport
to forgive, pardon
to talk; have a chat
to do one's business, perform

one's job
just a minute (moment), for a

moment (while)
to know
slowly
to meet, see
inbe glad, delighted
to show
to inquire (ask) after a person
(one) comes to (do something)

come..., and (there)
do and (then)
Of
(I) decided to ..- (See Note 13)
7
A' 1Z4A, 94 li
4 V\sti 16 iv,,x4.0 \
4-. 44i)<4`*X>
tei
.
IT *0i4,k''' * '1,,
.. 1k3 4N \ Aio.t.43
\'t,RtX'4i *
v
4 \<*6xiv
'`\f (74 \P 150"'\
f,Nt7
0034 \k(\'4
.14 II
ce.
yt
4
.
/%9(
it3 N
Noev Ir
-,i.,71
-'
\k` ,44\4i
\ \CèX>.
*\4 q4K.
\\\,\
1;\
c IZA
.
v-a%`".rii
11(fs.>r ," \0
'4,w 0.
Y% ..
\xl .11.' * -
,Ao
k
*ti\
.. \if94 \tt\''
. .
'
I
4V/4\eve* V ' .x?/
*\ 4 \Z\,,yofV*\4'
vA 3/4
xev1,
.
.44c%
4 `. )e
o V
Yck \';'1\ ' 4,zt (i.i.. 10*e
%,4
1N )('3\
(
\kz:t\() %
/1/
-itY4,z,/ 4.4
.x? V t
tz4
%
X>
LESSON 2
At the U.S. Embassy (II)
1. Han-tong-su: Did you come by boat?
Brown: I came on a ship as far,as Japan.
2. Han: How long did .you stay in Japan?
Brown: I stayedi there for a week.
3. Han: Did you fly from Japan?
Brown: Yes. I landed on Kimpo Airfield

yesterday morning.
4. Han: How long do you figure on staying in

Korea?
Brown: I figure on staying one year.
5. Han: Are you married?
Brown: No, I'm single,
6, Han: Where are you staying now?
Brown: I took up a room at the Chostin Hotel.
7. Han: Will you be staying at the Hotel

continuously?
Brown: No. I want to rent a house (acquire one

house-to-let.)
8. Han: You must report immediately when (and if)

you change your address.
Brown: Yes, I understand (well).
9
c.
Oig: 701 VA-rt. olto.fl is-fI1A1
4rv),, 1 0,1 -9-- oI tJ el'

4 3z oil %-71 o1 4J gl 4: 01 -till-c41 ct:
71- ill Xt -01
bil 1-1 A-0 31-t-. 014 01 c1.-. 01
14 ei 011 --1 4. -14 -xi tt

a VI %414 I+
wl si At
% :A. + r+
5...(Answer according to the text.)
40.1 1mA1
1; .4. ktAg1 *1.0-?
2. 34 01 11-4ott ,41i#4.,,f 14?
3 34. *I g4jO1l 4.11'4 3-24 Al 0414M-L?

_4 11025/1/1. 1.14011.?
5-24,-1 61. Iitte41 4A0111?

"es 4c 4?
7 VA ct jr" A I 4:P.- ?
24-.4-;,4 1)11;11.4 01i1J jo .gifo
II. Translate the following sentences paying particular

attention to the underlined words from a grammatical point
of view.
I api planning to rent a house.
Do you want to contact the embassy?
3. You must report the address.
4. Mho wants to get off the train?
5. Do you plan to stay here long?
6. They have to land the plane there.
7. If you get married, you have to register.
8. If I go to Korea, I will sightsee Seoul first.
11
E
=0
4. The schedule/plan is to ()oi Z-01 0111
mollisfthammoIMMIMmlill.1
Our plan is to leave at six 4 al Je 41 4 4/ 01 ,t),

tomorrow morning. cr.1 041 Li
How long do you expect to cul 7i oAu 4 g- AA z.

mc111.1
be here?
04! 4, 14 ?
5. (One) wants to ... -97 ag. ii Ai. ch

This orm iTused To express the de sire to perform an
action.
I want to go, too. 4 &IL

I don't wart to eat now.
6. (One) must Jot Li c.t:
This form expresses obligation, necessity, or compul-

sion, and is used to render an idea similar to the
English modal verb "must". This form is always used
in its positive construction.
You must send this today. 01 -7),-4- imi# 4114.

I must go back by ten. 04 Al -4 xl 4:44- (+
7, A dependent clause expressing a condition or a

supposition is marked by
rimmwoormwm
(o ) tle_ (main clause) .
.1
If it rains tomorrow, I'll LIjO 01-4- 11-

not go.
Et -,11 --
12
If you don't know, ask me. z- 1:11 &I V-0-.
When he comes in later, L. ol oi if. 4: 01- VIA,
please give this to him.
(3- of -3611 641 ) ol 71* -1- ,41 .
13
immediately
to get married
continuously, continually,
uninterruptedly
to come (get) down, descend, get
off, alight from
a single man, a bachelor, a

bachelor girl
boat, ship, vessel
to change, alter
to report
airfield
a house to let, a house for rent

to get, procure, obtain, gain
schedule, prearrangement, plan
to stay, lodge, stop (at)
address
to see (a sight), go sightseeing
liaison, contact, connection,

communication
to land, make a landing, reach the

ground
the plan is to
(one) wants to
If
(one) must
14
LANGUAGE LABORATORY EXERCISES
Observe the following instructions very carefully.
1. Draw the appropriate tape marked "Language Laboratory
Exercise, No **op Korean" for each unit,
2. Study the words listed under "Language Laboratory
Exercise". These words do not appear in the preceding lessons,
but they are used in the recorded exercises. The new words,
however, are very elementary in nature amd are needed mostly for
recognition.
3. The tape for each unit contains a narration, questions
and answers derived from the narration, and spaces for you.to
practice repetition and answering.
4. The tape is recorded in the following manner.
a. The narration is first recorded twice by
native speakers at normal speed for listening only. Listen to this
part very carefully and grasp the contents of the story.
b. The questions and answers are recorded twice
at normal speed for listening. Listen carefully and learn the
correct pronunciation, intonation, and arrangement of words.
c. Next, the questions and answers are recorded
with a pause after each utterance. Repeat after each utterance.
d. The questions are recorded twice with pauses.
Practice the answers during the pause.
5. Play the entire tape over Egain.
6. If time allows, practice more with the portionsof the
tape that contain pauses.
15
Language Laboratory Exercise N . 1
Word List
married person at first
many kinds letter written

to...
liaison, contact
later, afterward,
after
Supplementary Word List
probably... to be expensive
is said that... Wednesday
in the meantime hour, time
therefore Mr. (plain)
by the way still, yet
tomorrow to be difficult
all because, since..
again to come
next (imperative form)
more letter
to become
to not know
to.be sorry (fpr

causing troubles
or inconvenience)
16
.A"
1. -r xio * 01 si?
;13 alti 41 !I 01 4 74 :iijLi- 4-Ja
41i -71-J1L?
2. g .
d I 0-ii 4 4 ia 4- 4 4
a.
--r . -11_.-ir ii- 1,9414 01 X1
4 crI i.
71
3 ei 01 col 0111
01 1- 01 Yr- g 01 c4i .
71
a jiF L 4 4 Dix1L.
4. 141 ttl_ IA oil.
5. 41 it 51 le v) 5r ()), 4oi o
. -(L 0-14A4
41 1. oo1*j 01 I
5-1 01 I.
-PE 01 1=-11 A-1 wi *JI. -1
17
LESSON 3
At the U.S. Embassy (III)
B. Dialo ue(Translation)
1. Brown: Is it hard to get a rental (house)?
Han-tong-su: Advertisements appear in the newspaper

from time to time, how big a house are
you looking for?
2. Brown: I have two good friends in Seoul, so I want

to move in with them.
Han: Do you three intend to share the expenses?
3. Brown: Yes, we intend to do that. It costs too

much if we stay at the hotel.
Han: I will look into the matter at once, then.
4. Brown: I would appreciate it very much if you did

so.
Han: By the way, what kind of work do you do

in Korea?
5. Brown: I came to work at the American Trading

Company in Seoul.
Han: You have gotten a good position.

6. Brown: Yes, I got the job because I know the
Korean language a little.
Han: Where did you learn Korean?
7. Brown: I learned it at the University of
California.
Han: You speak Korean very we'll.
8. Brown: Thank you. (Not at all.)
19
-
-1 *. )6v0.1
ovc Alt-
9;0. k
IA kNA
,. 'ft te\-
TA
A- )6\.
0,\ .9c.
11
Oil AA).
-+c
0)1 .%1,
AAA
11.1 0\-
0\ 0)./...st,
\0 131
A-1 0\
it
s)
AAA A
tt
0\ A
.
k4)6's, 945
C )61:*
D.
1.4101 91*(1141 c'llq*Al2... (Answer according to the text.)
1.
tAti A4/111 1/1V?
2. Alttql 51j"
3. lAK;(2) toi o// ?
4- Yrei-96M-71- 54, 34-1,11?

5* 140) 01--t- c-41 y).0-11--?
6 3-1.01 14 0.14--)41
ii o1c1 'A0'11?
7- /1-*CO-NI
8. ale-1i to .o1 01 4-10/71-?
II.Translate the following sentences paying particular atten-

tion to the underlined words from a grammatical viewpoint.
1. Is Hangul 2a.sy to read?
2. We are scheduled to see a movie tonight.
3. I reported my address to the embassy because it was

changed.
4. It is very difficult to find a job.
5. Mr. Brown went to the U. S. Embassy in Seoul.
6. I am scheduled to study Hangul.
7. He is not working because he can't find a job.

(Use 91. GI-. )
8. We visited a friend in Pusan. 'r,1111,k
E.
8.
9.
It is easy/difficult to
It is hard to explain.
Korean script is easy to read.
This car is easy to drive.
Conjunctive ending:
When a clause describing a condition or an action is
..-.
-1-91--71.*
Air41,)61-1-.
eJ
41-*1-
. it Li 0-
eiltf r=1-
11P-I cl-.
44414 4A4-1.t.
followed by a clause that states its consequence, the

first clause is marked by oil/ A4.
4
USNID ilMno WWI& NM AM.
tidis
I didn't have money, so I doiki -7).-ft

did not buy it. zi tt
There were many people, so
I could not get on the
atol *41 -41
streetcar. -Fc
I did not know the address, -t-t- &I-A1 /FA .1c14-46-

so I could not come.
10. A postpositional phrase indicating a location as in "a

school in Seoul," is expressed as an adjective clause
in Koreirirmhool that is in Seoul."
illinffimallnwillIWOMINIIIIMWM11.1111.00.11~1111.11.111. '11111011
noun (that is) on, at, in 0,4 ().1 I t3jA .1e .1151
He teaches English at a 012a kJ
high school in Seoul. 041k1 oi
I bought this at a store

on Chongno Street. cri 14- 44 441 I 7/14-
iolt.
The dictionary on that
desk is mine. At -(A01
04, ti
22
often, frequently, from time to time
advertisement, notice, announcement
to look for
to appear
to cost(money)
trading
to Vgrs (expenses, responsibility,
expense
to look into
to be difficult
hotel
job; position
Not at all .
company, firm
to be easy
"kJ t4-.1 411-1-3
to exert oneself, endeavor, make
efforts
amola.
71 it. 01 at It is hard to
There is (a friend),so
(Irt-1-7)
the company in (Seoul)
1-1
One says that (one) will
-A ticf.
11
511 4 At kl (1)
A. 1-(Alttl)
1. 2 1- A14-4-449L?
21- -CC / 41 4 let Yr el Al +)1--
ill iFj cki act 4j PO1- g.ho.?

vl . 4 41- 2. coilA-10-1-Je 41 "of
ut).4 iofd 11;,f1A &IL
041. ?-1 -1;1 ./
'61-01- 01 41 4-4-1 4-11- cll. 01
Itt 111 1-1..
i-i
1.1.
V.-o 01 14 if c\-.
it 3.. !IL 'I 01 91- 001-i?
10- Ok 451 I .
6 . 4 io1i. x1L4fr1J ai 4 oil
01- 4- V.A4 .
/1-1-1
7 . 51. ol 2. al Li k
al .9_
411 11- ut 1-191 it g ?
24
LESSON 4
At the U.S. Embassy (IV)
B. Dialogue (Translation)
1. Han-tong-su: When do you start on your job?
Brown: I start on Monday next week.
2. Han: What kind of work will you be doing in

general?
Brown: I'll be in charge of the job of maintaining

liaison with its main office in America,
chiefly.
3. Han: You know Korean, so it's going to be some

help to you, I bet.
Brown: Yes, I imagine so (it seems that it will

be so.)
4. Han: I am glad that we have met like this,

anyhow. Let's make it a point to see
(each other) often hereafter.
Brown: I will be relying on (receiving) your

guidance in the future.
5. Han: By the way, are you busy this coming

Saturday?
Brown: No, I don't have anything special.
6. Han: That's fine, then. Come to my. place

Saturday evening and meet my friends.
Brown:
7. Han: We're having a cocktail party. And,

please bring your two friends over also.
Brown: Wouldn't that be imposing on you too much?
8. Han: It's all right. This is my address. I'll

draw you a map, too.
Brown: Thank you.
26
C.
* "tit 11- 51,4 MI 4 vt- LPj
tit it- =I 01 01 s- IA- 4. ek 61 %i Jr' vtl-
th I -Yr 4 -f tit- 4 71 Vit 4.
4k
Aki 4 2_
JI6
xi
xl 'Am)
-IA -1- 514
ti t
vl 4 (1 1. 4-, 2-1- 1.!4
kJ &11 oi *it 41'
lkit. .t 4 4.1 ot 4.61-

-4-3; vi ol-Al "61- 4i oil A1 tilk oi
4.- 9.1,4 t IA it 4.
D.
0,11 4;111 ai 131-A1
1 . 1)(61 oa Al 4 )(3, ?
2- Y;501 11" 14
3 itA/14- *z}43414 01F.4741 A-
4 %leis 5-11 A1t44: ICY) '31) 1-94?
5 111-441 IN -41 i 101 ak't it 0111
6 ."? ri-1,611 41-641 10-1) 2}-7) Vol ro
7 4144) /1" %(# ?
8 3/417,541
.!'01- 54 '4 111- ?

attention to the underlined words from a grammatical
point of view:
1. I have a job of writing books.
2. It seems that the main office will probably look into it.
3. I wish I could go to Korea. (Use -14.4-4c1-)
4. She is in charge of advertizing.
5. We decided to invite her.
6. It seems that he decided to bring his daughter home.
7. I wish I could speak Chinee well.
8. They decided to draw a map.
28
4
E . tkij (3-C, .4)
11.
I am in charge of register- -è

JOJ- 1.4 olt
.1,-
ing aliens. t16}-
I am in charge of sending
students to America.
4i cqoll -qAg
_it tit 61- 4. 9 31;
She is a cashier. (in charge 01 a
of receiving money) of.
4.44.0.4..04.444.
12.
it seems (to me) that...(wil1)F.--
1:--4:--C-9-2?
I guess so.(It seems that it's l. 1t ti

going to be 'so.)
It seems to me that Korean

will be awfully difficult.
*It -1,1 vi
-14 1-1
I think he is going to be a
big help to us. 2- 01 -' a) tell 5.461
-all it
13.
(One)has decided to 0
I decided to go.
I have decided not to go.
We decided to meet at six

the next day.
to draw(a picture)
generally
to bring (someone) along
aid, help, assistance
to take charge of
to be sorry, regret
things to do specially
main office
mainly, chiefly
map
anyway, anyhow
house (residential house) (honorific)

to be glad .(to see someone or hear
good news)
mutually
to have fun
to :invite
It seems that
(+) -7).
(.1-) vl It would be nice if (one) does
(something)
30
Language Laboratory Exercise No. 2
4
Word List
Please don't room-for-rent ,

j!./ 1/1, '4')
worry! house-for-rent
it seems that .54 announcement,

advertisement
to inquire about 01 Al 01 two to three days

(someone's) well-
being
to be at (honorific) al 0- 00 to have an enjoy-

able time
af
-IL is ...ing ( resent
progressive orm interesting,
41 AA?' enjoyable
however, but
well
thereafter, subse-
quently %1 Li
evening
4
home, house (hono- xl a telephone number
rific)
g) ui
to pass, to pass
to be glad to see a time or fare
person or to hear
good news to be big, large
office approximately
how Whan (Korean

monetary unit)
to render service by
...ing (humble form)
to worry
A. '91 C\t
AL- Al 041 ki)
1. 74, 1: 74 11 .x.1 'gait of 0j, .c.6 3.2 4 4 oi Jr- L?

a,t ? 42 VHL?
2, .1111 pd Al, 3- t-k 4-1-01g1 1

itt 01, "OA *oil 41 AtAt 0141
Ol 401 *II?
t4-: 4 al-8: 01 4.2. *tit. * -64 t.i$j -11 .5- 21
ei
4 aS 01 1_41,41 iF *I -t )
01.4441),- (A vilt II x.i *It it-

tt- 210.1
ij I? oixl ) *1* Mil c`.
5, 11 II 4. ki 44.f), ti -70
4- 41: al. 4-.1 1.1
6- 7,U: 1- A- it at. .44,4,, ?
32
--------1""
09<k)\A.Al
vcoi.
)..skoill
Joty,ro\-ALku.
0-5i,
..
\-0,0is . lick 0Ifv x-(9,0\-,)0
se ''' \;' 0

..1.*
Vii(?(-1#4
LI -k34-10*,
GAC-I $102,44-4
*.
11.:1"1/4;4))6St# \-.Sr 54k9r**VA.(
AIM. c,k VIP\V) I 1

YA4At.
"Crct VI 7c V kA116
.wwwwwwwwwwWwwwleamlowww
LESSON 5
Introduction
(One evening, at Mr. Han-tong-su's)
1. Kim-yOng-ho: Who is that young man over there in the

blue:suit?
Han-tong-su: Which one? You mean that American?
2. Kim: Yes, do you know who he is?
Han: Yes I do. I met him at the embassy a

few days ago.
3. Kim: What's his name?

Han: hiz name is Brown. I'll introduce you
to him. Come this way.
(They go to the place where Mr. Brown is standirg.)
4. Han: Mr. Brown. Excuse me for interrupting

your conversation (you are talking,
but I'm going to be rude), but my
friend wishes to meet you.
Brown: Oh, is that right? (To Kim, shaking hands)

Pleased to meet you. (For the first
time I have the honor of seeing you.)
My name is Brown.
5. Kim: I'm Kim-yting-ho. When did you come to

Seoul?
Brown: caMe a week ago.

6. Kim: Have you done soma sightseeing around
Seoul in the meantime?
Brown: No, I have done hardly any sightseeing

yet because I didn't have time.
7, Kim: Tomorrow is Sunday; are you busy?
Brown: No, I'm not so busy.
34
Kim: I don't have anything special to do
tomorrow!. Would you like to go and
see Changgyongwon with me?
Brown: Changgyongwon? You mean the famous

park?
9. Kim: Yes. The cherry blossoms are in (full)

bloom these days, and the view is
really nice.
Brown: Fine, let's do that. When and where

shall we meet?
10. Kim: I'll come to your hotel (to the hotel

where you are staying) at 10 o'clock
tomorrow morning.
Brown: See you again tomorrow, then.

01 01 2.1-57 Li , --10 4-4 z-j. o A-toil
ch 2 eth 01' OH 't -C 01.;- 4%1
c.V. T1 Lc!: 4 IL 0111 61 A1 '11 (1.142t-01 01- ;741-51-1
71 /1'1 -4 LS--V1- -7-11 9:1,441-1
.91 14.- 91 .11. %Oct 21 141 t91 3V-6- Li it:
7-1 71/1 Mai Ai- out. t.-`6 L4 -1 ()AA-IL 101 II

xl Al 071 0101( lt-ffq it J. :/j! 4.1 `--E -LI *V-
*141 Srli 1t-

j. o t1 11-S- 1'A qPi1 4. oi 1H
Vi< 1-* 1-1 1 xi] ttlt it 01 g 61 M tit LI CF:
36
D.
I. oil PH 3--
1. 51.4 /y;-) o hfa,4101 .114i42t 0)015.?
2. .1- 44 4%1 eIU 9r9,o)41L ,,6413.?
3. A1-41 GicIk
4- --`-r 4-k4 it?

,* al- -5 '6 my* 4.&4,141 41.1t-i-7/1-?
6 . -4140 ,111.A 54, ?
7. 1A1 *10-, 1".711
8. Sr '441 Djcr It 4/15- t-t'i t1/91"?
Translate the following sentences paying attention to

the underlined words.
1. I 212n to call on my friend tonight.
2. Do you know who he is?
3. I mean Mr. Park.
4. We are planning to see Cnanggyongwon this afternoon.
5. Do they know when that is?
6. We decided to take my younger brother.
7. I think it is close to a big school.
8. Do you mean Seoul University?

14.. "a man in a blue suit" is expressed as "a man who
had put on a blue suit".
dj,..t 4 4-
a man in a blue suit
a girl in Korean dress -111:

-t 0011-
a young man in (military)

uniform -1 4-i: 1-.t
WA 411 ti 14?
15. Do you mean 9.6?
Do you mean this? 61 it ?

Do you mean now? if- ti1 11 -1/1-7
Which(one) do you mean? 01 7,t 110,'4 771.?
16. Do you know what is? 4- 01

who
how much)
i4cizI 01 .74 ?
ut.
ii 01 zl Orj t4 I*?
Do you know what this is? 01 0:1
Do you knaw how much the cri olz1 okfi_ ?

01
price is?
don't know whose car it It 01 if 1-e=i) ZE -t.4514

is.
38
F . 61 074
j57-1
711 scenery
PPLI park
cherry blossom
to meet (hon.)
9-14 Ch to be in standing position
Ak discourtesy, impoliteness
cl.
to shake hands
13.1
famous
oth to wear, put (on)

%A 0 young
st2
name of a park in Seoul
61- irc1- to visit, call on
51 to bloom
(.1) 01 Ye. the following day
11) kii with interest; merrily, pleasantly
141 in friendly manner
t
(one) is called (named) ...
it. It 01 ? Do you mean that
oLj 01. oFiL ? Does (one) know that (or if)...?
39
)(4.
A. .11 ( JA)
Col .5.4 01- 4,m\ 7117/4_14:, 01 1. 4641 *.E'4.
Ili. 11)
Li
klAt 0:41 I . o1A1 401 3-4
2. x114 1 14- -71 4 4111 111 ALI

9 *VI.. ds-AOL. kiti 441 ilIkxIi.
3 7t1, . 1414 ok-i .t oi .4 7-1, -go, Mil 41 fir
vd. 51 I LI. ?
..%4 7 I- ().14 pi I . 1.4 1 1-1- itot41 e4c1 1.
4. . 7-1 ;4A4 1. 4 vi t oi of.
iLz
A-04 d2-14.
B. Al i.A15:. _I xi 01-11_
4k 4101131
-14-1.1751 4%41 tr-14 I ci"Ighl?
1 2_ ail 1.0/A ..
1.ti-1771-?
40
;c-11 4 -PF41 sk.z.-11
Ji tc11--
7. -71
;(1 11- coiJ 4. oFkl -71- zi
-r L4 71- 4 711-1 ?
8. 7)0 . (4 It 4 a-) c,11 IL,' ci oi ki 0_41) x-il 71- 4-x-1 t-li el

7}-ki 4 aliki -71 -11- al tit oiL ,
w
-r : 1r 1 it
LESSON 6
Transportation in Seoul
. Dialogue (Translation)
(On Sunday morning Mr. Kim came to the hotel where Mr..
Brown is staying.)
1. Kim: I'm a little late. I'm sorry.
Brown: Don't mention it. Please come in.
2. Kim: I missed a streetcar. I'm sorry to

have kept you waiting.
Brown: Oh, that's quite all right. Sit down

please. Have a smoke.
3. Kim: (Takes a cigarette and lights it.) The

Ctamggyongwon is a bit far from here;
what shall we go by?
Brown: I have a car. I borrowed it from a

friend of mine.
4
4, Kim: That's really wonderful. It doesn't

take much time if we go by car.
Brown: It's very inconvenient without a car

(if one doesn't have a car), isn't it?
5. Kim: Yes, you're right. There're many taxis,

and streetcars and busses run frequent-
ly, but it's still quite inconvenient.
Brown: By the way, you know how to drive a

car, don't you; Mr. Kim?
6, Kim: Yes, I do. It's been quite some time*

since I drove last, though. Why do
you ask?
Brown: I don't know the streets very well

yet, so I was going (intended) to ask
you to do the driving.
7. Kim: I will sit by you and point out the

streets for you.
Brown: Shall we go (out), then?
42
8.. Kim: (Puts out the cigarette in the ashtray
1
and rises) I'll go down ahead and wait
for you downstairs.
Brown: I'll shut the windows, lock the door,

and come right down.
C.
g ail 411 eta zL14 71- 44- 11- 140 1-1
01 1 1 :04. 01 Oh Lt 0, AI 71.4 11.-
1-1 al xi itt 1). 01 5=1 04 14 it ei Itt .t ol go1 431

oxi --es 4.%41 old{ r:1-.
01-401 f4 40112-1 7P-itiAl 4 i trA a. 01 IF 047

-$61- . 1.01 #.(6. r.-1; trq -7,1: opd d 01 A
iallt 41 4 J_ sL op-O. t4i ti
41E k1O1I g17} fri till" oil O.: 01 Xi 71 t-

4 -9- -ILI .1- Mid AAlfe-il 4-01.4411- 11-f-o-1
111 /1- *1 311x 41- ill -3; 1- {r- 1-1

D. ct-t-11
1041 911141 tl01-4h11.

1- 4 *a 444 gt-Ie YAD41 3:4. ooj ?
2. lit Vi#11-
3 frr fq2tol 0101

4. 44:01
5- 1- 42P/01 Pi `41/4`11- 41 /IA eeiF-0-

6. * 21--141 71- 341 *e1-421e1 ?
7 Avaj 01 00i VI 61 al el 4C1 /Ft ti 61 ?

8. *214 6L1 11 kf714: 41-- LI ?
11 Translate the following sentences paying attention to

the underlined words.
1. I intend to go to Korea next month.
2. It's been three years already since I left home.
3. You mean your home in the State of Utah?
4. How long has it been since we ai:rived?
5. Did he intend to lock the door?
6. Do you know how many students there are here?
'7- Do you want to borrow a jeep? (Use K51, for "jeep".)

8. She decided to visit a friend in Seoul.
45
I.
17. "I'm sorry to have kept you waiting. is expressed as
"I caused you to wait, so I 'm sorry." (71 4 -0 -HI
opt II 1-4-)
I'm sorry to have caused Niti xr oi

you to spend so much money oil- 1- 11-.
on arcount of me.
I'm sorry to have made you 14141-61 9.4 414-1 ikt

come n you are so busy.
-4114.
I2m sorry to have caused kj
you to feel unpleasant. 71- 4'111 olttqc1"
18.
It has been (a length of time) - i (.71-) 7,1F. 57.1,cfr
since ..
/WW1 =NEP
How long has it been since 40,-+ g-241

you came to Korea? t-5-t-I 77F?
It's been a month already. -r,1-eril_k_t_E. 00 41401 SA14(
IL
Has it been long since you 311 tgrAdi
saw him last?
No, it hasn't been very long

L-L9- 4
since I saw him last. a" 14-L .
I intended (or was going) to
I intended to stay a few 11 tsi

more days, but ...
I tried to borrow a car

from my friend.
it el kl la'
I was going to make a left
11RI gi X34 i!=1
turn there.
t
46
to point out, indicate
street
(it) takes (time)
traffic, transportation
to turn off(light)
to miss (a streetcar)
to be late
to close, shut
everything
to ask, inquire
to ask (a pessa) to do a favor

-64 ci-
to be inconvenient
41C)Aoi c+ AA) to light
c+ to borrow
to drive (a car)
to stand up
3- (4 -4-) to lock
c0-1)%1 e*-1 sl ash tray
4.t.; after all, in the end
to be convenient
444 to intend to...

10
1171-
I slA4 It has been... since...
1f to cause (one) to do...
47
Word List
nevertheless 0151-014. Ewha Women's

CI )4 a University
to be different
approximately
hors d'oeuvre (side
dish served with wine 41-11'
0
Han River
or liquor)
to teach to sit
to study or,11.-1 Western-style

suit
military
01411 cclimPe sometimes
theater
English
to play; to be out
of job (a girl's name)
hat, cap afternoon
Thursday window
already a year and a

half
45 minutes
past...
San Francisco
blue, green...
to wear (headgear)
white...
48
A.
- 4 lei -qDil (Acrls-. 4tAIr-F.

t.: 44-4?
2. r
11
1-1. "c_ 0,13
f.
771.4 11 4
*.tt -4101-. Ali *1 1.11.1
3 -r . (4 tcii- 4.1 4.4-1 ) 101 5L.
/1 0" al At2- ot
j
x#11
1) 01 4 44"e o 41.41 0)%1.11.?
4411 it L 4+ 41
4. 4-1
-71 471-11- OJX 401-1?
5 4 -24%.1 (Oil 4. *IA CO: t ch

*th4 4-VP1 tt
cvl=
x..k.st.L Ai .9, ot 44. IA) el oi 01.
1.1 X-4-.
11.41 8- *01" -11-4 *IL.
. X..1 C.11- 4- 4 1E11- ,112 4: 01 I 4-1 01 -7-1 el %IL ?
4444, :z1-1- titi 4: DI o1i15L--

49
8. xi-714-a 71'1- . 4401
coil, 0111-le 4 -7-111-71--'-E 4401 ao1-4-1
9. --r . c1 71k1
o4I, oi Ld to C ol x-A 44-Ai ch
50
LESSON 7
At the Hotel Parking Lot
1. Brown: The parking lot is at the rear of the

hotel. Let's go out the back door.
Kim: What year model is the car?
2. Brown: This year's model Modge". That black

one over there.
Kim: It's very nice. They certainly make the

cars beautiful these days.
3. Brown: (Taking out the car key) The door is

locked. Wait a second. I'll open it
for you.
Kim: Everything in this car is automatic,

of course, isn't it?
4. Brown: Yes, that's right. Therefore, it's

very easy to drive.
Kim: Isn't it difficult to buy gasoline

these days?
5. Brown: No, it isn't. Although it's rationed,they

Olveus emugh. (Brown starts the car,
and comesout on the main street.)
Which way do we go?
Kim: Go to the left. A little further on,

we'll come to the Chongno intersection.
6. Brown: Which way do we turn there?
Kim: We make a right turn and must go for a
7. Brown: Over therewhere the traffic signals are;

that's the Chongno intersection, isn't
it?
Kim: That's right. The lights turned red now.

(Now Ile red light came out.)
51
8 Brown: I guess I'll have to stop and wait,then.
It's ;eallycrowded here:(The people
there are many)
Kim: Yes. Many people cross streets here,

so you must be very careful.
9. Brown: You said we make a right turn here,
didn't you?
Kim: Yes. The light turned green now. Letts

go now!
52
a
---r4z1-01 -14 1 oi 1091 1-1-//124tAci--,
01 j-4_ oi 4: 444 01-01 f]xl
I- oi ì
4.%.3.-1-,t 4.1.51 .36-4 "c44 of 0,1-9,1-11 1;
44541 oico -eczpoi-7171- OA* 1-1 tt. 44;41 Iv1-1,4-1

=lc tffil 1174111- 001-x1 'A 71-All
"51: 1:41-1 i1-A-1 -71 1 ki 41,
14. 41 ot/J: 401 11 ill* 1A-t-t-I

IS 1=1
4491
411- cAld ct- 'Iasi 4 ata ol gOA.1.2 ì 51:
ifiA5- OH Jj t* 4%1,14-, 3.1.1 z114$11

D.
(1,s114.1 g-Loi A13,
1. frpt-t- ojoi 51-0;14.14-.9. ?Ail?

2. fAeil 4.4401 oc 0o1, fj..?
3. -4"1"I1 ot9.-i1)
4 *2-14-4(14- 014 9hAl 0-1 ?
5 Pi 441" * /1 4
6 ie .41-4 1110+ -1,1:j.?
7. t$ i1 3 144 !
8e 5J41 /49.itq. 471/1- 05.1-4-31//)-?
II 01014- oz1.1-13-.
1. Did you say that he is making the report?
a
2. Who is the man standing there?
3. It's eau to drive a car.

4. Can you tell me where there is a car?
5. It's been a long time since I drove a car.
6. He said that he can start the motor.
7. That is where the school is.
8. She said that the door is locked.
54
20. An adjective clause precedes the noun it modifieG.
Ille_place where the signal 51,1,1EA(*)
light is
the people who cross the

Atreet
4 al
the hotel where I'm staying VI 71- 4- 01 9.)A ai
There are many people who 01 0.1 2- 4 401

come here in the summer.
01-51-.
There is no one who knows
it. of --Lc
11111.
21. You said didn't you.7
(He) (he)
You said we make a right cm 71 kt vt.n.

turn here, didn't you?
?
You said you could come
tonight, didn't you? 641 cf-g. "6402
You said you borrowed a
car, didn't you?
k tJ 0, q.g. J614, xli?
He said he was coming 01 11- --ga- i+1 ?di 4-17- -30112,

right down, didn't he?
22, In quoting a statement, the original tense in which

the statement is made must be preserved. It does not
have to agree with the tense of the main clause.
He says he doesn't know. .2- 01 1)-

He said he doesn't know. .1- 0)1- Y.A all.
He
He
says
said
he
he
didn't know.
didn't knaa.
_a_ 01 * 4...
-3- I 1' 4-21
55
F. 611 (1W
to take out, draw out

I.
to cross, go across
to come out
sufficiently, enough
intersection
to turn
to make
to start the motor, put in motion
ration
key; iron
signal
attractively, charmingly, prettily
automatic (system, style)
to be locked
to stop ( a cat)
to watch out (for), be cautious (of)
parking lot
wide road (large road)
for a little while
... model
this year
to be congested
ott
both sides
? you said that ...I didn't you?
.56
s 4. -At
A. 3f
5- -161 1-11 7;2-474-9,.?
ol c4-te. 1-J., ttoi i gf.
2. 7j7 11 91- .3-- %'.1 1+4 I 4,01 .1 ?-%1
1-1 711- A113: 2E 0jt4-
Li 4. Ai-4714: 71- xi:0 Li %,1 %t
4-P-11 -T1 t. -16r oj h1 -v-)
3. 4-cLa 1=11/1.2191 4- *I/. 7. 71-1.-r=11
X.1 q"11 x-L4 * 2. 1-1- 71- cd1
0-1
4. 11 sl (-1-- 91-k %.41 Ax-c

1- 1 -1A
1
1:9c.
r 194-9c kit 0-4.a0114-1
-71
,d-tolt.-}=1 t11*- 3-4.011
gt /,r,.01 %iv to-3, ioL.

57
.96-4 .cd 41?
6. if obi 01.9_ . I iF uitki i. Al 014--A1
41L.
--r 014 -tat J-11.10-1sL.
7 11:14i* L
.f,1
8. t- 0.6
al I *al-IL It 7-1 of
1
LESSON 8
Driving on the Chongno
B. Oialo ue (Translation)
1. Kim Yong Ho: Shall we get off for a short while on the
way and see Pagoda Park?
Browr: You mem the park where there's a pagoda?
2. Kim: Yes. We're going right by in front of thartace.

Since the park isn"t very big, it would
not take much time.
Brown: nine. Since I brought my camera, let's

take a few pictures&
(After having seen the park, they get back in

the car.)
3. Kim: We must make a left turn at the next

intersection. Move into the inner lane
(get in the center of the road).
Brown: Since the streetcar is coming from the

other direction, Ill/, turn after the
streetcar has gone by0
4. Kim: We're almost there now (we came almost

all the way). Those big buildings on
the right are the University of
Seoul.
Brown: Is the ChUnggyiingwn farther from Seoul

University? (must we go more from the
university?)
5. Kim: No. The CVWnggyngwOn is right across

the street from the Universityof Seoul.
See that big red gate? That's it!
Brown: Where shall I park the car?
6. Kim: It would be fine under the tree.

I'll go ahead and buy the admission
tickets.
Brown: Notsir. I'm going to buy the tickets.
Kim: The entrancc fee isn't much.
Brown: Sorry to cavse you to spend money.

59
8. Kim: Don't mention it.
Brown: I'll raise the windows, lock the doors,

and be right over,then.
C. At (it L.
O ak t eo 51-11c1-44-6i t- -311
01-
ziPc 40151i-I 1-1 01 dd .6- 4 ch
IA /I Al 01 3:IA 'PITH
r31-Al 4 t.-1-t 4A- Ai- 71-041k1 .91 x:45-L %4k1 4 x..

i
-5)- At-4- k so- 9 1-1-. (-t tq-E AA al Ata q-ce *1 04 ?:1-9J1-1 ch
:tt-it 41._ -3- 1 -'s --%tvil AI Iv 01 Ai.-0 v4
o 1,
1... xt-tai-. %stit- tl,- -36,41
1,141# 1441 1'41 Z14-I 0; AA. toi
4- kil 5-.10-1 x4 )* el 4- 5- al IL
CI: 4/41 -11711 t. Al-41.01 42a 4

01111041 400. 441-4.1 1.01 1-Fc2-3_ kcelttol
61
D.
)101 9pAik1 aw01419-.

1- A-Al-q01
2. aSoi 44-41)4141 11 i1 kt toi ?
3. 41--t-01 54-0-61-12r-a -1-1i*.1141 10110

4. .41,1i#,101 kaap,Icg.L.1141 Aoni.t.?
5. 14314- Dig miff-1946W

6. 4:IA-V. 10114- gm-g-?
7 N. 67)- %Pi 1-t 41ki ?
8. 541 tb....r,11-4.dA 4.1*toil Al 1'1 liox) ?
/1 Translate the following sentences paying attention to the

underlined words.
1. Go approximately ten minutes after turning, to the left.
2. Letts see him since he is home.
3. Did he ..21 that the streetcar passes by tne park?
4. I met a lot of peraple_ who were receiving rations.
5. Bring a camera because we have to take a picture.
6. After parking the car, we went to see the tower.
.7. I am very sorry that I made you stand up.
8. How long has it been since we registered?

to bring
gate
on the way
to put away, keep

to step inside
opposite side
camera
to park (a car)
to raise
admission ticket
admission fee
to pass by
to take(a picture)
tower; pagoda
to carry on one's shoulder, to sling

north side, northern direction
fourth block (Chong-Ro)
shoulder
because, since opt,
after ...ing
Word List
01) on the way Xi q last month
to get on and car door

ej- sit
.-oil 014,9k concerning
oi ta,,, after two years
to be tired to guide
feeli.ag (not inter- to open

personal)
restaurant
to be bad
such as this
to depart
weather
than
(counter for
Buick cuiZFrwrie,
etc.)
to buf
4. vehicle, car
new...
perhaps
65
klr A. it.
it II oil ki
- AUL( t
1. 11 3
4 51 & 11-. Di 3. -10i em
2.7
1041 2.1--v- t 44 141%1 It O t 01.1,-LE 41-*
4-3 a I 4xl. OA* Violj.

ttlA kJ 4 AA4 xji .1- 4%0 iti-te41
-mil 101 )61 4,i-tAIr-t-.
3.
1/1-01 Al 'A -1-a ilk 11 4:61-.e-11) o1 Lkil$-. 31 ol-*141
41J.. 0,01 4-Altoir0 4 1tg-

?-1 V, LI 01 11 g_ at 404 4.
,b (A 1-01) 4-4 Li r-t: 4 t1-1 CE
4 LzJ GI
4-1qjL 419J401 x-1 101

loitAlch
V-1-61 .71- 4- t 7-171 01- 4-c1-1: 101 at

%LI: 4 04 4 xx4 IL 4. *1.E.
1
1414.ti
"1-'1
66
6. : OA!, ?1,1. 01 71- 4V- Vh-
ol 11- AF4 ?toil.
gl-q00? ,t,A011?
-71
1;1 oc-t. frai .14t011

?_0H
if 11401 Ojo.j 7111 7}-4 i
LESSON 9
At Changgyongwon
1. Brown: Flowers are in full bloom (really bloomed

nicely). What do you call this flowr
in Korean?
Kim: It's called "b6kkot". I guess you already

opursOknow, but it's called "sakura"
in Japanese.
2. Brown: Let's take a few pictures. Here's a

nice spot. (This place would be good.)
Kim: Letts take a picture of each other

firstpand then ask someone to take a
picture of us together.
34 Brown: (To a young man standing nearby) Eiccuie me!

Sorry to bother you, but will you
kindly take a picture of us, please:
The fitm's wound and the range (distance)
is all set, lo you just have to press
this down (if you just press this down,
it's done).
Kim: (To the youth) Thank you.for your trouble.
Brown: Where shall we go now?
Kim: Since the zoo and the botanical garden

are over that way, let's walk there
slowly.
5. Brown: Let's go to the botanical garden first.

I bet there are many beautiful flowers
there. I would like to take some
pictures.
Kim: Yes, there are varieties (various kinds)

of flowers. By the wayt did you bring
enough film?
6. Brawn: Yes, I brought plenty.
Kim: There're many spots worth taking

pictures of when wt go to the Secret
Garden later.
Brown: To the Secret Garden? Can we get in there?

68
amoomminuma
Kim: Yes, it's open to the public nowadays.
8. Brown: Is that right? That's wonderful. Let's

sit in the shade and rest for a short while.
Kim: There's a snack bar over there. Let's

go over there and drink something cold.
4.1-44041 4:11 401 o'k 1i1. o .4 44,4: viz-1
hi 5 Alt it 4-q-A1A-1 161 44

4,53.4. 4471 4%st.
so. qt).,!..,1 7,1. .44
xt 4 12:
9i -7-1 11 -fe4 44.9- 1.4'4,041-. ti

11-11 rktr- 7461 1101-ki OA it Ail- 14,i1
11- 111. 71- Al 0,1 Mkt 4%14. 01 ai osi C-1-.
Z.,1M1.1 LI- 61 -21 14/9:1-. r+ ii-PG 4. it

04)11 jklii *IA Cir "ItA 564: *I It "I- a14 00
tck 3-0k1 0140 -1-ki ):,1 vi-xiviki 47L
D.
I 410-1 otiv1-4A15-.
1- 11.);it 4.,10111-9. *11?

2 14),t 401 o11 Al ;3W 4iih
VA 4
3.
4. 1141
4- s2A 04
01<1
4W1161
4: t
0/1- esi 1%43?
6. 13M-1 tel 61 ?
7. Nfl 14-1-;1:611 4.711 toi ?
8. .3. Alit 01 v.: 7A.4: ?
Il Translate the following sentences paying particular

attention to the underlined words.
1. Let's ask a favor of Mr. Kim to make the ieport.
2. You only. have to take one picture.
3. The Secret Garden is worth sightsee,inF.
4. We are going to a shop downtown. (shopit
5. I asked a favor of him to start the car.
6. He deser forgiying.
7. After seeiag the zoo, we went out from the park.
8. She will be all right, if she just takes a rest.

E. 14-1 (St A)
25. 14 '4111 Al means "by asking a favor of someone

to do ft
Complete this work (within) 1- 010 ot It

today by asking (a favor of)
him.
/ J*. xi
Buy some American cigarettes ci I ell 4 itiki

by asking (a favor of) a GI.
Jtij4 4 A1 .
Let's ask someone to take a

picture of us. kt I- J61-0 bl "61jA -Si- al
11- OA' ct
26. 4414 q literally meaning "if one just do...,
it'll be all right (done)." is used to express an
instruction in an indirect manner. cf..---41) 111,012..
01 A,-! AI -111- Z1 .2_4A31 M X1 A) 771- 101.
01 4111 "si-Al Ai oi 4/1 *vi 1-1 r-17
014: 51 Pr 1.4,1ki 411E 51 1; ot

tit- 40, oj: ag_a-
AP%1 x4,1 tit 6,1: k is a contraction of AK1-
meaning na nlace that is worth taking pictures of".
There isn't a picture thti tt it_ 4 71-61 131012-.

worth seeing lately.
There are ten books worth

reading.
t -)k 9 ot 401
011 r-h
72
MP
F.
ti* to wind
distance
to walk
to opento the public

shade
to press down
zoo
to adjust, fix, set
snack bar,Cmagazin0 stand

the Secret Garden
undergo (go through) hardships
to rest
slowly
botanical garden
01-4 (01-44i.'4 , - ,0 be beautiful
public
to be tired
to be thirsty
(it) will..
worth while 040 ing
if (one) does..., it would

be all right, (cme)only has to.
73
A. -14 i-g)
(-trlt, 4)111 014Lt r4A-- 4194- otA1)
1. -4 oi -Oki -a. 1-31-41i ?

21-1-4 ij tti-041 11.101 1-1.0iAi gal* qt. Ott
4-414.
.
2. 71 . ./- Vi a P I 31 71, Pra: ON 1- -TA *II jeCii ol 4/1
Ag 444 q liF ?
g
-r . 11 0-. kil 914 01 -Vtlici g- .
3 . 4-14 014 -4 "ill 50 'AP- 1-1 41.1:
-4771-1?
41011 -4,41 ftj 4: 111 '10 ofi 01
A 4-4
1.1 (q 0101 ..t-es oi

91* 1-401.a. 1-01- cli-4 144:
-ru)
1rJ t49c Wi al it t .244 x111- ?
1-1-#61g-
4-c;t1 xi-f-01-1 ?
00 74
-2-?11.01
oiJx '40 171-0- ii oje-Pli?
7 . itt, .
- 041, x144/1- go}-4-1 .4101 4i1ii.
0 .
'It
1- J-01611. 7-1-, / `-4-_-9c --I-71 I
4.- 61- tAl cf:
01-1 it! 4k 644.1-9c
041, dolt.
9. ei sr al 401 g-ito
L.
75
LESSON 10
University of Seoul
(After seeing the zoo, the Botanical Garden and the Secret
Garden, coming out from the gate:)
1. Kim: You're tired from walking too much,

aren't you?
Brown: I haven't walked this much for a long

time (after a long time I walked a lot),
so my legs hurt somewhat. But I feel
great.
2. Kim: Well, now you have looked (seen) the

ClianggyOngwOn over. What do you think?
Brown: It's really nice. Particularly, I liked

the Secret Garden.
3. Kim: Since Seoul University is right across

the street, shall we take a quick look
around the place?
Blown: Yes, let's do that. (Takes out cigarettes)

Have a smoke,please.
4. Kim: Thank you. (Lights a cigarette) This

here is the Medical College, and that
over there is the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences.
Brown: You graduated from the University of Seoul,

didn't you?
5. Kim: Yes. I finished (came out from) the

liberal arts course.
Brown: What did you major in?
6. Kim: I majored in English literature.
Brown: By the way, it's awfully hard to get

into a college in Korea, isn't it?
Kim: Yes, there are many applicants, so the

competition is keen.
Brown: I'll bet it is. Well! Let's call it a

76
day (let's do this much sightseeing
today) and go back to the hotel.
S. Kim: Oh, yes. You don't have any other

engagement this evening, do you?
Brown: No, I don't.
9. Kim: Come to my place and have supper, then.
Brown: Thank you.
77
c.
-441
74-t kliolki *Wet 4--go1 at-t
t
464.-9.1/:
tit Pc 4. 5:1 -le cA V/- 4. tt 0 Oh it 11 01 k

tt 4.1 Ag
kl 14%401 141-. -10 itoiI 01x1 k 1-1-4/1

-17x el A- -1-11 -IL g1
hi-tottit- 1%4_ 1-03-t-tol O3 xiiktr-kg- Itt4
-1-11041A-1-t 'L 1 4i g ot-4-1 al -tail-AA-

oil zji al at cl-g-
401 x-d,) oi 5. IL. 411--

4020:
IL ...91.44
ti,t1).-H.1...
la sr 44161 01-Vi 1-1:011-41 -C Licgo-1
2. Yr04411 O4'171 441?
36 *14140 4U-N w.4. 6.10i )(1 4Y, 41 0-.o. 1.11
4 /All 1 )11-k c41.1 44-)401-i

5' V-#.41611ki" 53j 4.111-1171-
66 11441 40)"1-
7.
k 24-4t "rla c4tfril V D i
8. .51.. *2g, el el/ Al 1.0 tiAlx?
II Translate the following sentences.
1. I heard that there were many applicants.
2. She talked to me while pointing out the names.
3. Did you hear that he is a famous man?
4. Seoul is worth sightseeing.

5. We heard that the Medical allege is small.
6. Did they sax that she is a teacher now?
7. He walked while thinking about the school.
8. We only have to graduate.

28. When a person is engaged in two activities simultaneous-
ly, and/or the two activities overlap, the secondary
activity is usually marked by ---- VIA XI
We talked while (we were) 41 I 471 -.VI

walking.
We walked while talking.
moil vikl, oi
He reads.a newspaper over sigt-sk 114 IL utki

(while he eats) his
breakfast.
He f.!ats breakfast while 44-4 vmotpri

reading a newspaper.
29.a. tihave heard (the word saying)

go me Mt
rA-0--t-12-)t 4310
that
a=aramvs.werrorroOfte....-
I have heard that he has -7- 4111 121'
left for the States already. al 4-La itt -to/A40i

Haw you heard that Mr. rt b. hos- oi yi 4.4 041
Adams is coming to Seoul
this weekend?
b.
have heard that a ... oi (g-t) ja -aqqa
I have heard that this is -1,01 A-1-8i %.111 4rott

the most famous restaurant
in Seoul. 4010"-- ott
I've heard that he is still al* 0-4? %AI()
single.
80
to be grateful, thankful
competition
feeling
the Literary Department
College of Liberal Arts and Science
to be severe
promise, appointment
English literature
Medical College
as much as this
to major in, make a special study

of
applicant(s), volunteer
especially
to be surprised
5 to 1
every year
facilities
to graduate from
ttt I heard that
I think that
3
81
Word List
opposite side whe ther

XI
to make a phone 4.!.) lit 4114 to wish...would,

call ' should, could...
Golden Gate Park got it seems. ,.

0)
flower half-past ten
to get off, come five minutes

Jje13.4 down
to rise, get up
(counter for
cigaretfWg) to go to sleep;
to go to bed
cti 71- roughly, approxi-
711 ) mately breakfast
during; for the question

duration of
$7.50 I.
every
to smoke
while doing...
one day
to be hungry
alone
inexpensive...
Room #312
82
*
441 (
11 Ath-)
1. 71 qt. 24/12_. ;z, la Ag* Mit?

4- ail_ 01 W-ecAl 461 vl
2. 4'12 4i 41 41 1-44-'4141 oi -9- k -&j11.

-r .4;1.1 i+7-Isi_?
3. 14,101,4-1 corl
-r *11'61 3- q- t-35-
(461 47'1 1H --q- $tc 41 71- k 0-0,7 r

141 i(1 74. -1 -2-. -Qr al AAAI--)5I- 71 zicril
Al
el 1t jL LLtAJ 14 E. -11- 4 --cc 01 01 74 AI ?
I 4i/ clx-1 -141 4 t 4-t. 110.

al 7i- 0- 4 7,4% 66 9 or.
--r 4- A\ et- 54414 4:
6. 711 -J4131-01 t '4'4111 ch

1;14_ V1-4.01 ?
83
8.4 t
okm_ III- mit.11.
LESSON 11
At Kim's Home(I)
B. Dialogue Translation)
1. Kim: Please come in! Did you have a difficult

time finding the house?
Brown: I didn't realize it (I didn't know it was like

this), but the streets were quite complicated.
2. Kim: Mr. and Mrs. Tongsu Han are already here. Let's
go in that room.
Brown: I must take off my shoes, must I not?
3. Kim: Yes, take off your shoes and put them here.
Brown: When in Rome, one must do as the Romans.

(When one comes to Korea, one must follow
Korean customs.)
(They enter the room, and after Mr. Brown

greeting Tongsu Han)
4. Kim: Please sit on this*cushion. Let's have a few

drinks before dinner.
Brown: By the way, I would like to say hello to your

wife; where is she?
5. Kim: She's settirgthe table in the kitchen with Mrs.

Han. Everything will be ready in a little
while. They will be brought in soon.
Brown: Sorry to put you to so much trouble.
6. Kim: Not at all. We have both "yakchu" and "soju";

which would you like to have?
Brown: I'll try "soju".
7. Kim: Quite strong, isn't it?
Brown: Yes, the taste is similar to the Western vodka.
(After drinking a few glasses)
85
8. Kim: Come on, have one more, please.
Brown: No, thank you. (No, I'll have no more.) I am

beginning to feel it. (getting a bit tipsy)
86
C.
II 111 .yAki
lkoj 4411/(1 5-401 A1410.101 mai 0-1 -711-
7.7.tli t-L
11!, 71 01 c3.1h51-, -al .?-5 kl f 171- 44111-
spl 01-2. oLt 4. t_a -41.* c4 4k1 'kJ
01 -IA At*. 14(t-041411,t- 14t1s. 1.- 2 0.9.t1". 'LI- *161 It 61)

clJ
ilk' aid 11- ii(71 ql F-(4 I I
AA1 1-111 91- 7110,40-. 714,1 401-Pc
*14-13- .H1AP-a 110194/A. 4-alà

14471 klell uHirt All 4.4 1414:tit-01
87
D. 00_
4111 (1-41,41
1- /1013,-71- Yr14: Liao! 1-/4321,fr1g.?
2. 4"14-4-1A411)- -Y1-1 40-301.6.?

3. 42.'1 41 4:04 11 AU1 Di 1,11
4. 40-1/H Yrth-454t1I 0,1h1-4.1(4.?
5, Yr 24OJ Pi tActiri_f
6. -Ic,1- )4r104) A-71%411r,
7. 145P1 ft
8. *4 9,--t
1. I did not know that Yakchu is so strong.
2. We studied Korean before going to Korea.
3. He probably knows about it.
4. My legs are aching because I walked for two hours.

5. We didn't know that the streets there were so similar.
6. The cushion is probably very good.
7. Do you know what sort of house that is?
8. Let's eat suppei before going downtown.
88
1.1/.,
I did not know (it) was so (4-)

,{12 VA-
did not know it was so far. . 4/41 41A-.9g-4 cl-.
I did not know it was so late.(Al4.ioa.e411
I did not know he was a cop. (3.. A14101) 4:11, .011_13121:
.=OMMINI.1.11111180.11MMINIMOMMONIMO.....
31.
Before lug Of
4.1m.m.gpmem.4....ampor.ps......m.111111110.1411Miligay
71
11111,
zioil
Remove your hat before
entering. Oi 2- 41
Think it over before answering. "
c,F 1. 71 Atoll 4A1 102-
Show me the letter before 14 . -141-21 14-mt.
sending it out.
32. The conjectural form,.... c9-2.)7P114chis used to express the

speakerts guess and/or view about the action or con-
dition mostly of the third person subject. The casual
form of this ending is
He is in his office now.

of IF %1-,?.7- AI-N-Ai oil *fp*.
He'll be in his office now. ot x115 xt-rrAckil 514:7114-
He's coming back soon. 61-+ O14 51-.

He probably will be back soon. -3- ot 71- 4- 01- -9c 10'1'14:
It starts soon. + .41 x_s- Li E-1-.
It probably will start soon.
ht -11J01 rt.
89
F CIDI (V4-,
Slit: //1,1- to sit (seat oneself) on
have a hard time of it, go

Ag
through hardships
husband and wife
to folluw, obey, yield to,

comply with
to be venomous, injurious
A taste
gk Al a cuGhion
to take off (clothes, shoes, etc.)
to be complicated
*1 kitchen
to be similar
table
k1a t Occident
a Korean distilled spirit
)107)41.-
meal, dinner, diet
fermented liquor (Korean)
gl preparation
(0.) J.cf to make ready, prepare, set

(the table)
to get drunk (tipsy), be intoxicated
custom
tile-roofed house
(I) think, guess...(probability)
before...ing
(I) did not know that ...
90
1:1
--t
17514 Tx. 04 1.-y (II)

v I-A- k) "CP.
the
114) 1,0k -fy Tor .-1"70 (-1-c
0-930x II0
--1,2 --Pc Ty-z- IY I-6 -k
1-1- Hy-T6 V 23
"c417 56r:
: Tar '43 -1-)
V 1 itt 1-1-6111) 'rc h

g
To*T4 119-4 tiL.11-19r4 1-Y it-
zi-tv iriq 2,
7; :it) ix -To rz10 .82 h
Tc.
.
rr -r- :f4 k;
-to h ii.t4Taf '4=3 11 z-t2
-
5 * :To 1414 ly 17* 1111? 11-07-z `R- Veel- 1"4*-TX
W6-Ft i-Tcrt
1/44' ito (rDi I-0 11.'41
. kIo Qq2i I !Tx Ty Ix

9' a.%
. 1 1-ro h44
T6
ij .E_gpti.
t1j tztkl -4 71 fta. 011-41L 101
8- 7k1v1-4-eZt: 010 01 LI Yr Acl it 71: 41 I+ !II*1.- 111-
tijx--41,11.
i641-Le 4411 ch
92
LESSON 12
At Kim's House (II)

B. Dialo ue (Translation)
(They go into the room, and after Brown greets the ladies)
1. Mrs. Kim: (To Mr. Brown) Sit here, please. Since

they aren't 6hairs, you are a little un-
comfortable, aren't you?
Brown: Why, it's quite all right.
2. Mrs. Kim: It may be a little better since T placed

two cushions.
Brown: Thank you.
3. Mrs. Kim: I've set a spoon and chopsticks for you;

you know how to use them, of course?
Brown: I've tried a few times before, but I'm

not good at it yet.
4. Mrs. Kim: Shall I bring you a fork, then?
Brown: No, thank you. I'll try the chopsticks.
5. Mrs. Kim: Go right ahead, please. By the way,

have you eaten Korean food before?
Brown: I've had it a few times in the States.
6. Mrs. Kim: Is that right? Please help yourself to

a lot.
Brown: I will (yes), thank you. This soup

tastes very good.
mrs. Kim: I'll give you some more soup.
Brown: In Korea, you don't eat the soup first,

but eat it with the meal, don't you?
8. Mrs. Kim: Yes. If it tastes too flat, put some soy

sauce or salt and season it (and eat).
Brown: It's just right for me.
93
k t c4 jt oil 4-0-1-51,ict-. -Yr'
o1j.
*,-d6-1 41 FV--
tfr 4 aloil tri-. 1** do1k1 tt4 3-a14

qx44-- 1401- 2T-'6ixi 11.4024.
At (AI 401 4 14 -'E -3-&f1 ;21 Pe".. rxli
v-31 4- 0)(1 L5L *I

4-1 XI It z).71-qstg. 044:
Al%41-tol v,tof it 4-Itch 7 * oLL
i';1011 '2L1* 4-94c1-1 J- Oft 11:61 4: ovtal-Al
-1E. 7,1#01 1-1- t4 jX t.a- 4f -164i0.01-t- 4-

rA-43. tk.a it/ 4iL -to) 01-La At-4. 2- giikl 4 5- 141
14.
94
titr-tx-1
1111 41#141 clq11-A1/-

i. .1vritAAN- 4041 40-1441 r"1-'-ut.eil 0' 41011T
2. 4A11- .4)es-11 twolit?
3.
414: 51, 4j cetv?
4. -4-'otA411..t. 45,4.14 4.,,;),5). ro

5' )-1-0,014.it -bp.?
od,1
6- i1 ,04011 7
7- Ah /11- b1$11
8' 4411 -tot Ai 4741
1. When I was in college, I studied Korean also.

2. The embassy was crowded when I went there.
3. I know how to read Chinese characters. Citxl-
4. I bmght soy sauce when I went downtown.
5. I am ..soEsi that I caused you the trouble.
6. They krew how to drive a car.
7. We shouldn't get drunk.
8. It was written on paper.
4
to know how to I-I 1=1.-
Do you know how to speak

Japanese? 011-. "Pt 451_ otoi*?
My wife still doesn't know g.-1 01-14 t-e 4%),
how to drive a car.
Do you know how to operate

(turn) this machina? 0! II 71-i
34.
at the time of ... ing
when ing
ail
Turn off the lights, (at

the time) when you leave
the room.
g,1-4(1 14- t &II
u)) cclI (041) 0)

Don't talk too much, (at
the time) when you eat.
t-icr -4%1
One takes this medicine
(at the time) when one 01-4 cal 01
has a headache.
/NW
35. 0-1
51 14 ...is in a state (or
01-
osture of
To describe a posture assumed by a person, or a state

of being that persists as a result of an action, the
verb cg tf is directly added to the al form of the
verb. (cf. The progressive form--.19,114-iSused to des-
cribe a continuous activity.)
There's a cop standing

over there.
z-hl 44 ki ,1/.
The door is open. 11 4 C.

(4;i 4)
The door was closed. ael 411 51( (tIA c+)
The light was on.
461
96
u*.
;L- seasoning
itt Xit soy sauce
2r: 17-i-
to bring (something) for (goslong)
without fail
soup
to be better, superior to
to be inexperienced, unfamiliar
salt
spoon
to be less salty
chopsticks
to put, sprinkle (salt or sauce)
full to the brim
to be well (properly) seasoned

separately, apart from
(so as to be) less salty
in behalf of, for the sake of
to be placed, laid out
when.,.
(1) know how to do
97
Word List
full (adv.), to the Al table

brim
ot Occident
after doing ...
4.4315r anything (follow-
to be uncomfortable 1D.Y. a 1)iAljL)
to bring thirty minutes

113 441,
to want to to order (ver-

bally)
four o'clock
(so many) at a
to taste time
01 .1a*.
overcoat
4
.4 44) 2y,, 0-1141 (III)
A. -1
1. xxl-a- lit?
Yr al-% .1- "a-1 1,1 it rt.
2. 7%1 43. oLt : 6L -*-Airt 3L , aJf.11-* ii3L JL*- 2.- IA Al
4 ell: el 4141- *Lir La F..461
11-114-0:
3. 7A GA, -2- 44 IA ail le ris-tol
-Y4 ti Io4tX1 ftiAi q.
4.
7,11 (Q. !Pi -ge: -'61 011-È 1=1 sir 774.- 141
11,1 36-1 71 01
*0_ 471 0J) oil 471 i: lot

--r ktt.
71 w ooi4 JAN 01 ci LI t-11--1-1 13161 44.
5.
: oiI, it 01 03,11.56.1.1 4.
6 411.1 t-I
741*
4qt &U. 1 ki ?Ad ki.4t21 0-11. ol --cjch
7. 71r-01:
0111
99
: 4- 1-.9ii-_ :
i: 4 3.. 71 .p, 0 iil_ 4 od 4 -01- 0-1 ed-141.1 it
8. 71!, 401
Yr ail : ml, 4 ul- .3- al OV

4
LESSON
At Kim's House(III)
1. Mrs. Kim: Korean food is a little salty and hot
for foreigners, don't you think?
Brown: Yes, I think so (it seems that way).
Mrs. Kim: Korean food is quite hot because we use

red pepper, pepper powder,and peppered
bean paste.
Brown: Yes, it seems to me that more seasonings

are used in Korean food than in American
food.
3. Mrs. Kim: Yes, that's right. Besides, much garlic

is also used in Korean cooking.
Brown: We don't use much garlic in America.
4. Mrs. Kim: At any rate, it's better not to make

food too salty and hot when you invite
people.
Brown: Then, one can season it to suit his

taste.
5. Mrs. Kim: I'm sorry that I talk so much. Take

your time and hilve plenty, please.
Brown: Yes, I will. (I'll eat a lot)
6. Mrs. Kim: You use chopsticks very well.
Brown: Hardly. I'm still a bit clumsy, so I

must eat slowly.
7. Mrs. Kim: Have some of these here, too.
Brown: Well, they are so small that it's hard

to pick them up.
8. Mrs. Kim: Scoop them up with a spoon, then.
Brown: Yes, perhaps I'd better (maybe I'll _have

to do so).
101
ia 01-4 4. 71- AA
7), 01 ki4kj -,1-301
t4&1O
ti
ral 04 r-F. /4
11)-k -*JJ, 01-1,41 OL4t F-L;oi -15,' (3.1-4-.
0
/-11--r
a aLP-
X1 -jd- 'f5J1c41-ta t*O 4-A 7/4 At4i 4:4

1JL al* 0,1-1 -1111-:041 r4-4-A-1 3E-6- 4, 4
iki 14- o1 141-01A1 (4411
*04 dit,a /.1.4-01 471 q0.11 741 134 CAloil iJ-
/IF 1-4-2_ 1381 uLt-t)1 1;101
q.t9rml
9111 %MI 611'15.

1. 3,1 .1,41,SStesli V;4i-A-10) ally?
2. 0111.3.?
oft
j
3. 41,,-14/,1 14_1 0-1`.%.) AA-111-?
4. I 4
0tr A)
5. 34 ctii );1 t4 411 fit la)

6. 9111 - ,049,101.5.?
7. '401 51 k9-M 1014 '4i:0
8. c'-i cttl. xj71/i-

1. It seems that this school is not very big.
2. Please bring a cushion so that he may sit on it.
3. I took the book to him when I went to his house.
4. I was careful not to be late.
5. It seems that Korean liquor is strong.

6. My father save me enough money so that I may finish
college.
(father 41,11)
7. Let's go fast so we won't miss the bus.
8 The classroom door was left open. (classroom Ai)
E %/-42)
36. It seems (to me) that ... (Pe 71

JE_ Li
TSee Note 12, Les 4)
It seems to me that the soup

is insufficiently salted.
It seems to me that it's a olq- It

little too high-priced. "t4Lir_F.
It seems to me that he thinks Ag 4*-t-c

differently.
1.4-1Li
37. One had better

One had better not
tti-c- 01 (434 (tiq
One had better take this -1A0I c*

road.
One had better ask the

policeman in such a case.
rai t
al 9- 1;1 61 4q
One had better not go out. 4-71-7( -ta 1101 .7431.111111-
One had better not say such _1_. ed. kt 4 J

a thing. d
je el -1
38. so as to
so that it may 1-1) (-m4),* ch4A..d.k.).
AMMIIMMININOMIIMILI...M.
Write it big so that one ti21"1 ot -71

may see it from afar.
Open it quietly so as not

to make any noise.
I made it sweet so that you

could eat it, too.
ol
AA ii
104
F. /-it oi
powder
red pepper
pepper and bean mash (-paste)
generally, on the whole
to scoop up
garlic
to be hot; pumgent; sharp
seasoning
cooking, cuisine
to be salty
to pick up
to invite (a guest)
southern area, southern direction

smell, odor, scent
according to
method
as compared with
area; district
to be able to
it had better not
so as to ... ; so that ...may
105
ita.(
6(14- 174/ 114 (-Y (AI)
-12 310- irt -14 :VP ?it 1/4. CEW 14.8
-6-1711-1c-
: -IQ h I *
1W1 Ii41-Vra
.-ro-FITT4 -frkToiy
fa
E tt4 :10 frk fl!
t7 144 * To :
IT-2717) (
-10 Ci 14- FfriA h .4a
I? IT 1:0 V 10 -fir-fr -1-Pr .
/Fa -}146 ix?"1 /4-Tit h
.9 .1)) FM* Ir
R
.
-k /7/-4.i 17 "S
'L 744
* :To 11.2: laTo 4^- It- 741 i-Y-14 IY7V, Ix
fa
tx tEn h
lo 11-1-'P
139:-1Y-Tt- do -.1.f* 1-1-VIC/c.
T 90
g 8 i it4 4- 01 : -i---1101 q 4t-';.1 otip44-. sr al AS -)-1 Pr -11- -PE cl-`14 Ilt
- 1 il-1i-1-10--
a
r,
.i
LESSON 14
At Kim's House (IV)
1. Mrs. Kim: (Seeing Mr. Brown put down his spoon)Why do
you put down your spoon already? Please
have some more.
Brown: No. I ate a lot. I can't eat any more.
2. Mrs. Kim: No need to be modest.
Brown: I am full, really.
3. Mrs. Kim: Shall I ofcer you coffee or tea?
Brown: Coffee will be fine.
4. Mrs. Kim: (Pouring coffee) Do you use (put) sugar

and cream?
Brown: No, I don't put in anything; I drink it

black (as it is).
5. Mrs. Kim: And, have some of these apples, please.
Brown: Well, I don't know if I could eat any

more.
6. Mrs. Kim: Have another cup of coffee.
Brown: Yes, (thank you). Pour me another cup,

please.
7. Mrs. Kim: Now, why don't you go to the next room,

and make yourselves comfortable?
Brown: I enjoyed the dinner very much (I really
ate well). I don't know how to thank
you for such a wonderful dinner (you have
entertained me so well like this that I
don't know how I should thank you).
8. Mrs. Kim: Don't mention it. We'll clear away the

table and come (go) to the next room
right away, too.
41 At 01 111- -16.1"A" 4')"/ 24 Pc Ill 61 izi4 ,Z1 -.È A )- O xl
go) 114 514. A-x1-1-1. 011 t al
I-0-i Et 01 43 4-11-. qi7F it 1} -4/ 71 9-7/ .70L,.
-14 42. ti 4.. 3- qik 13 11 iF LI -Pr it a-I xl -1-=1 tf
-2r6c4I 44Lo 4s14 -77,11-01-A4 4-41 rdtt- t1-41 cf-.
041 14 -LE -4-1-A4- sT- v Ai q151-.v-

444. soi 7;Lt. *ki eta- -v-S
01- AJ_
4
k.2 11.2d 11 4x1 /1-7-1 o V ill" 45/-Fix
41 LJ7F I 471 4 041 4-1/41 014i-01
109
csti PI
I. 101 A1 cq "MAI
1. ol 4-1,-..-061 0) .1(.0,0111 ?
2- Pi Yr) qr-15t1/1" t-;,) 01+11?

k11- )f4- 21--(101 c-1 .2.1A01 ?
4. Yr t11,411- fi4 VA.51c1 ?

5. A1411-t-cc' /7-J Ar
6 *tql)41-ta q-10.1 i )111,% 31A1 '113-461.11-?
7 ;1-- 4 21-1 t. 6; AI 1)'A1
.41
8- .-4rM-195/Art 541 44'41 Aj4to1.1?
II. Translate the following sentences.
1. I saw her writing a letter.
2. There was nobody there.
3. We don't know whether they have a liberal arts college

or not.
4. We saw a plane land there.
5. I don't know if he could live there comfortably.
6. She doesn't know anyone in this school.
7. We don't know yet if she would come instead of him.
8. Do you know if the park is open to the public?

39. to see (someone)jdo
Idoing 71-
_I- o1J -Fgoi 71-ia

I saw her enter the house.
;01 g.
Yes, he saw me taking 1111/ A1- xit
pictures there.
Who saw the car hit the boy? ;z1- 71- 61-1 4: *I 1"
1111- ?
./MININgam.mmi111110111111=morw
indefinite expressions of thing

40. place
in a negative expression
i person r-i- 4. negative
OD
I did not buy anything. oi5 Ai-A g e).}-A oil.
I did nct go anywhere last I *it gtt o.iJ iF* Li-
night.
e-g toi L.
No one knows yet.
01- , o s
41.
don't knowlwhether ... or not
lif xl-Kniti%04- g_IA
II
I don't know whether he has

a car or not. (tLA) 2. -141-1
I don't know if he is home 0111- 741 Al *1.1.7j1
or not.
I don't know if he is leaving z

today.
-3- Oil- I. r-cl
-54-11
b.
I don't knowphether... would ...or not.
(if could (Pet-t. z1-1-(
.2L-Ezi)-1234.10-
I don't know whether he could -6171- -1- 1,4 t 4-4-1

do it by himEelf or not. / 'AS q
I don't know if I could come 4-1-0/ -2-v; -f
again next weekend or not.
t-cfi 5h.
111
I dontt know whether .he will 61* L 4 61-
come back today or tomorrow. 141
2 E. - %1 1,11
F. 401 *
ft as it is, without change

to entertain, wait upon,
abdomen, belly
to eat heartily (one's fill),

satisfy one's appetite
to pour into
apple
to refuse
sugar
really, truly
tea
A
to clear away (a table)
comfortably
to pare, peel
to persuade, advise, urge
cold water
very, extremely
instead of (that)
ordinary
(I) don't know whether or not.
after seeing (someone) does...
010 /-.- (tnesAtiye) No (one), no (where) etc.
113 61.250
1687-ARMY-ALS-PM.CAL1F.APR
PYCCKHil FIJIFAPCKII
CPIICK 0 XPBATCKH_ POLSKI

4
0
ATE hh- KOREAN Eh.
ro:4
SHQIP NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE tESKY

REFRESHER COURSE
r MAGYAR 210 HOUR COURSE EAAIINIKA
TURKcE ESPASOL
PORTUGU ES VOLUME II FR AKAIS
ROMANI SLOVENMNA
YKPAIIICbKA LESSONS 15-28
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
ITALLtN0 EXERCISES 7-12 DEUTSCH
BAHASA INDONESIA] TIgNG VItT NAM
511111111t1 LIETUVILI
AL 001 629
KOREAN
NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE

210 HOUR COURSE
Volume II
Classroom Instruction Lessons 15-28

September 1961
U.S. Army Language School

PREFACE
The NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE, MILITARY
INTELLIGENCE UNIT, 210 HOUR COURSE, KOREAN LANGUAGE, VOLUME

II, contains Lessons 15-28 for classroom instruction and
Language Laboratory Exercises 7-12.
Each classroom instruction unit consists of the following

parts: A. Dialogue
B. Dialogue (Tzanslation)
C. Reading Text
D. Exercises
E. Grammar Notes
F. Word List
The dialogue part is written on a selected typical daily
situation, and approximately twenty to tweLty five new words

including new grammatical features are incorporated into the
dialogue.
The dialogue translation is intended to convey the

meaning of the Korean sentence idiomatically wherever
possible. However, when it is advisable to give stilted
English translation in order not to lose an important feature

of the Korean sentence, it is ordinarily given in a
parenthesis. Moreover, students may find some more stilted
English expressions in the translation other than in the

parenthetical parts. Therefore, students are advised to
understand the intent of giving English translations, and
try to comprehend the structure of the Korean sentences.
The reading part is written narratively in the Korean
script recapitulating and sometimes expanding the story of
the dialogue. When necessary, only a limited number of new
words are introduced in the reading text, and these words are
included in the word list,
The exercises are intended for bilingual oral translation
and drill based on'the content of the dialogue, reading text,
and the structural explanations of the lesson,
The grammar notes explain descriptively the selected
grammatical features introduced in the dialogue. Some
example sentences are given for the students to see the usage
of the features in sentences and practice on them.

The dialogues, reading text, and the exercises of each
lesson are recorded together with the necessary instructions

for use in the event that native speakers of Korean or othet
qualified instructors are not available.

Normally every third hour is to be spent for individual
language laboratory exercise whether qualified instructors
are available or not. The materials for the.lataoratory
exercises are based on the words and patterns covered in the
previous lessons. ftwever, the narration itself is based on
a different situation. Therefore, the students have to
concentrate on understanding the new situation anu be able to
answer the questions based on it. Some easy new words are
included in the laboratory exercises, however the students

will find the list of them after every two lessons in the
textbook for classroom instructions.
ii
-41
Page 1
-6411 '3i
42. Compound verbs with .01 x1 4.
43. ( o. /z4 .1
44. ( ). obi G).
4* 411 a
45. -4.9e-t
46. (14-.1, At I
47. .%1 ct.
4,1-.1 tit 16
48. -01
49- 41-jr tiAt
24
so. --(s) it
51. - Al.t ca.
iii
f .11)51-ki, 33
52. tt*A1
53, t4 A) g.
54. -a Mi.)
I 41
55. AI 01, itt ID!. oil
-tco --?c2:,11
56. xi
- Lvf
49
4%1-01
57- -11(A.. c+.
58. ..t+
59. 4-c2(-i-11-,04,x41)
57
L1 01
60. 414 .g. 0}. 1,1
04 1
AiL eikr;10.
It,- tia.
61. o, t- 4 c9)-(Pil d- GE ) 4-)

to. 104- 66
62. (1-2/..te /41)

63. Ali
64. pi ,41 q.v. tV gi

1,1 141 adiffiN
-0i41
41; 75
65 Artycv ,;1 44 oi
66: )411,
Nr.s. .-tce 4
Loinguage Laboratory Exercise 11 82
17r4.6.0 11 (,) 83
67. ,
-0c9% 011
- (1-1-) ki
90
68. -A-1)74- (44) Ae it 4
69, It;
Ic 99
:-.
70. Attributive clause in past tense

noun
- noun
.41 Act noun
71. 6ill
1/.0.-
itif (,) 167
72. -w II' 4
(it) ?i 1,1
73 . cq
74. 04 4 4 400
1
A If (410)
1. *ell: tit:k9,1 4- /171- 4-à utt 15rit csiI 0*

Vol./..
kt: 041, 01 1:4.0/4L.
-17 Mtioi LI
9.- :**tfc
44. -'611Oil gl-alAi *Pi *VAL.
-r
14
4. :41 ccli GI* ...//1-%1 41M/1-10
0114 ;.'`./+%1 1414i co, 4 A A)
4 : 1I. goi 5,4 9-3

01-1-11. L--t4-L 4 goli.
9 ati vi 4 !friki 01-0,1 (Also
5. : t-.-
oki.? /1101 401 4.-s. 'at 4ati4 titoit

4/1-k1
. -A-L1,;101q tog-T
011, clitg-cti1 414-
.&00101 4)10151--
7 -r 4,61 cil,01...
L?
1
Lesson 15
Korean Winter
-_ApiikAmilisans1211.2.0
1. Brown: I have heard that the spring weather in
Korea is wonderful; and the weather has
been really wonderful these days.
Han Tong-8u: Yes, it's getting warmer every aay.
2. Brown: Was it awfully cold last winter?
'Han: Yes, it was very cold compared t6.the:past

years.
3. brown; At the coldest time, how many degrees

below zero does it go down to?
Han: It goes down as low as 10 degrees below

zero* in Seoul. (* By Centigrade)
4. Brown; .Did it snow a lot, too?
Han: Nol it snowed less.
5. Brown: It's so cold in the winter that everyone

stays in the house, I bet.
Han: Why no! Since the river freezes, young

folks go out to the Han River and play
ice-sliding.
6. Brownt You meaa "skating", don't you?
Han: Yes. When I was going to high school an&

college, I too did a lot of ice-skating.
Brown: I have never ice-skated.
Han: How come?
Brown: I was born and grew up in California.

There isn't much change in the climate
throughout the Year there.
Han: You mean to say that it doen't get cold

there even in.the winter2
Brown: Yes.
3
c
01.1.-E,
7 et) 4:111 44k1 '04
a4-t. 42- /1-4-.Pc 74-t1 4AI 4-:4
71- koilh1 71-20 k1 xl t Alx{51 oiLt

4 Y.-tit. /E-4-i=1 471-t 41 _void gig. 01-4/1-
Al 4.4 01 71- till- 11 el -3- iij 41.1
11101-le..Itt C4 #101, ti4 0411A1 sW

ail- cll.* 014 4.'41 141*IA-c1-.1
7$1101 i 01 461 4.-0,01._ 4-t, 44-it le$41

trt: 6P-
t17/1-
1. Ai VA season
2. 4. tomperaturs
D
I. Restate the following questions using the form:
Example: 61) glo!
I.. poi /1
2. st. 641 )-1) 91.11:4g1-1 111".
3. arid At).111 .4 In eon 4' t.1 !
4. lailit/641 lte61 Vt4T1-0/)!

5. tr AttLst *1-4r
U. Answer negatively using the form: -T. li1 AO%

Example: t4-64) IvkliLi17)? 641 11. 44 6) la-101C-1",
1.' t *let /*
2. 14 tcli 64) tr )-11 1-121 Vuililq

0) lr ;10.1
3.
4, al ti; H) Or %Air 14 TY
5. At "ot Ikla. 0- US 1-0/1-
III. Translate the following sentences into Korean:
r6 It is getting colder these days.
2. I WAS born and grew up in Seoul.
3, Does it snow a lot in the winter?
4. The weather here is very warm compared to Korea.
5. There isn't much change in the climate-throughout

the year.
5
E
42, Compound eibs with

It expr ses a transition or tendency from one
state of being to at. "er.
o
Her face turned red. 1- oitol 4-41
The weathel: has improved
(changed for the better). 0171 iF *41E 41'11 vh
The job has become much okol
easier. Ft 01 41 Pr-I ;Oh *14
43.
I have never v.stem
0=a I 1114.4.14
have never said such a if L1 01 1-11 Vh-co-10.

thing.
I have never seen him be- xi 041 4 t 04.01 Volk

fore (now).
have never received any .2- 01

money from him.
d J6-
volampompoe..0.1a.
44.
Do you mean to say that...,
Do you mean to say that

you don't know? 9- k
Do you mean to say that
you didn't want to go? IFJL Alt T1 et- 1.-t 11-?
Do you meano say that

you have never skied?' 4.01 ieh r4-
'31 01
6
rd. 04
otI = 74 winter
senior high school
7) olr
climate
L4044-. to be born
al weather
snow
cr+ to be warm
.a less
e. cnumber)sdegree-(s)
40.1 extremely, very
water
change, variation
al rain
e2i1 61 At c.i
to freeze hard (onto...)
4115 ice
4's to skate or slide (on ice)
m411- summer
os) below .7ero (tempeeature)
P.a+ct- to grow
4.t1A1 through..., throughout...

sun, year
1..4 by far
co, at the time when...
ad 1.0/}. ? Do you mean to say...?
01.1
IL Act. (one) has never done..
44
01-4)14:
f/Pr
Wy1/0121.4"
fr
14 tfi
10 1100 .9-1421h /op P-rtop
pal r -TAPP ?-1414 q-k

trite .71101:
-14 m iota
c "
7-1114--frio
-ttirilv 7Z- ir -7h iviL0It ki mlx
z vriti
-r yo 117 "3- 2. "3.
t 41-1-Ybok.
r4
14 /Poi
3-
boriii
*
i-Y11-?-5-
14 44 t Ifrh TY 14
.r.r:110 la 714--
9 A
12-ko telt 1144 1g Itv Pig
1: 10 '3. Tits
Iz1>i
,Z12 )-to
8
7.* *PLC: ed 46.11.
aPei Lic -r11A1 11-:Fr I ILI- "e1-2 31jol 6K.
4, xi 4- 1.1
tirt5k 71 110 (+ 'eLe Xtr I et 6 1'1;

211
J
kiA1-11- .4-1E 1.1 01 74 FL
9
Lesson 16
California Weather
1. Brown: Of course it snows and freezes in the
high mountains, but the temperature
never falls below zero on the plains.
Han Topng-ts0: Does it get awfully hot in the summer?
2. Brown: It's quite hot. But it doesn't get hot

along the coast.
Han: Does it rain much in the summer?.
Brown: You may think it strange, but it doesn't

rain at all in the summer.
Han: Then, you mean to say that it neither

rains nor snows throughout the year in
Californial
Brown: It rains instead of snows in the Winter.
Han: It's certainly different from the climate

of Korea.
Brown: But, the climate is mi4d throughout the

year, so it's nice to live here.
Han: How (in what ways)?
6, Brown: It's economical in various ways.. For

example, you need not buy winter clothes.
Han; Indeed, it must be so.
firown: There are mauy other advantages. There-

fore there are many people who move to
Caljiqrnia from other states.
Han; You are certainly advertising your hoMe

state well.
6. Brown: There are a lot of people who like mild

climate, anyway.
Han; I still prefer having changes of the

four seasons.
10
0;414-)
71--tsi 014 04.71 43- *T-4 1*-L Ok
. t4x#j All 4141 %IA Li4.4 34oi1F (1-
k *toil 401 3 -"s. 101 flio_ c.E 3,01
oPsil 011- 71 101"-c diAto

cFj iAlk 01* oi t
xitt 4 4 47/14 rAl te" 41141cl
itiok,4641 -7-4471 titol-k) 614 eiiR 71 71 -11
a -4 ta. iFt
4 2;1; ol 64_ 11
ezj t 4" 4kl 4 1 .2-11

1*. 43e Yilki I4
--M-Ja' 4 a it k
?it,- A 01 e.4141 ,1
71-1
4
(ell 5._ 61 gi %.1 r4.1
p,06.4-111)
Answer the following questions using the form: -`47t1 Ee,Sof*.
l -**1141 Al-%1 eq. I id 011)-
2 '411 4/1 Ii11/1"

3- *11 1409.1
4 AV. 3-1 A.1)- ,Ate V..) I4 61'7/. 3
5 I.). ak a ) Ai- /137 Li ?
II. Answer negatively the following questions using the

form: d.q ttlkoye Vdt.ia.)-4
1.- 019-2 1r tt-1171-
2. 01 ill t Ai /it oi1 4- 01 0 $1)1
3- 3-vi 110-1o3
4. am ,41-A1ir QA-11,01-0 *111
45e* J-111)%1 Sk OP
1. A small car is economical in many.ways.

3. You had better move (migrate) to a warm place.
It never snows here.
4. We can skate here when the river freezes.
5. You may think it is strange.
O. The temperature never drops below zero. n my

home town.
12
E. I
45. The expression:vx. is used to express

v.s. +(-4P-t xl s. possibility: may,
might, perhaps, mallet
or possibly.
01 4,.1 Ag
You might think that this
is very easy, but it isn't so. 9_ xi it .2_ 4.1 tti_ 4, LI
He may not come. -71. Ott s_l_xtuAl.a

I may go to Seoul tomorrow. 11- -à h1joI
See NOte 25, Les 9,
46. I would rather .i..(than) owe

had rather ..(than) VS
I prefer ..ing (to ..ing 0-1-1-01t)
I prefer riding in the front. 4Ja 0161 4-1.:121A1_-t4.

I had rather walk than ride. 4-s-4-1-
t_a -0.01
I would rather stay home than
go out on a rainy night. t4J tJ
s_ ogove
1;1_ g.. 41 01
111. 414-13..
47. One need not

One may not
v.s.-xl
(4441-11--1-)
You need not do it now. ol- Li 4.
You need not put any additional

postage.
ij 4)i elt 01-
You need not say if you don't

want to. t
51
xl
ch
4 71 a
.
o
13
F. 401114419
to be economical
home town, one's native place
(atmospheric) temperature
four seasons
to live
propaganda
for example
to be mild
clothes, dresses, suits
to be strange, odd
to migrate, emigrate, move to
entirely, wholly, absolutely
point(s)
plains, level country, level ground
comparatively
difference
coast line
.... 1).01
It would be better to
It might (probability)
It would be all right even if (n)

1i4i gl doesn,t 6.0; (110 does not have
cf
to
14
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 7
Word List:
tett 11-ci- to be simple
i
place
counter for books
picture
south (side)
to bring out and place
to buy and bring back
to explain
ground floor, the floor below
state
(one) self
to sleep; to go to bed
most; the first
responsibility
jek 47 el 014-
A
aht 1-1,41+ 6-1%10 Rito 4?

tot 41 014 `-tol ii1 xl 71
2.4 -(4101 '1-011-Fc

ij o 74 71- .
: 44 71- 111: cA)lx 6i 5-- 411 Ca_.
vl. 7414k1 oloomie

i-el%pd: 4-41 fluI- Atli dill *6-.
: 01 cor-- ckici
: 1171 4s_.
: /040 71 4.--.01 11-471 oimit-e 4.1E %IA?

? 9161.11.. ei LI 4*il
6141 SL x1-+ t.
6 t vti.. gl 41* 41,4.
olitql* ..21/ ti
1
015- 4-A-1414
614 &LI:. 401 01714 741(4. gal sl-L.
4 *1 zit del *L.

16
84 ail : til /1- iAlVoliki .9J-e 01 t q- 01 41-it 41st?
Alrfirt : 401- cal 41. cli i_.
17
LesAon 17
Summer Weather of Korea
pialogme_STranslation)
1. Brown: By the way, how long does this spring
weather last (until when does the spring
weather continue)?
Han-tong-su: The spring is'not long. It starts to

get hot from the month of June on.
2. Brown: How high (to what degree) does the

temperature go up on the hottest day?
Han: It goes over 30 degrees. One will

sweat even if he remains motionless.
3. Brown: It would be awful (it would be a big

matter) if it keeps up (hot continuously)
into the night.
Han: 1'es. But fortunately, it cools off

when the sun goes down.
4. Brown: You leave the windows open when you go

to sleep at night, don't you?
Han: Yes, for the most part we sleep with

them open.
5. Brown: Doesn't it ever happen that the temp-

erature drops suddenly during the night
or at dawn?
Han: Of course, it happens. Therefore, one

must cover vmeself (and sleep) no matter
how h(t it is.
6. Brown: You're quite right. One is liable to

become.ill (easy to get ill) in summer.
Han: And, one must be discreet in eating and

drinking (careful about what one eats)
since one eats a lot of cold food in the
summer.
7. Brown: By the way, in what month does it rain

most during the summer?'
Han: It rains most in July.
18
8. Brown: What do you call the period when it
rains continuously?
Hans We call it "changma-ttae".
19
C. gl (ttic)
-)611i(=1 4x1 4* 4A -01 %171 Ai 4

(*GI. ,-101 741* 4r1-. 7alt
714:201
jj 4 1.4 71- 4:51 OA- 51 01 crtol LIP rt.
014..t 1-;-1 xl t. 4, i :a. tit 01

ott, AN oil 71 _.01 4411 Hi 4 1 cl-. 41A1 4-9r
cctioil of 4t
cc-
01 -ir.01Pe 14) 4 71 71- -1A -9r 74 1d- it11 3.31 --1-
01 91- Flo: 01 IA - 4-'01 id, loll -1-1.1511*
mi 4: I u-i IL 1-1 PI or 4
t- 4: :41: t. jelk: 7/1 II Yr a DI Ili tri iIf 6t
4--11
(4k Alt 41 4.) by' Fahrenheit
20
D.1!411:011
I. Combine the following pairs of sentences using the

form stem
1- wig 11111- *Litt.

2. 104/. ) it1141; (2 *VI 1-1 r-tv,
3- .it "II 6i al- 4: 0)- P.) .
4. 71- %1:1 , 1.1 otittf-p-)0-.

5. itOiti /)- L. 04) l
Fill the blank spaces with appropriate words to complete

the sentences according to the translations given:
1. ( )1-Ver1 41 A140 ) tir'w1C/".

The weather starts getting cool from October.
2. t
No matter how cold it gets, the temperature does

not go down 10 degrees below zero.
3, Ow'r)110 C )i) *L1641 40)-11-c
You had better go back before the sun goes down.
04041( )141 VP) Si/V9L1 9go1 ( ) 11.14Nt41

It is easy to get sick if you eat a lot of cold
things in the summer.
!It* ( ) 3-41 ) Z4"11- tg Li al'.

5. e period in which it ra ns a lot is called
"changma-ttae."
twove /1-toi ( 11 El 1- ?)). coH
C )1L
Be sure to cover yourself with a quilt when you
sleep, since at night the temperature will drop
suddenly.
21
E.141KJA)
48. even if a. "V. Stem"
oi- f
b. wif. Stem" il 45./
I- I
I'll leave tomorrow even
if it rains.
Try once even if it's 0 al Pr-I -E gi tii

difficult. *t cl et d 4 -id oi ill/ i .
Be sure to come even if -1-- 61 .1" IA L .

ea
it should be a little late. ..*. 4 Wil:
i w 741-
I donit want to do it even

if I should die. yl Pc A'oq. 4.3. 4%1 afti ct
:1- 4 illai-s, *a it. xi
c att.! rt:
49. No matter how
1
) oi _
(one)may..
However ... may ci-j-,
It Iii.
i
However much he may drink, Ai- al Pc (001)
he doesn't get drunk. -1-1 xl a-Le ch
However fast you may
drive, you cannot get at. alai xi-160 ti:A17
there in one hour.
No matter haw busy you OtJj oF ol

may be, you must finish
this today.
014
22
1111.: 71- it'd (51x1-) still, silently, calmly (to keep
still)
suddenly
to continue
to be long
to go overt exceed
fortunately
to sweat, perspire
to cover
if ...
to be ill
dawn
food and drink
quilt, coverlet
rainy season, long spell of rain
to be careful about, cautious of
(sun) sets
health
stomach upset
at one time
sc. even, if yy, even though
nO matter how y may
23
A. j5:111- 4.4)
1. 4414: AI 101 4Je V41t 01 01 71-.0

oil Weil /M.
2. 3-1-71-01 11-4-1-q77F 11-JE 4ioI ett

-2-ak 401 *4%171- 91&141 7-111.s. oI
'71-L
3. --r ai -Ai 4011 i)1-1 IL?
OL -brai
11101 loli?
041,
0
cd41 M -441 it ?
ci g- Pc 01 41 443iii,
71 rAI 4' &I 71- OIL .
o .
I- Mit- 7i11 a tii 3. ?
mi. 4 "I * iMi. / ai 4401AI icA R. I -Le..
Ai- 41 E .lA L k c'd Al 4 --0; If 361-1E 4 4.E. '1,t 01 i .
7.
-r 11- 91 o1i.
.3.
Iht
24
8- *aft 41. kal alifol Mut qlia. IF 9., a
4k '011-tl- 7101 71- Al 4..
14 01 11 4:
25
Lesson 18
Swimming
Brown: When the people of Seoul (living in Seoul)

. want to go sea-water bathing, where do
they go?
Han-tong-su: They go to Inch'on, mostly.
Brown: I bet there are many people who go to the

Han River since it's near.
Han: Yes. And then, there is a recreation
park at Ttuksom; so many people go thete,
too.
3. Brown: What do they do there for the most part?

Han: They go boating and they also swim there.
Brown: Is the river deep?
Han:, Yes, the middle of the river is very deep.
5. Brown: Isn't it dangerous to swim?
Han: It's safe to play in the shallow water, if

one doesn't know how to swim. One should
not go in the deep part.
6. Brown:. Is the sand clean?

Han: Yes, it's very clean. There are some
people who romp about on the sandy beach,
and some who lay on it to sun-bathe.
Brown: We can sun-bathe even in the winter in
California.
Han: Is that right? It's healthy if you sun-

bathe, isn't it?
Brown: Yes. When She summer comes around, let's
go to Ttuksom and also to the other famous
sea-bathing beaches.
Han: That't a good idea.
26
/-141.-t 014 oil
t
41 .451,
el- i-04 1q-oitx CjiL 4 at

ahL 4xt 1-f-*IA1 4-. Luk.ct -44 k 14*
171- Ef-11. ei 4. 14 91 ati /V; t
54 /IA-. -2-0/d 41t-m-4: 011
oi4 el.- OIj 1
if 1# Pc 01 Al VA xi-44
-41-1161141 414 al--t

it oil IF riL 1 11 it-Al Y- 44"'
1316: i=1". 61 51 vi S- 114 59 k
4r 'id 4-tt. --fr (41 vIA
27
Dnq
I. Answer negatively to the following questions using the

form: .01/4m4e 1c.r.
1. 04/i 0). 1... Vs/IN*?
2. i /:4$11AH 91*
3, V. og t 4)- t.
4. .sr' 04 T1 611g- ti 1161*- :VW)*
5. 401 141.* qi*JiL
II. Pill the blank spaces to compLete the sentences

according to the English translations:
1. ollio-ii ( )4, -)-13t ( )o'll V -'4-j I-I al- ,
It is good for your health dt you sun-bathe in
summer.
2. 0-01 tool ( )*41A1 )11.

Children are jumping around and playing on the
I
sandy beach.
3 , TIP& iI C )"e4P,11071. V131-11,

The deep part is dangerous; please play in the
shallow part.
4. A),gao) ( )11 ( )041 Iteir.v.

People go to the amusement park, if they want to
swim.
5. 04 Ill' ( )1')1 1 11M)

It is clean here, let's lie down here.
1. It is safe to swim here.
2. No matter how difficult the problem may be, he

can do it.
3. People living in Seoul have many amusement parks

to go to.
28
4. You can either swim, ride a boat, or sun-bathe.
5. The river water is not dangerous but too cold.
29
E. loRk,A)
.50.
If (one) intends to .... m at, a.. owe.
- --.)
If one wants to see him, 01 4: oti-ti 01-4,41 rtt(81

one must be here before 51-
nine.
If one intends to go
abroad, one needs a
041 0-1-411ulti 014101
passport. 1A
If you want to go to el tij, oj i kJ 51%

Ai oil 11
Seoul, you must make a
left turn here. 4. of (4 -1
11. .11110,
51. (One) must not

ought not 0,1
should not
The expression: 51cids more prohibitive than

the expression: (.914 ot 5.1_1-7 literally meaning "it
would not do, if (one) did..."
0.1H till.isi.9rws Abot
One should not smoke near
ot ol.11 q1441.i 5pikp.a ott 9110,
gasoline.
One ought not to drive a -I-4A Iola! 5,14:

car so fast. *01,4 0,1-
ic
One must not tell a lie.

ut itt 1-1 F.
if 4 tit tAikti-c 01- Li
30
F
to be clean
to be deep
to lie (down)
to jump
sand
sandy area
swimming
safety
oU (ort,,,) to be shallow
to be dangerous
recreation ground
sun bath
sea-bathing
bathing beach
family
to drown
(460 41-1 14
to die
to burn; to tan
31* skin
if (one) intends to do
ott One must not..., ought not

should not
31
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 8
in black (adverbial form)

beach, coast
bottle
to be seen
to be expensive
to be cold (atmos here or touch)
practice, exercise
worry
don't worry,
to be cold
aLout the middle
32
A.
1. o
t.: t. oh 4?
6:1 cF.
11 --tel
2 o At!-!. g- -1 oil 14I AP A.' 44414-
se_ t 4-: 11 7) c4 xji AIL otoil 741A1-*.zi lel
3 . cSol strti ot 741 Apt- y_ o 411 et

-r IC T11- vk -116- 171- ?
.41 og 71- xj_ -36A 4.1 g_. .241.1
1-11 -411- 9-11 71- t11 3.4- id 01 01 t

ot x-L1, II-
4.
iii t: f: 4 I Tit% xi 1- VIA -96-1-1
: 1-1
(t- tit o1 xl 41
'1 aft AA 1F 4-i4 4jk 3bil 01.2-)
5. 'I al- -9s ojl .9

jp, : 71- oil m )4-2. 4.11-71-
0;IA -96 11 4. At Alg ot AIki
33
01 (,)I; (-6- Li 0.
6 . al- 13- ej 11-3. 01
11 Q 4- 01 sq T-111- CY- 71- -V,"5"1-1 33- 401

OF t1J fl*IFL VIA fi cf:
sc loci &IL?
o,LJr1 ol 1-6- zi
8. -r 1
:4 . al Al -2- ifr hit A I- 71
,411 C'S I 4 4, 31- oil Lzj y._
I L.
9ri c-h ki qr Al I.
34
Lesson 19
Making a Telephone Call
1. Kim-yOng-ho: Hello! Is this the ChosOn Hotel?
Switch-board
Operator: Yes, this is the ChosOn Hotel.
2. Kim: Call Mr. Brown at Room #305 for me,

please.
Operator: Wait a moment, please. I'll call and see

if he is in his room.
(A short while later.)
3. Operator: There's no answer. It seems he is not in.

Do you have any message? (Do you have
words to convey to him?)
Kim: Tell him that Mr. Kim-yOng-ho called.

My telephone number is Kwang-hwa-mun
4735; please ask him to call me as soon
as he comes back. .
4. 'Operator: I understand sir. I'll give him the

message.
Kim: Thank you.
(One hour later, a telephone rings in Mr. Brown's room.

Mr. Brown lifts the receiver to his ear, and then)
5. Brown: This is Brown.
Operator: There was a call from a Mr. Kim-yang-ho

one hour ago. You were out, so I took
the message.
6. Brown: What did he say?
Operator: His phone number is Kwan-hwa-mum 4735,

and he asked you to call him as soon as
you cdme back.
7. Brown: Thank you. Weren't there any other

messages?
Operator: That's all. Shall I ring the number for

you now?
35
Brown: Yes, please do it immediately. It's
almost five o'clock, and I don't know if
he's still at his office.
Operator: Here is Mr. Kim. Go ahead, sir.
36
C, (ifr*)
0011 42 tt **IL 014: ail rt. uf-31 4(1
544 XI IF 41 1-1 Xt 11- "JA .3- 94 "k 0/ VI
411-11- 14 -1-c. 11- I. 9e,IA cf. 01 1.11-
Ct ti d 5-lL tt
t
9-4.4
11 41 71- 41* 1: 01-1- 1 ut
11 lit 1711 1+ 4-k#1, 11- 1.1 '4 411 A- 4 -VIA
/41 4 ja
X-tt
41 71-
tt 1 la 4-44-1: if 735 g-j.
61- "1, *ji" 61 IA1
6j. .g.
t II"' 'VI OA CI:
37
I. Combine the following pairs of sentences using the form:
1. '21 ;1*- 1*. eq. 5-1A .
2. 451:64
3. VA41/1-
4. 7d.
5. 04)-/A:40C4'. 4. 12; 011
Quote the following expressions indirectly.
Example: to-)3.1-ii01-. tbitArg4-2.
1. al /I 1V1.1
2. iP'a
3. 4i1 6")) ecii C-1"
4. 11.- tv. AI 3..
5. 61/)A1 014-11 es)--AliAls...
III. Translate into Korean:

I. I will call him (to see) if he is home.
2. It seems he Is hot home yet.
3. What did be say?
4. If you have any message (something to tell),
write it down.
5. The telephone is ringing, I wonder who it is.
:38
E. ..-E!.014
(-to
52. Please inform (him) that - -( 4.1 { +It +AIL.
-
Please inform him that o(-jA 11 AA 6!
Mr. Kim is not in.
Please inform him that -7- 01 it FAI 4: 4-IL

I cannot come.
iM 4"1
Please inform him that rJ-
everything is ready. 01 itE4 qC el if.
101 4-A1
53. Please ask (tell) him to mow gaga MI, alb al-
(4 -*AIL.
orAl L.
Please ask him to come in. 01 tit 01 9- 4.1 44J9 .
Please tell him to wait. ol eAl abi. *19-.

Please tell him not to 01 it 11411
wait.
"Al -f-A1 .2-,
54. When rendering "as soon as..." in Korean, if the tense

of the sentence is in FUTURE time, it's best to use:
1.11111111.01.
ON.
01/F %I* R. le oil M /AWN:

As soon as he comes back, li 0111. 1.01-Lq- t 411
I'll let you know.
As soon as this is finished,

I'll bring it to you.
3 al
01 -A01 t
.71-1 -1-E
01-.171
t
I 119t1..
As soon as I arrive in V4=4-tt,--11;b1A-Ifrig..
Korea, I'll write you. '(.4--401
39
F . 40i Cluz iff
to call(on phone)
operator (telephone)
ear
to touch
answer
to lift, hold up
(serial) pumber
number
to call
to sound, sound is produced
receiver (telephone)
reverberate,ring.
to deliver, transmit
to transmit (the words)
telephone
room number...
to finish
office
as soon as,.. (in the future)

^-110111111/11111111PIP
0.
zjF
4Ag ol Ai 2. ?
?
7:1 1 11:0 t
041. ct All- 19119--
: 4 t,1-71- AI* T-4,- 401 A-

cirt 01 4 ?
3, -74 '41 *1;1011 g--11,11-

t- A-1 7tF TIA OIL
. J.: I "I -HI xi 41 ?ri ?
Al .1.
e -1 I-1 Pr *71 ott tt. .2- 4: 21 LA 011
.8 61 IA *1 9-?
S. iL.? k I,/ al IL it
d .
44 toli. Z-1 -it 01

71- xi rt.
:,1 01 (3.1xeti st_l?

6
41
wffmnwqnw".""'"""P""""'"""'""ulgm".1"
7. tf- Pr 61/L? L 44 -LE 01

/1.10i
7,12 Jot t. of- J01-4 otio
8. -r : (41, 7tAt-01.
ei E 4 4- xi< ?
71 01,e4 L A1-401 4.014-1
-2- of 5-11 41 71444 4.- ;I o2o1i.

Lesson 20
An Appointment
Dialogue (Translation)
1. Brown: Hello! Mr. Kim? I heard you called me
while I was out.
Kimt Yes, I called you a while ago.
2. Brown: My car developed some trouble, so I

went to a garage.
Kim: What went wrong?
3. Brown: Oh, nothing serious. I don't know what

it was, but they replaced one part.
Kim: Well: How are things with you lately

(in the meantime)?
4. Brown: So-so.
Kim: By the way, this is so.sudden and I am

sorry, but will you be free this
evening?
5. Brown: This evening? I don't have anything

particular to do nor any particular
place to go.
Kim: That's fine then. Let's go to the

International Theater (with me).
6. Brown: What is there at the International

Theater tonight?
Kim: There's Miss Cho-yong-ja's premiere

dancing performance.
7. Brown: Dancing? That's wonderful because It ye

been wanting to see Korean dancing (once)!
Kim: I think you will like (enjoy) seeing

(if you see) Korean dancing.
8. Brown: Yes, one can appreciate dancing even if

one doesn't know the language. By the
way, could we buy the tickets?
Kim: Don't (you) worry. I have a friend in
the theater, so I got two reserved seat
tickets from him.
43
11- 31_. 4ki oil t t
- -15,t)A JeC1 41
t-4 5'14
+ 71" .11 Al 7 1- ;4 IT 4,
it 4: 4 Ok 4.1 4- 11 A1 z-l* i-
443,4 7<1. *4-
xel 14i /A1 R.- 4:
4 ie.. xi * A" 9r sk Y.- 11-
-17 txt t k.
* -At IF it
D

4,'"tt 11 .
1. 74-11/)"4:"V*11/2Crft-10-. 7Val 9,t0AiNc1-,

2. o4i1 -7) c.1- 1.) 01 Vi
3. 641 cAix 1- .
4. c'crees1 1-114-
5. tf.n o iCt4
II. Use the "hearsay" form - (-1;/40q7.15. with the

following sentences.
1 . olii 11101 .04 fis--1-ic-fr.
2. r1.1 g-1.4t oii Al 1?-4, fl. gr 5111Y t/4411c-1-,
3 . 1) kt vo) tl, H1 1 )-- A-01 LI
4 . 01 il 6.1) gli)- Ili A3 OM --IT 1,i c)-.
5.
1. I am sure you will like Korean dancing.
2. Do you think we can buy tickets now?
3. I left my car at a repair shop since it is out of

order.
4. It seems the water is too cold here.
5. I wantto lie down on the sandy beach and sun-bathe.
6. I will stay home since I have nowhere to go.
7. You had better be careful when you drive a car.
8. We should not swim in deep water.
45
E. (3Z 4)
55.
.ammillIMEM1111.111M.1111111111111/11111.1^
Mmollim.1111,1MY
While (I) was gone
While I was gone to the 'VI 71- 4:4 041 -7t 11, /
bank, he came to see me. gi g al 54 al
While you were gone to (4 4 of A-1 7 4- 01, Mk-

Seoul, Ilooked after the
shop.
OJo.iJ
While she was gone to the 11-
kitchen, we left the room sr ?I dt 041 ki ok 9-Ao1si.
in a hurry.
While (during the time)...ing

_ tt- Rao. _
k 4jo 1
I'll be reading the 45-d xttxl-t .4

magazine while waiting.
While we were sleeping, -5- al 11.- oil S. RJ 451
a burglar entered the
house. -t o1 #,<
I travelled a lot while

I was in Korea 01 of -61 4.
56.
I heard that it) not? _
(2 '11- 14 ?
I heard you are leaving SL?

tomorrow, are you not? 1-11
I heard you bought a

new car, did you not?
I 4 41-4 :41.2.?
I heard Mr. Kim is coming 1,1( xi 01 01 4- 4 oil

to Seoul next week, is he
not? kl oil 4- rt- 11?
46
11:414-Q.
to replace
to appreciate
mechanical trouble
factory
international
dancing
premiere
parts, accessories
to repair
to worry about
to get by, get along
reservea seat
dance, dancing
spare time
to be anxious about
to hang up (telephone), ring off,
cut off
wondering what could be the matter
ett while (during the time) one is

gone...
while wing
I have heard that ...
an invitation to do together
47
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 9
Word List:
to change, replace
almost
to be fortunate
to be in serious trouble, a serious

problem arises
repair shop
movie
ticket for a reserved seat
to dress up
to be ift trouble
7.41- 011 51-
A.AAKtil)
1 7,1 1: gill oA /I /it 5A -11(- %1

oj ct4
r 011 I. ell?
2 71
ti 41041 91-0i ,t1 gtt xi
-36/lx
Al 71- efil
112
3. 71 gq ? 11 is: 4 xl
(41# 711- ) OF ,41 1- 71
0)-
/..,4
4
711 -11. ol 01
4. 4-1
71 al al 01
*-1J 471 ol .
Ca 4 0-041 k *A-0
'171 ol 470. *0- .
;LI 61 I ? 041.
ic LI/ 2-1 *LI- -71- xi 4611.-

01 crl ik.q. gv.z: -Pr
49
: (ctliii -i- r41-9r tit /1 ) ft- al 4 al 1- 0-11-- 10iI ,Itlfa
: 4. 4 '14 1:11 i .
Lesson 21
Going to a Theater
1. Kim-yong-ho: It's already half past seven. I do hope
we're not late.
Brown: What time does the curtain go up?
2. Kim: it starts at half past seven, according

to the newspaper.
Brown: I think it's all right since they seldom

start on time.
3. Kim: Why, they're quite punctual these days.
(They reach the theater)
Brown: I gather it hasn't started yet.
4. Kim: Wherever you go, a movie house or a

theater, there are always a lot of people
who stand in line and wait.
Brown: Really, it's quite a problem even to go

to a show, I imagine.
(They give tickets to the ticket-taker and enter...)
5. Brown: May I take one of these here?
Kim: You meal, the program? Yes, please take

one.
6. Brown: I'll take one as souvenir (for coming to

watch).
Kim: Letts have a smoke now, since we cannot

smoke once we get inside.
7. Brown: (While smoking) On which side are our

seats?
Kim: guess they are on the right.
51
AI *11- so- 4 .51 -1- *. iI M
kti: Ai ./A1 4: .9- 4.5ia xl it 01 514.

4 Pc oi o4 4 4 oil I- 0i 4-.a_ 4.
MI Al 31-14_ 1101 42-
4 e4 71- 1-1 4, AI- 41 .101 x-1
(/)1(A Ali 444-01 14

4 el ki r4- aj, it -9r el x4 71-
tI4 5:1,4 771- 34 4-151 r+.
0J4 cor t).-t. 71 7L oil 4- tii 'ilk.

01- xl.p. .4 #4 ki 2- 01 71-
ol c) 71 k 1.u.x1 tliioI 0 ai)4 11 OA cI-.

D
I. Fill the blank spaces to complete the sentences

according to the English translation:
1 a- 4: 6 1 '131 0-11 )
It seems they are not home.
2- iA-1(4 ( )01 ) 1-1,10-1
I wish it will snow tomorrow.
3- 1Cla'il ) 1%1'7) 14) ',z1.-1 141-ic)".
No matter where he goes, he takes his car.
4. ( )) 011 0)
They never start on time.
5. 11( )?
Mayre smoke in the theater?
6. C )-12. -Td_ 6-1 ) cr,
It seems our seats are on the left side.

7. 14-1i/1" V'et 0-)1 *I) %)-e)-4 it ?
Would you save my seat while I am gone?

8, ( ) /14015-,
I wish they would open the curtain soon.

9. 0)/2.4" C )%?.. ( ) kifl-
May I have this as a souvenir?
10 4: 4. 0,-4.
He is punctual no matter what he does.
53
57.
I wish is rendered by AY 0 I:0 _E 141 Sr
hope AA
AX
literally meaning "it would be fine if...had,were..."
I wish I had a car. A- 4 "41 sri vd.
I hope it doesn't rain

tomorrow.
I do wish I could see

once more.
58. It looks like(to me)that . Wawa .1. safe &we/ mime alm
It appears(to me) that ...
Note 24, L 9 an. - 1.1

e. id 1.
It looks like to me that 01 xt1 fliA 4 41-1_4.

they are not home
It appears to me that he
has cnme back already.
.3_ 61 -71- oi 9,41 4- L.
It looks like to me that
everything is ready. -Jl1F iL1 .
59. No matter
who
where
,4141.1111.1.0.
It's the same no matter

who does it. --ccA 131-A1.41i.
He is (always) busy no lAx1 4444.
matter when I see him.
He does it well no matter 01-(E -ProM

what he does.
54
Could I make a left turn 0-1 ik 4-4 olg?
here?
May I open the window? 41. (- -t01-1.?

Do you mind if I smoke? 011 -od ?
at
55
L
F. 01 ( -0)
to have, own, to take

possession of
as a souvenir, commemoration
to throw (fling) oneself upon
curtain
at half past ( o'clock)
movie
a movie theater
according to ...
at an appointed hour. at a
fixed time, on time
kl to stand in line
to keep time, to be punctual

A1 .41 4.
to be big trouble
04. 01 -11-
to be opened
at a fixed time, on time
seat
It seems that
wherever (one) goes
It would be all right even

if
to hope, wish that
56
(U-64:)14-
T -k tx i/Vo'
:
if* tx Tivow -141
[
E1i -10
Fiz.
-10 T
Ttio Rii io -6r +.0
114
Sk 14=1.
1-)1(1-- -91
TA? 1;2 =-2
17Y
-?-1
ki To 4- ?lit IL IQ IX
Tt.
[12 lor 11-
fo --5-10
t ;ci i 4'14 effixT,
1- I
.11=0 ir ro'
To 12 It T-__Y 11-0 Tif "ff T 11-0

119, 1-y 1Y
-r- IR- fr 1 ir i Yot '11

6. 71
of I i : 1 I 1 ll 444- it -T.' i 5 ki
0I
A
L-
if *-L' -11 xi{ uric/10i 0411.

r r
0 el. 0
: 041 4: 4: 111 01 crri ii 01 mil ?
7. v
71
it.
-IE
: ---/i- Pf-
t1
1- : 4 4 -`)c I 7/-1/4 ja CI 4 i" if. *-'A 6! i ?
.
2'...-- a L.
0 T --c -1
x * eil
.z 11
. ot 341( 0.1 I
(../._ u;41 J,.-. 01 -t zt 0Lt 01 01 -f.- -1 1 i

ot al r4. )
58
Lesson 22
In the Theater
(After sitting dow in the seats)
Kim-yong-ho: Can you see the stage all right?
Brawn: Yes, I can. It's neither too far nor too

close; you really obtained good seats.
2. Kim: Is the seat comfortable? If it's

uncomfortable, I don't mind exchanging it
with mine.
Brown: No, thank you. It's quite comfortable.
3. Kim: Do you knaw something about Korean dancing?
Brown: No, I don't know too much. But, Miss Cho-

yong-ja is a leading dancer in Korea,
isn't she?
4. Kim: Yes, she is. She gives performances in

the spring and the fall every year, and
she is always well received.
Brown: There are other well-known dancers

besides Miss Cho, aren't there?
5. Kim: Yes, there are a few. By the way, shall

I explain (about) the program to you
before the curtain opens?
Brown: I would appreciate it very much.
6. Kim: Tonight's performance consists of three

parts, and the first part is classical
dancing.
Brown: What, for example, are they?
7. Kim: Such (things) as "k'alch'um" and "sfingmu".
Brown: I know "ktalch'um (sword dance)", but what

is "stingmu"?
8. Kim: "Sungmu" is "monk dance".
59
Brown: I see.
(Then the lights are turned off; the inside of the

theater darkens, and the curtain opens.)
Mk
C. CA. )
Oil, oi ki
xl iJI
L-1 IL A1-4 5t% el1A-1 Pr 41 1F
4 0A al it q, ?1 5. 'g.d. -16,144
'14 I. 711, X4) 11- 1. t41 1'41 61 al
71- xl 51-. 2- 4.- 1.-1 IA 4 cit-t 4 4-1

sIA 2E' x'41. Al t..
xl 44 61 a _LA ii/-A--Cc
4't 4, 4-1. )-?- it 9c .7;/, 01 ji tit 4.
41- 041 t4j '611 Al 531 A-- -a' 4.

Al 74 .5- A- 41 -Lc
"ttt -7-1. 01 4. 13,1 4) -32)" oiji.

.C-11 4 it 4 ,
61
I. Combine the following pairs of sentences using the
form:
Example: tit% r-t".

Art ol Cs-i 6 LA al...
e.. ord,
l. c111)- 71.J: *1
2. mtrq
3. 09 1)- IL fr 01 loll-
4. -tE. 01 -Tr Hcf-.
5. 1)0-a1%1 tt.cAffift-ict, 4)-1
II. Fill in the blank spaces to complete the sentences

( *-s c
)*A11:70..
If you are uncomfortable, I don't mind changing
seats with you.
2. 921A% %I.a.r47 ( )%1 01-5.. C ).
We don't have to reserve the seats early.
3. 121114 4-21- C )611

They perform in the spring and the fall every year.
A.4)1a 11.11 ) )--Le /41.-1L-1)- ( ).

4.
Miss Cho seems to be a first-class dancer in Korea.
5. ) 011 TL cm-b-H A-1 (

*A)-A-Iri--)1/
Would you explain about the program before the
6.
curtain rises?
C44-
1-04 )AU
-) r1.
01
bA "C C11
10-
Tonight's performance consists of three parts, and

the first part is for classical dances.
B.
60. Neither ... nor ..e, n $. 61-10... n 5... 41-1 4'

n 5.. 0134h 51 n
7 7:1 g_ 4,9-5' a. v zl A51-
xl. .. A-0 v ;11 u-A-ci,
I have neither money nor time. a 31),a Ai -/LF: 1 tTIA t--'1-.
It's so-so. (It's neither

good nor bad.) tXl 'L'..16: IL t-i- Y- ,'_._d_..c;1_7-%
I was stuck. (I could 4 xl

neither go nor come.)
4 4 i.
61. You may ...
(cf. Note 47, L 16) or

i 0...
0, i
,
-At
1-0
oF9,
You may take one. =4-14 -71- 2:0_

You may park your car here. 4 -S-44. al 71 AO .5rcrl -ilgtt1-11-
You may bring your friend. 5-1- R. 51ii.
63
P. ( y.
xlr
to be near, close
something like ...
(light) goes out
classic
to perform in public
(I0consists of ...
stage
dancer
to exchange
three parts
to explain
Buddhist dances, monk dance
to become dark
the first class (rank)
the first part
among
sword, knife
sword dance
to be comfortable
criticism, critique
interest, zest, gusto
64
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 10
Word List:
to place; to release
half
fire; light
the second part, two parts
to catch; to occupy
one's own seat, proper seat
to search, find
to dance
711
1
A. 41A)
C-41 4. iF 1k1L 14 61 41450
7k1 aci i r-r-4
1- . zU V.. .1-L 71 41 31 iL
1'1% tit iL I' 41 if

7;1011
-7;t 1-
0)-
-34
3.
-3- ail- Ali r/11-
01 I.
4. Okt r1- -4 ii- xl

-%-- doI q: al
9.1,4 ?-t 01 F
ett cl 01
-7-4-t-u- 4 4 FL 0-1 .
6. A-1 -PE cr4 -1-41 it, *12-?

I C.14- 141 "tel XI ol 7:1
of- Q
_IL-
66
7. 1
61 1 : .)6tt i. t 4: -,6
-1-7. oFttfH 4 ),<I013...
* g. -9LE. : _a_ . x-ii I 4- crii
L.
--c
.
ri 0.1 0)
X
AI al I?
a
8. a
7-fi xl 01; 9-1 tt 1
S 01 ml 1 -
zli 01 71- À 7,414 oil_ .
o7
LessJn 23.
Intermission
BA. :Rillamt_Clianal2lis10
(Part I, and the curtain falls.)
1. Kim-yong-ho: Well, how do you like it?(what do you

think?)
Tell me your impressions;.
Brown: It's really nice. First of all, it's

easy to follow (see and understand).
2. Kim: One can tell (know) the contents of the

dancing number just by looking at the
title.
Brown: It's so very beautiful the way she moves

her hands and the way she moves (turns)
her body.
3. Isn't it really?
Brown: And, the motion is much more sprightly

and lively than I had expected.
4. Kim: It's much more active than Japanese

dancing, isn't it?
Brown: Yes. I have seen Japanese dancing a

few times before, but they're very much
different.
5. Kim: By the way, which dance did you like

best? (...which dance was the best?)
Brown: The sword dance was good, and the monk
dance was good, too.
6. Kim: What did you think of the drum-beating

number?
Brown: She was beating the drum so fast (how

fast could she beat the drum,...) that
my eyes seemed to swim (turn) in my
head.
7. Kim: I'm glad that you like Korean dancing.

(... so it became well.)
Brown: Yes, I'm really enjoying it. What's in

the.second part?
68
8. Kim: They are dances set to the music (tunes)
of folk songs of various parts of the
country.
Brown: It will be interesting.
4...4 AAL/1- x11 4 oi 4 oi 41
vl 5/A 141 51". 4-- I , ?I-t

Yr 4- t
01
it * 11- /- I '64
1r It ii ill '41 -gcr CC 114
lt *. 4 M 44- t 0,IA1
41-0 Ai:
5/1
vih
cd rc-4 iiI ook -)cl 7:1 1J-11_
vi j:rf 14: -7x11 A/I :IL ...7; oil
1I-71 01 11 vix ot- v4ol ojjL

O
Jr1 -1!- -41' 4. 1 I 4-2E
F:JkI oi crix
70
F-I
D . etirS et
Fill the blank spaces to complete the sentences

1. clIthl ( )01 C
It is dangerous to swim here.
2. ( )ol ( -1?1( /1- 4}-1,

Reading seems to be easier than speaking.
3. ---i ( ) t*--ci- ( ))
It's very beautiful the way she moves her hands
and the way she turns her body.
A 'CI
V67
) 0) )0+0
The drum-beating was harder than I thought.
5-
J.011,1
She was beating the drum so fast that I couldn't
see her hands move.
6. 01 44; ( ) 6-1 T2): A-1 --1-

These dances are set to folk tunes.
7 . ) 51.s. 1 C
.5=.
9A05L,
.1
One can tell the contents of the play just by
looking at the title.
) 141
8. ( -r 0 la L- -r ( ) o
What is your impression aftcar seeing the classical
dance?
9 --)g. 21% (7)'
I like the sword dance much better than the
monk dance.
o . %-)11)- ( t--74. a) 54)!

The movements were far more lively than I thought
they would be.
71
62. a. In the form. v.s.-V-C-9-0, 7,1sometimes refers to
"things" or fICTJTEts that are named, asked for,
or understood in the context.
There are many things that 4 L.,. 4z 1 a 2;0 11 01 4 14 9

I still don't know.
Do not accept what he

offers.
b. However, in some cases, does not refer to "things"

but it may transform the action of the verb into a
verbal noun to express "the idea, the act, the fact,
or the manner of ..ing."
His speaking and walking 14 -t -)(11

is exactly tike his o 4.1 -14 -14'
father's.
An airplane's coming down

on the ground is called
"landing".
Seeing it with one's

eyes is better than
hearing about it.
Going by this road is

tytich quicker.
=11i1=1111,
63.
than (one) had expected
than what (one) had AFJ
0 Ah
d A
expected.
The movie was better than

I expected.
2- OPE
It cost us much more than al Ag 7-11- 11
we had-expected.
gl 4 01 21 01 4.. 4;z1/.
The job Was easier than what
we had anticipated. -2- OI 4' al 4 Ai M -04
4-1 -rt.1
72
<
64. The expression: is used to

express
amazement.
Compare AWN., /MO
1.. 4- 461 .11. ccil 0114 rbOxi

He Speaks so fast that I 4 01- .1. i: 4- '4IA el -9-
cannot understand him. .2. 4 g di 1--1 4 4 el 110tiki
i ok 4 .-t i 4 tilA oj ii .
That American speaks Korean

21 di Ai- avt 01-4 gi it I el 414
xl. ..,4_ t. 74 _1+4- 4 4 -I ...
so well that he is just like ,S 61-c- L I-1
a Korean. voi 4 et, 01 AO
X-1 DPI-
\ 4 1 Al
..:. .top
The food was so hot that 1,42 01 Si. .
tears came out.
If 44 I t-1 Pr 01 4:H -ì I )
t4 eri I
1%1 .
73
F. HMO
till: ( xi each (district)
71,; impressions, thoughts
tune, melody
14i -15-
contents
head swims
O- to turn (a body)
ft- movement
131 I folk-song
14
drum
to move
title, subject
al) jf-C1- to dance (a dance)
CO) M CI- to beat (a drum)

-1171 vigorousness, activeness
gill 1=1- to be sprightly, active
gr-t 4 apprentice; pupil
4 -4 to guess
thing or a fact which ...
nearly ... (followed by a verb)
Ag4t 511,i /4 than (one) thought
so... thitt...
01 4141
74
A. etlikta)
(tit J
.41.1 vlz 01 014; gcl-)
1. * I 9r 41 01 4 ott i 9oo)z1?
ot oI. 1.-1 4 JE o1j. 01 471- 4
oot 1.1.- I.
01 01 iij AA 61 xi j ?
3. 041. -3- al 9_ t IQ -741 L Ja
alt C-41 -9E-F 0,11- _Pc 61 14 -MI
4. A-1 LE roil !
1,1
4-1. . 01-01- kiok 0)4 )14741
(11-.41 01 jit 11" 1441 qs; 4- 4-1
5. 1- *.',1:;, ci" "I" //1.

oJ
cel I Oh c-'r41 ;
-r 0! Li
a
Al x-zt. 71- 01 47 t J Al
741i 01 I.
75
6.
710dt: "SA o1 (till 1-311 t 17* -1/
7. It VA 61 ?
7 7ci 01 51 6A16i.i.
8. --r oil 21 JE oi ed oi ?
ot 01 tit Aloi vtl, t*joiJ i o j i.
Lesson 24
Korean Dance
(On the stage, short dances set to folk music continue.)
1. Brown: This troupe seems to be made up of

girls only, doesn't it?
Kim: That's right. There are no males.
Girls play the roles of men.
2. Brown: The costumes they are wearing are
certainly splendid!
1
Kim: The costumes are colorful (of all kindS

and colors), aren't -they?
3. Brown: Yes, and they certainly dance merrily!
a Kim: How does the music sound (to you), by

the way?
I.
4. Brown: It's quite different from Western
(0cdidental) mUsic!
Kim: So it is. It would probably sound a

bit strange to Western(ers') ears.
(Part II is over, and as they are coming out for a smoke0

5. Brown: Oh yes! I forgot to ask (you) earlier;
is Mrs. (Kim) well?
Kim: A telegram came from the country, and

she left for the country two days ago.
6. Brown: What happened? (What is the matter?)
Kim: I hear that her brother is entering the

service.
7. Brown: Is he Crafted?
Kim: Yes% He became of draft age this year.
8. Brown: What is the draft age in Korea?

Kim: When one re:aches 18 years of age, he
muSt go into the service.
77
01 11-1.-%- LJE L4Je crilx 3L 471-
sf. old It 3E. 4 Al .1. 9.1 7-1 -$7 ol t2,1
F. 4. X1 1 el ti
41-. 4A
efe oji Ot Cai -34 Xi '41 01 ft
I 4 tH eA CF. 4 -1/5-
al -`k '),041
4 kF.
1-E.
4 ()-1
T-11 01 It* :Lk '11- Aeoil 14: 51 e-1
Axl 4 01 Lt 41 1 (1,( 4. Yr 61-9c 45-'101 41

)44 .1 xl I oil 4 51- t of 0-
MI zj 1-4 4- al 01- 4 2- -'01: 4.
leunge, resting room
78
D ad it-t2-11
I. Quote the following sentences iedirectly:
1. bi-Aimit'l .Y<1 1-4
2. -i'V'641A1 jitH
3
01- u
, .2z
4
5. 0) oil hi 011 7,1i 0-1
6. il11 -A cA Ia 4V-ii c)-.
II. Fill in the blank spaces according to the English

translations:
1. :14511) Vg( )0 5'e. C. )

didn't know he has already become of draft age.
2. )01 540d C
1101 ezligC
hen one reaches eightelln years of ager he has
to go into the service.
3. 017-1-40) (
The costumes
)the*0) (
girls are wearing are very
,-i cr
colorful.
4, Ark ( )cHl J..Ad.( )0 lali Li a)-,

Have you ever been to the countryside in Korea?
5. 41101 ( )%I 401 ) Vol ti-1W4H(*.

I forgot to ask you how your wife is.
O. ( ) ;101i (
The folk tunes sound a bit strange to Western
ears.
7. I C 4. rt. ( ) 4-9
ThiS dancing team consists of girls only.
79
B. -k";11( A)
65.
(I) forgot to ... ( a- ) -'c-' 1). ii. 4 I gi exiti
(b) -.77--* -I) ',i, i 4 &I 91 0(4
c (I) forgot and

( didn 1 t) ...
01 0.1 goi LI
JL-t ia 40i 01
t cf.
4
I forgot to lock the door. FxJ
{401
He forgot to turn off the
light.
01 t 461 41 eAst
la- 01 oj 111?-1i. 41 11- xl
I forgot to mail the 54-x1 4.31-LLIV=.. GAti giqr-1-

letter. 114---"E. oi gizIt 1-011114.
'al
I forgot to ask father. lot- 01 -4E41 41 ;LI

14 (4 oi aLt ot-tfixl F I -it
(a-oti stmt.) 4 411

66. It is said a
) that ... V.
They say
col) -Hi
They say the movie is bad. _IL 411-4 4-11Licl..n.
It is said that it will 14-14. 71-

rain tomorrow.
They say she died. cr-i 71- FLL

They say he is an honest 4 At- at 01
man.
F.cd: eet ($tlei)
various colors
honorific nominative postposition
troops, armed forces
younger brother
to be heard
troupe of dancers
EalattE_Eley_mt (with Korean numbers)
country, rural district
merrily
to play the role
age
to continue
music
two days
to join the military service
to forget
to be short
telegram
to be drafted
to be gorgeous, resplendent
81
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 11
Word List:
Give my best regards to
to be pretty, beautiful
(A word used in a letter

after the name of the sender
IMAPJAL2ILMUIIIMILET).
without knowing why,
-4P-21 01 01 %I mysteriously
band, musical group
82
A. ';-.14i-l ('t's)
14 et_ 0
1. -r rtr. t e 01) qz)z.1) ?
a 641 ta
ti g- irrl 21.
.1t L. 0 t. 1 -r AA
itt Yr, 4-
cvi tai
g ti Gil 141 01 tik i z. .
5. 111 tiZ: o) c-i ?
-11 k1)-%1 ri
6. ..tr-1 oil 01 014/1a. 14' Al "1 1,'< 114.

id "I, ni) ,V44e AI kg P4 Itt ti i2011&1 A-14LLI et.),
b1Z. t *a1-11 #4.41 s- 141

rA-11<11 5,
col. '404- rig i;)- I- ,
(Ai nil t10. C; ti %01 IV 4. 06 11
ia" 14. Tali ?
83
8. : 041,
I TA cF Air -a .e.111-7-11 ztrloi S.
0 IV eM Yr) 1- t 0)-041 51.
9.
.1.1.1WWW11111W viamm-10-77
Lesson 25
Military Service (1)
B. Diklogue (Translation)
1. Brown: You have already been in the service,
haven't you, Mr. Kim?
Kim: Yes, I joined as soon as I graduated

from college.
2. Brown: For how many years did you serve?
Kim: I served for five years.
3. Brown: When were you discharged?
Kim: I was discharged last spring.
4. Brown: What was your branch of service?
Kir It was the infantry.
5. Brown: What was your rank?
Kim: I made captain. (I rose up to captain.)
6. Brown: Did you go to an Officer Candidate

School?
Kim: Yes, I received officer training in an

OCS at Kwangju. By the way, you have
finished military service, haven't you,
Mr. Brown?
7. Brown: Yes. I enlisted (volunteered) immediately

after I graduated from high school.
Kim: You can postpone (defer) the draft until

after you graduate, if you go to college,
can't you?
8. Brown: Yes. But I thought it would be better

to have it done with sooner, and I did so.
Kim: How long is the term of service for

enlisted men?
9. Brown: Three years.
85
68
c
,11 01, At 11:4
h 11 4-1 -11- 611
'Jill 31 1 ib &R tl zi ?-1
4.71- 4101 1. 71 "1-1 coi t 6d) 4- *lit 01 ill

+I el + -44 4 -411+
tr-t: 4.1 4414
oi 44# At vti
01 jJJ 31 al- 4- 141-4-61 *xi
4-4 -I i1 44it
ti
tl'AV o41 cE 06
t
*11 -$04
oil 01 -I- 404- 4tAk

401 01 11 44 2**1441Ai
DaL14%.1*11

VI"
1. air) ta Iri/..(i"-1 0". 131P-1
2. Ah) 07)- 41.7 1+ Y,t1:44
3 . a14 4-1 I-)
4 . 4-A1.4) *I) (Ai 42V-441.1.

5. Ot1.1.071- 5,11h- t-t 1-1
141-04' grt 9-1 4-00121 ,
1. 16 At t (gr-11 eti 1.9. ?
2. VIC 4. 12i* :71"
3. 51%41 Tell ttl% L41/1- ?
4.
5. CV111 if' 6,&t1 1-1 /11-*
6 . 4.) c AA) C41 t>11 td-ci 11" ?
7.
0-11 frit ot4'11 AI Ad, t cti V.1i011/1.-
9 -11-031-17--
114--0-9g e=1 17-4. Irt1 qt-1111-3
87
67. a. , when used in past tense, this
pattern may be expressed as
After ..., then immediately ... 4.011 1.11.41411,
...(did) and then immediately... v. 3-1 (4)41 -1-11.4e
I enlisted soon after I _a 4' ott

graduated-from high school. ol di 'Ask
A telephone call came soon 014 041k1 -P4041 4-
after he left the house.
He dashed out of the room -2- 4 4". 4- P- Ai !L.

as soon as he heard it.
01
I replied AA soon as I 4i. L. m 1-,

received th.: letter.
11 'VI 4
11=1111.
b. no sooner ... than ... 4 nt xpra"

may be used to heighten the effect.
I had no sooner graduated

from high school than I
4. zi-
enlisted.
t* Oj.LLF
He had no sooner Ieft the * Cjj

ohi 4
house than a telephone call
came.
-71- olt.
He had no sooner heard it 444
than he dashed out of the 401 oi 4 7.4.12 4.
room.
No sooner had I received ;(1 lit 4 44

the letter than I replied.
88
P. 46_1_41C
rank
to finish
period of time; term
captain (military rank)
branch of service
military service; conscription
infantry
to serve (term of military

service)
officer (military)
to postpone; put off
Officersf Candidate School
earlier, sooner
last year
to be discharged from the

military service
volunteer, enlisted man
to volunteer (for)
to finish up
training
no sooner.., than
cal 74 xl until
464-34,1442. I thought that it would be

better co ...
,001 t jt
89
A.
oi 5r10?
F AAk
4-3:041 ojjjojj
il1 -9c 4 &It/ 9.10i ?
cal oil lig I()) 0.401
dj
041 01 bi- -11-11A -a oil -xi L,o (/)-1,Z ?
71 (4 74) a- ill VI (4 I. t el 4 4111- 514
N. i itt o 4 oi -xi II /4. 01- -71,1 oi
4.
1
56 01 '01 oi
041. --,6 oil A,14 41 1;tioi
.3- el, c-'11 it cr'l I A" 01 J1 01 ?

041. -,611 -14_0_11 74- 4..1-01 -01 .0.a.
2.
4; c,ziA .
)6. hi' 96 6,12 xi* oil Al I 44-4002

01- t. 11.1 -1c. # 71 4 xl
-161- 1& ui-k 11 1AOU,
4" 4 4 '01- 1-1 771- 'Lr- 01 it -el

!
90
-1"
o
Ir. 041. 41..a 11 _2.. el Xioi
,41 -71_ 11 7/1- del
91
Lesson 26
Military Service (2)
1. Kim: Were you also ap infantry (man)?
Brown: No. I joined the Air Force.
Kim: What was your rank?
Brown: I was sergeant at the time of discharge.
3. Kim: You dida't go to OCS?
Brown: I was wavering as to whether I should go

or not. But, I decided not to go, since
the term of service would be.longer if I
became an officer.
4. Did you do overseas duty during that

time?
Brown: Yes, I spent thirteen months in the Far

East.
5. Kim: Did you enroll in a college after you

got discharged, then?
Brown: Yes. Since I did my overseas duty, the

government provided school expenses and
living expenses.
6. Kim: Did you study for four years in college

by receiving money from the government?
Brown: No. The government provided school ex-

penses and living expenses as long as ,
the term of my overseas duty.
7. Kim: Since the country is rich, there is such

a privilege for soldiers!
Brown: Yes, I was fortunate. There's no such

privilege now.
8. Kim: Why is that?
Brown: There's no such privilege since it is

not war-time now.
92
C
4. la --LT- & 114

ilj J J'r 041 hi- At it. cri 4
3 ut -kt 01 RI oi II -4 71- xl
oil tiz oil <-1 4.1 Al-
cit Jel 1
141 Attf 2c.
1
01
Ail oil gr4E J4- --zr_ td. 6112c- 01 al 71-il 44A

51 -4. pi 216-.' oil it IL 041 ik pi -4 i-ka. 4 014
710 AI 611 r41 4 + 111#61
z:z1- 41 71- I- 9 LI i7C- I zzl- ri"L

cj cF
93
D.
I. Answer the following questions using the form:

-,11, III_ 01 0,
1. SA' x-1,4611 --q-74=-5-ee 4-1-3-1=v1
2. 041 -71- 3:11-gi I-1 7-* ?.
3. All *-1 Al- 6'1 ?
4. rrja L-111 1.
5 DI 91.111;.likcw) 5-
II. Change the following to exclamatory sentences using the

form:
1.011 1),;-11-
2. 114 01 0)-4- 0-reg-iir
3. -4 Ali 1 2? 14 -lel" Ail
4. I. %.1 11-
5. 94 0) 01 ri.14 A) ten 01 vg) .

1. What was your rank at the time of discharge?
2. I decided not to go to OCS.
3. The government provided school and living expenses.

4. Does every soldier have many privileges during
war?
5. How long would the term of service be, if you
become an officer?
94
B.
68. a.
ne is thinking as to whether () 4(4 v)l1L110014
one will do (... or not)
am thinking what I'll do. of1414011;4AILAILI2LA

I am thinking if I should
stay here another day
(or not). 01 -di
4. rd
0,10
i ii
Li 4.
( 4 -4) i4
ni 0 4= 111- 4
I am thinking as to whether I. CIA it 74 #1. tr I
I should leave today or stay 42. rt
another day.
One wavers as to whether

one will ... or not. 414 tla
I was wavering as to whether al 74 ot-

I should tell him or not. Tj
74
At
JJi1 tow
69. 0
Exclamatory ending 1./vt-li. 1,/vs f, v s L.!
This ending connotes assertion of a fact or situation by

the person making such exclamatory expressions.
(I see that) they are still xi /1.4JE 04 5. 1r11

watching TV! tAk
(I see that) you have finished gp,A1

-it already!
(I see that) you have bought A 4 A- 3.R.

a new car!
The form as -t/i 01 is not as emphatic as the above

forms.
95
(I dare say) the price is 71"
cheap!
(I must say) he dances very Xi OP 0 0

1E
.3-4.
At' 4
well!
01
(counter for month)
Air Force
to study
soldier
Par East
to serve
nation, country
to provide
as much as ...
sergeant (military rank)
to be rich
living cost
to be lucky
to enter a school
military officer
war time
government
privilege
school expenses
abroad, outside of the country.
exclamatory ending
to waver as to whether...or not.
97
Language Laboratory
Exercise 12
Word List:
to cost money
many months
to go up
as you know
Trf-tYft
T .."Tar)Ert 11431c-T-X) (00 ko #1111-6 -11-12 Itt 114- 77, -11111 2.
:V 1114 loo -11-2
-To .70-.klri: Ito -fr 1-1

2,
z. -Tr 3-0 Y.E THPi

1-1-
111101-v0i ?1-14 4/77e Telfi
1.;)10
(VI TY 47 Ili in -To 454- II 1:3 --irlk I ?a 1-Y
43 if to To -73-. C-frt" I'll 1144 1p43-
y
i4 :11 :110-42-fr 1>5' h
L
-tr 1- .itzt -Tx :fa IL -1.1 12 771 tA-
5 12
:ii2 T-i? .1- h

h '41 42 T Itt
fr 1=3 xicv tP k ?-0 Yr'6 11
Ho T 10 'ix iglc
TY II-0 7# +- 11* 14-1-1 -IL
Tio
17; :14g: h -ix -11-9rIFY lot i-oo-

1 ix -k 79 19 F 114k-
fr I92
6.61
Lesson 27
House for Rent (1)
DialoRue (Translation)
Klm-yong-ho: (Speaking into telephone) Hello! Is Mr.
Brown in?
Operator: Didn't you dial the wrong number? There

is no one here by that name. What number
are you calling?
Kim: This is Kwanghwamun 3654, isn't it?
Operator: You are wrong. This is Kwanghwamun 3645.
Kim: It's my mistake. I'm sorry. (Looking at

notebook, he dials again). Hello! Is
this the American Trading Company? Is
Mr. Brown there?
Operator: Yes. Wait just a moment, please. I'll

call him for you right away.
Brom: This is Brown (speaking). Who's calling,

please?
. Kim: This is Kim. What I want to talk to you

about is the house for rent which you
were talking about. Have you found one
already?
Brown: No, I haven't found one yet?
Kim: There appeared an advertisement in the

paper today, so I've inquired about it.
6. Brown: That's very nice of you (I'm really

grateful for that). Did you find out
complete information (deta_ s)?
Kim: I found out roughly over the phone. The

owner told us to come out to see the
house this afternoon.
Brown: I'll take time out and see it this

afternoon, then.
Kim: Let's go and see it together after lunch.
101
8. Brown: You must be busy, and I would be imposing
on you too much, then. (If you do like
that, I am so sorry.)
Kim: I am not so busy. Let's meet at Seoul

Restaurant at 12, then.
102
Cit*)
4
4 PE .)140i1 21 4 tL L M 41'1
4i 4i4
.
Itt * C't 01 x-1 9k1 q< 174-
xAl 54A . c 01 Li ai- 441
A-1 A-9, 4 y. At
t
>1; -641
441 Al I 4 g- It-
76 4 0,1.. ol .2- -4 oil x-4 4.1 --9r
ziy4 4sL it 01 A- L 21. Clm A4I --ta 9-1
-el )4_ Al of 4741 4.IL j 4- Al '1 Y.4 tA1-0

a -41 41 71- 611 '51- cr41 i*O1 I 47 4
:fr. L3,1, 4-1L- iF L1-9A 31 4 xtg-
cal x-1 11- 14-1 4
"""" IIIIII 11
I. Change each sentence on the left column into an adjective

clause and place it before the underlined noun of the
sentence in the right column.
Example: 11011)1) 14-qo 11A4Ldio-,
641 ct x)-Vi 0) t'4A O1 t
1. 4G-1 4P7 V415 6i ct. 's'i 4 cl fmi 1; ti !
2. 1,114'1)- GI cl*i) %/4411 %i ?
3 XjM 9t e91-4 9-iA 5
4. (-Kea 1-1 14'11=6 t 01 VAii ul .
5 41* el 'III 4A-Zi q*. 14-voi
II. Answer the following questions using the form: 46.10)4.
1. odmi 46-1) 91- 411 1-
2. ot-LIV,10431? (#.?-1-11,d011.?
3. VA) o1 c&P-ht-itlit0111-1
4. g4w0 A-14) 11 9.24 AI- 70
5 14 xri II 741 601 14 14 P
III Translate the following sentences into Korean:

1. This telephone number is wrong.
2. There are many houses advertised for rent in the
newspaper.
3. The landlord told me to come to see the house anytime.
4. Did you get the house which you were speaKing about
last time?
5. What number did you call?
104
E. 4t11(31( 5-A)
X
70. Adjective clauses in past tense: The verb that con-

cludes the clause takes (a) ordinary past attributive
form (Vif the action is simply carried out in the
past, and (b) recollective past attributive form..c.41
if the action was in progress for some time within the
past.
the book that I read last night 0/1- oixl gtmi
the book"that I was reading l'q 11" 6'1141 viPil 901

1 last night
He is the man who used to live

next door.
11 /1.4., 4..?1 440
4. I OIL
I met a man who used to work
in our office. Jc'.' .9r el 114 001 O ())1-
1=1 4 ott
The verbs 014 and (Ail-always takes form (b): -oft om.
in adjective, clauses in the past tense.
Who took the newspaper that 1,1 0 alL

,o14
was on this desk?

/1" 71" 7111A oj ?
71. In sentences that normally use conjectual form _4-0.014
(See Note 32), or future intentional form___
qpook may be used in place of those forms.
t4ji 7,O1x1 714aIVILL1

Aim 5LA19....
Come at five since I shall be c1-4,
waiting for you at home. 1414- xl kl ei q
I will help you since it will .01Li x..411. 51....smiL

be difficult.
1. el ii I. ti 1 71- s-*.s-z1711-.
a
She ought to have come.back by 2- 014. 41. -1-dE 02-t-o,c,1fifl
now; but there's been no report
yet. 0)- .1 7I- (OA*
I*: (4.%A
.
644.
105
ei such a person
o 4 J al- what I want to say is...
.40 dial
generally, in the main,

roughly.
to speak into (telephone)
to inquire
to be busy
small notebook, memo-book
to take time out, make time
restaurant, dining room

to make a mistake
twelve o'clock
sometime ago, the other day,

last time
xpkikl: details; complete information
lunch
(house) owner
to be wrong
(one) that use to
will probably ...;...is

scheduled to
touch (ear) with...;bring...

(41 41) cH
(to the ear)
106
A.
Pi it &IN zi tiA .9. of ki)
1. -Er. 61 54 4, 71 4 o
?
71 oil. 4- 01 01 r-111- v/ 1.11 vi I .
(AM?
oi oikil
ojLj.
ok tot .11 04
crOj1LifiE 4
3. --0c 114 (i'A. el ?

: 4 oil ).-J, 4 01 A-11 5)1
4. [-T-4. 5ka1lL?
*1 5i- -41-- 4 4
hi' 511- "L c1-2-
5. r -A4-71 17H itk 1-013..tx-Lit?
6 1._E '4 4 al- -161.1
J0-1- 4 01 s 11- 61 4- ill

7. '1 till_ -lett 4 al oil 2, s-o 0 V:
107
8. 4-t: -1- a; 4 Al
: rt.
Lesson 28
House for Rent (II)
(While eating lunch at Seoul Restaurant)
1. Brown: What does the house look like?
Kim: The house-owner described it to me over the

phone; it seems to be suitable.
2. Brown: Is it a Western-style house?
Kim: Yes. He says it's a two-story Western--ityle

house. He said that it's the house where the
English professor of Yonse University lived.
3. Brown: How many bedrooms does it have?
Kim: There are three bedrooms upstairs, he said.
4. Brown: Does it have all the furniture?
Kim: He said it has all the furniture such as beds,

sofa, and dining table.
5. 'Brown: Water, electricity, and gas are connected

(come in), of course?
Kim: Yes. He says it's a very modern house.
6. Brown: How much did he say the rent is?
Kim: 7,500 whan a month, he said.
7. Brown: 2,500 whan per person, if three move in!
Kim: Yes, that isn't too much.
8. Brown: Let's go and see it, then. And pay for

today's lunch.
Kim: Thank you!

C. (tt 4c)
4 /41 01 xl oil 4-1 c4 oil -41; 1=1" . 1-1
1111 Ai Ct 2 . ZI JE xi 4 I t34 vd- 41 II 41
01 71 VA 01 oh1f 71- 4 c-1.

xlf 0 4. 4- 5., Al 71 , 7711 1F 14 4 al
01 45-: xell 01 41- Ji 4 01
944 , '41 4- 7H- /I- 6)A
4 041 7, 3- 00 .1.1 of 2. ,<-11 4 4.1
/1- al O/ oil 2, 3 -0 o .1.t"
411 /4 141 kl rat -e41
. z 4 Ili 01 A- 14i 1- t '01-4
110
D .0e411-1)
I. Change the verb of the following sentences into the

form: 2
1. 5?..-4 0101a 0)/Y if L'ict.
2" gl L o'n -1" get; 404 cY.
3" 3kfl t lit 114 t co c-,1; ch

46 -Al ooi 0 cr okk) 01 "t .
5 tmr.6 tVma.- 41)141 Al'r -kt]
II. Fill the blank spaces according to the English

translations:
1. 1.44/}. ( *Mg-,
Do as I say.
2. cp)101 ( ) **II to 11- tilt] Ai t

Report in detail as you saw it.
3. 4 ( )a)-1
I followed exactly as he taught me.
4. toili)- t1-110) OHAO4A1 ( )cli 41; el 11 IL .

will tell you about the problem as I think.

1. How does your new car look?
2. The rent was one hundred fifty dollars per month.
3. Are gas,electricity, and water included in the rent?
4. The bedrooms are upstairs, I was told.
5. This is the house I used to live in.
E (3--c 4.0
72 . (It) seems ... V. i_.(i) 4;
cf. it 1,
This seems nice. 7;1 d H
101 71 01 j 4z t 14
It looks like rain this

afternoon.
11 'it Gil ill 71. it 4.
allemmolg.
73. exactly as one (does) v. 5. .!-E tft

exactly as one (did) V, -5. (9c)
1111VIMMENw-I=011m =NM
Do exactly as he does. dr-I 4 401 tt -LE al . 4) AI .
Write exactly as I say. 1+1 71- 4. 41 ( 144)

Tell me exactly as you di 31 4 4 4 41.
saw it.
I did it exactly as he ia 01 4 A-
said.
74. (so much) per ...

(so many)
once a month id 4 041 41.
five dollars per person
30 cents per gallon

mi -4: 01 4 4 Pi
112
P. 'itcP1(111)
71- -1- furniture

gas
professor
to look like, resemble
sofa
A
waterworks, running water
(in house)
dining table
new style, modern style
Western-style house
upstairs
a two-storied (house)
to be suitable
electricity
house rent
thousand
bed
bedroom
c It seems that .../ It appears

.
e. or r+ that
(so much) at a time

011
113
11114111111111111111.
PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA AEI
PYCCKFII1 NWITAPCKH
).
CPIICKOXPBATCKII POLSKI
44.
ih.
KOREAN pig
117
SHQIP tESKY
NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE
MAGYAR REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE EAAIINIKA
r it -34 t 01
TURKcE ESPANOL
PORTUGUiS VOLUME III FRAKAIS
ROMANI I SLOVENSCINA
YKPAILICIAA LESSONS 29-42
ITALIANO
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
EXERCISES 13-18, DEUTSCH
!BAHASA INDONESIA TIEING VitT NAM
AL 001 629
KOREAN
NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume III

.September 1961

PREFACE
/II, contains Lessons 29-42 for classroom instruction and
parts: A, Dialogue
B . Dialogue (Translation)
C. Reading or Interpretation Text
D . Hanja (Chinese Character)
E . Exercises
F. Grammar Notes
G. Word List
H. Recording
The dialogue part is written on a selected typical daily
situation, and approximately twenty to twenty five new words
including new grammatical features are incorporated into the
dialogue.
:.:aning of the Korean sentence idiomatically wherever
possible. However, when it is advisable to give a stilted

English translation in order not to lose an important feature
of the Korean sentence, it is ordinarily given in parenthe-
ses. Moreover, the students may find some more stilted

English expressions other than in the parenthetical parts.
Therefore, students are advised to understand the intent of

giving English translations, and try to comprehend the
structure of the Karean sentences.

script and a few selected Chinese characters recapitulating
and sometimes expanding the story c4 the dialogue. When
necessary, only a limited number of new words are introduced

in the reading text, and these words are included in the
word list.
The Hanja (Chinese character) part introduces a few
selected Chinese characters that will appear in the follow-
ing lessons. The stroke order, pronunciation, and meaning
of each character are given together with their compounded
forms and their meanings.
The exercises are intended for bilingual oral translation

and drill based on the content of the dialogue, reading text,
and the structural explanations of the lesson.
grammatical features introduced in the dialogue. Some example
sentences are given for the students to see the usage of the
features in sentences and practice on them.
The dialogues, reading text, interpretation text, and

exercises of each lesson are recorded together with the
necessary instructions for use in the event that native
speakers of Korean or other qualified instructors are not
available.
Normally every third 'hour is to be spent for individual
language laboratory exerdise whether qualified instructors
are available or not. The materials for the laboratory
ii
exercises are based on the words and patterns covered :In
the previous lessons. However, the narration itself is
based on a different situation. Therefore, the students
have to concentrate on understanding the new situation and
be able to answer the questions based on it. Some easy
new words are included in the laboratory exercises, however
the students will find the list of them after every two
lessons in the textbook for classroom instructions.
iii
A4). (HI) Page 1
75. ..1 tag

76. Noun ti at.
-4)14 quiel
( IV) 9
77. ..(91) 5, I any

(0 1+ I any ...1
,any...1
111 1.":.43-1141 ( I) 18
78 . -1-3; %I. )-111-te ). I c
79 . oi
01 Ct.D-11 Al (II) 26
80a. .0)0(j.4)4 ...44,1

80b. 4(c1 - 44:
iv
35
ttol
81. Conclusive endings (I):
degree of politeness and
formality.
43
Tr-
82. Conclusive endings (II)
Af (1) 51
xi
83 . Ga.
-%1 1+4) +Ai
=f-
DI 41
84. 01-
4 (II) 58
85a. Conjunctive ending ...lilt
85b....50:1- in adverbial clauses.
4-Ag 67
*=".
al 01 1t-c .614,4,(11
86a.
861). -IA
if. ai 041 cA1-`c.-
IA1 'A (II) 89
87a. -/Pa"
87b. -/1 c't
87c. --/I '12.
A1.4. (I) 82
88. Dates, addresses, and designa-

tion of organizations
,..ALt (II) 89
89a . ct) oi (+11
89b. AP) 01-14 c+
97
Language Laboratory Exercise 18
98
g:J..0411:
90. ...%0 oil
(IV) 107
91. Counters and numerals
vi
WOMP.1.711,1MIIIIMINIPM /-' I. r 1.. 11,,,,/
11
ii (+V
44 EI5L 41 al 4 .-È 60
1. -V- fc: -2- 7o 1 01 01 I?

4t oiC-E 4-4041
I 1. 9c rol rjat C4IL

0A1 01 xi xl 4 xi 411/ .
111
3. 1- i-11-C 1.1..
7111
c+ ! '311 ,3i xtI4 or 01- 4- .2- 761.o4Ij.
ci o joj /1-41 4 4.). o j )
4. r* ol ki I4
r 7-11 31 LI 4.
5. r Xot 03.- 4-1 1,4 /I 0-1 4 -44

-r 01 -4 a 01 1.
TIA ol I .
6. 041. al JL k l- 1 .1
4 5-,1
it 4: 01 Al 141(4 711- ?
. (1-i I it) oi 141 4 I xl &i
4 41 .
A- iL 1-1
8. X it ol 41/.0-iiel 44
%:1 . 71- 1-1 CI-. 'irk 3T 6.01 1LI oki ?
9. 4 mi. J.. 41 4-4 4.
2
Lesson 29
House for Rent (III)
(On the way to see the house, riding in a car)
1. Brown: Where is the house?
Kim: It's in the town called Sinchton. We are almost

there (we came almost all the way).
2. Brown: There are many nice homes in this area(vicinity):
Kim: Yes, it is developing into a suburb lately.
3. Brown: The air is nice and fresh in the suburb.
Kim: Ali: That house on the hill top; that's exactly it.
(They enter the front yard, and get out of the car)
4. Owner: Welcome!
Brown: We came to see the house.
5. Owner: The view is nice because the house is on a hill.
Brown: The house is pretty far away from the neighboring

'houses, so it must be very quiet.
6. Owner: Yes. And it's not only sunny, but also well
ventilated.
Brown: Could you show us the inside, please?
7, Owner: Certainly. (He opens the door.) This is the

big room. After you, sir. (Go in ahead of me,
please.)
Brown: It's wide and nice.
8, Owner: There are big glass windows on two sides, so

it's bright all day long.
Brown: The furniture is really nice, too. It is made

in Korea,:isn't it?
9. Owner: Yes, it is.
3
C.
-9d 4 04I 9.1A 4. Al le kl 0.k

4O .
b-i ji g o . 01 tg 9.1"/. cF.
4- 71 i 4 Ali-1-.1 .t i
4 H JL9i titt
40)1, 4 -5)c 01. PA 041 oi J61-1 c4460/41
11 4F. 411 * 4 ti el- 41

4 01 61 vi
01 oi 4. 5- ;E't 4: k tit
-1 -11 t11- -7r al 01 51
4 cl". 71" t itt j U
4
D -APT
Stroke Pronun-
order ciation Meaning
41610. oi one
,;;;;
2 two two
wow* 01
3. three
3 ;;;;":""
4. Ma four
5
) ",
five
moon; month
sun; day
Example:
the fifth day of January
the fourth day of February
the third day of March
the second day of April
the first day of May

E. ct.-tr-lril
Vol Nioliki tr
1. 4-014.0uor,; Altit t 15141*?

2. pi 11.11-41
3. Ateqr...AAN- 14.s 5-11
4. 100)/1- 5M 1411
IPOI14E 9e.j Himo cHeil-/-41 votm *I.AIN164,?
6. a- 601 -9p-1111-
7. i}4 toe t)-1 cf.144
Translate the following sentences.
1. The reason Mr. Smith knows so much about Korea

is that he was there during the Korean war;
2. My mother is planning to be here with us this weei-

end.
3. This car is not only good but also inexpensive.
4. He speaks Korean well because he is studying hard.
5. Not only 1..the theater far, but it is also late.
6. Airplanes leave here once every ten minutes.
7. You should not do as he does, but you should do

as your father tells you to do.
8. He has been having a hard time because of his

problems.
6
P kji (.)t.
75. Because ...

14_5_ 71 ail
On account of the fact that ...
cf.
1-1 771- -'-oh&-c1.24Adg
I don't have a car, so it's LI-A 044 tiii(*iki N),

very inconvenient. it 54- 4 q'.
It's very inconvenient since

I don't have a car.
ii 44-4/1. 2.11
It's very inconvenient because 44a 44r 4

I don't have a car. otit
-tY01-44.
He became ill suddenly, so he 011a. /tti 471 ,;i41 o dA
could not go to America. t1J3o4 4%1 Y;1a5i..
He could not go to America
because he became ill
oJ 74i
suddenly. fi olf at 3j oil 71-11
76. Not only ... but (also)... It at 01-14 al-

v. < tr_
1114 Iok
.
--
He not only can speak -1- 61 -C. t$ 14
Japanese, but also Chinese. 4; .tilk .S, -41 61.4
oi-
l.
I t ' s not' Only snowing, but .1 5. 9.. IL tilat 5. 44

there rs Ya: wind , too. 1.
I ....... .... i.
7
G. 401 (
air, atmosphere
ventilation, air circulation
suburb
to be wide
to be set off from, apart

from
village
(the sun) enters into *..
to develop
to be bright
vicinity
to be clean, pure
hill
neighboring house
gradually*
to be quiet
r residential house
all day long

4 4-
t ri=i1 4. 041 because ...
utt.' 4 II ZI- ...not only ... also
8
7;1_, (Jsz)
A. 11-291-(1-14)
a 4) 4 al/ 1_-,r;
4 Li. 01 :4- 0 71-
1- 4 4- 4 A 01 iiFJ k 411
t'XhL R. 51h LI 01 4 rfl 4O 1 %I At "01
2- -A 01
2. 1--41 0,1 oild al Al- 4 4L..11dIi-

1/A O14 11iriL
al 11_
3. -1- 141 ill 4,4 VI ?

oj :
I. X-11 iI
o j2.o11 61 114 Pc. Al- ai
ti 4 att I. Li 4. 21La. -=0-1- sr L- 01
AI- 1x1i.
'Cl
4. "T 517.9c k /1- 7-1 q 77f ?
44 II 4.
x-41 .=-5-1-
toi
5. ,4-,J 041 I 7--1-f5- Yr_ , E-1- 4111i?
jr ct41. 4 4- +.3
6. r uLt
51
-9r al 71- 71 1 -74 :<1 414 olx-11
if LI 71- ?
-r Oti. obi/ ef.E. 4-4 044-
,t1 lid. 01 g4 0LE._ -E el -14
7. 4 6. E. 04 4.1.- got- 61 7-4 1-3- 1347/1-
coi 74 xl 4 4- tt
ai 4 ok q
8. 4 . 4 oji q 14i 4 4 ett

c011, gP 61 zi lilt' q
*Al xi 4-eljeolki 44-0-43,412-.
Lesson 30
House for Rent (IV)
(After seeing both the upstairs and downstairs, they
enter the kitchen.)
1. Brown: The kitchen is clean and nice.
Owner: There also is a refrigerator. The party who

used to live here before sold it to me when
they left.
2. Brown: By the way, we'll need a cook (a person who

will do the cooking in the kitchen) and a house-
boy, and...
Owner: I will find them for you.
3. Brown: Would you do that for us?
Owner: Yes. I know a person who has a lot of experience

in western cooking. And, as for a house-boy,
I'll find a reliable person for you.
4. Brown: Who takes care of the garden?
Owner: I call a man and have him do it twice,a month.
5. Brown: Are the charges for water, electricity, and

gas all included in the rent?
Owner: Yes, they are all included.
6. Brown, If we decide to take (move in) it, when could

we move in?
Owner: Anytime. But, if I had a week's time I could

paint the house in the meantime.
7. Brown: We can wait till then since we paid the hotel

rent up to the end of the month in advance.
Owner: You have to pay a month's rent in advance here,

too.
8. Brown: Of course (I am well aware). I will bring my

two friends tomorrow and show them (the place)
and then we will decide.
Owner: Fine. Talk it over and decide.
11
c. 11110.6
i4scgt. 4 4--9E. Lik *01

01
-7711 VA 14. lig .xl; cAoA 53,
2E.
7-411) 44_1-1 211.

3J4: -ct . ?,
41 it -34 4 VIA 31-
rCo
it 4 4 ?Id
ail 4 el 141 i 4 2.. vt
it "4, rise 771-6- -1,d 01 -t .1)'x
-rj: ig kj_ -)6 cl- ick 4. 4z ia
vil /1 414_ 6p:

r-Fe
12
Stroke Pronun- Meaning
order ciation
8 2
%
seven
10. eight
11. nine
21-1.
12. ten
13. g (.-Le.) year

4g
oe
t
Example:
)1 C-fr-tp A the tenth of June
the ninth of July
the fifteenth of August

the twenty-fourth of September
'LA
the thirtieth of October
the nineteenth of November
the thirty-first of December
fifty-six years
Nbte the irregular pronunciation of i:41 and -r

13
I. .:441 ci.11
1. III Ilia cel *1-1-11 4HAel 414/44AT'd "Y

2.
A.1%. n. 31- 112 ill
3. ?
4. Aen 6-11 cfrk 4,,:;(1 1-011-
5',
7A--c-c- 4.t,- o111
6. -10qh(1/1- 1J0414-71 740.. oi III tr ) 4").<.)
IA/ 14 14 1/H
7. iitg14 A41-1? '9114-1
8. tolv
1. Let's eat anything we like since we have enough

money.
2. I will be home today because I have so many things

to do.
3. Any time will suit me because I don't have anything

to do.
4. Anyone can speak and write Korean if he has gradu-

ated-from the Korean course at the.Army Language
Slehool.
5. Please do not tell anybody about this.
6. I could not buy the car because I didn't have

enough money.
Not only I but many others also cried.
14
77. Indefinite pronominal expressions: "Any..."
h. :O. of- an thi anTy place any time

od_xl os...
44 4 61-* I), al el- .. opt r--1) a/ 44 cili 41.

c-II Li- oi vi 1-1-
(01)4 4 4- 4
off 14 4. 4'4 -0, oi 4 01- sir vi iii- 01- 4014-
,i li- -1- kx1 -11-0101_. xj cl i---11 -vc ii 0-LI*11-.. 1
-c 1 4 -1-(70-x1 01- Yr ik .01.1 441----1 --cc xl 44 ccii xi
Anyone will do. al- IL I -I d%
Give it to whomever you like.

!,2r, Jeck Elf 4( 4-t. 4
v)) .
One ought to be polite to it 61 L *I 4

anybody.
Anything will do. 40).

Take whatever you like. oL 4 (4-1 0) /1411.
Eat fruit, no matter what. --tf161(i-b-0 4 54
7--1 4 /13..
Any place will do.
t+ 7- 11 -4.. 4.
I want to 0 to Americal 4 it 01
no matter mhere. el if- .51.
ck
Any time will suit me. at-
We can leave at a mcment's 4. .k "1.4 rci

?"!),4 --eir v1-.
notice.
15
to decide
experience
refrigerator
(gas) cost, charges
garden
end (of this month)
to discuss, consult
money paid in advance
to take care of ...
to have (someone) do ...
downstairs
spare time
electric light charges
to sell
paint
any time
trustworthy, reliable...
40.1-
16
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 13
Word List:
to pay with.money
to be included within
yard
as one wishes, freely
kitchen
with enough in reserve (above neces-

sity)
of 0-11 (I)
A. -L.1 51- 6
(4 k MI '`)
if 4 al IL 9.1h
of : .? /6
zi- 01-- 11- 4i 4 . 4 oil LA
T ill k /I
2. I 11 1 al -71 4 ?I ki t 0 L1- 41] ch.
*Ptt: cl ?4-1, -4? t-tfi 61 71 61- ?
3. 01 01.. 4 oil 7;11 o 01- -11 LI q- 0)

-Yr 4 tf -14 1-1- t.
j 0
"CL" 771- k ti-; Al 71- of GredA
e:;16- IA
of 4 01 cr-I 1-1 L9
1-dYr -7
of 9c. AI- -5-i- ILI: 041 411 -11--t s

Al _P.,
-4 771- ?
0
4 01- 1_ 1+ it- ail Ja c1j
i ?.t 6
6. of : M=c- oi -/-11 7-0; ?
18
Yr 41: -rfr 4j 7.4 I- 4 .
71- 41 t3IL: 14-17-
7 01 : al 41 14- { ?
8. 01 tit F. X-ittie 4-01 61 4741 ti4j ti11F 61 14/ billEX)1A
ja?" 771- ?
cr,1 oil
01 XI Al 3c
r.IiF
61
ul 5,4 611.
19
Lesson 31
At the Barber's (I)
B. Dialuue (Translation)
(Brown goes to the barber and awaits his turn while

reading a movie magazine.)
1. Barber: Next please. (Next person, please come.)
Brown: I believe I am next. (Sitting in the chair.)

A hair-cut please.
2. Barber: I'm sorry that you had to wait so long.
Brown: Do you always have many customers like this?
3. Barber: On Saturday we are the busiest. It seems that

every one must have a hair-cut when Saturday
comes around.
Brown: Since most people (all) work, Saturday is their

only free time, that's why, I suppose.
4. Barber: How do you want your hair-cut?
Brown: Don't cut it too short on the sides.
5. Barber: Don't you like the style popular with the

young fellows tlese days?
Brown: Don't even mention it. It doesn't suit me.
6. Barber: How shall I cut it in the back?
Brown: You can cdt it up a bit in the back. But trim

it with scissors only, please.
7. Barber: Shall I cut some off the top?
Brown: Be careful because there isn't too much hair

left up there.
8. Barber: How come a young man like you has lost hair
like this already?
Brown: It seems to be hereditary. My dad was also

bald at the age of thirty.
20
C.
01 01.:L 01 74 . 4 41 -Lk I 51 4
I -71 4 al d
r-ci A-. 01 14, -or: 4 4..11 c*il (1,< 1,14 c4".
.91 441 ic:k

o. k o
:xtt xi I 11 04- 7i
g 4. cril -te 4. 01 t-Pil tic' og 01 51h 01- 01- 4 44:A
oil 041 -it 0) 0,444 d ,3,1_ 1)1 71 4.
'11 ill g 71- -t v1041 74 ia 1,1. 61 tit -44.

1 14- t-E. 4741 *77A -è oi irk 4. ot -t 41 9r
4-- 7-31; 2-
4. -tc Ati 01 al* 4-1 of xi 4. 11 2171- oth
a 4. , 41 ct t 4.
21
Stroke Pronun- Meaning
order ciation
r;;:....4Z
14. gl 14" hundred

915::;=
4/ 6 ...".'
.,.. I
15 . ..3;;,... thousand
I 4.
16. fire
a)1 4,44.
17. a. " . cif I4"

,r water
II%
] I.O.
18. /14 .#1 earth, land
3 4;;; *- ,
Example:
the year 1951
the year 1960
Tuesday
Wednesday
Saturday
1. 04. All.0 010St4H141 =N4i 41.cdm .J01-1414-111-g4 ?
2. 541 010-St0414-1 -710Vilor
3. 1 CIL ie 6-1 11104 ti1-4-1-111-
4. PI 3. 't tot 141 13 f 141- up*?
5. YrS4C /.41-/ Dj PA-4- 61%41
6. irk 1-11 4.4.0a. l Dr) 11111-
7.
altA)1 121g4 7.z.1 .01
I. This style is popular among young me,n.
2. Don't,do anything that no one does.

3. We must eat whatever they serve.
4. Any time will do.
5. I became bald-headed before forty.

6. It'seems to be my turn.
7. She likes anything that is in fashion.

8. I don't like that style.
23
78. Inclusive indefinite expressions:
Every ... Interrogative, 4

pronoun
/10^.4
Everyone knows it. -3- 4: cle
He does everything well. Yr 01 11- 1V1-.
Every place is closed today. 42c. 6-1 mi 4 4 *A

14-
He is always busy.
ol od_r-il 4 LI: 4144
79. It's because ...
-Z4-1
Why are you staying home?
It's because I've got a

cold.
Wh y don't you start?
Not everyone is here yet,

that's why.
Why are you back already?
It wasn't interesting,
that's why.
Why didn't you go?
It's because I didn't

want to go.
24
G . vIcriC344)
sri
scissors; shears
to cut (hair)
among
to remain; to be left over
bald head
Don't say that! Don't talk

nonsense !
to fit
to come out (off), fall out
when (one) is(30 yeax4 old
style
to dislike
heredity
to be popular, fashionable,
in fashion
barber
barber shop
to have a hair-cut
turns; order; series
(4) every one
It is because...
crY4 7,1 .2. 211 iL
25
01 41 00
A. .11-'-1-(
1. oi :
-t 4. Lk 2k0-1111F ?
0=1 Ai a1 k JE
2. 4. A API -,r1 5. is Fi t_
E-11 4. 14- -t
oIo jLLiL.
71
3 01 141 : q-ei R. jg-. -t-, 7t1

oiyi
44), rd el- tit al it- 01 zi 71 of
a it 01 4- IL at it
4-gi xi
4. I 114: II. cf- xi

if
4. 11-1 xi 71 It kcik Xi .
5. ol 14 4: LI 01 2:1 -lid --I1i.

-* I: ol 011.041 -1:51Axlit?
041. Li 11 al-.
-2--1 Zi 71- 4. Oil 4. i 2- 1.11: 01 ?1-
7. oi 4.4: kl-1 et LI 7.71-

5-1
ai
26
LESSON 32
At the Barber's (II)
Dialogue'
1. Barber: Are you getting somr. treatment?
Brown: I've tried various medication, but no-

thing seems to help very much (no result
whatsoever).
2. Barber: I'm pretty bald myself, as you can see.
Brown: You are not qualified to advertise any

hair-growing medicine to your customers,
I'm sure.
3. Barber: I get around that easy enough (it isn't

quite so). I tell them that my hair
wouldn't have come off this way if I had
used this medicine earlier.
Brown: Do your customers fall for it?
4. Barber: Of course, they fall for it. Their hair

keeps right on falling, though.
Brown: There isn't very much anyone can do about

it cncc it starts to fall.
5. Barber: All done. I'll give you a shave now.
Brown: A shave (fee) is included in the price

of a hair-cut, isn't it?
6. Barber: Yes, sir. 100 Hwan.
Brown: It says 85 Hwan in taat price list over

there; but why?
Barber- Since your hair is special, I charge

more. (I receive more money).
Brown: What did you say?
8. Barber: I'm kidding. On Saturdays we charge 100

Hwan. They charge the same in other
shops, too.
Brown: Thank you (for your work).
027/28
(*Pr)
-Jr Ii f I-0 1? 10-p k -7F)

-0 -r -111-2
VrA 010 L .; ht pA ro fx-14

147 7 10 /0 Jo- vio
io
1L1i.a fIcL 1-fi 1-2 Yr40 r k :Fro 11-?.
kl T5- ?1- 4-40 )1110 41- It CI

I%
T. 1-1 o
IP
-17 -IL 49 zr: 144 -14- ica .17 %ill 10 lx -P T.9,
-r ?2- -pc lo k Ylr# L-1 lo1
T5 IQ k N lo 1ra i -14- T *AI
?ill:
410 Li YA
A..., 10 le -ff TO, k ra 114 417
10 *1)10 To - -i i.174 1? -5 1"117;`,(11

I L
Ylr."-.
6Z
rxi
(011-1--)
Stroke Pronun-
19. tree
gold; metal
20.
:152: Kim(surname)
a
21. ahead
22. 3 life; be born
o) human
23.
Example:
4L El Thursday
ia Friday
9ET. Mr. Kim
human life
S. El birthday
30
1. P-1-1 I:hale-11) s44- 4dei 9Aikrn1-?
2 - %41'-a 1.A1-C 01 0)0Z4-1}- 54-) alert L1'-C
VV."1-1111.?
0) )4"1- V- '114 33,t ail 0:4 0)
14601-3
4* I DIV 111z. qvi. H2. (14- ordinary day)
Aht-'e xfi Vitt tAi-111/1-!

Hirl:AtHIA-Ce 004'14011 otts.71-4 16-1 ,i2a1-11/r!
7. 1.4.124-ft A4111,- ci,1)-14ti1l1 k!
II. Translate Ihe following sentences.
1. If I had repaired my car beforehand, t e accident

would not' have happened. -1
2. No one,knew this.
3. If I had studied more, I would not have failed

the examination.
4. It is because the weather is too cold.
5. We would have been happier if he had been here.
6. If I were you, I wouldn't have said so.
7. I can play any kind of sports.
8. It wouldn't have happened if I had been more

careful.
31
F. 116 54n
80. ConditioRal sentences:
a. Supposition or condition contrary_tp_reality:
If ... were Ole OM

-014(1Dui-
If it was me, I would do it

LI_ 411
this way. (4. -1.24 64-11
If I were you, I would not 41 4- 44 01 011 it -DJ: -4

even bother.
*Li -4.
If I were a bird, I would 14i /I- Ai 4 Ili ti 4 i 7:101A.
b. Supposition or condition contrary to what actually

happened:
If one had (done)
one would have ...
If it.had been me, I wouldnt

have done it this way. 4 Vs- -t 13,. 01 4.
If he had (only) come home 1I- 4. x111 011
earlier, nothing would have r.-1 titi 01-*

happened.
0-
If I had (only) taken medicine (.11 't 174 (A 51

then, I would have gotten over
it by now.
01711 ia 4
11401 1-1.- 171 sr xl

If you ha.041t awakened me, I
would have been late. 14 9:1A-t -7), 1.1
4.
32
G. 141 (tf
to believe as true
(hair) growF
kidding
to shave
What did you say?

What are you talking about?
to be bald, to be ba re, stripped
There is no other wa y.
As you see...
approximately, about
price for hair-cut
qualification
(a list for a) fixed price
treatment (medical)
hair (on head)
special
Hwan (Korean monetary unit)
eighty five (85)
effect, efficacy
in spite of it
... would have...
33
IVI- -.......N...
1
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 14
Word List:
Olgq hair tonic
all
half month; half moon
61C4411 /Y-G'Ai wherever you go
jst to laugh; smile

- Cal 1*4) because of
5-
1Y.)
A .67V_Lik"
. -44'; t 0) : i 3.A.11).!
al-1.
: 01, tAkl .1.1,V441-1c+
-13! 1:,ire-lik1 t1-2 "A11qt-le.

Atlt 5-'4 g bolt.!
==.
Vie4041 ki-c)**
-1*t. 4 014..1 140114'
.trtki; 10) : -7)04-t1-11 4+01-
24t.
4sh% cal 0-1-1- til-44- J.01 IT-Lig-. .1-v431
61=vetii 1 0.4-a 1.1-kr&I,

,
vfr-v-)o. 3-1 A1i*"4-0) 40)-atklq-,
'4241 o f-t-olit).220-ii 5.11.10) t vi5ri.t1401

011
01 to.1)1.. t4g. rms ict iAt 1'4
oi A4tia) 41-11 kttl apt ril-q
*1-1 ,
35
to) 0% 1 1-1
0-1 14'i -11r6A14.- IAILI
it.) .1 stli#4 12)410,1,A1 AtAgi 0) 4it

c$6.-tr 4.1-"e "A t 141.4-11tA
Lesson 33
Houseboy
B. Dialogue(Translation)
1. Houseboy: Welcome home! . (You are coming home now?)
Brown: I am somewhat late. Did the other two

gentlemen come back?
2. Houseboy: Yes, they already came back. Mr. Jones is

practicing golf in the backyard.
Brown: What's new today? (Wasn't there anything

special today?)
3. Houseboy: The milkman left a bill, sir. He said he

would come to collect (money) on Monday.
Brown: How much is the milk bill?
4. Houseboy: I don't remember the exact amount, but it

seems to be somewhere around 1,700 Hwan.
Brown: Show me the bill later. And be sure to

remind me of it Monday morning. I will give
you the money then.
5. Houseboy: That's fine, sir. And the laundry is back

today. I took yours to your room.
Brown: I hope this time they didn't put too much

starch in my shirts like the last time.
6. Houseboy: It seems they have done a finc job this time

just as you instructed.
Brown: Tell them (well) everytime you send out the

laundry so that there won't be any more
slip-ups.
7. Houseboy: Yes, I understand.
Brown: By the way, where is Mr. Smith and what is he

doing?
8. Houseboy: He is watching Mr. Jones practice golf while

drinking beer on the back porch.
37
Az.101 ) A;sliv 0 014)-2c)--. joi
oi Al 01,4-4 01- 111.-7-1
twit oil 0- 1e,.'cv-. tq- k 1-)-e(3' 10-11
0)4 )A-.191.
IY0) 144 /Al gt 4-2t ci-
1-1-) 'V- OrAi 14)4j" -'6)--7 04 :.2-1-1-171-
i! ft 01 4- co 14, --'r V/I itC if-

%) 01-V bl) 4'r 011 41
cf-11- 141 AI
}"V11 141. AOI 14",
38
11;
D ( 14' )
Stroke Pronun7
24. aH great; big
25 .
,g middle
26 .
j 3
small
27. g4 d 4,
,I
A study
lw 1
28. itt... 614 school;

/
W
,,,%..
TA
military officer
Example:
adult (not conversational)
child (not conversational)

university
junior high school
student
39
B. 4
I. ),z9, nAl io'01
. *4- ttal 4 .. *Ye oil 01 4)01-1
2. 41 11- t s et cai 0-11

-* '21-.1) d-t3
3. `711 01-90'9 e4 141 1/1-7
4. ),t11) %)41.# `2, \d1.11;%, IltA /*?
5. * 914,-*1)- :=?-07.1t t):1-1-11;-4 111' ?
U. 414*-71- g'Ai -CIA 01 e_t =1-.S' vi)443A 111-?
7. A-A\ '4=(.40)-1- *--I16112?

vi 4141 221 %3-14; ?
8. ,4 41 ,116 <.t ail k)) \A 116
"-Translate the following oentences using the honorific

form or the humble form for the underlined parts.
1. My mother will ,g2 to Pu-San..
2. Let us send a book to Mr. Brown.
3. I it to my father.
4. I asked my teacher to come to my house.
5. Let us move into th2 new house soon.
6. It seems my elder sister has gone to the church,
7. What is your uncle doing now?
8. He is writing a letter while smoking in his office.
40
81. Conclusive endings (I) Degrees of politeness and formality
are indicated by the verb ending,
(a) ( ) c
Declara- oi 3,---
LI q
,
tive (-)
i-
J---
Al L_] q ( .--).) Al ?)
c -9--)/I 3--
Inter- -9-_ 2
rogative (-1") '") 77)'? 0-1/ 4-3- r?
4- 2
J.-).--) ,qi 1-1 1- 7
.
,
% ---- 0 --Ad
)
-**
q ?
J.s... .
Impera-
tive c"--) Al
i-
-.)--
(S-) 4 Al 3_, , (._2__ ) Al '3

( J%-) ,41 .2,....
Persua-
sive (9---) il c,i- 0--) / oi_
0 .
(2---) Iv..) AI
WE: superiors superiors equals

when elders elders friends
speaking strangers strangers subordinate
to .. associates associates
with with less with

formality formality formality
Note: 1. The form shown in the bottom of each block

is the honorific form.
Also see Note 82, Lesson 34 for more endings.

amount of money
to remember; to memorize
backyard
wooden floor; room with wooden floor
laundry shop
to collect money
slip-up, mistake
practice
shirt
milkman
from now on
to tell, inform, explain
precise, accurate...
bill (for payment)

to starch
to be simple
to calculate, count up
to employ, hire
to transport
several days (ago)
receipt
house-moving
to pay
load, luggage
kTE2 '51
I.
\.9r91. 614711
34: 1 01 (3:10,
.2,. =--,--\e 4.1 0).1-
A1-4ti *IN-iv o1.L 01%)- wks-ph -013:ktvi!

94-04.1: 24 9).04
3. 1.---91k- 9-1-ati: **}.1 C-tir "-a. 01 V.** 3- O'74 "aol-

o )11) -'61: 01,41 0) oJ
4. _6-12-- 3Mio) /e61"-E. ! &1cc4i 41 Sr Xi-VA /la) :64

: 0) alkft)-ii 414 7t1 14-- /43445tti LI A-oilki
101 .to1-A-1 ppfi

A-7A
A1(141--9- A 1'4 t (9-k-9) V4. .,4/1.41
61- 611
9-1R-7z)A o 1073; 11 -Di- 2,) 0 ct= t-A , - -- -0- 0
4t.11--;59 e-1711.-9E
oo zFj oLio-
6. : Notl-p4 .1-1- 11(12c Ai to-il (110-11
-r 214 l .
-81-01:ac, -*01 -)01c--11 6.j:
\-)11-1 oil
or 0,1 01; 1)), 01
43
Lesson 34
Hiring Company Employee
B. DialOgiue (Translation)
1. Smith: Why are you so late? (What have you been doing
that you are so late?)
Brown: There was an examination for employment in the

company today. (hiring company employee)
2. Smith: Shouldn't you call if you were going to be late

(to say that you would be late)? Anyway, what
kind of employees are you hiring? I bet you
need a prety secretary.
Brown: No. We advertised for salesmen and there were as

many as fifty applicants.
3. Smith: How many salesmen are you hiring, that there are
so many applicants?
Brown: We plan to hire two.
4. Smith: What keen competition! How do you select the

two?
Brown: After examining their personal histories and the

results of today's test, we will pick five best
qualified persons and notify them to come in for
interviews.
5. Smith: It would be sufficient if you checked their

.records and gave an examination, but what is
the interview for?
Brown: Since salesmen come in contact with people a lot,

such things as appearance, voice, and attitude
are of great importance. We must have inter-
views to find out these things.
6. Smith: Can one find out all these things in a short

space of time through seeing a person once?
Brown: You can get fairly good ideas if you sit face
to face and have a talk with them.
7. Smith: Is that so? Incidentally, you must be thirsty;

have a glass of beer.
Brown: No, thanks. I must first go up to my room and
chaqge my clothes.
44
4a1 oil 41 ,}-201-941 4 015---0A-1 /1-r-L)41 111-1
t.,601
/lip] t4DiA1
ole,4A-j94
J-4114-1 71 -71 *4-153: 4q-j-i 141
kg 041 ckLii;I:61-1-. y}-11.-3-pe AN. o) 2 ilk

-.);191. &)- 11-. ez1);!-t.
oztoi-41?-doi 4 :6101=gcr.
opeqoil 01-ki
Qa4hi ojOJ.7 mi 9_4 7,11-17-ti k
4p
45
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
CIA name
inside
outside
gate
space, gap
time
fifty-four persons
couple (married)
gate; door
main gate (of a Korean house)
six o'clock
six hours
period of time, days; times
middle
B. 04 ..-1)
I. 39) 0-11 ),1
. * ,S1'9,04-1 `% 31'1 0? g,10. .1 191, ?

2 2 0,1) 1 -1 4:/.1 g 0) 9.1/. eA=vi 04) A a) tA1A 01 Al
IA) \10.3. -1.1 4 304A ?

3. Yie vA- 014.1 1)- oo .P 0-41 11
ol 9). 91 4rtl --)*?

5 51 0-ki AI bi- set/ rj -14 0-11 `:v1
t
14-
6. OjCC. 01
7. Aj at 4 o) 31 -7/1- ?
8. FAI-*-Cc-il .7g ei) ti)'L+ Vi-frq 1.11-
II. Change the endings of the following sentences.(See note

82)
1. To the declarative form (d) (e) and (f).

q g-t
2. To the interrogative form (d) (e) and (f).
1)' Z:*-95 \A ?
3. To the request form (d) (e) and (f).

1-1 A 01 A.".%. -z7.) -71 %I)
4. To the suggestive form (d) (e) and (f).
47
F 6)/.
82. Conclusive endings (II)

A
iPolite familier Blunt Blunt
ID ec la- _9.
t..
%-:: (-1-
( s...)
ig-) Ai 5,
In t er 7 CA / 4.13, ? 3- r?
rogat -11
ive
.
,)/31.174,1 .94 ,<49.,:j ( 1441.21
,
Impera 4 01/41
t ive
/-- 01 /01-11- 01 / o)-
.
( (.41) (-,`=4 MIL t 9) Al 2-

,
Persua i d ) ii A
sive Cf AI L-1
kli -4 cd / ol--
I
USE: See Isiote 8l,L.33 friends children friends

subordi- (formal) children
when nates subordi -
speak- .
friends nates
ing (infor-
to informal mal) informal
48
c
11: 01, ov)4 to change (clothes)
.D-1-
result
to sit face to face
N131:61- 4 to meet and talk
to recruit
/-1 secretary
44-1-
to pull out; to choose
1)41 employee of a company
JA- to select
examination
c+ to examine, judge
010H Ls]. to detect, find out
9-1 salesman
-94 o / 9I Y... appearance
voice
applicant
statement f.personal history

to contact
-43-35)-14-
to be important
to employ, hire
attitude
IsAio. to notify
5.1";331.4 to need, be necessary

Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 15
Word List:
to wash, rinse
to be hot
to move, transfer
to rap, tap, beat
in the Korean way
anything special
accounting, calculation
to wash hair
V.-
f..-h34, Al Ai- ( )
A.
I 4-41 L-H -;c3- Apj-itc-11

ti.uttio): ..to) ov-4-54-i "1- ? ?
2. 14.4.4: OH 3-eits1 41-krolt21- tliAi aielgi--/

: vja . ).A1 rs) 50,4441-.
,0
r< 3t0- 9. %)-3. Avc'e /A% 11- OA
tIGAtti= .
it-it4g1 :
IA( )1)-0).1-04) 4.;3,9.9
041, API AN- 71-iq
AA. 21.,01 vit 04 b

I
v4til.g._
71- /!14.-&-
444Auki .14,1 IJH oJ 4ki -kt641 144 t AV-419c1-.
`/kri? 1: ut1011
01. e.
77H
01_11, .
4-01451-A,1%1 71-?
LoJOJ 4-01-4,f-; 41-t-1
51
Lesson 35
Evening Meal (I)
B. Diaio ue (Translation)
1. Brown: I just took a bath and I feel so refreshed!
Houseboy: How was the water, sir? Wasn't it lukewarm?
2. Brown: No, it was just right. By the way, are we

out of toilet soap already?
houseboy: Why no! There is still some more.
3. Brown: Put in a new bar. The one there now is so

small (worn) that it's impossible to keep
hold of.
Houseboy: I could have brought you a new bar if you had

mentioned it sooner.
4. Brown: And, I spilled some water on the bathroom

f",00r; please swab up the water with a cloth.
Houseboy: Yes, sir, I will do that. Are you going to

,have su-eper right away?
5. Brown: We,l1 start it in about ten minutes. Since

my hair is all wet, I will come down as soon
as I get it dry.
Houseboy: I will go to the kite:hen and tell the cook to

boil "mandu", then.
6. Brown: "Mandu"? Did you make "wandu" for supper?
Houseboy: Yes, do you like "mandu" sir?
7, Brown: I certainly do.
Houseboy: Do the other two gentlemen like "ipandu", Imo?
8. Brown: What difference does it make whether they like

it or not? I don't care as long as I like it.
Houseboy: You are joking again!
52
71-ki ots) -7104.
11113:.=61 t-kE carst3. 40)4, 71',
91-ck L1 \A--C JJ *Fe: e.

-,1-1177 91-4
4i01" *242_ 71F1
)JP-1-4--: 4 m-14-1 V.- -41 11 V.01 40

11t11- 42-4-0- it t14.
1
-2411
1s)s-
5;52/1,C1;_ M'01 ol vtt's-r-* r4 19-t-
i!):114 4:14-.4)-P71- 401 14:.
53
DS cta-%)-)
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
3 5, 0 ,13
q. mouth
36.
A 114 A,Y mountain
/37, n1
/ z 3
1I 1
t river, stream
38. T .1f'L. 1- noon
39. 41 yip Id before
r0
-r after
40. 1ft,
/41 rtb
Example:
A,ta population
LA )11 rivers and mountains
Al A famous mountain
forenoon A.M.
afternoon
4"
before
A9
later
54
B.
91.&1A-) 4i4.611-A15-
1 . '0;1 -001 0-1c44-)/1-?

2. -to) 01%-'t*
4>V)e.
Nti:%-1111-.?
3 *al"--fC 14) ki:%.; )1-`* 4 ,1
All 9P? .-45 )14,1 ?
4. o) M gbei %c, 4,
VI/S/"4,43vi ?
5. *Sit ).;Y.s1-.4-1-) .01a)* 'Q)"201

.5"-r 1-11,)rt 9111g--
6. 010-11 .91-vs-=== 9(1 171-?
7. 41-)17-1 0) Agit 2- A) . (%- to record)
4 zs )01.-
A1-9.S)49.1 ?)64v1-)11- ?
H. Translate the following sentences paying particular

attention to the underlined words from the grammatical
point of view.
1. After Mr. Brown comes back home from his office, he

takes a bath no matter what happens.
2. He eats a lot no matter whether he,is huurv or not.
3. The young mLn tries first whatever the conse-

quences may be.
4 It doesn't matter what time the supper will be
served.
It doesWt matter to my parents whether I study or. not.
5 5
-4
F.
83. No matter what

who ...
how
It's the same no matter,

who does it. 451--& 141-4 %f
'It makes no differ- (14741 oF#7}-2,14:

ence 'how you do it.
He excels in whatever 1-01-te *1_1" 'Ocf

he undertakes.
I am going to do it 4_471-
whatever the conse-
quences may be.
Don't get mixed up *C 14- ill 060 S.

in it, no matter AI 9_,
what happens.
Ng matter C
whether or not
What is it to yOu
whether X drink or 7)7 IFX0 12-t4(92.2-t1..44,91-11?
not.
It doesn't matte'r tp
us whether he clomes
-/-0171-
T I
4L44L L.
or not.
I am going tomorrow,
rain or not.
56
rag, house-cloth, mop
to wipe off (water)
to wear away, wear out
to run out of... (orig., to fall)
mandu (Korean ravioli)
to dry (transitive)
body
to be lukewarm
floor of a room
soap
to gook by boiling
haVe no connection with
washing one's face and hands
to be refreshing
to catch, grab
to get wet
beforehand, earlier (mostly in

the past)
to spill
oil
dry towel
If=
(7)-(6,
ev :
:
-11444) (k-fa4214-1 -voir4-1+,(111.1-,2'
-1= (2 ?N" (-0-& (03-Tic, -fq i
z Tiaty-fr. '112-c To142-r- tt (4c bollt

*
4,2-12Jec
104-ity '04-t
`frrc V2'4=1*- i
C 32-*Je K--th -Lri--0 (-4 Ta-c- Fog*

710v 1,6
kW' -It tor6
TC12-fr : --Vga (>111 kttqv -314410 Via 14 61-0
71a-I 1-1c) ?I-41-k% 4-tkvi6.10 ?-,ty-{" to ?;?.(0 jr..) '

411-..ga
6q T2:1)1 45h 1-1--k L
"7116-4- 11-1-10, k-a Ts -r-19cTtiv VZ
9 7(=
?1-4.4-413 1-014.* 44-to
VilaV 4.---64-4- I/49;
./1' 1;4.2* : 1:19,411k4 -fr-114 Pto J3j -61Y4"

-1414f 1-11111 "5-12 11412.-G **Skin ito TCN
.to1412:25-
:
(1-y-0.-. 14. to It -6-1y--678
Lesson 36
Evening Meal (II)
B. Dialag_(Ianslation)
ue
1. Brown: (Coming down the stairs)

I am sorry to have kept you waiting. Let's
start (eating)right away since you must be
hungry.
Smith: I drank two bottles of beer while waiting, and

I am a little typsy.
2. Brown: It happens when you drink on an empty stomach.

But it's good to have a bottle of beer before
supper because it gives you an appetite.
Smith: Why don't you have one, too, then?
3, Brown: I will not have beer now because I hear that they
made "mandu" for supper.
Smith: Why? What's the connection between beer and

"mandu"?
4. Brown: How can I drink cold beer while eating "mandu"?
'Smith: How is that? I thought you would drink beer

anytime. You are quite fussy all of a sudden!
5. Brown: Don't make fun of me (too much).
Smith: Well, wouldn't it be nice and refreshing if you

drink something cold while eating something hot?
6 Brown: I will have beer later. I'm going to eat rather

than drink since I am hungry.
Smith: In that case, suit yourself.
7, Brown: Give me that pepper and soy-sauce, please.
Smith: Don't be so impatient even if you are hungry:

I will pass them to you after I have used them
first.
8. Brown: I'm sorry. Excuse me.
Smith: (Handing the pepper) Here you are (receive this).
59
C. 9fA-
4-6a IA oJ it 01- zti vtkA tc1-.
if-S'
t. OAL'
4. 4.
414-m-7) Col 44- it kith171
v1-A14, /41-01 4JL Z4j
4+4: 2D -01-1k4, 01 1- 14.-1641
ij4 -7-A-1-ct A1 1-b&,-1) aI ,c1-4 4%
2_2=i'. %Al Al- A 4H-
A) 04 "1 SSAStr): vt-5r
41-71 're:1;91-7! 4--Mo)c)-,
-te OA- 3L AH $c)1-4. ek-2_01
4- a) 71 4114 441
41A 44 .>td4
60
D.4 (-criN)-)
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
41. Korea, a family

name
42. 4.1c 1)
nation
70.0
VII-%
43. .1 food; eat

7 iwo:e4...
44. affair, work
45. /1 air
0
46. 15 division, share
Example:
Korea
China
foreign country
meal
greeting; personnel affairs

mood, feeling
weather
14,
&y twenty-five minutes
ten minutes after ten a.m.
61
I. -).1 041 .%;) z;v)%=,Y ). ).1
).)-i41% =?-q*i14,s1=e*o>'siAMVI'k'.4/1;V
2. Al.t>g) %-e- 9%1 01- 4t1.% vl
Ve", ,):*v) 64,),,1
.01.1> 84't 4) vliA)
g-Y\ .* `t!"; '0 AM; 1 ?

.5i ) -*)1'q 01 ezd. 01 %?1, ?
.;;01 *AI* s '0")- tz
-=?,5ht 4", er'4%%-1 .

7. .114;r1r 31 ";),A ) 014 I*?
10A -C oi oi 4 1-11 q)t-i

point of view.
1. Repaii the car so as to be able to go to San

Francisco tomorrow.
.2. I will try to come home early this afternoon.

3. I read the book until late at night.
4. We waited for him at the park until it became dark.
5. Be quiet so as not to wake him up.
6. See that you do not make any mistake.
7. Drink just one glass so that you won't get drunk.
Let us do our best to finish this work today.
62
F.85. Conjunctive ending: -
a. Who.n followed by the verb it expresses onets
plan or effort.
will arrange so that ..

" 431-1 r+.
Do your best to ... 1.4 s m

LLetts try to ... s
I will plan to come Aci 9_ iss[7,194-4q-.

tomorrow.
I will try to finish 01 3-1-1-. cyj

5.c.%
'Phis today.
See .to it that this ol 1) re' .>1 d?
letter is sent at once. orfm)
Try not to get drunk.

4 441
b., When used to Mark an adverbial clause, .i.frdep.otelsl_
1. the extent to which the final action is cartied oui,

2. 'until'
Iso as to ,..'
We worked to death.
-9r4 e "oir
I read the book to CGO) 01-1
the extent that my
eyes were sore.
63
13,1-0) t_:1*- o ori, 4
{Li, t.-
I read.the book until
daybreak. 4 k.,,,, os 0) AV (A-,ii 74-71 )P.1*
1, 1 AIN
I got up early so as (410 7)

to be in time for the t4: Ji- 0.2.-
express.
1.34.44; 4- bAli.111 `4. ".%1 71 oler),-14-A-.
Put it so as not to
offend him.
APS
A-zso
03-i. LiP1 t
VP);
Have everything ready 0-1*.7) oktf qt,i.Jk ;17,,t0P5ii 4.-g-AP

so as to be able to i
depart at a moment's
{
oU4ez1
notice.
64
;IA- Ls to be fastidious be hard to pleas
At relationship, connection
a familiar exclamatory ending

)-4 to give up, stop
cfri) in the end, later
to tease, kid
15r. oi
two or three ...
o0-1-
r beer
to be hungry
01- 71; (041) suddenly
bottle
empty stomach
to make fun of a pe,rson
to be hungry
appetite
you (a familiar fozrn)
_If=15)A 3 Suit yourself.
stairway
black pepper
cl
917) without omission
without hesitation
-5tAY friendly relationship
65
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 16
Word List:
1/1-0-tr C4. to be fussy

14.0) age
5u1- 2=e-c-11- to help, aid

't) to wipe; to steal
66
cri) 4q Ag,
A.
1- *AP, v1A1 od.:g11).-
qq041 '02*-4*0.9
4.4 *Ag ? col ;at g,,t cs r
2 A vi 24 qtA) /1-4 el) 61 oii -la -Tr/ 1311 11...0-
Tii1-.11- x14* 91A Xj64) 7)-3,104

4-4=i 90.01 ?
3 A vi : oH, .
: on-N.ertd:'41v,t-011
4. II obei 01 915101 4q..fik,1--tt 0) 4-1Att bj. RH:4 y..*

,2,x) el 0H
a)- --Ptt .4-*ALt.to) 44041 4-%-ri-a
5 it. 12 p : *4 41- 4: 61 4Actovi q vriacm.*,cptt
6. 44.1 I/1 (ti 14) )lk 9213) *el%

ta4(0)..ellt, Dit-V1
'7 : X:CLAL) celi 5)4 le ft- g-ot
67
Lesson 37
Smith's brother in service (I)
1. Smith: A letter came from my younger brother today, and
he says he is coming to Korea at the end of this
month.
Brown: Which brother? The one in the service?
2. Smith: Yes. He says he graduated from the Army Language

'School in Monterey, California, and now he is
home on furlough.
Brown: Did he study Korean?
3. Smith: No. He studied Chinese.
Brown: Why doesn't he go to Formosa, instead of coming

to Korea if he studied Chinese.
4. Smith: Have you forgotten already? The Chinese

Communist Forces are aiding the North Korean
People's Army.
Brown: That's right! The Chinese'Communist Forces

were stationed in Nor$4 Korea!
5. Smith: They say all the Chipese Communist Forces have

withdrawn from North'Korea, but I don't think
that is true.
Brown: I assume as much.
6, Smith: Therefore, one cannot tell what or when some-

thing is going to happen.
Brown: Well, where will he (your brother) work when he

comes to Korea.
7. Smith: It seems that he will be assigned to a front

line intelligence unit. But he doesn't know for
sure
o 1-V t oil gAct.
oi 1-111)-146611 31-41 )Aigp.A50,/it

56%10-ti 9-1-1;1-111 qckii 119'1) Oglafro
011 1)-4- .e2e-4010) 0A

444. -n-hi rivgi
4141.4- 1iii 143
15:ti-tac-ii avoli
gaol) tiva<o) 14JL J1L *AIL oil
43441-DI gli71-17t
.%koi ctiv-17101q 1-1-1 )5,1 fli mi
ol-c11 AtIAt*-11" --Y-01a1) V:4310-,
69
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
/4,b
3
47. 6 di 1 beautiful
2.0.001
48. ifr ;01 0 same
Tar
2.
49. craft, work
50. man, husband
51. mutual
52. army, military
Example:
America
younger brother
construction
study
wife (honorific)
the Chinese Communist Forces
soldier
military affairs
70
E.
A 041 ,A 6vie4*/.).:01
.01.> )).) Pg. 3:1; 8AI 41 50, 11 Nt %=-i1 0J. 7-,1
&ti 4:12- ,1111--?
*Jo 9 443,4 111- ?
3. .4% `9'0/ '()) 1:1191 *4 -G 4 oi
4. AS1 ..G q-44% (.%bl-- )01:14jtvi 1/1" ?
5. e-1 vr.). evl 7-1

?
6. 1*-1; a- 01 :4)(1.0-11A--1 411-4 01
,i14-1 0,11/1 I- ? ;
7. 1-.101>)-A),*Avoi )1;c1 0-IcA10

-)1). ?
II. Translation Exercises
1..They say the Chinese Communist Forces have evacuated

from North Korea, but it probably isn't true.
2. It is said that Captain Smith will be attached to a
front line intelligence unit when he comes to Korea.
3. No sooner had he finished his basic training than he

went home.
4. Smith graduated from the Army Language School and Is

now home on furlough.
5. Re says he has two brothers, and one of them is in the

service now.
71
F.Vgi (it;)
86. Contractions
a. Indirect Quotation
7:1-1 . al-I B-
... cr. a. *1
He says Mr.Kim is not /14.41-6-
home now.
They say the movie is VA406-. )-

not very good.
(eL%
My brother says he is killptio)

going to Korea tomorrow.
He says he doesn't .4/014a 440 *Ht.

drink.
)4114A0-11. ft.
He says he forgot the' /411-41 ktt..*J*).61
telephone number.
I heard Adams bought L1

a new car.
01
01
t
-1* 6itii lei 71.
,.(1-) ?I rt.
.. 00 1-1
cp
72
Communist Forces
Formosa
to assist, help
unit (military)
North Korea
fact
to belong (to an organization)
foreign language
People's Army
to get up; to happen
front line
intelligence; information
to be stationed (troops)
China
reliable information
furlough
basic training
war
contraction of ..c31:2/1.6 c.}- *VI
73
A.
1. A y ilia *xi - t2..a A1 04) ti---La
01- 01- r
2. .7) i 04)A1 od crt

1-1- 5- -1'41(ml 50
.1-0 . 1:14e-D4) A4:4. oicq,141 1:- 14- ?
3. D117m ittl
0 0
ah.: 4iy%) XH v.01- .
4. !1" ;Csi) 1.A -te 9(1.1V X4 g Aljj: 'Le-
gl* 1-t.t'11-0-11 letti cHqh.0

5. 0-1 11'4%) a 9- Pd_ 1)(1)-03
6. H eLl r)c); )3d -te
7. AjZ1
74
r
8. l'ts)e* : 004101 Ai 5404? 0.2-i.q.4--t-eaq, .1-741

- Yrs Hi : v1t1-0-1, A.,141)-
75
Lesson 38
Smith's brother in the service (II)
B. Dialogut(Translation)
1. Smith: I am not sure,but he will be doing the job of
collecting information and translating documents.
Brown: How do you know?
2. Smith: I also have worked in an intelligence agency

when I was in the ser7ice.
Brown: Oh, yes, you have, haven't you? How do you

collect information concerning the enemy?
3. Smith: There are many methods.
Brown: Tell me one.
Smith: The most frequently used method is to interro-

gate enemy prisoners of war.
Brown: Do prisoners willingly give answers to whet you
ask?
5. Smith: There are ways of inducing them to speak if they

clam up and don't talk.
Brown: Do you torture them?
6. Smith: No, we don't use such methods.
Brown: How do you do it, then?
7. Smith: We make use of prisoner psychology.

Brown: Then, no other persons but psychologists are
gathered in the POW Tnterrogation Team!
8. Smith: I am explaining it with sincerity, and what is

the meaning of your remark?
Browa: I'm sorry. Let's go out to the big room since

we have finished with our meal.
1011101101111.......M11106,-4 .
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
53. above
below
34a* child
male
o (-1,1) female
official
3/11'r
Example:
superior official
stAbordinate official
sons and daughters
girl
boy
servant maid
girl student
gi-l's school
77
D. Translation Exercise (English-Korean)
1. Smith thinks his brother will do the job of collecting

information and translating documents.
2. Since he worked in an intelligence agency during the

last war, he knows what kind of work is generally
done in an intelligence agency.
3. Smith relates his experience of the work he did in the

unit.
4. There are many varieties of methods in collecting

information concerning the enemy, but the most fre-
quently used method is interrogating enemy prisoners
of war.
5. Some prisoners answer willingly to questions put to

them, but some prisoners try to clam up and try not
to say anything.
6. In such cases, POW interrogation officers induce

prisoners to speak by making use of prisoner psycho-
logy.
7. In the United States Army, methods such as torture

are not used.
78
.75i1
B.
I. col 91 'c5i-
1. .2%.01/)./.1%1 o] tyll ,c)A 01-t

.01> 4) .44 ?
2.
1/4=24-1.4) )11-?
3 .
-2A)
11)-2
4 g:. ) c"11 4-.)?A;I

5 .
6 .
44; 411* ?
7 . )-5)( `d; k)t- .21-t o) //1- ?
2;/
1. Is there any way to make him talk?
2. What are the methods used in collecting information?
3. Many famous psychologists gather here and study

prisoners' psychology.
4. The child has clammed up and will not answer the
questions posed by the teacher.
5. Mr. Kim works with sincerity on whatever he does.
79
F
87. Postpositions used in a verb phrase

A verb form may be converted to a compound
form stem+11 *( ) so that a postposition
can be used to modify the meaning.
a. stem+11 +
It is good, but I can't .buy

toiqJk gH4.1)A:i. ledvAl q4L
I learned Korean, but I can't speak it well. .
Note: The postposition denotes contrast 4?

or opposition to another statement.
b. stem* 1 i *v.+
Al-71 -*IL 4.11 5.-

We buy as well as sell.
)151'1- )01 #101q

They were hungry as well as tired.
c . stem+ 71 + )40r
lei Al- 4 %1:1 eel) 4-1 14./1 vit '610
The only thing he does at home is sleep.
gl A+ qt /1 tt 4ci-1
He does nothing but play.
80
1 G0014 (111)-0'1.
_V--tLtl- tn tortuic
trq concern;Hr (medifying a noun)
OIN" to clam up, close (one's mouth)
to collect
to translate
Al -Fr document
AO1.104) with sincerity
smoothly
ALI -F1-"t* to interrogate
AJS1 psychology
-11iNfr psychologist
to make use of
the enemy forces

NL intelligence information
prisoner of war
POW Interrogation Team
11-4 frequently
9-1 04 Ail -gill- POW interrogation officer

A (t=ttft)
PrI td g. act el A,111- 04)11 il 4)
: (50).1-4)) 011)
1-1
AJAki 11- 4'3 (-1 "1" ?
43)
Tt- it A ePj.. 2?4,
ajt-14.
lAt' 51-1- ' i ?

/?2,443)Li-e 41 o1J4j Li 4
oi C-1 J Ll
tq-
=1-erit J
g 4L4C.
1. (t11-1.:
4: *cli t Yr 61 À 1-1 ?
AI di vi.1- 05) Y_tij At c t4) oj %.4j

Sal
41 Xel-* cd c+,
g. 0?73s- "P-14-
82
Lesson 39
POW Interrogation (I)
B. DialOgue (Translation)
(The guard broughtPOW into the room, and

reported to the Interrogation Officer.)
1. IO: (To the POW) Sit down here!
POW: Thank you.
2. IO: What's your full name?
POW: My name is Hansik Kim.
3. IO: Age?
POW: 27 years of age.
4. IO: The day, month, day and place of your birth?
POW: I was born on the 5th of March, 1924 in Wonsan

City, the Province of Hamgyongnamdo.
5. IO: What's your address?
POW: The same as my place of birth.
6. IO: What's your rank?
POW: I am a captain.
7. IO: What's the name of the unit you belong to, and
what's your duty (mil. duty)?
POW: I'm the Company Commander of the 3rd Co., 2nd Bn.,
10th Regt.,4th Infantry Div., Korean People's Army.
8. IO: Serial number?
POW: 097365.
83
C. Interpretation Exercise
The following exercises involve three persons:
IO: Intelligence Officer

IN: Interpreter
POW: Prisoner of War
1. IO: Ask him what his name is.
IN: (Asks the POW in Korean, "What's your name?")
POW: X41 01,6"--t
IN: (Orally translates the above into English.)
2. IO: What's your branch of service, rank, and serial

number?
IN: (Orally translates the above into English.)
POW: -r 011 OLC 0 '7 6 1-1
IN:
3. IO: What's his unit and his duty?
IN:
POW: AIj dd1i, 1-1) 4/- t Lt.) 1- *11 /0 OF1 Z-11 I+
All 3 1-01- ofri
IN:
4. 10: What kind of schooling did you have?

IN:
0
POW: 0
oP 0-114-1
o' V 9 d A0-1 c.)-1 ":X 6) LI ,
IN:
5. IO: The date and the place of your birth?
IN:
POW: / zz 1-1 -11 vefi 41 "I 41 (7:11 H

IN:
84
ifr14 c-1- 11
ol
e)1 =ir .17-S
3.1( ALI t g. Ate-11

14, 0-o f,
sveit&ii Ac)i 15/g, ce. 0e, '1" kt IA
tvodt411-
viol) Mi.-14-1 lei;) 1-i-
s- 6404) .4--1-1.*01T-1-
*11
1. c:71
2. 1P'e "1 *I91) 61011 "Akfd tL4171-7
3. is*A1(1.:1 *fr2cill 0-1 tiiki 5,,H1
4 / 4.6.4). ) t,44 111-
5. .."))"" `41
Att"4 f.7)-:z
0. 1- -LfC11 t.Tgt#1111-
85
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning..
59. :v land
j:t-ww
213//477..
60. 1/41
0 air; sky
61. ocean
v-404
62. soldier
63. warrior; educated

man
Example:
Army
Air Force
Navy
enlisted men
military officers
continent
air
sailor (Lan)
overseas
Shanghai (name of a city in China)
86
F.
88. Dates, addresses, and designation of organization.
In giving dates, addresses, or designations,

the Korean oAer is reverse from the English: from
the larger to the smaller.
English Korean
(small large) (large - - small)
15th August, 1945 /9415 1-g / 5
102 Ahyundong, Seoul, Korea Ali Ai '4'1d-fr. 12- TIM
Personnel Section, General 14.3 011.42T

i"
Affairs Division, Department
of Defense
1st Sqd, 2nd Plat, 3rd Bn, 5Hittotlk 4i1; 5 Al-q.

4th Regt, 5th Div, ROK Army
gal xi( 3 c-}1 111 2 q:).' IIj
Zfl / CH
87
serial number
military duty, position
date (year, month, and day)
battalion
division
full name
unit to which one belongs

name(of the unit to which one belongs)
regiment
City of Wonsan (In North Korea)
guard (military)
first, second, third, etc.
company
company commander
captain (North Korea)
date of birth
place of birth
Province of Hamgyungnamdo
88
Au!.
a
A*0 (440)
Adtlset-: %IP]
,r/A j&4 41-kfr(44,
4,-) fr* 4-3H 4LP-14. %4)
(4101 011 Iktfrci

A Ili, 011 sl wl 31-441 4.11-1--deo4.
oi1 JJ 44 Gi ?
P tl%L-1
Ki.xj14; al CH. ?
g. 4- fi /3 e slm 3.A1 at5 %)
cf4H '112-trq
. cq 11 1 #11 -rsr ?
: iJMLi -4L t 41 15jak
1)3 odk 14- 04) lAL--ffq cl-.
4 id t 4.0)23-14t)-.
89
21,< % cr-1]
cai -cd Otls,11,7 4414 Li
01 L= &I) 005 ?
t 1JJ 4 4- %-f) c4
wit 51 410+.
90
Lesson 40
POW Interrogation (II)
B. DialRaue (Translation)
1. IO: When and where were you taken prisoner?
POW: I was captured yesterday in the vicinity of Hill 305.
2. IO: Did you surrender?
POW: No, I did not surrender. I was captured by the 2nd Bn.,
3rd Regt., 5th Division, ROK Arty.
3. IO: I am going to ask you several questions about your
military experience. When did you join the service?
POW: I joined the service as a private on 12th January,

1950, in Wonsan.
4. ID: Where did you rece3ve basic infantry training?
POW: At Wonsan Training Centpr from 13 January to 12

March, 1950.
5. ID: How did you become an officer?
POW: I went to the Kim-Il-Song Military Academy in Pyongyang

after I finished basic training.
6. IO: For how many months did you receive officer training
POW: For six months.
7. IO: What was your rank at the time of your graduation

from the Military Academy?
POW: I was commissioned 2nd lieutenant at that time.
IO: To what unit were you assigned?
POW: I was assigned to the 2nd Plat., 1st Co., 2nd Bn.,
3rd Regt, 20th Infantry Division.
91
C. Inter retation Exercise
1. 16: Ask him when and where he was taken prisoner.
Int: (Interprets in Kcrean)
POW: 01141 1#11 3o5 2.11
Int: (Interprets in English.)
2. IO: Ask him when he enlisted and where he received

his basic training.
Int:
I esti .-
POW: /95014 114 Ic"V .4*gil .4: '4141 -e
Int:
3. 10: Ask him how he became an officer.
Int:
POW: ilg 7121440
Int:
4. 10: To which unit was he assigned after he graduated

from the academy?
Int:
POW: A-11 .1411/4.c(t. mI 3 etcH, %it .2 afir-H, z.J / 4- 1-1 041
14H g
Int :
5. IO: What was your rank at the time of your graduation

from the academy?
Int :
F
VOW:
II-1'VA'
Int:
92
D 5 Ct-11-)
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
heaven, sky
earth, land
Id cultivated field
di rice
power, strength
vehicle
7-1
Eample:
weather
land, real estate
land
rice paddy
rice
military strength
a.n power
rickshaw
vthicle
I. Answer the following questions negatively using the
form .. (VA 0 01- Li 0.
1. 10) 3101k1 -144*-4; 41-%) ?
2- . tg i)141 4111 ?
3. 4) V 0 61?11 gC l'UW/1"?
4. 114t4 4_4 Al elt ?
5 $ AY *141 Sg/).- WA LA1-*

6 1): I f'i-k 01 Al Jb.II 11/4- 0114
II. Translate the following questions.
1. I was captured by an enemy infantry unit in the

vicinity of Hill 305.
2. What was your rank at the time of graduation from

the military academy?
3. The Interrogating Officer asked various questions

concerning the prisoner's military background.
4. The enemy soldiers who were captured at the front

line will be sent to the Intelligence Unit.
5. The prisoner received his basic training at an

infantry training center which is located in
Pyungyang.
94
F. f. ( r=k)
89. a. It isn't that (one) did... (-ce 1;4 01-t-lal--
I didn't make the mistake. Vk4-1-1)
It isn't that I made the t-)i 11- 01

mistake.
He didn't misunderstand. moil- V141) t%Q.a4t-fr4-.
It wasn't that he didn't 'xi 01i- VI ott 1;101 0-ic4-.

understand.
He didn't forget it. .1.0111- voi maim a fct.A.
It isn't that he forgot it. 001- s),!cfri tiered. tbi 61-1-1
b. It isn't what (one) C.3) 14 co ol_ 64

should ... A.. ,I r
This isn't your job.

o)
This job isn't what you
should do.
We won't be using it
today.
01 IA% 14
0)-1131t-Ict.
This isn't what we will
be using today. )
IYou shouldn't interfere. 6)-1.qs ttS

This isn't anything that
,you should interfere
with.
experience, personal history
hill (mil, or educated term)

mil4'f\ry officer (North Korean term)
Officer's Candidate School (N.K. term)
officer's training (N.K. term)
vicinity
Kim Il-Song (the North Korean Premier)
to be assigned (to a unit)
platoon
second lieutenant
to be commissioned as an officer
to be caught
private (a North Kore?._,Arilirank)
to ask a question
to surrender
Pyongyang (the North Korean capital)
training center
It is not that ...
96
Language Laboratory
Exercise Unit 18
Word List:
A
A 4.-14 regulation; rule

V -7Vi exact time
1
i
97
rID
c:=-)
Ccl-\ A 1- Ctt- b1c1
g;. d j ,teezid L-1
1-'41 1-q oil -Er etii %oi 714- czH
alCI%
J1 : 5-gett cr+aPel 111-%1 t
rJ: e4v00) 1111s- -304,41 *Iltti-a- ccfi
41-010-31- AAi- fix-kg ill- ?.
(12-, 51-al s.)
It At<
Itot le: a. ?j kliktt 3. lel //1.
Acill 'tt
ALI-1:tr qAl2.-C 0.0,%-i) 14M ItIttip-rni-?.

: ve oilAri 4.-5;1 t. 14Attr. gc-
i. Mt-L31 64* -vre.4,-)011
98
Lesson 41
POW Interrogation (III)
1. IO: Where was your (the) division at that time?
POW: It was near Choron.
2. IO: Where did the division go when the UN Forces went up

to North Korea that winter?
POW: It retreated as far as Hoeryong along the eastern coast.
3. 10: Did this division fight with the Chinese Communist

Forces when they crossed the Yalu River and attacked
the UN Forces?
POW: No. Our division was rearmed and received re-training at

Haeryong.
4. DO: When dexd you come out to the front again, then?
POW: Our unit arrived at the front three months ago.
5. By the way, when were you promoted to captain?
POW: I was promoted to lieutenant in Haeryung, and then to

captain when I was sent to the front.
6. 10: What is the name and rank of your battalion commander?
POW: Major Han Ki-Su.
7. 10: Who is the regimental commander?
POW: Colonel Pak Chung-il.
81 IC: The division commander?
, POW: Major General I Su-song.
100
C.Interjjretation Exercise:
1. IO:. Where did his division go when the UN Forces

moved up into North Korea in ihe winter of 1950?
Int: (Orally translates the above into Korean.)
s4H cm) 9T-S1 Al-Cct-"C 0,/}-1.) V-951 1-151-
Int: (Orallyi translates the above into English.)
2. 10: What was his division doing when the Chinese

Communist crossed the Yalu River and started
attacking the UN Forces?
Int:
POW: :114Ifr1 2-5r3v-t)-z ii

Int:
3. IO: Ask him when he was promoted to captain.
Int:
POW:
Int:
4. 10: When did his unit come out to the front again?
Int:
POW: xtt 6-11 t-i

1-1:4"
Int:
D Pi: (*II-)
Stroke Pronunci-
4 order ation Meaning
6
70. east
.006
71. Aiil west
Xf/t)
000'm
lowra
72. south
A 5.4 0
73. north
411,
3
74. military unit
I.
75. o long, leader
61 sr,
Example:
Eastern Sea
Western Sea
Southern Sea
northern nation
battalion
company
platoon
squad
battalion commander
103
E.
I. Combine the following sentences using the form 41401.
1. Iclkd GM 'Vl. V 4 H CI. qiIN IIIMIA l*tit1X141-17?

2. At 6-11 9i,' -a kl 0-. sP71.c= g-A,,zift-rni-?
3. a-i ti-n. ol-t-1-11:4-. 0 `%14''
4. Atril `411-14, 344 6,31 0 g

5. A Pa' 01 'Yr Wilif i-) q- qAti cA 11-i-it-E- oiq
II. Translate the followiag sentences.
1. The Chinese Communist Forces suddenly crossed the

Yalu River and attacked the U.N.Forces.
2. When you became the commander of your company, were

you promoted to captain?
3. He was captured by the U.N, porces in the winter of

that year.
4. The battalion commander has the combat experience

(military history) of having fought in North Korea.
5. Our unit had co retreat along the eastern coast when
the enemy started attacking.
F.1-11 (t.,)
90. (at the time) when
a. -14 is interchangeably used with -041 in the

expression -(4)c,41161.
I use chopsticks when(ever) =i1 :14-

14oi
14
I eat oriental food.
V-71-1-14
This medicine is good when

you have a headache.
Buy it when the price has

dropped.
There is a time when one 6)4 g451.1111 fAi. 110

doesn't feel like eating
al.. all. A)cal".
b. is also interchangeably used with

-14
in the expression ..q./ 401 egoAtko..
I haven't heard it.
I haven't been there yet.

13411-1
G. cfL
to attack
at that time
in that year
to cross over (and come)
battalion commamder
colonel (north Korean rank)
east coast
division commander
to fight
major general
major (North Korean rank)
the Yalu River
regimental commander
UN forces
rearmament
re-training
first lieutenant
to be promoted
Choron (name of a city)
to retreat
Hoeryong (name of a city)
pe,t
when ...
106
43**-11 AA9
: 1I 414t11 25 3t not
.1.VEY1-i
Jkin Zif ttit

tit/ -11-1A-4
&live 3101 o4
1lititAet) i4 041.1vel. esiol
111
to? qtat et.rtt-t 144; 11.%)1- 504.tkil 1-111 }-1
*II 11114 11-111. WW1 0-

1,64114-ni-1
Autlit : 60.1%100 ig,k)
cal erm kVito "24 oiAi fltAii .
is
s : oso, -tt-al
v-. Aat
: Jrc *la.
Lesson 42
POW Interrogation (IV)
1. IO: How many men were there in your company?
POW: There were 120 men and 3 officers in my company.
2. IO: What kinds of weapon did you have?
POW: All the men had rifles. And the officers had
pistols.
3. IO: Weren't there any other weapons besides those?
POW: We had three machine guns and one mortar.
4. IO: How many rounds of ammunition did you each carry?
POW: We carr'2d 40 rounds of smaller ammunition

each, and three hand grenades each.
5. 10: Did your grenades explodelwithout fail when you

threw them? Or,k
POW: We hal duds now and then, aod they failed to

explode.
6. 10: Was the supply of ammunition sufficient?
POW: Yes, we did not have any difficulty.
7. 10: How did you transport ammunition?
POW: We'hauled it by trucks and ox-carts.
108
C. Interpretation Exercise
1. DD: How many men and officers were there in his

company?
Int: (Orally translates the above into Korean.)
POW: It1.41- 1z 5 og, 01 z. ep) 4.11
Int: (Orally translates the above into English.)
2. IO: Ask him what kind of weapons they had.
Int:
POW: tIA t.tri

p /lets. mi popr op,Pli cit 5),'41<iis c1-
Int:
3. DD: How many rounds of ammunition did each man

have?
Int:
POW: *T44. Ai
Int:
4. IO: Ask him if there were hand grenades that

didn't explode.
Int:
POW: amv41 A114-*.11 Vf;.7.1
Int:
)
Stroke Pronunci-
order atien Meaning
76, 1. hand
34"
95.14,
77. CA war
78. -0A0 -r
1:3
military
instrument
rifle, gun
g:tt
artillery
Example:
1: handicraft
gunner, hunter
e e-
tank
soldier
weapon
milita.cy official
firearm
rifle
artillery piece
artillery (branch of service)
110
B.
Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate counters

or numerals.
4
1. cm owe xth)-1- )-rty')-11 ( )

r )
3 , it2 4c OlZfl -a A-4- ( )Am
4 b.Pfl ?
5. 5;)' 1 4. c-H el( )01
6 *-f- 611 ttj ( 5-
7. 14 c Ptit *AdA-)3-.
8. *1/)" ( six ) k
9. tii)1 ) S.-AA:11,11
one
10. -701-7)- five A) qi 041 .t-I
.to
II. Translate the following sentences:
1. What kinds of weapons did you have besides this?
2. Did you have sufficient supplies of rifle ammuni-

tion?
3. How many rounds of ammunition did you each carry?
4. What did you do when the grenades didn't explode?
5. We have had no difficulties transporting ammuni-

tion.
91. Counters and numerals
Korean Chinese Counters Used when

numerals numerals counting ...
relatively small,
tangible objects
:tg packs, small paper

box
cigarette
person
cups
sheet of paper
suit of clothes
pair of shoes, socks
rifle, pencil
age
book
person
tank, airplane,
machine
cannon
age
year
month
X 00.0
X 0.00 la day
X hour
minute
112
G.
difficulty, hardship
pistol
machine gun
from time to time, occasionally
to throw
... person (counter)
weapon
... piece (counter for cannons)
mortar
round (counter for ammuni-

tion)
supply
dud
rifle
hand grenadp
to load
ox-cart
to carry, trinsport
(counter for rifle, penciletc.)

truck
to be sufficient
ammunition
to explode, burst
without fail
to explode
113
B APCKH
.1.1,..1.
POLSKI
KOREAN
NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE tES Y
REFRESHER COURSE
EAAHNIKA
210 HOUR COURSE I
irthuccE ESPANOL
VOLUME IV FRANcAIS
SLOVENAUNA
YKPAillebKA LESSONS 43-56 [ ia 27) 311
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
ITALIANO DEUTSCH
EXERCISES 19-24
BAHASA INDONESIA TIgNG u14i NAM
r L.ruv,
V IIIV E11Madi
KOREAN
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume IV
Language Laboratory Exertises 19-24
January 1962

111,11TIMMI
PREFACE
The NONL-RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE, MILITARY
IV contains Lessons 43-56 for classroom instruction and
Language Laboratory Exercises 1924.

-
Each classroom instruction unit consists of the
following parts:
A. Dialogue
D. Hanja (Chinese Character)
E. Exercises
P. Grammar Notes
G. Word List
H. Recording
The dialogue part is written on a selected typical
daily situation, and approximately twenty to twenty five
new words including new grammatical features are incorporated
into the dialogue.

7.
pOssible. However, when it is advisable to give a stilted
English translation in order not to lose an important
feature of the Korean sentence, it is ordinarily given in
parentheses. Moreover, the students may find some more
English expressions other than in the parenthetical parts.

ii
Therefore, students are advised to understand the intent of
giving English translations, and try to comprehend the
structure of the Korean sentences.
script and a few selected Chinese characters recapitulating

and sometimes expanding the story of the dialogue. When
necessary, only a limited number of new words are introduced

in the reading text, and these words are included in the
word list.
The Hanja (Chinese character) part introduces a few
selected Chinese characters that will appear in the following
lessons. The stroke order, pronunciation, and meaning of
each character are given together with their compounded forms
and their meanings.
The exercises are intended for bilingual oral transla-
tion and drill based on the content of the dialogue, reading
text, and the structural explanations of the lesson.
grammatical features introduced in the dialogue. Some
example sentences are given for the students to see the usage
of the features in sentences and practice on them.
The dialogues, reading text, interpretation text, and
ekercises of each lesson are recorded together with the
necessary instructions for use in the event that native
speakers of Korean or othet qualified instructors are not
available.
iii
exercises are based on the words and patterns covered in
the previous lessons. However, the narration itself is
based on a different situation. Therefore, the students
have to concentrate on understanding the new situation and
be able to answer the questions based on it. Some easy
new words are included in the laboratory exercises, however

the students will find the list of them after every two
lessons in the textbook for classroom instructions.
iv
Pages
Ae (-) 1 - 7
(92)
wro)-riv4 mis$40-114-i 8 - 16
(93) .41)
urH- otiq-o G4141 OOOO 17 -26

(94) Gi/o)- }(**)
OOOOO 27 -35
(95) , 01
)4-" :1% 36 - 44
(96) -.74)
45 - 52
(97) -041+
c4/4 53 - 59
41/1- 1.D-. r-1-

(98)
a kizi-m J4 (--) 60 - 66
(99) Pa:ssive form of Sino-Korean verbs
mkt -r trf. Advi-N 044 (==,) ....... 67 - 73
(100) Interrogative noun clauses

marked by
ALIV-1-c.i 941 4- () 74 - 81
(101) 4340 V 6)
vo)
82 -88
434-no a ..situift- (3s.) 89 -95
96 - 102
11- -r-lz
(A )
%At
113
D.1 c-114-1
A . c41
'42)4 51/-1- *Atoll 4. /PHI It34<ci-.
10/11. -1)-Le *)'- tit *Ai 3- .

it %O. il-AliVkl111-; Alt% ..5 /1-ArtAttiq-1111-?
4-ad : 4.'1411.
cv"*hE Al-Alle L1
.3At. QMk1 4AV/1,1141* I
*S1.1 : 4:41 . 1414).1 `=V(lot 41* t1-31- A1j 411641

/1311- tiSvi*4- .r.411A13..
t'Aqd. G11 3jL4. 4N<F11- *it c#L,41-1L-1q-.
.0}-11; z *J 9 Aofl ii60/1"

A 'V -t2C tri I-I al-,
4-Pt oi Hal Hix-1 7J1.1 011-

alit H4-0114-1 ,
-14:01) Ai Soti
tri A.7). Jr"
Alit
41;
r t. tiO
1-1 4,11, $-11 -1P11:441 0 -r
1
Lesson 43
At the Seoul Railroad Station k
Mr. Brown going on a company business trip.
I. Brown: (At the ticket window) Give me a ticket to Pusan.
Clerk: Do you want to go second-class or third-class?
2. Brown: Give me a second-class.ticket.
Clerk: We give you ten percent discount if you buy a

round trip ticket.
3. Brown: Is that right? Give me a second-class round

trip ticket, then.
Clerk: It's 5000 hwan. Are you going to buy a berth

ticket, too?
4. Brown: Well, I'm thinking whether I should take a

night train or a day train give me a train
schedule.
Clerk: Here it is. There are two expresses every day.
5. Brown: What time does the day train leave?
Clerk: It departs at 10:15 in the morning.
6. Brown: At what places does it stop enroute?
Clerk: It stops at Taejon and Taegu.
7. Brown: What time does it arrive in Pusan?
Clerk: It takes'eight hours. It arrives in Pusan at

6:15 that evening.
Brown: I won't be able to attend to my business if I

arrive in Pusan after six in the evening.
Clerk: You had better take a night train, then.
2
1.1.-e *0 0011 V4A-g. *LiAbli 61-
5454:k1-. 44-3, h)-v. ig 11.-x, le+ Imo_

14111- -1,44-11
64011
i1A1 Vil1
PH i3 4-1140-0 1L/1- itiA) 01-V 041
114 01.4.1 04 /4011 411.1 0-1j 5,P.q.IL

%1 *IA .*3(-41i1-1311 gRtfi -14 `%9
0'01' %.)(,)
4-totoia ri/cen4-1 03 'P-.0 ILL-0%
-54? 1-1 1:1CI; 1-11- 141-111)- s.ma.

1st 1111
D.
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
1 12.
82. 4- 4 number
83. 150 meeting

fa
1,00
4
tee
I
84, 2 014, A i' shrine,company

4,i-
43% I
85. use
4]
fr+1..1
86.
V work, duty
$2.% ir
i5Or
87. 1E6 ticket
Example:
mathematics business transaction

a few days Juilitary use
4k.
company business (clerical)
national train ticket
assembly
chairman of personal check
a meeting
4
E; 001 fri 2,11
M oil cA )6vi e-v14 A13-
1. Yral--9s- 41-1/4% -V- 11-1.41.i0;1*q -711-

2 /I ))/gr %-1 /11"1
14 1-0e. olt '01

7A- 4
iL) 04) Nas vt A) 041
t
oS, 84 Vt.). -Nf ,11. I, Y-1" 0
14%;1 o-i j 0-1=1,0 kj %-1

5 Yr)-1,3'
6 .1- /1" 0A1 )61''' 041 1s4 9"/ Al 11- vi
. A-14 Al 1IL1ht
frpt Aj oN AILY-t 0-11 4:14.1- skis Yr) 1-.1:
jt-1
8. 2 /1- 4.
-tert
Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view.
1. I am to go to Korea after I graduate from this

se-FOOT:
2. His business turned out well.
3. All of a sudden we had to get off at Suwon.
4. My youager brother is going to join the army.
5. The restaurant is ready to open.
6. It became dark because the sun has already set.
7. This school became famous since the Korean war

broke out.
5
F t}til
92. verb stem + 11) 5A
a. Express an extent of change:
It has become useless.
He has so changed that ki-401 .Tt qii).tmi vat-.

I couldn't recognize
him.
The meal is ready. 7?4-14) tagr-V-.

(It became ready to
be eaten.)
b. Express a turn of an event:
I am to go to Pusan on *Att pis 41. -011 to-.

a business trip.
He has been scheduled
to take over the matter.
You will arrive in zAf*ail

Pusan at six o'clock.
5111-1r4,
express train
day train
to arrive
cxxi to depart, leave
Art*, train schedule
night train
es" third class
Al al- to stop, halt

o4 railway station
4te. employee at a railway station
round trip
business, work, task
second class
train ticket
window
tel-r-i* to depart
40 business trip
berth ticket
...ten percent
discount
traveling trip
7
UN--t tA AI ail at+ A oil it 641
*k. I Al it-01) m 0-A1 c4-6 0-V olAol
A)-xti )1 oil coo
s
1.47. : l)iqt voikE
11.0.14d.t iifr 1I 4,t 74
4)-A11141-171H
ov 1flL -$1,771.-t 4-40.0

: *0.1.710
g4i
1-vizi/1/1- 40etivel it to) ck.
cqe,111/14- -111VAIg..
161 41041
4ii fr.' Wit 1-1

ci4 .14
el .
41 ado Hq-04141 1-1-1541 ig II' 1C
1 I *q 131.4N :6)-1 1-1
%. 4.1 : 1 Fj -1 al= 'qi-ii/ft?

; 4,-,t4.041 al-Aptvo q-041,ki
tt-
'.$?t -;)-11 ci * 7;41, oi '4-Va. 1-i al-. .t-..17

144)11 1*or-
1-116
i-14141011 4i1sid 001-10.
(!-gla Yrig.
-f hìi
Vi oral qc)- 4 .1144 kl -41-?
: ofl, 64f4ilsio 44(pa
14-log .40t-04, 1-1-iz)-è AxIV. 144 NI
9
Lesson 44
At the Seoul Station (IX)
1. Brown: What time does the night train leave, and what
time does it arrive in Pusan?
Clerk: It leaves a' 10:30 at night, and arrives in

Pusan at 6:40 the next morning.
2. Brown: I will travel by night train, then. Give me a

berth ticket, too.
Clerk: There are two types of berth tickets; do you

want an upper or lower berth?
3. Brown: What's the difference between upper and lawer

berths?
Clerk: The upper ones are about ten percent cheaper.
4. Brown: Why is that?
Clerk: It's be6ause the upper ones are inconvenient to

climb up and down to get into.
5. Brown: Give me a lower berth, then. And, I want to go

to jyungju on my way back from Pusan; can I do it?
Clerk: Of course, sir. All you have to do is to get .
off the train at Taegu and change cars to Kyungju.
6. Brow:,.: Do I have to wait long at Taegu?
Clerk: If you take a morning rain at Pusan, there will be

an immediate connection at Taegu.
7. Brown: I have one more question. I may have to take a

big trunk with me; how do I go about it?
Clerk: You simply take it to the baggage section and

check it. If you show your ticket, they will
ship it for you free of charge.
8. Brown: Can I check the baggage in advance?
Clerk: Yes, it's better to check it early. And, you

can have your baggage as soon as you get off the
train at Pusan.
10
itCt- it- /A 1 kJ ,jtkj C)-tgr eq. 01 A:4 /14
$.0.- oil joi s, 14 al *.e..!* Al-ki 001. 1112d,

Atei it tr- s '4 4alet-tik1 *Mk * fr*
1.41 tdic)-.
tc4106-"6 v4- 40)4)4% # ors,ti 17), al -gal

Phi*. 34i ..&114 cti-V":4) vr1g11111--
0144'1714' to- 41-te A.1-401 al) milt 01 at.
011:tail /1-4 9...vecon okkol I)

-*gal/4A Mil 141 -tqz tct. -0111 t-
ripz,) .74k 4*Iit 41464141 Hoe *Alg f41<cl1
AL10-.
.71 c Coa-11-)
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
88. 4. 3
half
89. steam
3v
90. t comfortable;
convenient
- al ) advantage
91.
40.) ,f(17
92. none
51- (-) material;

93. fee
half hour
/ a Et9Z
merit, advantage
1:).1
half past one without charge
train to be powerless,
helpless
convenience 4.1 fee
to be comfortable
interest (to a loan)
12
E. ot 2-1
I. 041 .A 'TM Adt (1-1 ).1
1. M 11- %2
0-1 1;1 1/1/ 3
2. Pi '41'1 .-1).-1-3\-1/91/
3 . =11 \14, 1.1 k7,1 ,L4
4. SM >1.12 01 i-AvI;x4 111- 1
5. Yr2A2. to)'5t0-1) 7eic\ -0-11 41-0 9-.D- oi )tl-k.e 6AI
)cciet10: -01-t
0-) ai,/.1) i2-0 Dv -4 3
.t 117C1 V.*. 0-1 c4,
*).1 1c) C-`11 4 111/
7 *)-1)4t1 OV.V%e /.51, Cf1)
1A) -*,1
II, Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view.
1. The jet airplane does not stop at any place on

the way to NeeNT York.
2. I saw many mountains covered with snow on the way

to Alaska.
3. We met Mr. Kim on our way to school.

4. We had an accident on theway to Pusan.
5. I did not see anyone on my way home because it was
so late.
Cr. We stopped at a Safeway store and bought some food

on the way home.
13
You have to stop overnight in Tokyo on your way
to Korea.
8. Are there any first aid stations on the way to the

next town7
p
93. on (one)'s way to ...
We passed a new restaurant

on our way home.
Please stop at the post

office and mail this parcel,
on the way to the office.
This ship makes several

stops on the way to Europe.
Is there a gas station on

the way?
We had a flat tire on the

way to Inchon.
Excuse me for interrupting,

(the conversation) bqt what
time is it now?
G. al-
I 01
kind, sort (counter)
to take (something) to (somewhere)

and...
to go (somewhere) and come back
free of charge (adv.)
to change, exchange
to change cars
at night, during the night
to send, forward, mail
to be cheap (price)
the lower one
connection, liaison
to go up and down
the upper one
immediately
to seek, find, look for, claim
trunk
pound
baggage section
the reason is that...

-r 410.
041 ,41
s Ati-t odAtc-1-.
-1)-001-4- 1)-Z).o1k1 v1s4o-.
: V*" %11 COL-Kg-?
st4"ck- 01, t411: 641 QM" Hr.+ .
Alt()) 3-1\44 411 gV*-1- t

A11) 2,14-41*g-?
'frk Owl .1'4:te-11 /FAIt Ote-1 >11
4-41 : DA) I"- it--C ga-1.1 3

141Pd 041 L*1% At
4-21-fc 0) ii-ocro) T-31-
L.:. PH3-,
54'20'-d-1 IdA) qi))3141g-
v-jzIii.
cr1111 tvt Sit- 111-1* t,L)jL cA-t6v11

#1t1114A1 17i- "(a -col) og"*I.A.tal-1-
1 , *41 : 1- q- I. ol 0- j 01
t3S;41;. 1414 .211 -11-. AI
9-1V Ojc
Wriol
Vq11- 4/11-
17
o- *ih1 3- t:
144r 1 Oil Itt A1.4 t-I
c-booleei:
Lesson 45
At The Taegu Station
The train was delayed ten minutes in arriving at the
It Taegu Station. Brown got off the train carrying a suitcase.
1. Brown: Hello! Will the train for Kyungju leave on

time?
Employee: Yes, sir. The train leaves exactly at half-

past one.
2. Brown: I have only fifty minutes! Do you think

have time to have lunch?
Employee: The service is quick at the station restaurant.
3. Brown: isn't there any train for Kyungju after 1:30?

Employee: No, there isn't any until tomorrow morning.
If you miss the one thirty train, you will
have to spend a night here.
4. Brown: This suitcase is rather heavy, may I leave it

here while I am gone to the restaurant?
Employee: No, please don't! The baggage section is

right over there, so please check it tempor-
arily there.
5. Brown: All right. I'll do that.
Brown is having coffee after finishing lunch at the

restaurant. The lbudspeaker announces that the train for
Kyungju leaves in ten minutes.
6. Brown: Oh! The time is almost up! Hello. Give me
a check. (Give me an account for the meal.)
Waiter: 150 Hwan, please.
Brown: And, fill this bottle with coffee.

Waiter: Shall I put in some cream and sugar, sir?
8, Brown: No, don't put in either one.
Waiter: I understand, sir. All together that will be

175 Hwan, please.
19
9. Brown: Here are two hundred Hwan bills.
You may keep the.change. (You don't have to
make change.)
Waiter: Thank you, sir. Good-bye!
20
C. U cg**)
icrkilAc11A1 glfa- 01-011

/q' V4 -r /if*
qoAlzo-. 1+10,A0-.
06g C 1t Oj
1+ -Le (2-1 IJ
t11A1 Ps/C-1 1:41 11 0-, `4;d 01 'it t1-1 /41 All
/1-13(r.1 4.19 Ti
iiq c-}- 41141 0FAha.

Thia -r,c5-40-11 'tam
011111
titIg.i,-1.1J_ .115_1 ilko)

4
1A1-) s 4-11 e4 (moll

D.
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
94. sit-4 g
ol VA ) travel
1rif:'
95. 1-J to go
96. building, hall
,_:01
97. point
0.
7 c"..4 /5 /6
98. mind, heart

.13LI*S
99. to add
* 6-1
Example:
travel merit
special event center
march union, merger
dining hall cooperation
score, points
lunch
22
oel
E
I `-11 61,
4
1. AA) /1- 0-11
2 - 611 Al Al Al 4 ol
3 1)' /1- 'q):1 0-9 9.1-,tY1-09)- ?
4 . > ')) 4i OA ")'(1).-t /)- 51 -)r ti 14- ?
5. 041 t 0-1 <A1 11; 4 4.-t cal 01 02; 4z
O1C7A -44= 0,14 ,1 1-* ?

6 . '-5() 41- A/-1-'s *4 d 1A1 t:-% ,S) I A1-
?
*21-* A(1 S S1 01 AM .52\- .9- 24 v hl %-1
8. 4' 41 0-1 ?
II.Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view.
1. Please order this thing and send it to Mr. Kim for

me.
2. I will buy a cup of tea at P.X. and bring it to you.
3. Can you repair this radio and bring it to me?
4. Will you cash this check and take the money to my

mother?
5. I will translate this letter by tomorrow and give it

to her.
6. Please fill this bottle up with hot coffee and

place it on my table.
23
DO nt 'll'e to this. SUitc4fs e to the 1_
secti 04 c it.
h.42111
.
a az POly 24 thi s 2'004
eksit44 ask
'
ez2eiett $ tio/2.
.....<
94. Compound verb verb stemto.1/0). c}.(i1.) + verb
This compound verb expresses that two transitive

actions are performed with a common object at two
different places.
When the first verb is '1.A1 Ow (to take) , the form
71-%1 cl- (70 is contracted to "ZjE
Example:
%1%14" r-F k
Bring that chair and place it here.
!Al !jai 11
I bought the book and read it.
13)01141
That student brings money from home and spends it.
40-14- -161-1
I summoned him and reprimanded him.

44 OM' -k445e<
Did you take the letter to the Post Office and mail
it?
25
GA1-01
suitcase, brief case, school bag

to change (money)
to entrust (someone) with
to be heavy
to depart (cars, trains, etc.)
small baggage
Oh! (Bxpression of surprise, painIetc.)

to let know, inform
travel suitcase, traveliLg bag
station restaurant
station attendants
late arrival
train
temporary
to add up
loudspaker
kindly
...bound for (destination)
26
-r g
o117 elloi dt-1-4- -t`,ZA1
'014 1-4ttc-II c-t

--70c4- 11-41.al tad 31-* /1-110-
woo' .
'FE! `11: 041%,1
5,1.< (2-hi rit

rt-E- 111X1 4'1:%1 g-
I.
I 1V-111.
11:
PI
oI `14d> 041
/1)1-111- t=e.
j:
(Alevt (-6.1"1 /7t.
1441-t. 4 t 4;A-144-Al .
Colt-4-113-MI-144)
41-4-611 q-1-104-
,
01
a41, P41,4
oi
YI-441 : 1.4 * i1 AtTi-tfir-1--.

** to-1- -moY
4-vrael
. Ittt -z)kivloos 9riffoic1;
=Toe_ ei1ict 0-10.0.1 1411 If-t *Awe_
27
11 2 41111--
)44 4: 9-0141 .0,Y- 11 4-- 5a1L1
*60.- *11,
011i TJA.- 517i1)-
61%li-frt;g4- gatt
co /115-4 9-111,
r7e2r-ctiV-1
21A1
Vi *OA
ej -11 01-1
28
Lesson 46
In Kyungju
DialoRue (Translation)
The hotel owner found a guide for Mr. Brown.
1. Brown: Can I see everything within today?
Guide: No, one day is hardly enough if you want to

sightsee thoroughly.
2. Brown: I came here originally planning to stay only one

day.
Guide: You are here primarily to sightsee, so you should

stay two days if possible.
3. Brown: Are there really many things to see?
Guide: Yes, and when would you have an opportunity like

this again?
4. Brown: You are right, too. Excuse me for a moment.
(He goes over to the hotel owner.)
The guide says I can't possibly see everything

in one day.
H/Owner:That's right, I was going to tell you that too.

It would be a little too much for one day.
5. Brown: In that case, I will stay one day longer. I will

have to send a telegram to Seoul saying that I am
delayed one day.
H/Owner:You have to go to the post office to send a

telegram. If you go to your right in front of
the hotel, you'll see the post office.
6. Brown: I don't have time to go to the post office.

Isn't it possible to have someone send a telegram
for me?
H/Owner:Yes, you can do that. Here is a form. Please

write the name and address of the addressee and
the telegram message here.
7. Brown: How shall I word the telegram message?
29
H/Owner: How would it be if you write "Delayed in
Kyungju one day, will arrive in Seoul 6 a.m.,
15th."?
8. Brown: That will be fine. Don't forget to send this

telegram.
H/Owner: No, sir. Please don't worry. Have a nice

tour!
30
C. 4a_
( isf-g -e
14--ta 10*011 n-sm

A
Vg) at. 4..-0-11 /tV. 14-Signa11 415

A-Vtt.
VA11-7)
2-t*- 1g- 01-V. aolv.-

cil--TAm.-N 5.1)c-41-120. q-1c1
tego-a kt--t6 it ail Qt-t?1 1(14-.4. rel*eff

0%0- rad tt /1q/1-
-1414.-YI)v.
1*-11
.1-&410-11 5001A-) le-Aaism 04014-40r9-1-

imsa- It V.,"t
4-qttc)..
)
D
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
1
100. iPts?
tl 12 is
1T building
1,8eqS
101. host
102. Ic 7U origin
103. '2)1 (-VH) to come
104. to reside
105. Mr place
Example:
hotel next year

tAt.
host; owner 40r address
main force lPfr rest room
originally
tomorrow
32
of,L 4j- /A)
E.
I.t1.)04) 9111A1 ii-

Yr) 01- 41
1.
2. -5h). -9A -1V 01 V$10.1 %0' 01 1,10 0) *N.,1
3 ".2/1 1 I3j vl .4411.- ;-%%-) -01-?
4. 1A) 111- ?
5. '4.* 0-41 -t ce), 45)--
.C);41/41 1/1' ?
.*S)-9( ki 0-11 c+ 41'
!. 1/491 (-1 Al M 5-31/4,4N1
7 -* el- 1. Ail /1- kw 0,1 03N-11*?

8. i;?,--* *4* 1.4 '2.1- Al 0) *3::-1 \-1111-?
9 . el-xi a- !.110. =?-51-Z .."%q 1/1- ?
IL Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view:
1. According to the newspaper, it will snow tomorrow.

2. ACcording to Mr. Brown's telegram, he is going to
stay in Kyung-ju one more day.
3. According to the radio, it will rain this afternoon.
4. According to the company commander's word, our

company will move to the western front line very
soon.
5. _AalcydiETLAo_a rumor, he will be promoted to major

general within two months.
33
F. -Id 13tii
95. according to 51-1-4,111.
This form is used to express the source of

information, and is normally followed by a quotation
form.
Example:
According to the policeman, there is no post office
near here.
It-vo)
oi Yit: -7-od
qe,11
According to the newspaper, it will rain tomorrow.
40 2161i 17 1.414 -t C1-2- HO'.

"1-71-1)-1-
4j, -`16-11 4riti.
According to a rumor, he will resign his post.

A- 0 I CP
0
..i/1:-1 '4'14 411 'Le' 1+ Si] C4-
160 S-V61-91.
G
chance, opportunity
if possible
addressee
guide
beforenoon
blank form
post office
originally
on purpose
telegram
delay, postponement
to be delayed
to send (a telegram)
to ask for, to ask.,.(to do)
positively, absolutely
(used in a negative sentence)
railway station
0,4 Al-
A ,!-1 )o, (ft)
-t41-11; rAl 0it.set.2-1-4

4.193-9(L-1171-?
91,414' ALI..49'I
*41-Er. 0,101410,14111-3
011.,411., .x,tiLL4 ON-0) 1-1 L-1--
41t: 421-041 rilitsb%/54 411i6i dy41 -tAJ Al 9"

tHq: 451-+019,3`.eml 14
A111q35/11-74x1 /414-No,1,40-,
07. -it21-'1: sfo,j0ikIrt,1-711,-?

01-L414; dJilmi 4.v. 0.1-'14 04421
t-14141
0j-41%F 1441mR A,1,4 AN910-1 Aoh-kv. .v.ft1,11,,e it 10) 14 0-1
vA)1,4 criA 1". C4 I vP11-- 44-
API1 cd'%1141
0J-L,d4: 1IIIkJ qx-1191- r1j 4*-141
)61%1 4111 76 L-1041 CLL. igjigitol
36
-. -!r4k-k". A100-ve
014 . A1-71 q 3 5 40-1) si 41 0-0
Ail 1141141 -9r tel- 11,4 !li t " ?,1 cli 'I e-i- `-e
NI Ai A1-11'st'). t14 1 q.
37
.41111111111111111111111MINIE
Lesson 47
History of Korea (I)
B. Dia.:IIranslation)
1, Brown: I have heard that Kyungju was an ancient capital,

what nation was Kyungju the capi.tal of?
Guide: It was the capital of Silla.
2. Brown: How long ago was it?
Guide: More than a thousand years ago.
3. Brown: Please tell me a little more in detail about

Silla.
Guide: Silla was one of the Three Kingdoms (of

Ancient Korea), and it lasted from 57 B. C. to
935 A. D.
4. Brown: What were the other two of the Three Kingdoms?
Guide: Paekche and Koguryo.
5. Brown: What ar2a did these kingdoms occupy?
Guide: Paekche was situated to the west of Silla, and

Koguryo was to the north of the Han River and it
included Southern Manchuria.
6. Brown: What happened to the Three Kingdoms?
Guide: Silla grew powerful, and conquered Paekche and

Koguryo and unified the peninsula in 676 A. D.
7, Brown: What kingdom came into being after Silla?
Guide: Silla was annexed to Koryo in 935 A.D. The name

'Korea", by which our country is called in the
Western countries, has its origin in the name
of the Koryo Kingdom.
3 8
hrl* Al all '3-1 AL21-
.....,0110,1%.,....
400'--- -4111,
e
e
.
/
/' 1
/
I'
Acrg'1e
XxxX 41/1 54114. Ail-elw
(011 kill 67611 Am- cz,
.11141114
1:.3 lit rig
1P-a if- r-Htwel 13-1- 10) ofli-ti -4144
Te4 &'-`4 roi 411 thol -Le 12s4-

y}:(3-1) s;-
4.0.. It 1/13 0,6
01 eot',1 )fi 1174-4 S *kit 0) 6..zi4
17) r-ars 64/4 g. 44-6)- a- 'tat- .

Ad ir ttP1 W-1 0%11 'q-v14. 11,'-etYki I
Il 47 4. 0) 14-LIfigrt, al-
vo 71 5 '1 4711 93 1.4-% 1-41,A: afr
Ajw.e aril 9 3 5 -5f 6-11 T.

k.4-V.C.c11 sl 0.11
A41e.t. oisFIL
Korean Peninsula
era
40
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Ltaniag
1
/ IS i/1
210.-"Io/i,
1 to explain
,t1!" nCI I
50,
7
/
107. 11 clear
O-
108. A 5. island
109. river
substitute,
110. r-11 era, time
/ 5
llJ pP ocean
3v (7
Example:
explanation chronology
eltf3A
peninsula Occident
river Orient
4A: fee ocean
era, period
41
B.
1. 401 9/mki
. -1
041;., 0491r Li
2. 41-14.4041
441'140/1
4. -1- AMMIINA 011>s.- +oil- =.-4100-74--?
. otte1,4t A1A04414/1}-1
5 4L-
6- At!, 14,11- )5,1: 14J--
0-19141 IoA.-4,4441177-/F?
7. 44,12,14.00 oJ I.:, 744 ?

8. 404 idgro). r 51- 2-1 4714- J Col C-11 i 12--(4
H. Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view.
1. Let him have it.
2. Don't let him do it.
3. Let him put it there.

4. I'm sorry to have you wait.
5. We can let the students go at 3:30 today.
6. It's prohibited there.
7It's prohibited to smoke in the classroom,
8. Don't let him go.
42
96. Causative form
a. to make, cause, force

let, allow
oi
Let me have another try.
Al; 01) 4-1 1-i)
Get children to play outside.
00 vi ett ;j 6-1 411) It. et A-t
I am sorry to cause you to get up

so many times.
b. to forbid
* 44 hi 114 01) t+1)-7-11 8-41-1

They forbid us to go out after ten.
t 611 II' 11,
We are forbidden to associate with the natives.
ALA -tt i14, t /1) ,
They forbid junior high school students to see

movies.
ill 1%1 to become strong
Koguryo (name of a kin dom)
it name of a nation
Southern Manchuria
ticr to be ruined, perish
peninsula
Paekche (name of a kingdom)
three kingdoms, three nations
4104-7)cl- to come to exist
a.d. (Anno Domini)
western side
capital (city)
Silla (name of a kingdom)

csA
history
ancient time
north of ...
b)1 above, more than
to occupy
}Q. ,}, to unite
to include
to be annexed (nations)
Q1 ( )
A )0-
/. 01- 41 : iz)i, 41-A1A 4- &I 71- -61
1:01 2-71 M 9,14 CI%
b '11 SI 71-74 3t.'12- 4 y__4-z4
4 it 92'3,4 %-) 4.
414 : oil , 1-4411 tt, 41-541- 47714; 74- 04)
.1 61 all \Ibi 4A Al 1-H-.

-01 24 o41 51. IA I vim)
0;14
3, All 3'13 404) \-4.L1- 3*2- -5661
1- a) 311- 404) -5c1 (1.444
)_ 0
ar-T, ,4 4 DIN abA titt tt+ 4--9a. 1
Db414. AH 32-14 01,1-14

4.ij 101 ti.,q 401- z) 71- Ari
40) ttt *517414 ti
5. 01 oi 44; Aol %,e 04)/-0) 11.4 ktfr) 4%1
4)61))) 31b)
cd A-10) -A) ol ;114 IA 77}-
(
j: 141 Ai': A-1) cri) 4% m 4,1 X) Si frd-A '4-,1
45
L-)
4r 0),
7. ,41 ol g4 340i ciabi 3/41-
04 %,i).4 :50 Al 01164) 4411

24-t ail g-
Lesson 48
History of Korea (2)
B. Eialagat(Translation)
1. Guide: Then, the Chinese culture began to come into the

Korean peninsula from the period of Three Kingdoms.
Brown: Chinese culture must have come into Koguryo

before anywhere else since it was close to China
geographically.
2. Guide: Yes, you're right. Buddhism, too, came to

Koguryo first because it was close to China.
Brown: When was Buddhism introduced to Koguryo from China?
3. Guide: Buddhism came into Koguryo for the first time in

373 A.D. Then, it came into Paekche in 384 A.D.
Brown: When did Silla Kingdom accept Buddhism?
4. Guide: It was in 528 A. D.
Brown: Civilization and arts must have made a great

advancement during the perioa of Three Kingdoms,
since they had accepted Chinese culture and
Buddhism had flourished.
5. Guide: Yes. Of the Three Kingdoms, Koguryo made progress

in arts before the others, but there are few
remains left unfortunately.
Brown: Are there any remains of Paekche that are left

now:
6. Guide: Paekche is said to have built palaces and temples

in grandeur, but there aren't many left now.
Brown: That is really regrettable.
7. Guide: Paekche had close relations with Japan since

early times, ad Chinese learning and Buddhism
was'introduced into Japan through Paekche.
Brown: Is that right? I didn't know that.
47
c.
1 44-c: Ari viva 14E,-/)- 104" 4V0A-i) 401
51-7) A-1,9A- o-. epg,k+ 11-11)--E

1)-141,- 64q- 01 14-
st) ir0 0 o
0.
< A.
01) a) f:111
iiL la 041A: 011 Lzi 12 q- VAIL ttc4
A 01 "1,.) e/e4q-., giy cfrt)
xfh-j 14 0- >1 cicV $44; E.Ooo -it- =1-14) 0141:11-.
-;$1.404- '4 IL.* 4-01

s)-11/.
)4-1 41144-1. 4v.* e 4-011
-4 Ac7,1 0-11 Gr.+24 as Buddhism flourished
48
plc (-lit1-)
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
112. >it IL letter, literature,
civilization
113. change
114. reason
115. not (negative)

';ifc
116. Han (an ancient

Chinese Dynasty)
origin
Example:
civilization
culture to _be inconven-

ient
literature to be disadvan-
tageous
chemistry 5U. Chinese classic
psychology it5S- Han River
geography Japan
9
E. MI-1i
I %(410iI PialK)-mg-
1. Setii-Y GC! 7(11 Ttil A" ail efri 711"
2- 1-i-B)-611 Sr2-1-1-11- tc>iW-4.1-174-?.
3. Od-A-1) 40-1 11:481-1111-3
4. V; 1g 1.11A1 oib i 4qt-M-L-1-77H

5. q- 91 -Fri 41 4-67 01 Veit-) 771-
6. -J%-11-44-ai 9-g324- ol.01 %)<DAlcat-l711-?
7. Q46-11
II. Combine each pair of sentences using the form -(P4'.
1. OA-11114-1 a11 AM-1.4c)%
2. -E 113.
3. al-
4.. A1 ia 14)-i %al".
5. 1-111- SICHC1".
III. Translate the following sentences!
1. It is very regrettable that there aren't many left

now.
2. When was it that Buddhism flourished in Korea?
3. Which country was closest geog aphically?
4. Who built those palaces and temples?
5. Korea had close relations with China since early

times.
50
97. but st)
"
cf. 01-
a
This conjunctive form is usually used in literally

expressions.
I advised him many times, osfit o)'j-$) tmme

but he didn't listen. i-oN- 01 on *1:1 01191.-
They tried it many times, 042-1 .

-hi-ill zg-4.
but failed every time. diPe O.
It was raining hard, but 131 11. -ei 01 z)-t.st

we had to go. 71. 44411 cF:
G.
most, exceedingly
palace
civilization
culture
to accept, receive
to develop, grow, progress
Buddhism
unfortunately, unluckly
arts
to be regrettable, deplorable
relic, remains, memento
from...
early, soon, instantly
to be conveyed, transmitted
(Buddhist) temple
geographically
to build
Chimese literature, Sinology
industrial arts
art, fine art
to flourish, thrive, prosper
influence
52
0149r.y.)-71, omit itipti 01.**4) 4-.14
s) omr, ?
od- 1.114 : ttootqui I11410- tist
.1;11-fr$401-..
to emf Al 01 Aim act"( "Yt ogsiiii 41*

0411 4ctifrA 1Ort1.141 a)-1-
Afirm tiSjitoirs.
.4/
OOP
Mge"
74-4.1-0) A1-54414771-?.
tog.)- J41041 -voj,141-1,t740,0,
A2.) 4-4, d)i 1-10410-41 Arm: Att
441-44 -/pg.5444-7k,-1
ti1,1 1.1 .1.0ito) Au- vrikail 4,-r-cli -141-fr40-.

0411 >2.1.0. .4m5) ittot.
odAtro) ebl.
-r 21-it 1),14410,16,1 oltio 4-0y et -ea) 9.1,Pot-iiki.

ott+ixv.: 041, 1.44-ica41 ttmoi 90 *.
AA.," ()It f1,41 +dim fr./401 o_
421.1-ei 34 dCF ,41Z

0i! 1. 1-1411 0101 (1)ioj
53
Lesson 49
History of Korea (3)
B. pialogue_(kanslation)
1. Brown: How was continental civilization introduced to

Japan via Paekche?
Guide: Marly scholars, monks and technicians of both

fine arts and industrial arts were sent to
Janan from Paekche.
2. BroWn: Did japan weizome these people?
Guide: Yes. Japan proffered them special treatment,

and asked them to stay on, so there were many
who remained there and did not come back.
3. Brown: What did they transmit to Japan?
Guide: They transmitted knowledge and techniques on

farming, weaving, medicine, astronomy, geography,
music, fine arts, and industrial arts beides
Chinese classics and Buddhism.
4. Brown: They wust have rendered great services to the

advanceniant of Japanese ciVilization.
Guide: Yes, then, one could say that the Japanese

civilization of that period was an extension of
Paekche civilization.
5. Brown: Are there any objects of art by Paekche artists

remaining in Japan?
Guide: Yes, there are some preserved in Nara, japan.
6. Brown: Would you please tell me about Silla arts and

crafts?
Guide: Fortunately, the remains of Silla are

comparatively many, and many ancient tombs of
that period have been excavated in recent times.
54
3ctit,1)- m A.-to 04 _11:
'"a C:+ 114" IS I ,IttfiA .
tar. 0
04-11-`6 5Q1;114-1 cr-11,o) (2- 5 fro -C
1-611(>111Lirtil-
oi c_ cHLLL 142 6-11 4-1
0.1) 0-1 ed -1? or 3-11 (IV 14-eS
o*cen ii1j : e*IcA6 M.r-con

t :dolt i . 01 *CI: SI 0 4-3t/ftl.,-L" 144%1 K'fe
0
60.4 01 1-2. rvz (394 ")X1010-, *I OX-11,4,--C
4111 i) cj41I, i1L .5. /61.11 5.-16A
11.1.11 Ittir
'61-0A c-1-. Col (I 04 111 k cA ollji 14 01
0Z-1 11 tJ" 13.*,-1-1-11 40' g.)44:0E1/1) "0(4
55
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
ix 4. /3
118.
fr 5 ,r;7/ /.'4,
/.....
1
4,
al to face, against
2 0g11:1, associate
119. 3 i %es 11
It
:X..
120. 14 2:4 through

4>
14:114]
121. 4 3 person
122. 4.61 to face

a
ta,
Example:
o4) Ihtli 41 concerning ...
antitank gun
traffic
diplomacy
*4_ mutual
'scholar
-If
advancement, furtherance
?if) facing west
56
E.
I.
A-1 Fi4i51-/9/(19-
1.
4V--crit 1=7110*(44?
2. 11410o1lAit 014 441-.4 egc.1.41 ki-itij L4 /4. ?
.
3.
4. t4111X-IIAKaol 04,011 Yr/ 01(14., -e.,A4-14
5. tqx-11.V.W3i 41011)-)1- VIA

6. 9AD4I tfri fOI kttote aole?
7. 4t1114 9A0-11 9S-rti 111-
8. 0.10A .ft.t* 0.1 clIA1 %Lk()) ii41,1

point of view!
1. I told him to come.
2. He said, "Please come."
3. I said that it was true.

4. I told him to give it to me.
5. I told him to El_y_e_inbrother.

6. He told me to give it to him.
7. He told me to give it to his sister.
8. I said, "Please Eiveibrotta."
57
ANNYNO1.4,10111....111110101=4/
98. a. to
ask for... .
t/--& 441-.11, -411-cf-
b. to ask (someone)
---01/oF
When quoting request sentences that end with the

verb Teo eitherila 0 the verb qa1-4-
'X'r
replaces the verb21,01.11 the person has made the request
for hj.s own sake, i.e. if the person asking and the
recipient are the same.
Example:
a. I said to him, " 401 kAtiA1 9,21

)1-4-641 ApliPstal 401-- 404;-'6A-1140.1.
Did you say to him, 1% 41014-
Crgo VA--1111/44
He said to ..A e , opifroi 4014:44y,
ocrocie it, C4
I said to him " 01-0141741 4AttAL9-."
MI* Ii 01-00117i! aktfriici- 1
He said to me , vettAeltit-e-q e.e1,41,41.1.:'

.1.0171-.10-11.-em tt titte.41 ogvhrtic-4--
b. I said to him 41:11"4101) 71104 *AIM?:

akgrAlcoo 11 449004-0- 4oci-
Didn't you say to me, "olfrxiall
.rlit1 Attall 01-1-4Ickft7.74f-ictai--a- 111-At ft-Y.13-4741
He said to me "101.--Ap=4) rnifi 4.111Al2.."
.2, Of X4-ktE41
7 44.4101 injj epf.il, 11000-
I said to him, Of AI-Z704114i
.1-01 tte-o 1.4216011-7-ii
t ft
vi4x4
)- 2 )-
Jc4-:
He said to me " /11/41:140117-41 04 .SilAik

1.117F 21d4l i AH:24 iliA4tAg .S41P4 g-rasic+.
58
GAIA iL Yr ancient tomb
IL xi historic spots or relics
04) ) recently, lately, these days
skill; technics; technique

technical expert, technician
Nara, Japan
agriculture, farming
et) continent
treatment
0-1 c1- to stay, to remain
414110 art-object, work of: art
9-tt to dig (out), to excavate

174 spinning, weaving
-401- to preserve
1)-
extension
91 medical science; medicine
topography, geography
knowledge
25/^ astronomy
4-AY scholar; a man of learning

#,4A) 31 4 to further, to advance (abstract)
to welcome
59
1-1 col
A.
44141 1ccf-i ?
.54- IA-5%1PP.
441-4c' : o-j ci i 4 4-Jr- z171(-111-?
Ig4t0-11 9-10-1 afEri-tr-!-
.-c-o 54 a- kkill-J:(3-1, 14,411-

f4ro-i) /1- tati. 0)-kli&itj
(Pao, 04.-odoi
1-14rL1 6-rcq 740) Wm-oil.?

tt. 141 *1-.111-4.t 4041 V.4.2. 41-141-t IAA tit
--1 5. 06, or
sr'*t 1i-V- ot sa b112

*)%tc-ii i-s VA-;.t 01=4 /Pects YI1 t.
4410 : ti-rt*ollt-ri-n- 7
tl 4,6 c-I41
-1;1-è 1,a1 oLL4 1 0171 4.1 641 41 -414,1-
col".
60
Lesson 50
The Silla Arts (I)
B. DialoYue (Translation)
1. Brown: What sort of objects did they excavate from the

ancient tombs?
Guide: Gold crowns, necklaces, earrings, bracelets,

rings, etc. were dug up.
2. Brown: Where does one have to go to see them?
Guide: They are displayed at the Kyungju Museum.
3. Brown: Do we also go to the museum today?
Guide: Yes. You will see them yourself when we go

there this afternoon, but the materials, designs
and techniques are really remarkable.
4, Brown: As for above-the-ground structures, what are

there:
Guide: Wooden structures were burnt down by fire, and

only the original stone-built structures remain
intact.
5. Brown: What is the oldest structure?
Guide: ChOmsOngdae, which was built before the Silla

Unification, is the oldest.
6. Brown: What kind of place is ChOms;ngdae (what was
done in...)?
Guide: It's a place where astronotsical observations

were performed. It is IChonmundael'in modern
terms, and it is the oldest one in the Orient,
61
1 : 1 iiri ALe4-.5.1 V-4 -C 5,4 1 I:kw a
t
ref i":15,
et ()I oi Pl" WA*. 6-11A-1 o
711%1 *.4
10.1 s,lai t,)tAl.,. %H5L, zot, #..A61 4'4 t 01-
44401-0- 441.,VAL-71-4'
Atittms I 11..s itt 41- ,gee.1.14V-a
464) Vic.1%.1tiAr+, ep 441/%1 ifr'xir 17 Lt.
14: Ai) 3J el 'frA1 ..4E *401141 -71Aer 5.0fri
.01-1 aF1L tat-.

Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Am.
Meaning
123. old
31
124. wide
3V7 10
/14
125. thing
126. law; method

4i-bte
4*.
127. lg. manufacture
128. to build
Example:
antique,
old thing 04.1t building
ancient time building

museum founding of
a nation
technique .
grammar
study of law
63
041 911k1 if 3-
1. - 01-1N-1
13 0 t5 al 61 ki '1)1' (31 ?
2. 014'1 I;Ei 1-1 01 ar.1 v;i 01 A.'s--3
3. / 1.1)36 14-1. (.3. crioi 71- Ira
?
4. .114 44,' 9,1 11 iL ()Ai Lleg
51 cel 0,1 .?
5. ALI 'ef 01 oil t.t1
cvj ; 14 1- 91.-te: t >1 cd 63 IA
6. lt.1 eA 0) 6,1
7, 0-1) i j .9- Pi. "e. 0-1 1 91 is.. ?
8./4- 4.--1 041 a 4 'fc kJ_ I's al- 31- 4-1-1 -4?
1. Only the original stone structures remain intact

among those which were built during the Silla
dynasty.
2. Most of the articles which are displayed at the

Kyongju Museum are those excavated from the
ancient tombs.
3. During the secon'd world war, none of the cities

in Korea were destroyed, but during the Korean
war many cities were destroyed.
4. the oldest stone.structures, where the ancient

Koreans used to make astronomical observations,
are now in the vicinty of Kyongju.
5. You will see it yourself when you meet him this
afternoon, but he is really a nice gentleman.
64
F.
99.Passive form of Sino-Korean verb:
One way of converting Sino-Korean verbs:-- 1.11-0* to the

passi-ire form is to replace 4-11-c+ with
Active Form Passive Form

(They) excavated a A gold crown was
gold crown. excavated.
-Atì 14-1V4 -i-.0,1:01 131-i1 914

(He) introduced Western civilization
western civilization, was introduced.
Al 0. 't .1.- 1- 7 if C Al Cnir ,* ii' 1 .1
(He) unified the The South and the
South and the North. North were unified.
vi g 0 .15,
._
4 tt 01
..
0 51 0
G. Gut 01
ring
71-
building, edifice
cl- to observe weather

earring
as it is, without change, intact

gold crown
stone
oO Orient
q design, pattern, appearance
necklace, neck-chain
111-
wooden building
'41 museum
technical skill, manual skill
eld old...
- 01 7;1_ before
_. material
above.ground
to display
astronomical observatory
chs6msOngdae)
(4041) to be burnt(by fire)
01- to dig out (to dig)
oso.i 'bracelet, armlet, arm-ring

isj 01 modern language
66
-
it al- -q 6A )
A.
41
(V01-14- iL -1q1-n II/Ai-01/r?

II
11-1411}- /4%14. 0-14101 A4L-01-
1-1A4A1Hc-)-. 40i-/), ale*-161- cgq. CIA

zi401
jii
.511 5.6 01-1(lili-)ct.
. r
-0
)57..).
I.-
1,1-1411 lj
t 1;4
et-2' 1
41'
je 1-011
511 411
tt Oj
it 1,H .140-1 ef;4 L-14 -0 40. 0FA1
1r* iL ik1L 41-1 sitr141-10.
#4tor.. IA 71- ai -7-11 All /Of 1-1

oNi : kl%.61 A A ))1# 41,- 01 0- 54 01 0/1.`
14"1- q4: /-11-01-1c-k

-* 3 Pla -7},cer ot
sk 01. 041iiy2
: 0111- ivi d l o1 (Am 4/-ct
*01.4 tvi Pi 9L4IIA
01
ce.:644 : 1714 j.o. Ica cy413/4- oi oI.vI cm

01-
67
Lesson 51
The Silla Arts (2)
1. Brown: How high is ChOmsOngdae and what does it look

like?
Guide: They chiseled granite into brick forms and laid

one upon another in a circle. It's 9 meters
high and the diameter at the bottom is 5.5 meters.
2. Brown: Where is the famous SoKkuram?
Guide: It's on a mountain, east of Kyongju.
3. Brown; Is it a natural stone cave?
Guide: No, it isn't. They made a cave by piling up

granite and covered it with earth.
4. Brown: What does the interior look like?
Guide: Ceiling, wallsland floor are all made of stones,

on which are carved figures of lotus flowers.
Andin the middle is a stone statue of Buddha
about 3 meters high.
5. Brown: Aren't there any other sculptures?
Guide: On both sides of the entrance and on the wall

surrounding all around the Buddha are carved
many Buddhist idols.
6. Brown: I'll bet the sculptures are really a spectacle.
(worth viewing)
Guide: Yes, one can readily see how advanced the Silla
arts were.
6 8
c. 4z.--)
Mko)ar- 140SA. 139)1 bi 57-01-ki %-t-7-11

ciI ol 9 2-1) 5,-V 01 Ykl oI
5.5. 0'1 ei 51 -70 V4 Al' OA 91=c:

01 %1-orvi.; 01 0)-t-o..
0140. Al 01-ki :1-4-)041 }"it
t-e.
0e. *4 os 01 AI: 01914. i1clo 41 71.-
3 r-HIM 0).-frcit- 71- 110914. i-em

At41 531- ix! ocis *.01-
71-04 14 oi aj .
eveloititc. v-1;1 do) ml 741 x4 .1.1.

tt, 7ca- -4. 01
69
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
/;,....-
AA stone
129. A .1
.Y(1*
2.
o possess
130. , t
lr
J1.4
eh
/Al
i
. i
13,1. 415 0...0"
30/V30
14
--r
part
6401
s
132. 3 whole
4:7 /Ls". ....T
g:dt.
,
133. d enter
)1\6.
2.
134. j5 left (direction)

1.1
g;?...-
135. idl 4 right (direction)

It
ta
Example:
,62/410 stone building deposit (money)
fossil ..10,,P2* left and right
granite facing left

43.1;1.0- to be famous; facing right
A401.0. to be advantageous
to possess
entire parts
part
X a entrance
70
B.
4 I. 041 91 tfi 4-I t#1I
1. 'IAAJC4t 4e.ol 71' #414

'114-
2. v-olc:)-it. oisho, \III: 91 ./3, ?
V)'-r.4C% 1.t): 041 t el ?
4. kq13e. Yrk
Miqe
6. 4114J./041 (3).= J-ctt 4-0.
Translate the following sentences:

1. The cave is not a natural one, but it was made
with stone.
2. It should not be too hard to find out who wrote
this letter.
3. I saw the picture last night, and I think it's

worth-while seeing it once.
4. There are many ancient buildings which are more
than 500 years old.
5. If you want co see how the interior looks,I will

guide you around. -
71
11.
100. Interrogative noun clauses marked by
Interrogative noun clauses are usually marked byt%)

See Note 16, Lesson 5. However, these.interrogative noun
clauses may be marked by an *interrogative ending...
If you tried it yourself,

3d.
-100 61 4 LI- e l
you would know how difficult 4,A (Tir 621-941/1-

the job is.
4AA-149;0i .1 0o-4 owq.
-4- 4: O9Ij -1/1
4, IA 11J_ 91.1 ?-) 02 0) eg

If you read this book, you vve 3:1 414) *ji46)-
will find out why such a
thing happened.
01 4,4
If one visits Sokkuram, he

o4Kii IA-
MA (O. -714-ve- " '14 ')/
will see how splendid the
Silla arts were.
10 iU va 4491 014
60-0- 44-2.t-c-11 o4 910.
72
7 q approximately
cave
* interior
4. to cover;
A-4:4/3/4i-V4 to be round, circular
the base; bottom
Buddha
image, statue of Buddha
all around (adv.).

to pile up
to carve, sculpture
stone cave
Sokkuram (Stone-Cave Temple)
lotus-flower
entrance
natural
sculpture
to chisel
both sides, left and right
diameter
ceiling
granite
73
-----
Al 41 ()
4;45. h4 j os A) 0) 04) Alt 34, 0joi ?
91 *14 "I .
L 4. -te-1 3/41- Je
AVI I LA 04) Ai ti
tow.'
*41: g*: Ati-t -303
310) .3- co. 1-g 01-
10.1-21- q--171-?
01-414: sq-c51-.
oii ct .4- t 61 Ali- 3-1-t 4-01 0-
/4 frol 4A) (; (A*1-)4,
44-9r 04) rd- "4-1 t.y/10114111_?
.1-4--; 4)
oj. i.1-041A0- 4t4G1 0414 X-4.t. 11021-A144.
*
0,1:41, : oi '-I 4 Al it- 4 44- oi xi 1041
31, : =f6i1A1-177i-T
xlmIt-1- 71-v1
1P-1 cti
o)ir *3(41
eh/ ik
9-A1 I c)/.-t cJ
Jk 011 1.1 1
A
74
Vt.:1 to ?,..24 tat, ht Jar, ts itt
0 1-0 41s 1-*
p.
Loripti t4gp-A, (0i;
-iy 1-1
:ea
Lesson 52
The Silla arts (3)
B. Dialogut (Tran._sj.ation)
1. Brown: Was Pulguksa built in the same period as

Sokkuram?
Guide: Yes, that's right. But Pulguksa was built in

691 A. D. prior to the Stone-Qave Temple.
2. Brown: Are the original wooden structures of Pulguksa

remaining intact?
Guide: No. As I mentioned before, the original build-

ings were burnt down, and they were re-built
afterwards.
3. Brown: What are the things worthy of spe%;ial mention

artistically?
Guide: Stone-built stairways, overhead bridges,and

pagodas are all splendid, but Tabot'ap is the
most outstanding of them artistically.
4. Brown: How many storied pagoda is Tabot'ap?
Guide: Many storied. It is in front of Taeungjon in

company with Sokkat'ap.
5. Brown: What is Taeungjon?
Guide: If you go to any temple, there is a big building

in which the statue of Buddha is enshrined, and
this building is called Taeungjon.
6, Brown: These invaluable buildings, sculptures,and ob-

jects of arts arelof courseodesignated as
national treasures, aren't they?
Guide: Yes, such buildings as Sokkuram,and Pongdoksa

Bell in ihe custody of Kyongju Museum are all
named national treasures,
7. Brown: I have learned a lot from your detailed explana-

tion. Thank you.
Guide: Not all, sir.
76
01 1914-t4c-ii 1. A1 Z a oil
'IPA) AP4)7A-E n 1a '4 411
tAt A0111
}-
iZ 10_ ail
Vint :(1 tict t /,14 t'4ii 1-e(1-et 1-41-11-
-1a -4" 1-4441fg 011 -,1 01 ciVe

41f, 4 logi4(3-1 fact-.
e*-*. Pin-A-4,11 tit 1-1-ki 01 it:0J- /414-1141 s)-%1
101- (!-1/4-3-ir GA)i

freist )-M)' JIE -g-st t19-tr vb) ,t1 t;&
77
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
136. t heavy
3
137. Ai- temple

546%
138. Mt world; generation
139 ,5-- 111 boundary
140. request
scene
750.4,2
j/ofic
Example:
to be
t important to look for
64- Pulguksa Temple to sightsee

world
world (human society)
generation
78
B. d
I. *
1. )k-.4 Cel /j,1 01 IL M i/J1
2. /-2 el- oil 1frj c(Fi 7). 01

7/)-%i 01- 9)4 IA 1* 1
?.}* 041 -/-1='"(t.1: 1;161 t c41

c.44 ill c)44 /*Ai 14-0). 91-4 L474,?
osgx-2. 01,04) 91-st. il-to -N1-1-1-2e

ss*14---%-e *Di z1-11)63-LA 77}-1
5 .1- %%It. Alr CI 5119ft4 ij

6 r4tPj 041 91A".: 01-94%. 4r1-ktv1/71-?
1. As we all know, since we don't have much time,

we have to rush this work as much as pOssible.
2. As I said a little while ago, I cannot let you go
alone.
3. As you know, it is against the rule to bring

liquor in the barracks.
4. Since Taeungjon is the name of the building where

the Statue of Buddha is enshrined, any Buddhist
Temple has a building named Taeungjon.
5. It is said that none of the wooden structures of

Pulguksa temples are the original ones.
79
F.
101.
As I said before, I-sot-49440i,
4E L,
As you all knc,a, ...
etc . .
As I mentioned
before, I cannot oh* opt 454. 101, 1171
go along with it.
ft#it3
As I stated in my
previous letter, I mi 71- 3...xi:I .06 'Xi oil ift- 01- .4
go on a business t-11 *Ad.- 0-11 4
trip to Pusan next
month.
As you know well, 1 OF 9.1- 101, 01 qr*

this is against the -Prl (41-11i-
rule.
As you all know, I 01V1101 1011

am too busy to 0%1. F 001- A-1 01 o Aol- 14- cJ
take upon myself
any more additional
work .
*Another idiomatic
expression for this is; cg Ai 51,
80
G. Prlifo
step way, staircase
building
overhead bridge
national.treasure.
valuable, precious
Tabo Pagoda
Taeungjon (the room in which the

statue of Budda is enshrined)
to excel, be eminent, out-
standing
...etc.
to be enshrined
to preserve
Bongdok Temple Bell
Pulguk Temple ,
Sakyamuni Pagoda
to go before; to stand before
artistically
Buddhist temple
to appointi designate
tit
ofaRogpMlness
o o trip
-story, layer
to be worthy of note
togethe: with...lin company with.
splendid, magnificent
81
v t.o.
-1-c-71(1x -k 141 frx -5 4-* -11r
" frox T-Y1-1 fro 5: ipx
1-00- Z1'I411
Ty-tr- -fr (olio -Lr',YtY, -~c A.40
YY
10 y.-
T-t-Ty 311-4 1Fft
ec co I
Jr.'w tc.
1 h -1-11.6 W-1041 Po-E t-c)
I t-
c. t y
porx
i i PY
1-Yi 11' L1
lq-rA 1'4 Triv
io Fp. 19 1 ko :ea
-11-r b_66-yy'14.-
jo logo ro 41 1,0 ty 1?0 1-y py siq9, :1.lii
-r
1114, -II a,; /Po IY-fric's -ra t-11-4)10
afro Tx 1-Y dz. Ifqx t=0 I-2 1g-

41, ?
.--
-cry-e o 11- 041 vi- ?
-r1-3 04
1 4 Al-, xJ. gA e. o
-1-J- 0411(14-41-- 1*
83
Lesson 53
POW Interrogation (5)
1. I/O: When did your unit arrive at the front, and what
unit did you replace?
POW: Our unit arrived at the front 25 days ago, and

replaced tne 5th Bn., 9th Reg., of the 7th
Division
2. I/O: Why was that unit replaced?
POW: It's because there were many casualties, and the

sick rate was heavy n that unit.
3. I/O: What disease was it? Were they common diarrhea
cases (patients)?
POW: No. I do not know the name of the disease, but

most of the patients had high fever, I understand.
4. I/O: Was it some sort of contagious disease?
POW: Yes, it was in all likelihood. I have heard that

this disease spread and the number of cases
(patients) went on increasing every day.
5. I/O: Did this diesease spread in that unit only?
POW: No. I have heard that this disease originated

(broke out first) among civilians.
6. I/O: T)id all the men in your unit receive preventive
inoculations?
POW: Yes, we received many injections and small-pox
inoculations before coming out to the front.
7. I/O: Against what diseases were you given the

inoculations?
POW: We received preventive inoculations against

malaria, typhoid, typhus, cholera, and dysentery.
84
C. Interpretation Exercise:
1. I/O: Ask the prisoner why the 5th Battalion of the

5th Division was replaced by the new unit.
Intr:
POW: 1.4.01011 14-2 t 0,1 ,A71
Intr:
2. I/O: Ask him to describe the disease.
Intr:
POW: 0,11V-c 01V-to) T-1)

0)1 e-1. 11.
Intr:
3. I/O: Ask him how and where this disease broke out.
Intr:
POW: rialtHIM OVei tq AM*1 LI
Intr:
4. I/O: Ask him if all the men of the new unit received
preventive inoculations.
Intr:
POW: 011, Viol 1+5-1) 4..01) 4:4-Vo %0.v 144, q%11 nti=i- A, 0
01) 4- 2i44 5M-Ff

Intr:
D .1.5(-) Stroke Pronunciw
order ation Meaning
142. (a prefix to an
ordinal number),
-s-TEET-gTTteps
143. A 1- death
144. injury
145. sickness
146. t..
people
5 hiA
147. 01- start, explode
Example:
number one sick person
casualties people, nationals

Liffra.
the Republic of
.vct, killed in
battle Korea
t 4'4 serious injury firing a cannon
sickness issuance
86
Lesson 53
De,* \-1-! %--11
t#11 r1-11 L1 G-L-

1.
()AI 'se 11- i L 3.;)- 31.1 cd
44,1 (Hui *Pr .11- 91* LA .74 ?
2. * 1 *a _a 01 15)9,14-1-1 Di- 7
3
*
j1L
)41."- r 6,Z.1 11}'
4 0,1
ai -14r1%1 "1" 021--t cij 71i -t1
5*
'III ,191141 t -771- ?
6 . 11-1.c049- 4-01A 0142* Ic2A) 4LA Id 641 cfriccui
srA14 1/2 %I-414*
7 . 11;4- Ai- 3,11 ?

1. I heard that most of the soldiers caught
diseases such as malarial typhoid and cholera.
2. The diseases broke out first among the civilians,
and then spread to the troops.
Because the number of sick persons went on

increasing, the unit had to be replaced.
4. Since there are good preventive inoculations

against malaria and typhoid, if you pt the
inoculations, you don't catch such diseases.
5. The 5th Battalion of the 5th Regiment had to be
replaced by the 3rd Battalion of the 9th Regiment,
because the 5th Battalion sustained too many
casualties.
87
0-1
high fever
to take turn, alternate

to increase
to keep increasing
greater part, majority
among civilians
to occur, break out
eruptive typhus
name of a sickness
sick person, patient
casualties
diarrhea
preventive inoculation
dysentery
typhoid fever
contagious disease
small pox
to receive an injection
to spread (intransitive)
malaria
cholera
patient (sick person)
88
1.-
ALI
A.
*NI qA) 0] 04) Al Al- 71-
Atl- 4 7)- )-11.J1 0A-1A L.1
4A1-
a '0 0 1,4 I- 0 -/-1 04

--r "i; --t" 1/1 -c.
LI al al- -51 1-a Li 4
0-1 cv 7-11 ti
Al- ,11 -4 71 42-

of .0
1 .V1-441 .-t
: jZ.L. kl al- 1.e. -4,1 4 xAl ti 771-7.
31_ ; 041. -7-1 7) s3+ vj, -741 _t-
oi 74) LI 14 7
4-Ak .t got- 0-11 ic.(1A -q

1J:
,tti, 01 91 /1 q- 77t-
r
01 4 oI
1,
89
clj 94,0-71- 111_ ?
: -5r1
s.
Les-wi 54
1. I/O: Did your unit suffer heavy casualties in the last

battle?
POW: No. The casualties were comparatively light. In

recent days the casualties have been much less
compared to the past.
2. I/O: How is that?
POW: I believe the reason for the small number of

casualties is that we were well trained, and we
gained combat experience.
3. I/O: How do you take care of the wounded?
POW: Those who sustained minor wounds would bind up
their wounds with bandages from their first-aid
kit if they were able to do it themselves.
4. I/O: Does every man carry a first-aid kit?
POW: Yes. It contains some cotton, bandages,and
medicine that halts bleeding.
5. I/O: What do you do with severely wounded persons?
POW: The severely wounded are sent to a field hospital
in the rear area..
6. I/O: Are there enough medical equipment and medicine

at the Battalion aid station?
POW: No. Medical supplies run short all the time.
7. I/O: How many doctors are there at the Battalion aid
station?
POW: There is no doctor, there are several medics.
91
C. Ill.TITILL21ARELlicfscise:
1. I/O: Ask him what is the reason for the small number
of casualties in rccent engagements.
Intr:
POW: Jtp,e
4 *ityled 01 q,-)Ar --Vi 014z la 1-1
Intr:
2. I/O: Ask him how they treated the wounded.

Intr:
POW: )1g.,i-cy%1-,t6 tv .411 401 oto 1-1
4tJ,:o)
Intr: t1-1) 01-10
3. I/O: Ask him *if evexy man carries bandages.

Intr:
POW: 44:14-
rofrii) -11--ia go) i 11-frocki
Intr:
92
Pronunci-
ation Meaning
to go out
blood
-cr!d origin, plain

(prairie)
I
51 . FAFJ cause
4..01
public building
y
.2;#.1
13dr,
153 .
C
foot, enough
Example:
departure hospital
exit (gate) court
hemorrhage insufficiency
PeP
atom
cause, reason
93
00 r1,
--11
I. .1%)1A-1 At?3-41-3_
5)1 %14- 4-al 1 AI 4%.11, 4- 71- 01
2. %,:lvo-1.411, 4) 714-C41/1 ojt 4,4,L

oNg_
. -frjr cd 01 4 '61- 4 A61 7} 41-Pt -4--.6-AVsS ()Art

..94011 `1-e- --`No) 91.16-141#?
4, clic)] jAkolcl 91.=.101 117141k- 0.1cc2_
771" ?
5. o 4* A 9_ 91- -1161
6 . 3 o 1't ;t4, j-
II. Translate the followi.ng sentences:
1. Every soldier carries a first-aid kit which

contains some cotton, bandages and medicine that
halts bleeding.
It is believed the reason for the small number of

casualties is that we were well trained, and we
gained combat experience.
3. Those who sustained minor wounds would bind up

their wounds with bandages from their first-aid
kit if they were able to do it themselves.
4. According to the prisoners, the enemy sustained

comparatively less casualties in this battle.
5. Only those who cannot be treated at the Battalion

aid station are sent to the field hospital in the
rear area.
94
each, every
slight injury
aid station
to halt
wounded person
to be insufficient
bandage
wound
cotton
field-hospital
medicine, medical supply

cause
first-aid kit
medical equipment
medic
physician
to be wounded
battle, compat
to decrease
seriously wounded person

to bandage (bind around)
recent time
bleeding, haemorrhage
rear area
95
4.11- iAt19s.
L._ A-1 y_ Ak 1-1 -74 3
AJ, 1 -E
-! 71 ?-.1
OF' 01
/kik r.
xJ, 01 Al it.104) %,-1)- .3; rill oi 7-1)
04) c41
04) A-?)
: 041. ct..
OL
-71-1 04)
Vr 1-1- 171- 7
(1) aq )tl: 7)
Al-I *1 1J1--
cf.
A-1 $4, 44. x1-k 114 -14 L)
1-1 ill .4 4- oil 11-4 .11..
r /4d A-)?
04 0
0) 5.}1,0
4 'II 0) .<1. gAl
s- 3101 .5c1 4 lai() -V) ) 44

)%1).. 11 "1'
I )1,11;) (it 01-A-1 Ai) 4 -16 Ale ) ')L-!
96
0 0\.,
\ o'''/5.' 0 1
1 2
.
..(-
--1 z.
_01
grf
Lesson 55

1. I/0: How is your recent food supply situation?
PO: We have been experiencing difficulties in our

food supply due to UN air attacks.
2. I/O: How do you manage when food supplies fail to

arrive on time?
POW: We live off the country on such occasions. (We

requisition provisions in the area.)
Do you pay the farmers the price of provisions?
POW: Yes, we pay them in military script.
4. I/O: How many days' I:ttion are you issued at a time?
POW: We are given three days' ration generally, but

sometimes a single day's ration.
5. I/O: How often do you have hot meals?
POW: We usually have one hot meal every day.
0. I/O: Is the amount of food ration sufficient?
POW: It's sufficient, but tae quality isn't good.

There were some who suffered malnutrition and
were sent back to the rear.
7. I/O: Are there any other difficulties that you

experienced in conjunction with food?
POW: There have always been some who suffered from

diarrhea because the food did not suit their
constitution.
8. I/O: Do you give medicine to those who suffer from

diarrhea?
POW: We give them medicine, but it doesn't work. The

best way is to go hungry for a few clays. If one
still doesn't get well, he is sent back to the
field hospital.
98
1. I/O: Ask the prisoner how the food supply situation

is latel)
Intr:
POW: 41"-illt 01V/153i IT-1 cr31P401

q.ne
2. I/O: Ask him what they do when supplies fail to

arrive on time.
Intr:
POW: 13,9 c-nki i;111. %J 04" 6.1- *vd. 01) 7-0 -El -A)
Intr:
3. I/O: Ask him how often they have hot meals.
Intr:
POW: !s-' 0) g-fr 1-) I+ Y. 4g- -tiN/1-1E 1-1
Intr:
4. I/O: Ask him if there are any malnutrition and

diarrhea cases.
Intr:
POW: J140 rj
i--11) .h.#4)"
-ci"A-11 011-
Intr:
99
1- )
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation 11.1fning
154 . 411, 14) to fly
155. 442.+1A'
I
machine
% 11 14 %L.4
5
.
156. (-q) quantity
157, t o appear
2,
158. s
0 to drink
7%6
17_ 12-
159. medicine
Example:
airplane beverage
tze4
opportunity food
food medicine
great quantity 4.0

gunpowder
scene of action pharmacology

100
E.
I. 041 .31
1.
?
6 ,41
t "i}- 011
2. j_.5-0) ct -c.Q1
041
4Ad 4:02
3. i5t1 011 -Aj 11-t-4

-nr?
4. .41 11-* 44. 4,1' 4 3i1 N37
21:(-6-2-11/1-?
e, AA 0-)1A,1 L)- *Oft 44 '91 5- 914-1i ?

6 À 41d1-71- ?
7 - 4'11>1) :5:1 GI 1 4.3/- -)1 /-4 ij
oi-'J ?
8. V:11 0) 4 J.-(L (e43-11-771- ?
1. The enemy has much difficulty in supplying rations

to the front line on account of UN Forces'air
attack.
2. When they fail to supply on schedule the

soldiers have to live on what they requisition
in the nearby area.
3. It is almost impossible for the front line

soldiers to have three hot meals everyday.
4. The food supply condition gets worse everyday

because the supply route is constantly bombed by
the UN Air Forces.
101
F.
once in a long while; from

time to time
in conjunction with...
military currency
to starve
amount of food rations
to get well, to be better
farmers, peasantry, peasants

to have no standard, norm,
(medicine) has effect on

portion, amount
three days
situation, condition
to come into being (existence)
choice, change, luck
food rations
undernourishment, malnutrition
to pay, defray, disburse
quality; matter
to requistion, commandeer
(one) meal
scene of action
to send to rear area
102
A.
Ad.r4: 4; x4) zq iiJJ 110 1)01-0IALI

c34-1)
4- 4151 x) 041A-1 IV. xi c)(1.
c'rd.)61t
fd
2HL : x4) 1101-0-14.,
4) 16 "I `,11,(- 9 4.
x1) -D--A)041 "1411771-7

_0.x) 01 Ad .k) 0-)
r-pi 45.1 01 ,)4 y

001. ,1-
4") XcH .)-
x-)71
Ad -I-4- "1 4 74 7-1 el-71- *LA II 2-1
2+__ 91- Ls-syyrrn "t1.-L6c--1)
Pi Ai- 11 141
4.
-2
0 kl
AL?. +(A 4 c=1 0) ;(-01 9 47

: =id if-ol ),JA-) 4-41 'to) ol-AM
103
Lesson 56
1. I/O: Where is the 5th Battalion's first line of defense?
POW: It is not too far from where I was captured.
2. I/O: Where is the battery that supports the 5th

Battalion emplaced?
POW: It's at a point approximately 10 kilometers behind

the first line of defense.
3. I/O: Is it on Hill 305?
POW: Yes, it is emplaced on the back-side of the hill.

4. I/O: Are the gun emplacements camouflaged?
POW: Yes, they are well camouflaged. And there are

dummy emplacements here and there.
5. I/O: What kinds (pieces) are there and what are their
maximum ranges?
POW: There are 105 mm and 155 mm howitzers, but I don't

know their maximum ranges.
6. I/O: What shells do they use?
POW: They use,.."ch,!61gapt'an" shells that pierce armor

and "kosongnung ptot'an" that have high explosive
force.
7. I/O: How accurate was the UN bombardment?
POW: It was quite accurate, and a great deal of our

positions were destroyed by it.
104
I. I/O: Ask the prisoner where the battery that supports

the 5th Battalion is emplaced.
Intr:
POW: *1 1 92 It I ATI Pie; c). -r MI 305 I1Z) 4'oi

Intr:
2. I/O: Ask him what kind of guns and shells they use.
Intr:
POW: /o5n7mg4.- /65 rnpi .14-4.44y ..-14'5. vv-tjut

AJj
Intr:
3. I/O: Ask him if he knows the maximum ranges of these

howitzers.
Intr:
POW:
Intr:
4. I/O: Ask him if the gun emplacements are well

camouflaged.
Intr:
POW: IM1, .?1-33- -71 C+1 ci-t Ill
,11-111-)
Intr:
105
1).
Stroke Pronunci-
order ation Meaning
6o . direction
1 t)
111)
3 ft a high
,
*'171151
riA
102. face
'1'514 I
163. Al 41-
shoot a
164. proper
certain
Examplc-:
method to be precise
Ti
direction unju, '-

4-51 !1.%
region
high ground, hill
;t:-)-MW;2 antiaircraft gun a
106
E.
0-11
1. 1)2-, 0-1c1
Trf ?
2. 1-1 .10;4_ ;I Al-vd-t Yro)-10)1--(?
3 9.1=-- 3_ %:11 0-12-)
0-11A1 ccd. Fj_
4 (-9 oki aq 111 ol S-- ?
-1-kol-% 4.1- o1c J%:i

)0 v._
6. o)t1 041 aki .4-1_ )4- 0,-11 0-)1

1. The first defense line of the 5.h Battalion is
not very far from where the prisoner was captured.
2. It was found out that there are quite a few
dummy emplacements around the Hill 305.
3. The UN reconnaisance planes made several flights
to discover the enemy gun emplacements around
the Hill 305, but they failed to discover any
because the enemy emplacements were so well
camouflaged.
4. The prisoner said that the enemy position was
greatly damaged, and numerous casulties were
sustained on account cf the accurate bombing bv
the UN Air Force.
5. As a result of interrogation, they obtained

detailed information concerning the gun emplace-
ments around the Hill 305, which is about 10
kilometers northwest of the Battalion C.F.
107
high explosive (shell)
howitzer-
A1-5-
to bore
line of defense
range (of a gun or cannon)
considerably quite
to establish, emplace, set up
to be strong, powerful
camouflage
dummy battery
armor, armor plate
sort, kind
to support
spot, position
position (battle)
maximum
armor-piercing shell
to destroy
bombardment; shelling
battery
shell
explosive shell
back-side, rear
108
4-
.PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA
PYCCKFIII SWITAPCKII
aI
CPIICK 0 X PBATCK POLSKI
1h.
42* AR KOREAN 130
SHQIP NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE tES KY

REFRESHER COURSE
MAGYAR EAAIINIKA
210 HOUR COURSE I
TURKcE ESPANOL
PORTUGU ES VOLUME V FR ANcAIS
cri
ROMANA SLOVENKINA
YKPAIIICbKA LESSONS 57-70
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
ITALIANO DEUTSCH
EXERCISES 25-30
4 FBAHASA INDONESIA TItNG V4T NAM
LIETUVW
AL 001 629
KOREAN
4 NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume V
Classroom Instrt.ztion Lessons 57-70
February 1962

Presiiio of Monterey, California
PREFACE
The NON- RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE, MILITARY
INTELLIGENCE UNIT, 210 HOUR COURSE, THE KOREAN LANGUAGE,

VOLUME V, contains Lessons 57-70 for classroom instruction
and Language Laboratory Exercise 25-30.

parts:
A. Dialogue
D . Exercises 4
E. Word List
F. Recording
From Volume V to Volume X, the Hanja parts and Grammar

Notes are omitted. However, Chinese Characters are included
with their pronunciations in Reading texts for the benefit
of those who want to learn more characters by self-study.
Although Gramma notes as such are eliminated, some

important structural items are listed in the Word List.
The materials for the Laboratory Exercises are based on

the reading texts of the previous two lessons.
Pages
51 -0A- 1 - 6
Cr--) 7 - 12
4
Language Labo ratory Exercise 25

OOOOO 13 - 18
19 - 25
API! 26 - 3 3
0 34 - 41
4-117 C) 42 - 47
71Al) (=--) OOOOO 48 -53

7PA-IVV133- 5 4 - 59
411- 91 ;51 60 - 67
kk ( -9 68 - 73
74 - 79
4-AL.ypt- 80 - 84
S-. ?eAP,-))q 85 - 89
_441 : "L4 04) adr: 01 4 ci 5A-tAU_
if41
AA)
-1 4 1 t4-V1 /4- F
xA) : ki) 14) 4411.-Le k VIA)
-251-
3 A41 31
641
CO -76 A-I
4 4M1
A
AA Ami 4A-11
cc-451741 4-4 .5_.ei71.)5.3
1LX-1 4 44191- 71-ol

6
--os-4 71, ,04Ax)
xxl :
of
AA( 0). 5.A1
(AN -1111 5-Al 0,3 4.
(3" ..;)- AA 1 e-j, L4_ fr.e j1A1A -A-

ki
(41 ft",1.1.7r,-?
z . 51/. 61 Al 14214
- 11 A AO 0 clki
L. ti- 421,,4
11.74.1 &) 3i1 1+%1 Ai 1541 AI
41'1 4.
" AA1 : 44 t. oil ki v). )(5.0
041,41 -4.1f r " e.

61 _5.-
ill- 5- 7
AA1
> 1 IA) 01 141 X)
)(1)44 t 01A.
3.
0 1
i 1 31 4 0) 0 t14
-I .A Cli Yll Al 4* 4
0 . .1
ot 01- --. Al -frr ) fri

A /... _V-
"H 4A) (-I-. -11 4 kl 4- cii ii-- 041 4
a % 3- qi II)
oiA 4 q 0) ;11 it c-i) if- q 141 ;..
2,1 Al ei .
Lesson 57
1. Mr. Brown: Has much Western culture come into Korea?
Mr. Kim: Yes, I think American culture especially has

4 come in more than any other.
2. Mr. Brown: How are the educational organizations and

their facilities?
Mr. Kim: Well, they are not so noticeably good world-

wide but anyway we have all the necessary
things.
3. Mr. Brown: Then, would you tell me more about them in

detail?
Mr. Kim: Well, what in detail - how shall I tell you?

There are various schools for children, such
as elementary, high school and higher
education just like any other country.
4. Mr. Brown: Seoul is the capital of Korea, isn't it?
Mr. Kim: Of course. Not only that, but speaking of

cities, it is also the largest city in Korea
5. Mr. Brown: Then the largest number of schools or any

other kind of educational facilities must be
in Seoul.
Mr. Kim: That's right, it is the metropolis of Korea.
6. Mr. Brown: Where did you go to school Mr. Kim?
Mr. Kim: went to elementary, high school, and

completed college in Seoul.
7. Mr. Brown: As a matter of fact I didn't finish college

in the States. Do you think I may be able
to study a little more in Korea?
Mr. Kim: Well, I haven't had to think about how such

a case could be handled.
8. Mr. Brown: Then, could you find out about it for me the
first chance you have?-
Mr. Kim: I will. I know someone at Seoul University
and I will find out about it in a few 0"75
for you.
3
14 SI m A Yi liAt AA (-)
.\1 * :, vi 't3a, A /1
14-4 4: e *4 ,1 ic74/4 04i-te ill ootfi AL

Ai -se-4
.rt 6i to,. fx
.3-01 .41-rP
, III&
.11 rLI d 1 1 i1.
'A-. Cr' 04 .oi S. INI
171):
Ak
4, .f.0.4)
cf4elt 4
M! li 4
1
i''
--)1. *- a) 4.0. t._ -A- =zr 4A19): 49-,407
:t. 01
,114A-1--,-. 51:1-141cz-t -Nz: % oi .1- 14

.1 ai Aal id 0 t,
,- p-i 4-.1c i.
tik od,
Aft t 9 05 0) 414 4 y
741
&) co\
142/4' ) At
irs-t% 1/ C+ A/ cfri) /4:itm 01,1,A 4.
4
1. ki 114_ 4- 91 2L v) 0)
1
2. oi 44 ?
3. 711 r)-t) t Yr. 4,14 v)- ?
0-11 -4-1- a /1. 5,44 1.) 171- ?

1. Seoul, the capital of Korea, is the center of
education, as well as politic activities.
2. I will find out within a few days whether you can
attend Seoul University or not.
3. Monterey is Lot only a beautiful place but, as a
city, it is also large.
4. The University of California is famous throughout
the world as an educational institution.
5. I have ...Lever thought about it.
6. We can regard Korea as one of the civilized nations

in the Orient.
ft
various
to be furnished
education
not only that but also...
direction, aspect, a sphere
of activity or study
business, enterprise
the world
world-wide, international
facility
to be worthy of mentioning
as a (city) also
as (one) of
in detail
Secondary (school), the
fieclndary level
the center, central
the center, central
land
concentration
Primary, the eletentary level
,.., i
/ It fry : 4-J9; iko -..-, 1.,-, to A 10 14 "(>c; 1,0 -c;
f'4. 1>/i
: ,2, 1111 ".-r, 1-k I TA -1-ick 149 -,(4.
jo -to io
0i 1
-fr 19 111-h -1% 10 vi, 3- y
- tt 1E0
t
(yr =
7e-2 c(' 3-11Y [19 'ri=c
IrY po 11-Y 1.11. 11 to?,

114 t-ii
1i- 1.0 -ff is +1*
14 1/3
IYY
0
1P I 0111- k.s g
V. 14 --r 49;
--ty 14-) .Sall
?;Vy
st'fY i fr tY 04. 1-()
1*- T,f) rel
:17 irY (-2

?..; .11r_ r, -7,11=01.
"C. 1-2 10
611' (y)( 1
1 h IN .10C 1Y fi/2 10 ko To12-7.-F1
rvi
iYy75- -11 v-
1-0 of) 10 lc IR. "1-11,

a
144 41 k 11-5' h
k
IL- 7-Y tilY '5. ?ft 's
z
-51-x iyk# 11454 *-vrti
F2 11-3
i4 ?-1* -t-gr 11
!1%! 14 "i L
IYY IFYY IFY ?; frA
.8 if-t- ivy 49, 1410 12 lr

: Ji-or lc -6 142
PI --cs
k9 To II +3
Lesson 58
1. Brown: How many colleges are there in Korea?
Kim: There are more than ten big colleges in Seoul

alone, so there must be quite a few if you count
all of them in Korea.
2. Brown: What college did you graduate from Mr. Kim?
Kim: I graduated from Yunse University and it is a

school with one of the longest histories in Korea;
3. Brown: I met a lady a few days ago who is said to have

graduated from Ewha College. Do you know what
sort of a school it is?
Kim: That school is very well known as a women's

college and the graduates of that school are
quite active in the women's world in Korea.
4. Brown: Is it a government established school?
Kim: No, that is a private school. By the way what

schoct did you graduate from Mr. Brown?
5. Brown: I went to the University of Calif. and I will

probably have to attend another year to finish.
Kim: Then, what kind of degree will you receive?
6. Brown: I will receive a Bachelor of Arts degree. What

kind of degree did you receive Mr. Kim?
Kim: I, too, have received a Bachelor of Arts degree.
7. Brown: By the way, what sort of school subjects do they

teach at junior or senior high schools here?
Kim: Well, I don't know in detail but I suppose that

they do the same as what is done in America.
8. Brown: I understand that here 3n Korea, you don't have

mixed education. Isn't that right?
Kim: Many junior and senior high schools are like that
but the elementary schools and colleges are
usually all coeducativnal.
9
14-1A it'
c)t vi 01 N- cf1 11- 04

117 04 5- ki tc Xtf,ik cM , 1)
71 V -r o
Y4 ,
44. 1Q 641 A-1
j-j- tIj it hi
,F A.7)1 C
V o "II xlI cad.
:0_140 lit C4) 3-Lt Ai 21 al-

Al -,1t,VA4..
1 -14
-*** "kJ
Ayal-A; roi z 4_a t oJ
iiiikk-tt
Ito)
31-1.
/1i)t-,4. fAikt,i, yfi, 11, <

#
tt
-c
0
A
ko-o) ir 01- A- 4.
411 4
e-I *4;i041 AI 11- -lc', *4-
P )411) 44 A- 4;1
10
I.
01) Al c1 tjj AI
1. oikil 0 44. -a. 1,-) cc3. ill. -) o

2. ol CI ).4--"(&,- -1 Cril il- -sa- 0d 0 14 ?
3
'43: ..q oil kiie 01 ,ccil 4,1- -1-0 A. ta IA 45. -i5-4- oj 1-1771-?
'Ci) 0-11 id 11- ...?- 44 A- &II '3) q A-
4 0) 0-'1 4-E. 7i-1 0) 'It -e.- 11 DP
5. cA 1.-,L 04 c-11=-
oi I), 01 0,41, vi ?
6. c41 2L-1- 01 1 510
1-A.11 .74?
1. There are quite a large number of Universities

in Seoul.
2. There are quite a few well-known private

Universities in America.
3. Korea is one of the oldest countries in Asia.
4. Most of the schools in America, from the elementary

schools to the colleges, are coeducatiunal.
He is very active in the political field.

.11111.
5.
6. Those two cars are just about the same.
7. The only thing I did was send a letter.
11
(Proper noun) university
a course, a curriculum
government establishment
coeducation
almost same, very little
difference
even only---
private establishment
numerously
Women's World
(proper, noun) university
(Proper noun) university
count (them all)
a lesson
a degree (in education)
activity
Bachelor of Arts degree
1-0
(-10-r lit 1'13

1 .
azol jo (y
Yti: -71)
r i ,nct 4'.11!: (0 (IA
?01'7' 1 "Ft Pei Ta --(0 (-1 12
-c "C 1=2 -Pc
0
e- %i-k -`:-
;i15 1-42;
:
*Fo fq.,0
trfr4- rY 14) 311;( ja fl// -7t)144 ( iP 1i

4i)PY i'qfL 1" fro
fk. [Yr iP0 --kiCq 144 -C .-9r( ' -1-/L
0
ta to ix
IN ro-or i Ig ?1-1 fr 1-'y
916 "f.-)+ iP
1-X it t-Y ro k -19 7'1Y T5 L'it ..70qc
4.01 1 ro 14
'1)r) 11-0 1-Y k 1-91'0"
ET
:(77176 Px 41* o ipt-o -g
fro :
H 14 tY (To or (a 1-2 1,x Itt It-0 tort; IX 14-
px fro iy-ifitt -12-1-31. .1)3 f:x T.- -6 tope vo
-5t
Lesson 59
Engineers
B. Dialogue (Tianslation)
1. Mr. Kim That river is not so wide. Can't the
infantry soldiers cross it on foot?
Capt. Paik It's about.120 ft wide, but the stream is

rapid and deep in the middle, so it cannot
be crossed on foot.
2. Mr. Kim Is that which the engineers are building an

infantry footbridge?
Capt.Paik No, it's a pontoon bridge, and not only for

infantry soldiers, but also armored vehicles,
tanks and heavy trucks can pass over it.
3. Mr. Kim Are the engineers only going to practice

building pontoon bridge contruction today?
Capt.Paik They will practice "chluksong" besides

pontoon bridge construction.
4. Mr. Kim You said, "ch'uksong", what does it mean?
Capt.Paik It's a general term referring to the work of

all types of fortifications.
5. Mr. Kim For example, it means digging foxholes,

trenches and so forth, doesn't it?
Capt.Paik Yes. The work assigned to the engineers is

co d!g anti-tank trenches and to set up
barbed wire entanglements.
6. Mr. Kim Enemy infantry soldiers are advancing

following the tanks over there.
Capt.Paik Look at that, will you. How well they are

camouflaged indeed! They are cutting wires
lying under the wire entanglements.
7. Mr. Kim Where are the tank traps?
Capt.Paik The tank traps are directly ahead about

200 meters from here. When the tanks fall
into the traps, the infantry soldiers will
lose their cover and will suffer heavy
casualties.
15
io
*-:g -10-rek
i
'1 ik
to
to -t4 i!r
-14 441A e-i rk 4-0
(047-C/:
--90 -115' to
4-7* td 0 k 'Co
%, 1-0- .114
41C
it 4, t
4 I-1 4
-vfi g, *r_a1/4 k'Tk
_14 --ET
4)a
10 I.
&
rt. To ki i + -t4 VV -trick
-1-13 -tv. 0 p qr,

7,
ko (-0
IA s_
0. la L
kit
ti tr.`
iP4
ro
-1% 11=11
-a- .4) 121 *
:Cc\ 3k -Et [o ir_
T*.i.R(Ickt to (4 -ta-
(ew 1:047*i,?Plit '1(i[ to -"k
I o4 do4s 6 4u0Aoad
A4u-p
C Ojd,X0 OATS
o4 Nonotsop motq du
D. c'd
DA 51 -ill 1; ;l L 4;1- Al
1. 1-1 ?
j
A.21
-11_,1J-JI Y_IAJ 01 oi Al 7a tl
2.
3 NA?" 1:1) od vl- ?

4 . v.vil 0-11 5-11 3- 4d- ?
5. 21- td s5- 1-1- 41-if 5414 -7)1- ?
A 4 0-9 oi 541-4 11 ?
I
6 . J6-7
7. 91 I-
Translate the following scntence.s.
1. Today we only practice writing.
2. What do you mean by "defensive works"?
3. Please come to my house since I am expecting

Mr. Kim also.
4. They ld a pontoon-bridge in order to cross the

river.
5. The construction of steel bridges is the duty of

engineering units.
6. You cannot cross the river because it is too rapid,

and is deep in the middle.
4.
7. There are many other things besides anti-tank
trenches for halting enemy tanks.
17
E.
bridging, setting up a bridge
to set up, install
river
foxhole
engineer (111141A41)
construction
bridge
to follow
antitank trench
foxhole
Lamage, loss
to cover, protect
to camouflage
(barbed) wire entanglement
to loce
armored vehicle
forward position
trench
a Korean unit of_laiggi.
wire
fortification
to pass through
to dig
trap
pontoon bridge
18
0 -ex
1,r,. :
7 po
-14
(EFL :14,10 10 (.4' 14" Tv1*
Po ft* ?c-i*
o
--r 14-11( %tYjek!i--,
'HiV1L Yf:
/ I14 -a. 474- 1;
i4-91-i,' jL l tN 11.% )4
1-x IL 14 it ix (o
-`kfr
"pt 1; 1Y f4 3 i-0
14 V 1--r \/ la To FY 1414 :6/1-y it-o
IA*
*5
1 Fi .j1% ?C J7-ck
9 :r4 eo ti fro (-y tilt-014; p i

iy=tyrx fro 3,1- 00N/ to 1-y 14; [12
.114 101 t*
*-(1X- VI* ifqx
61
xl -pi A-21 qc :}1 .-11 0)
AA 1-Y--
-7 fro4) xJ -7k1
yr oi ?
: 041. .25,,41 A-01 xj,--.) xeyti-2. *Et

41
01 40) -Pr a-P01-1 Ai
8. (%) 1 A-1 L+ 9+
'VC I 1:1111
e-i e4 gA-
20
Lesson 60
1. Kim: I heard there will be a parachuting exercise
today, is that right?
Paik: Yes, two companies will parachute and practice
contacting and assembling after landing.
2. Kim: Will there be parachuting of heavy weapons today?
Pails: No. The paratroopers will parachute with rifles,
light and heavy machine guns, and mortars.
3. Kim: Are the transport planes going to take off from
this airfield?
Paik: Yes. You see those transport planes over there.
Paratroopers are boarding the planes now.
4. Kim: Where are they going to land?
Paik: They'll land on that mountain, seven or eight
miles from here.
5, Kim: Are there any gliders participating in today's
maneuvers?
Paik: No. Gliders participate only in large scale air-
borne operations.
6. Kim: At what altitude do they bail out?
Paik: Under normal conditions they bail out at around
800 feet. The lower the altitude the better. If
they bail out too high, it takes a long time to
descei1, then they will run the risk of being
annihilated by the enemy even before landing.
7. Kim: It must be a very difficult problem to contact
and assemble after landing.
Paik: Yes. There are times when, after landing, the
company commanders cannot contact their platoon
leaders, and the platoon leaders cannot find their
squad leaders.
Kim: That soldier seems to have sprained his ankle.

Paik: When parachuting, one is apt to sprain his ankle
if something_goes,amiss. Because of that, pera-
iroopers practice rolling ,.nd somersaulting lot
when they go through training.
21
C.
14_4 41- kiJ
e 1111 5,1
t: 31.-
4 Y.641_44 all 74
)41- 0.0) 71 7) all 0) I.
ig
kik 0-1 04 *61 -4--F
%1
-1-e:
Acl-
-.51
4
c1
4-
4:*
vi
tiAL
kl
5L1 51:
.1 132 -ea A-
Aft71-
)21). )1(1
oil
1--;T4I- Jti
oil
&kW &41 )Thq
-4 (11
3
4/F ecrii )51- 4:11 A
4A--)S-
T.-1 (2-3_ 14. It-T
-0-W0') )11_ et.i -4.a
0) 4.
ot...-1
D.
tid
V- ?
4o
01
;1- ti
cr1
--r 0-s- -4 A1 cril
i-i
5 .)01-
aj col V. -4- -A 4
7c)- 4 011 -7.1-
0) ?

1. They practiced firing heavy weapons.
2. They assembled rifles and light machine-guns.
3. I live about 20 miles from Monterey.
4. The more I read this book, the harder it is to

understand.
5. Driving fast is always dangerous.
6. There are occasions when soldiers grope their

way to find the leaders.
7. He pulled the string of the parachute even before

he jumped down.
descent
if one makes a little mistake
somerset, somersault
light machine gun
in case of
altitude
air-borne operation
string
parachute
co be l(v
large scale or scope
to reach
to roll, tumble
to jump down
problem
ankle
to sprain
to be used
in the air
to be annihilated
transport plane
swiftly
two
reason
to pull
24
a normal time
a
heavy firearms
to board (a plane)
to throw down, drop
to grope one's way
glider
because of, due to
looks like
the more ... the more...
25
ALL
1. .-7,1 44J
:
4..; 4-4 uJ L1. )11+ IV, *Ai 4/4
O-1 k'ft Aki ?
0
Ati * -t) Al- sk
3. -5& ord 4i- -t

ol %.1 3_ ?
71- 01), 0
-6- zi *A- 71a151
Aa-; 0171
9
, Yr' 7.1 0-1 1-11 -ri 45,;1

oi cl ?
-9r1 r-cA --31J ?1-3- 4-

tl / 0 '4 0) oil ki
./a- D:13, xl 01 -A1111: Al
01- *1 71 01 3 '01- (11- 011 id Atl
LI 1. I- I] 1'1 -cA
) el- 'V 9
26
791- q- Ai 4 Al 147 7,1
01. ?
01
-1 9 4: a1
7-11 o4-11-4.
Ad I- ct -7- 11 >1.1 ?
7;1; II 7/i tr 7,1
jtt 0,1) cr.} -4 Ai 4101
AL 4 74 74 -41, 4
7. 11 7) 41 2.-T-1 o)
oi -11_ -I41 ?
%1 4 71- 4: 9c)- 041 51-t- 71
,1 )-c1- :Li 41- 11.. 9101
8. 7,c) ki 4.. sr. oil Yr 1-1- -4. 11 i /1-

0) 4 "1 14. 0-1
Aj. 411 ?
27
Lesson 61
1. Cpl. Kim: What do we practice in today's field exercise?
Cpl. Song: We practice communications. Visual signaling,

wireless and wire communications.
2. Cpl. Kim: What means are used in visual communications?
Cpl. Song: Signal lights, signal flags and signal flares

are used.
3. Cpl. Kim: Wire communication is what is done by field

telephones, isn't it?
Cpl. Song: Yes. There is no limitation on the range

of field telephones, and messages sent by
telephones will not be intercepted by the
enemy.
4. Cpl. Kim: Then, is there the danger of radio communi-

cations being intercepted by the enemy?
Cpl. Song: Yes. Small portable radios, the so-called

"walkie-talkies", are very handy and on
plains have a range (are effective) of a
distance of ten miles, but in a mountainous
area or in bad weather communication is not
possible even within two or three miles.
There is always, of course, the danger of
messages being intercepted by the enemy.
5. Cpl. Kim: Don't we use secret codes in radio communi-

cations because of that?
Cpl. Song: Yes, Important messages are sent by code

so that the enemy is not able to decipher
the content of the messages even if they
intercepted them.
6. Cpl. Kim: Under what circumstances are signal flares

used?
Cpl. Song: There are blue, red, and yellow flares, and
they signal to move out, to open fire, to
cease fire, or to withdraw as the case may be.
7. Cpl. Kim: That soldier is signaling with semaphore

ftags. What does he say?
28
Cpl. Song: He is reporting to the commander in the
rear the situation in the front.
8. Cpl. Kim: How do you communicate when the radio or

the telephone breaks down or is destroyed
in the midst of fighting at the front?
Cpl. Song: In such case a messenger is sent out.

'34.
1743 -717 4ti-
0 v,
v
o cr) r111
it
ToE/ 1.1
-4:1 15
c`Z r\OA:\li
0 OA*
\-)
141
...e.-,, .\ \ID
trs,
\-1
) \o r
1.1.1
77) 01*--N
\ "11E)
}R4alti
--<
,a\-
\\N'l 71
r-T1";
-77 ,-1-j
-
..)\-3 ,
ec W
It77
1)"\I ,k174-S'' .$1
--11\f
1,t
4,4 --se\
741 V\A
177r\
0
7,11
D.
041 (31 -Ili Al EA 0- A)
1. oil Al- Si- 11- Y-f-1i1I 01._

01 4:I Ali- ?
?
2 q1 :31 5) -72 .AJ "
3 -14H v1". ?
4
ALI
" o
?
5. )11 (-2" ---f 1.11 .)(1)- 74 ?
6. 0-1 rti -** 1-1 ?
7. 41- 211- id 74 ?
8. 71 211 "c-: ,
cyi
A- (ilk 11 74 ?
lie Translate the following sentences:

1. A small portable radio has a limitation on range.
2. When a tank breaks down or is destroyed, the
infant-ymen behind it cannot advance further.
3. A "Walkie-talkie" is very handy and on plains has
a range of a distance of teh miles.
4. The enemy could not decipher our coded messages
even if they intercepted them.
5 They use secret codes in radio communications
on the battle field.
31
E.
to be convenient, handy
move out, start
flag-man
signal lamp
wireless
to intercept (a radio message)
method
firing
mountainous
situation, state of affairs
so-called
small model
semaphore
visual signalling
to be practical
bad weather
code
field
wire communication
messenger
limit, restricti.on
stop, cessation
area, region
commander
evacuation, withdrawal
32
AMIPMEIMINIONOOMMOMMINIMPIEMIIMINIMPIMMOIMMINimm.
)0+ 1 to decipher
4 activities, movement
portable
v+ 7-1 1-1- (one does) or ...
I.
T rt. [yr "T; tty rc. to Tx tco Ts-
: -V [0 Ei ja. lF0 k
rc/) tc)
-k-L- to -12 h 1kt \t'a 2:6

V 40
It -la
10r.
V. 40 14
t -?-11.40
.T1
(L
tfrio
r(")
[k. -v !44 ift
[2 14 40 11 Ta\ IC)
IR it* -1,C 1fr infk I
T:(3 ir-4 (-0 I

'10 "rt Sk
tQ Itg)
11-a. t 1143 14 ?t- t4 -tY "2-c
-151
'kc) 12 (
-11- cA 9 7 4 01 4
4. 451- trio) 14)
vl 1 4,11
6. 1 04) r-11 -161 o

-*c).- 4- 71
y_
(-11 4 261 7
acy ja. :521
V.11 _1
"X) o Id*L1-.
01 31.i 01' 4_
a) 01)
41. 71 -)0-c}
LjL L_ 211-
01)
011, =0-A
4- 5q 71. 4_1
* 1-1 vl-
01 011 )91 )1
00 0 -1- -IT
1,) 4- -t1
odl -a ell 1. c'1) crl 4-1 2?- Ol
I-4- C +)}1
35
Lesson 62
1. Mr. Kim: The road is very muddy these days, so it's
difficult to drive a car, isn't it?
Mr. Song: The jeeps can go through mires since it is
a "saryun kudong" car.
2. Mr, Kim: What does this "saryun kudong" mean?
Mr. Song: The gear on ordinary automobiles turns
only the two rear wheels, but the jeep or
the military truck has a gear that turns
the front wheels as well.
3. Mr. Kim: It must be quite easy for a jeep to pull
itself out even if the two rear wheels get
stuck in mire, since it is light and has
gears that drive the two front wheels.
Mr. Song: Yes. The jeep is of great utility in the

theatre of war.
4. Mr. Kim: I guess all the means of transportation

on land are vehicular in the U. S. Army,
aren't they?
Mr. Song: Yes, When we transport troops and various

kinds of supplies, we make up a vehicle
convoy.
5. Mr. Kim: How does R vehicle convoy counteract when

it runs into an enemy surprise attack or
ambush?
Mr. Song: Jeeps on which guns are mounted escort the

convoy.
5. Mr. Kim: How does the convoy defend itself against

air raids by enemy planes?
Mr. Song: When we transport bulky supplies on the
road, if the enemy knows of this, they
would certainly come to bomb us. In that
case we fight them with anti-aircraft
machine guns mounted on the escort cars.
36
7. Mr. Kim: And, in modern warfare transport planes
play an important part in transportation
of military supplies, don't they?
Mr. Song: Right. Since modern mechanized units go

into mobile warfare, the supply of fuel and
ammunition, becomes a big problem. We must
air transport supplies because vehicles
alone cannot carry through ( the burden of)
transporting supplies.
8. Mr. Kim: Provisions and ammunition are air-dropped

when the supply route is cut off, aren't
they?
Mr.Song: Yes, that'E right. Transportation plays a

very important part in modern warfare.
C. L.
o
-9-4 ir01 cia c>I 41 t-
o
-*41- tJ v/I-- f2- , 5-1
116-q:t-r 4. 01 24) tis

Ntt v)
%)- c4/ / .va 174+1)2-
cF.
:1-1
VI VI_ `1( -f. kol 4-4 )6. 9-1
?al?. IA .71 21_ /1_ 4,1 1.451
* -4 el- 71- 4. 5E .ect
)62" to] 01 ol 71 oa AJJ: 5- Ai

i2j 34 J_ r-cli 041 1-6 14 A- 0-11
-o
4
7)- 0 moil
uti
1;7'
D.
I.
Al)
011
4)-11.
0.1 o _IA- 11 74?

1.
2. 31 kl ) ?
3. .11- 2i- vH
(9 71 A- 1?
4. 4. 911 71 It
-)1"
5. 7H: 1LNJ oi al 741 or !
6. \d 43- A- $ai ti) .741 ?
7. Azi. 3- Y. 44 tcli
1. The mechanized units use a lot of fuel and

ammunition.
2. The tank unit advanced so fast that the infantry

unit could not follow it.
3. The role of air support units is very important

in modern warfare.
4. There will be many guests, so please come to my

place without fail.
5. The enemy guerrilla unit cut off the road so that

our transport convoy could not go througn.
6. All of the instructors in this school are Military

Officers.
7. The jeep is mounted with a machine-gun.
39
E. cl
to be light
to carry out, bear
anti-aircraft machine gun
air raid
to organize, form
war supplies, munitions

for military use
modern warfare
mechanized unit
mobile warfare
on the road
easily, sufficiently, amply

a large quantity or amount
to oppose the enemy

to stand against, cope with
weight
as yet
wheel
without fail
supplies
ambush
four wheel drive car
passenger car
a part, a role
fuel
40
guerrilla
to mount
all, a whole
to be muddy
muddy ground
to be cut off
vehicle
air plane
transport by air
escort car
41
A.
j. Al la) 01-,.1- A ,
01-ml 01- 41 A 4,4
041 )21.. (5) 35A 5A 3
011
14 141 ALI 1- 10;2-f- "24 0 ill-
3 . 6? a *4- g)-(.11 Aff-A. 9 0,1 OA- a

9414 vi
Ail 51 Ai: 4 3e 4, IA- 4 4 4RA

?
71: 4.4 +. *Ai *.G1- -1-41 A14; 431
. ,42t 01' -.Z. t1.41- '411 (3.1: 14%1 A -VI'
01- Al. iVi ctC i-ki al 'i4iik.
42
---r %4 Lvil g- 1)\--t 4o v-14 i ?
6e. 7,1: 041, 01 4. ol t Nt '3}1
oil .t (A .41 A11 "sk i14. .1
*: ofi 6.4 97 ?
cvi) 4.1 cg 4 *ilk, 5., c di td.ct- - Al
94) di- 1.01 Ai 9.),
-7'. 51 641 t 94' Id i).1 38
t 4) 914 42 7.1 024
aii +.
A-1 Itt ti 4. 7c); +.
43
Lesson 63
Topography of Korea
1. Kim: As you knew, our country is a S-shaped peninsula

extending southward from the Asian Continent.
Brown: What country is she connected to on the north?
2. Kim: The Yalu and Tuman Rivers form a boundary line

between Manchuria and Korea.
Bruwn: Does the entire boundary line adjoin Manchuria?
3. Kim: No, just 10 miles downstream of the Tuman River

adjoin the Maritime Province of USSR.
Brown: Then, are the other three sides surrounded by

the sea except +he north?
4. Kim: That's right. Three sides, the east, south,

and west are st.rrounded by the sea.
Brown: What does the coast line look like?
5. Kim: The east coast is steep and rugged, but the

south and west coast are deeply indented.
Brown: Aren't there many big and small islands along

the coast?
6. Kim: Yes, there are a few islands on the east coast,

but several thousands of islands are scattered
along the west coast.
Brown: Where is the biggest island in Korea?
7. Kim: The biggest island in Korea is Cheju-do, which

lies 50 miles off the southwest of the peninsula.
Brown: Besides that, are there other big islands?
8. Kim: Besides that, there are big islands such as

Ullung-do, which lies about 80 miles off the
east coast, and Chin-do, which lies on the
south coast.
Brown: I have learned much about Korea. Thank you.
44
C.
ho
/4011-31)sio-o1qh1 gt)*1
1-1-t ritto)C1-.
vg-mht
-r )- 0) A-6 et' e't -I= 3-) )")-g--t-6-
14)Alt 111-1r". 34' Ct 1-4 01
714i)) klyrk
2
*ill `Q.: -C )61-1 t-til-A4x-LE c1.1-1) qhT1-`11.
1-ici) q-A) q."`>1 of-s2 Vol

0-1)
I.
1 0)
all Ad 0) htt%fri-ti)-04
1. Siberi'
2. in general
all (1 .1 A-21,1.
1.
1 rcj_ 1-1 ?
2. L. 51 741 Ail. 0)
51 ti v1 ?
3. \11 A/ ?
4. -4-- 4: 5._ 2E: 401 zid. 01 4 0-4 44-114?
5, -112r-% 51. 01 ?
Azt s ?
7.
el -1:-. 114 II ?
1. Three sides of the Monterey peninsula are
surrounded by the Pacific Ocean.
2. The U.S.A. shares boundaries with Canada on the
north, and with Mexico on the south.
3. Los Angeles is located 450 miles south of San
Francisco.
4. The California coast is deeply indented and has
many good ports.
5. Many small islands are scattered along the west
coast of the Korean peninsula.
6. New York is the largest city in the U.S.A., but
not in the world.
7. As you know, Seoul is the capital of Korea.
46
6
B. 40-1 citt
/11/1.1 boundary line
curve, indention
01 VA* to be separated
island
z1 -4x1-01c+ to be surrounded
It Manchuria
At peninsula
de *1 9- to protrude
11 11'21- r..1-
to be scattered
%It! three sides
to be severe
opril Asian Continent
S the letter S
De. to be connected
to attain, establish
to contact
cl-
7e1)
to exclude
downstream
-( 1)-
to be rugged
model , style , shape

(AO A.111
as you know
the Maritime Province of USSR

571 toe
1110Ft, 1t-117.1 14.11370

-0
-oET
0
To -ft- (f ('Y a 14.- 12 Az- ko
ict ro 8,4 iv -fto no- ($.) -rf
3.74 .tshf1/4-
141c1?-0
ik
a ifo -N( -rek 1..4qa
Ft 1
c V-ra -12.1; 10
-o
*IP 16 ?coyly 'to 1-c; Tr 14,
t- I 1-qa f-y -f-r V., .1y fla `g- IA* To it. Ia.
lc 11
47 :
,k fro 14-
.4,, 14
Ft- ";r
1-Y 10 tt -6;
1-42 1,11-1
to"*..rt Poo jitio 71.
: io ?,0 Jfri 00 -10. -ro 11-3 'Fr 11

;- 4-** I (2 0'10.1;
*9 tl* ?s
0I left
-
h iLL
(11. "ty ?; t tY To 1- -1(k 14-

-lc
817
11 -
v. 61-Li:/.. ik-11 Ift.1 II_ op 1,1.. cal
o-1 1,tc .......L.
o 1"
.....1 )
104A1 ib,1 ./2"r 41 %Pi 4.
49
1. Brown: What is the length and the width of the Korean
Peninsula?
From the Tuman River due south to Pusan, Korea

is about 525 miles. As for its width the
narrow part is 125 miles, and the wide part is
about 200 miles.
2. Brown: How big is the Korean Peninsula? (What is the

area of Korea?)
Kim: It is about 85,000 square miles in area, and

is almost the same size as the island of
England.
3. Brown: Korea is a mountainous country, isn't it?
Kim: Yes, as to the terrain of Korea, it is

generally high )n the northern side, and gets
gradually lower toward the south. The mountain
ranges are mostly along the eastern coast.
4. Brown: Which side has more lowlands(fields)?
Kim: There are many lowlands on the southwestern

side of Korea where the big rivers generally
flow into the Yellow Sea.
5. Brown: What is the length of the big rivers?
Kim: They are approximately between 100 and 350

miles in length. Generally speaking, the
upper streams of the rivers are narrow, but
get wider towards the middle and lower parts
of the streams.
6. Brown: Do the streams of the rivers flow fast?
Kim: The upper streams of the rivers flow comparatively

fast, but the speed gets slower towards the
middle and lower parts of the streams.
7. Brown: Are the rivers deep?
Kim: No, the rivers are relatively shallow. One

can cross the rivers on-foot when it is not the
rainy season.
50
/2, 141 AI 0) 91 cel (3,41. 4- al- 31_0-0-1 141!.
oj At zi 71- O. 1:6 .1. -1-11. i4o 1 4.
1r"' 01 1A-A. 0) 4.
fc 0,k /41/4 01- .1i ..slj .402 ol 1 A4) 14) 4

4 4 g4. )4-14 01 t v)
1110-1- -1-0 -1.6/) 44.
k )- LLA1 ou J. 1 132- 4E al 4)-
vd,h,) 1:01. Aj vt; 01 riot

:4 34 4401 al < 1 col 1-,041 01)
a 4. .0:JA
mil Yxd 9 %*.04- 4141 ,114.

a 1t* al *11 v)- el )4 1.1
01 11- t A);
1/4, D1 141)!' . 44.
Lib 494 xi *14. 0) 4.
51
D.
/. )451 --5-1 04) :4-1j o-1) 01-,P- 1,1 ?

CI;
. i>4 d1 og t-1- %/- 13
3. it)" t%1 Akfr -tc o) 'tj '. of cck

vi -14 7
414
-3 -01 51 t I 1A1 241 el
4L1-7 I%) 12 I 51- Di o 4+ 414-4?
11 Translate the following sentences:

1. There are many lowlands on the southwestern side of
Korea where the big rivers generally flow into the
Yellow Sea.
2. The area of the Korean Peninsula is about 85,000

square miles.
3. The lengths of the Korean rivers are approximately

between 100 and 350 miles.
4. The upper streams of the rivers are comparatively

fast.
5. The area of the island of Great Britain is almost

the same size of the Korean Peninsula.
E fcr (31
length
from (number) to (number)
width
to be slow
to compare
to be similar
mountain range
upper stream (of a river)
producing capacity
speed
to be shallow
total length
The island of Great Britain
rainy season
generally
to be narrow
square (mile, foot,etc.)
plain, lowland
the Yellow Sea

.3.. s ct
ci to flow
%-13x vs11-114.114-
A.
I. 4: t.t-i.(1 4,4 vd, x4 vH,
ir . 1;11: od X tys; 6 O 3j it 4 %). c.4)
0)
.3- ei 4to)
; 140F
-19 4 ("<l q 171- 3
0 G-* 04 9 4.
3, : 5-1 IJ cfrel- ITA1 ?

-71 3,k1 0.1) -7j, x4 A.) xj,-.) it I--
s- 1-P
At- x; e) .17- -rt,1 -t 7i!
Air rd 0-1 :J.c-1
41 4 04)4-'6 114 A-A1-71-- 4-

31- xl
1r11 041 J.<-4 iLtL 1)4 _Tim_ -71 %1;)-
q- x-tt ed 41- .4?41,.* vi
41-3ii 71
AJ )dri 1AJ
--r
- oq *71
54
7. If 14i 4 Mi ) 'to) -50 1-117P?
11t,.. , -L. A fri ail ld17/- -11 aLt 4; L-1
71/ 14. 1/41: c 41 Lf)
fi- 01 I 4: 2-_ .=.1 )ai 4 4-4 vi
. "kit' -4 Di 1 A1 i;-r` 0;t 1 )6 -711,-.?
/1)1: is 01- cti-i 45- *111.-1
55
1. Brown: How much cultivated land is in Korea?
Kiml The area of Korea is 85,000 square miles,

and approximately 20% of that is cultivated.
2. Brown: Which region of Korea is mostly cultivated?
Kim: The large rivers generally flow either to the

west or to the south, and the land along the
basin of these large rivers has been brought
under cultivation.
3. Brown: Besides that, is there any other cultivated

land?
Kim: Why yes. In all the more accessible valleys,

slopes, and plateaus the most fertile soils
have been cul'iwited throughout the country.
4. Brown: Paddy rice is the most important crop among

the various c:ops in Korea, isn't it?
Kim: Yes, that'S right. Paddy rice is raised in

one-third of all the cultivated land.
5. Brown: The climate of Korea is continental, isn't it?
Kim: It is halfway between continental and

oceanic climate.
6. Brown: How about summer and winter in Korea?
Kim: Korea is hot and wet in summer, cold and

fairly dry in winter.
7. Brown: Which period of the year does Korea receive

much rain?
Kim: Korea receives 55%-65% of its annual precipi-

tation during the months of June, July and
August.
8. Brown: What is this season called?
Kim: We call it " lcr 01-011 "(the rainy season) .
56
od 01 0 oi 4 04
Ai -// xii.q 0-1 ,a .4- 711- 04)
-71 401 /1- 14 1-1- $i1, 4 xi
f'01--t ig
4,c4)1 4.fi. 31- 7,141 4-
o
4- 01 01
4-
00:2-Al.,t id 4 oti c1
4 xl
xi,- Pi- 4- e.1 --- *1-

4 0) r-l-. 4-) 11 fr CkA13
ot A-2 /) cl? PA oi 4. -4- t. o1
4 4-04 14464)x q
+LH 4* 49i A
c.01 11.-
9r cA 7)- r 0) Al xl
4_ col
57
I. (d Ai DI 4) 9 oi xi- *77 1, ?
c3g. .1
2. oi 13,1'. 01 oi .1.1 /4?
3. -4-31q
4. 144 t 4, It! Ai .94 14 e2 =IT
S. 41- e?,) aq cei 1.1 iij. 7.
1. During the months of June, July and August Korea

receives more than half of its annual precipitation.
2. About 20% of the area of Korea is cultivated along

the basin of the large rivers and streams.
3. Paddy rice is the most important crop among the

various crops in Korea, and it is raised in about
one-third of all the cultivated land.
4. The climate of Korea is halfway between continential

and oceanic climate.
5. Korea is hot and wet in summer, cold and fairly dry

in winter.
58
to be possible
to be dry
to be fertile, rich (soil)
to extend
slope
to be cultivated
valley
agriculture, farming
farming product, crops
soil, ground
cvq3E-t
at times
oq
a rice plant
4 to be fertile, productive (soil)
0 e. (1/3) one-third of (1/3)
to be wet, damp
o
J an essential element, an important factor.
19,1 ,44Ai along the basin of the rivers
1-11 to occupy
halfway
amount of rainfall, precipitation

-;5,1 Aj 714.
oceanic climate
A.
A,1- I al %A.. Gil
2r- 4. .01-k 01 43 01 it1.1 4.
2, eN--3.: eel T. A-Ye 4; 4-1t v) ?
9-1 6t1 V21 ,

,
/X 40, i A21: .11, oi RA 71- 1 *if/ ol +.
t- -4- 41- t 61 A-1 sl 4-2i zt 61
A.t 1* ?
1:1- 4J: oil &, 01; * 71 a')-1 01 r

,) oi 19,1-
S) 31 4'el 01
)!I tj: A-1 vi
041A-I
oj >62; .5tk..q Nool *.,A1
i$a}.1-: NJ4
11- A/. ?).1
7;1-. qj 11-4)..atA AcA, 041
.54141 41') 4: '01
41, ?-;1 Va. ').}#1 71- 401 It

60
1*
tr
,ty V.(-3 C 4 Lc- to
114/
k`?'
1 -I& v. ,i,F.L1 ALL
4T 19 v-N
ke.
,s,T$-Li. kt ?(-
tfx. trk -tyf 1,Y ta :zap .Jr 7t,t
k i^
.`-k 4 [tQ 7,- 13
4.
A,/ t,t, 10 Aek if:k I [
91
Lesson 66
1. Brown: What kind of argicultural products are mainly

produced in Korea?
Kim: Korea produces mainly rice.

2. Brown: Besides that, are there any other agricultural
products?
Kim: Of course, in addition to that, other crops such

as barley, wheat, millet, beans, red beans,
soybeans, corn, cotton, potatoes, ginseng and
various fruits are produced in Korea.
3. Brown: Between the northern and southern part of Korea,
which part has more rice crops than the other?
Kim: Since there are comparatively more lowlands in

South Korea, about two-thirds of rice plants is
produced in the Eouthern part, and one-third is
produced in the northern part of Korea.
4. Brown: Rice plants are grown in flooded fields. Does the

annual amount of rainfall determine (have a close
relationship) the fate of the rice crops.
Kim: Yes, that's right. The annual amount of rain-

fall determines the fate of the rice crops.
5. Brown: Then, I think irrigation projects must be widely

developed in Korea on a large scale.
Kim: Yes, they have been widely developed in Korea.

In Korean history, the first irrigation project
is recorded in the fourth century.
6. Brown: At present, are there many organizations for
irrigation projects?
Kim: At present, there are more than 200 irrigation

associations organized in Korea.
7. Brown: What kind of fertilizers do Korean farmers

generally use?
Kim: Chemical fertilizers are so expensive to use

that naturally they use a lot of green manure
for their farming.
62
8. Brown: Normally how much money do they spend for
purchasing chemical fertilizers?
Kim: It is said that the purchase of chemical

fertilizers accounts for more than 50 per cent
of the cash expenditures of Korean farmers.
63
C.
4/1 9;1 Alj
%) 'Pi 01 )d 5)
-A-4,1- oil A1
'11 (-- 7,0 -`-c t 01 9'4 1/1
c') *, x-1 %1- 11- 41 -t) 0,1- 9- -ley
*P1-- All -4- oil .2.)41 411-1- 0A1
-).)1 7/*1\ 4 41)(1 Ml 1

ocil
A"c" .?-1 5:
Al- t-11 4- Al '11-e: # 4,1 t

0) f d 1-d e 01+ ,d %)).
\2,1 t-11 >61- 14}
-4- AA-1 :tr t-e" 9,1 A- 0.11

Ai+ AI ol
k k A-cd 111 fi 01
"k1:...9,1 *Ai" di* I Aa- 01
t11 4 52-
64
D.
I.
. Al 0 1 gi II
2. alisle 04401
3- 44 al Al =0c,- 61 AP); 1
U 171- 3
1;11 CI
`t!- ("4114-1 oI A1.61 Ad: 11 14
1M 3-1-1 31-yr
1. Agriculture in Korea means production of food crops,

such as rice, barley, wheat and millet.
2. Rice is grown in flooded fields in Koreaq and the

amount of rainfall during the summer determines the
fate of the rice crops.
3. At present, there are more than 200 different

organizations for irrigation projects in Korea.
4. There is no need to dwell upon the importance of

fertilizers in farming,
5. Chemical fertilizers are so exoensiye for the Korean

farmer, therefore, they use a lot of green manure for
their farming.
65
B. ck 01 St.L2)
potato
irrigation project
lentil; small green bean
farming expense
agricultural products, crop,

farm produce
agriculture,agricultural
industry,farming
more or less
cotton
rice
wheat
to be close; intimate; near
to develop; progress
barely
fertilizer
to produce; turn out
century
irrigation association
to consume; spend
to effect; to have an effect on.
corn
ginseng
millet
66
to be organized
organization
beans
green manure
red beans
Korean history
chemical fertilizer
Reader
provisions; rations; supplies
to be sufficient; enough
to be poor; poverty
naturally
67
4
114-14( tr'G ?,--( tow Taiw

.61-1z49-*
k(Fk V1L (X (YX 18 -5 76 (t ?I** to .v
fA
tn 1,3"P 115-(n -:-.10-(0-F
(a-tio-lY 5-1 (-1/4t-(c*
-t? (EL-P
(
(1-Lpt-0 rv-14 -c-614 -6H-5)
3114 Tan,
04. 114q;1-7' e(t4
1[2 1-Y141-1- -1* -(K:fFL k) (part%
-16
42,14;%
.
1-12
lq (Y3
(;\
J-- -10 -kqo f'? frYiv i24-?,*
CA
frifr -scli-YTY [Yr Ho 14 -lo "We-*
i7J1p(0-1 if+E fopiy L (',1=1
(-Y
kt:f *-01.0
(1142 IY-fa ri2 v PP? itrg. ?i4F-k
(oTT-i (i-3 4% 1Y1
10-(1-441-
1-Y } -It -TY* -74 1.?/* irla-r (0 (qv

11-0 *4) *
rcr
_9(5.
"4--c; 1lQI 1-1
iLyi* (-61.0 fro (42---*-14 T4q-(3.
-1\ [a -Tor
?IT to) o (.0 0
98
Transportation in Korea
1. Mr. Brown: I have to go to Pusan, as I have some
business to do there. What do you think is
the best way to go there?
Mr. Kim: Why don't you go by plane? The next best

way is to go by train.
2. Mr. Brown: I have taken so many planes I am tired of
them. Perhaps I had better take the train.
Mr. Kim: As you please. The third class train is a

little stuffy because it is so crowded. But
the first and second class trains are very
nice.
3. Mr. Brown: I have never taken any Korean train yet, so

now what should I do?
Mr. Kim: What are you going to do? just get a

ticket and get on the train that's all.
4. Mr. Brown: Well I know that much but....
Mr. Kim: Then come with me to the Seoul station this

afternoon to buy a ticket, and then we
will find out the schedule and something
about the trip too.
5. Mr. Brown: How wonderful that will be! I appreciate

lc very much.
Mr. Kim: Not at all, just buy me a drink after that,

that's all.
6. Mr. Brown: By all means, not only that but I will

treat you generously at the Chosen Hotel-
Restaurant.
Mr. Kim: Don't you worry about it, I was only joking,
but I wonder what the condition of the
Kyuny-Pu Line is these days. Anyhow we will
just go there and see.
r. Mr. Brown: What does the Kyuny-Pu Line mean?
Mr. Kim: We call the railroad which runs betweP.,,

Seoul and Pusan the Kyuny-Pu Line.
69
Mr. Kim: This is the most important line in Korea.
x
1 8. Mr. Brown: Are there any other lines besides the
Kyuny-Pu Line?
Mr. Kim: By all means. There are numerous other

lines, such as the Central Line and the
Kyuny-Pu Line and so forth.
70
3
sr
-fr% -to[fr =1,14 01-67- (0
?-)-7L
(0 -a: is
to 1 p --(=y 10 42-1-6 ' 0-0 4-ht {11. -IljtC :11-?-)
toT"/ .T% 41
(-)' Vi=0 LT-Y ((=-4 4-rjc 0-15 izWz- (1tA/t5
*-{=1*-7z 1312-c --wto
-er2 -V (P)?,--it-6 TaiL
(Fg4lik -To -r2T-L
u-pem auTT
LT
D.
I A4'11 13-i-0141
MI Al Pi -te
A1 Ad- iik) 43- *I! AJ1Lo4 el
1,11 5. b ,11-51111/. 7
1l4AJ7fLt jAV d. 04 oil +Id 414
1. Koreat6 most important transportation system is the

railways.
2. Kyung,Vu Line runs from Seoul to Pusan.
3. The Seoul station is the center of the Korean railway

systek, and it is quite crowded at all times.
4. The Korean railroads are managed by the Korea govern-

ment.
5. It will take about seven hours from Seoul to Pusan by

expre6 train.
72
railroad between Seoul and Pusan
railroad between Seoul and Inchon
among them; most
to treat to (a drink or meal)
departure and arrival
to be crowded
business enterprise, industry
considerably
line
countless, innumerable
to be indebted in favor
to get tired of
to operate (business)
transportation
to operate (a train)
for the purpose of ... as well
first (second, third) class
nation-wide
central
railroad
to treat to a drink
condition, situation
73
,<1
-la Vr- IA
A.
(A-1 4' 01
/ . 01-019r 4441 fL 46-1-4E. i)**

xl
oHerfig- .
Jj ,4td)hl 4%11" \=14- cti
41461
OL.:44.,94-1 071- 1.)%) 71.Am A)-
A 3 z,1
1 4 1 4 1 3. At- .s4141, 221 14 .%-z:, 4,01-1)23

74 7) , 4.-f-co1
44-24A /17to) t4,44 tsi-D.c?

71- 041 cl-trAl k 72,?
7)/el AI 71-it- 414- qoi
4 1--1-1 31. atcyui_ (1-t 4,414-

171 01
71 34,1 A)
( 4: )
* 40. 1 3 -?/1 31) -9
)
..-12..*%,4-4.\4-1. 9-'11 41 1/4.5.1) -141 gl-EM 0-4
-7)- ?
( 444641 'zlioH JAA,A)
6. -r N4 4-1 496-1-r Ai- 010) tt1Ac.) x-7) -2.
7,1 : "fl tt 011, <-1- 041 a. .
ad) 4*- 41 7k 916)19.

: fc 2r-- 7,
01-01- 9)471 -1;b1 -41-1. 1+i oN4.

74
Transportation in Korea (II)
B. Di.alogue (Translation)
In Front of the Seoul Station
1. Mr. Brown: Oh! It is certainly crowded! By the way,

I understand that all the transportation
systems in Korea are operated by the Govern-
ment. Is it true?
Mr. Kim: No, only the railroads are operated by the

Government and the other transportation
systems are operated by private firms.
2. Mr. Brown: I am so confused that I don't know what's

what. Mr. Kim could you buy me a ticket?
Mr. Kim: just give me the money, I will get you any-
thing in the whole world. What sort of
ticket do you want me to buy for you? There
are local (slow) and express trains, and
there are first class, second class, and
4
third class tickets on these trains.
3. Mr. Brown: How much difference in traveling time is

there between the local train and the express
train to Pusan?
Mr. Kim: I know that it takes about seven or eight

hours by express train because I took it
the other day. But I am not sure about the
local trains. Let's get the time table
(schedule) there and take a look (find out).
4. Mr. Brown: Yet's forget about it. Letts get a second

class ticket on the express train. Here is
the money.
Mr. Kim: Alright! (after getting the ticket)
5. Mr. Brown: Thank you for your trouble. I don't know

why I am so tired. I haven't done anything
at all today.
Mr. Kim: The same thing happens to meltoo. I get

tired when I go to crowded places without
doing anything at all. Let's go in the
waiting room and rest awhile.
(as they are resting in the waiting room)
75
6. Mr. Brown: Transportation in Korea is well developea,
isn't it?
Mr. Kim: We have many different kinds such as, the

railroads, highways, aviation, sea-ways,
etc.
7. Mr. E:own: By the way, can we go to Pusan by automobile

from here?
Mr. Kim: Of course you can, but the highway isn't too
good . I think the best way to go to Pusan
is to take an airplane.
76
C .
-)P) , )04-61 }
0)
711 4,-1j: 1)4 *0) orolk) H1 1/41-0H
41.1. 91;1-
41- 3-161(51
4-01- ij 0 31,01 6)- 4-a_
tt)) 01- \)R 7d al-k >011 A-cr,),) 614 7/1
c+.
Pcol '414 \U 431 -96- tl-ta. 7-,L011 tik
))/,}-_640.011 vtit_ 0) 4- c-cl 4110- 4-g-
All -S -i372- A-LIA

Ls
A
,Th
914.
D. QL4. *MI
I. 01) -0121 17-1-
VI% Ai- I5/ '4- tt 74 ?
0 AA 4- Al * xj 4 04 04,04 ?
-1-c)101 <1.3 Lirk
-HI yd. 10),1 oh" 4.1E -74 3
1. Except the railway system, all the Korean trans-

portation facilities are managed by private
companies.
2. There are four different kinds of transportation,

namely highways, airlines, railroads, and marine
shipping.
3. It is very crowded here. I get tired quickly in

a place like this.
4. If you take the express train to Pusan from Seoul,

it will take about eight hours.
5. Would you buy the train ticket for me, because I

am confused and don't know what to do.
78
E.
-7)-*) each place; every point
highway, public road

01 exaggeration
in the nation, within the country
international
t waiting room
5- Ak on the way
civilian, public
1J1-;4
development
A 11-)4 to use, to utilize
t products
IA41 ship
to be confused
q4J-- general, ordinary
made in(U.S .A)
to sail
tn'
most of
air
airline
shipping, marine transportation
freight
79
No%L
91-
A. GI-10
/4 *401 A4) 714: m+ 4)-7,4).-A 07)

01 91ciii
43041.-e_ vro-1 c4-3- VA-4 tic '-%1 sr) i-43; 714

Al 1-0- 4*. -4-1-7-A-H.L.
2 .
21.) geji-1-0m, g-s 617k Att A-PR. 91:M gjo)
7,c)2
01,V1. 7).ki -I-4 5+ :o1.3i01) xJ 3401 A-1101 3),04114-.
3, 0
) 42)" -5.11 -.7-%) 41 7A, 7)-1-,44-441-.
3,2-411.3-0iH %bit 0,10)...?
.
-7.)0 . 2.ejt 9 -11 71" ct 721 'ovt--, 5 21A) 149),z 61 2_ 7 4,-...o) /1 -:-, 4.70. #1-
7q C+ -4reYi) /1 9r (4A 4-P-- /71(r) .-
4. ti 3. Z-2 XAL-4 -' Di 4 7-4 .),),) 4 ?
'Ù 7%'1)91-- oilki fil'zi% -4-tel) 1 91-44-11-io1 910/4 7121/4

IZ.1-0- 01 31-kt v-;, 41-4,- IA_ 541-fiq Gi-,
7%
v)-1A11. 1-4A) eg-6-t-14?
C. 4- A4j64)k1 .91r41 qt-t- ;4000 *a- gtA4-

_4,14 .*()) 916.)
7)9 WI, *1'1. frkl C. 0
w) 71 141 .14 014 %),4%, 3L 9k*ii

7,12.
A:4 tr16-1 q , A2-4)
74)4 01 AI- E o
3L Altri
80
B. Dic.:..ogue (Translation)
1. Brown: I will have to send a telegram to a friend of

mine in Pusan today. Where is the telegraph
office.
Kim: There are no telegraph offices in Korea but if

vou go to any post office they will handle it.
2. Brown: Well, it is very convenient, isn't it? Where

is the nearest postal service from here?
Kim: I think the best thing to do is to go to the

central post office from here.
3. Brown: I will go to the post office a little later,

(as well as) and at the same time I want to
see it. By the way, does the post office
operate the telegraph business, too?
Kim: Of course! Didn't I tell you a little while

ago that the Government operates most of the
communication matters in Korea?
4. Brown: Then how about telephone service?
Kim: The telephone business is operated by the

Government, too. There is a telephone bureau
and most of the telephone matters are handled
in that office.
5. Brown: Then, this is completely different from that of

America.
Kim: Isn't it the same way in America?
6. Brown: Only the post offices are operated by the

Government in America, but businesses such as
the telegraph and telephone companies are
operated by private companies (firms).
Kim: Yes, I think I have heard something like that

somewhere.
7. Brown: Are there telephones in every house here?
Kim: No, not in every house, but the Government

offices, companies, stores and also people of
the middle class and above have phones.
81
0
16' 14 11474 :lir 142

(P "..19rgte ro
-P4= ijr 1 :Ili- I-Yu-04711i

4.39:k art7 YIk -b.?4,_1.2.11r
Ali-c4.-1145, 44 kb
(-151;121 t4t4 (14 -i-1744 Z-Ch Vsf; W:1 ('Z'45
41 "C 1-1-X,FR
kis t.0 1-5
IY -e9 *-41Y0Y4'y (Ix 404 (k'L (0 y to

Pak-to 4-17)-0-ros "e0.-& Xs-1* t.--1
1-Y14It :41Z- -1-.:f.t4-0 -11YO;
ST 4. 04 aq paptradxa
0." ej
O
sz A)-
ZS
-t-r
D.
I. -1)
-5i 041 ki k g_, t -.0 0 1:74 43
1 4.LY v3:4 II 1-14
Al- 4-4 ..E2
o L ti
1.19. */) *41 jE kv id 1
45./E4olidt 2f4 -Lct (1)11'j
1. Would you tell me who manages the telegraph

business in Korea?
2. In Korea the post offices handle the telegraph

business.
3. If you want to send a telegram in Korea, you

must go to the post office, not like in the
United States.
4. Who installs telephones in Korea?
5. Places like stores, companies and Government

offices as well as families of the middle class
and above have phones installed in Korea.
83
E. cui
various kinds
to manage
government office
regardless of
letter
post office
management's operation
nation wide, throughout the country.
telegram
to install (telephone)
middle class people
in other words
to handle
communication
84
tfc_
A) 7J
A
. 4c1
/4,4) 011-1-
73A : 011 g 4-14 ,
2 . 464) : ") At1-44') -*4 0- .
A111)
1-1 DIM , esj-g) 71
3, 4'4: eg -90) 40-J 01 0)-15 4 )

ovt.)
7,14q : ,
4-. 4/A t-tt tv) ohL71- ..-47.1
ow
=0-14564H-ta --1-% 7)i. 4 4;0 Al -;4_,)-4.1 41474
%1 9144 7i. 145- -
a
73441
b4) bi) .*-cri) 4-A) 4011" VII to) tto)
Ati)-. 4 tidi A-19_ /146.1 54i ciloi ?
01- A) tim =
C. 4-Al. 44-2 740

'I- 7-) 9r,1 7'14'4 I*.
734q: )4)-4- ANA
t%)!"") 4 5-
7, 44'): vl;Pil :LEO- . tv2i-o) 0 AI 7141

t-1-24-t 01-* 1-A4 9d1-54-, 310104.
7140: 7"! X1*-i 71-A

B. Dialogue (Tcanslation)
1. Mr. Brown: What is the population of Seoul?
Mr. Kim: I think it is about 2,500,000.
2. Mr. Brown: Oh! Then,it must be very crowded at the

post office
Mr. Kim: No, not necessarily, because there are

post offices on practically every street.
3. Mr. Brown: Then,the postal business has developed

even more than in America.
Mr. Kim: Well, how is it,then,in America?
4. Mr. Brown: Of course there are many post offices there,

but not on ?very street, and then also it
serdis to me that it is more convenient in
Korea because they handle the mail and
telegrams 1..t the same place.
Mr. Kim: Yes, I think that the Korean communication

buslness is pretty well developed and
,7.onvenient,too.
5. Mr. Brown: Are the telephone facilities all modern,

too?
Mr. Kim: Well, I don't know how it is in America,

but here you just dial the number in the
city., that's all.
6. Mr. Brown: It also seems not much different from that

of America.
Mr. Kim: However, the people below middle class

are not able to have phones installed in
Korea.
7. Mr.Brown: It is so in America,too. I don't think

there is any country that has a telephone
in every house yet, no matter how civilized
it may be.
Mr. Kim: I suppose that is right, but don't you

think that more people are able to afford
to have phones installed in America?
86
4
hitai)-=3 .114- 411---4- 0)
AN- a4 -45A1?z, #4--14+ *94

-*4-4-741
A)Ai 4 -.kt1A11)--.. Ate)
0,1e4A-) op--
44-- 714. 0+471 A-g) 71A-01 Ai or t D1 +
."- 4,1 6)
D.
o-i) 5-11511.4-1
AftA 4-fiot1A-4
v114
Al A-1
70'4 I Al 14'1
th-jf' 4,1'a 1) 9/1 Ai oel: 11) '4-'3- c4741 t:0-1771?
kRAI 0-0 '<II EA 9re-: it Li ill- 3
4;14 1ji 14-1-4- 4-1 4o-0' 1- ?
1. Korea's telephone facilities are like that of

America, very convenient.
2. The lower class of Korean people are not able to

install telephones.
3. The scale of the Korean Central Post Office is quite

large.
4. There al, -any public telephones in Seoul from place

to place.
5. Korean Post Offices handle telegrams as well as

letters and parcels.
88
E. 4b-)
everywhere
AJ, public telephone
scale
almost
t#4") civilized country

ot ten thousand
to be complicated
considerably
/r) western
inside of a city
A) Ai facilities
i)
ceremony
14 naturally, automatically
53r )(I I central post office
to be convenient
7j-
anyhow
one place
modern times
89
_
St atattl)
lITOA010
PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, C ALIFORNIA

MCKIM BIWIFAPCKII
CP-MS 0 XPBATCKIlil
KOREAN POLSKI
ak
CIO
SHQIP tEsKy
MAGYAR EAAHNIKA
H* NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE el
REFRESHER COURSE
TURKE 210 HOUR COURSE ESPANOL
PORTUGU ES FRANcAIS
VOLUME VI
Lr./V
ROMANI SLOVEMUNA
YKPAiHCbKA LESSONS 71-54 n.e
7), a)
ITALIANO LANGUAGE LABORATORY
DEUTSCH
EXERCISES 3146
BAHASA INDONESIA TItNG VItT NAM
fir\
nitnlviu
..' LIETUVII
AL 001 629
KOREAN
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume VI
Classroom InstructiJn Lessons 71-84
Language Laboratory Exercise 31-36
February 1962

PREFACE
INTELLIGENCE UNIT, 210 HOUR COURSE, THE KOREAN LANGUAGE,
VOLUME VI, contains Lessons 71-84 for classroom instructions
and Language Laboratory Exercises 31-36.

following parts:
A. Dialogue
D. Exercises
E. Word List
F. Recording
From Volume V to Volume X, the Hanja parts and Grammar
Nitez are omitted. However, Chinese Characters are included
with their pronunciations in Reading texts for the benefit
of those who wan to learn more characters by self-study.
Although Grammar notes as such ark.: eleminated, some
important structural items are listed in the Word List.
The materials for the Laboratory Exercises are based

on the reading texts of the previous two lessons.
pages
1- 8
'e
x -r g --)
() 9-14
%- 15-20
o3
Co-) 21-26
51. a of/A- (,) 27-32

011 33-38
ii
39-44
4
oil -ft 45-50
cH 51-55
1-0}-17-;"" -11- 56-60

fr% t.c1-11- 61-65
1K )-1- .15q. 66-70

-/T)4-0J OOOOO 71-75
"-r1T9 ... 76_82

gi (1 -vg
-14--1 0i1A-1
1. z4IV 4
1A1-oJ oj
II" 1g
2. wol AA I V- 6.11,A1 1- g4 sr' al
7c1 Al" (1:11. (1-1* t NIA1 AA -`2-1 S

c,a c-1.1
q4 *a Al cs- rid A-I)
3. Lri 1- 041 01 ill -44 el -A0-05.
?
04- 4 401 *f-i-17;F
t q.
4. -Or aiei "Ii!"041 t%1 t kajoil

X-) 01 al FX J 0-1 hi I I-
crl- AO4
5. -r
1J .arit ei- -c 1 A Al t-
A4- al Ai 1:11- g '4.113 () J-I-9r Y-1
xl- 11- P . I-
'61 -s _I.
6 a-v-Ls 01 a) Al-Yr.- 7)- xl-

1-71 x-171 ii21
113:j1-. olv-11
ttr : ol) '11" (Al 1 -<-1 vi- (34 -3- .511
a) OHTh 0) irt 7V. "(IA CI- A)11 cfr
7. 8r 4 0-T 7J /<-1 11. -1E. I 711
07fr 41 .1-t
?1 MI -IL
1-1-14 t-f. *I 01 xl
8. at;i o- -gc
0 (i
I
di- 744
0
JE oil
1(1. xd ,ockx) a) rg 011 od

ol
AA -C * 9-h
Lesson 71
Korean Police (I)
(A conversation between Brown and a policeman in a sub-station)
1. Brown: Pardon me, sir. Which gentleman is Sergeant Pak?
Pak: I am Sergeant Pak.
2. Brown: I came to see you as I heard from Mr. Yungchul

Kim about you.
Pak: Yes, I heard about you from Mr. Kim over the
telephone a little while ago, and I have been
waiting for you. (They shake hands and sit down)
3. Brown: Is it all right for me to visit you like this

during your duty hours?
Pak: It's quite all right since I'm not very busy now.
4. Brown: I haven't been in Korea very long, and I want to

learn about Korea, that's why I have been visit-
ing people whenever possible like I am now.
Pak: I think that's a wonderful idea.
5. Brown: I came here to see you today because I want to

know about the Korean police system.
Pak: Well, I am not sure if I know enough about it

myself. I will tell you as much as I know.
6. Brown: By the way, this is a nice and cozy little office.

Are there many offices like this here and there?
Pak: Yes, there is one police station in each precinct,

and practically every street has a sub-station
like this under that.
7. Brown: Then how is it (organized) above the police

station level?
Pak: There is the City Police Bureau, and above it the

Bureau of Internal Security in the Ministry of
Home Affairs.
8. Brown: Then, how are the police organized in the

provinces besides Seoul?
3
Pak: There is a Police Bureau in each province, and
under it are police stations in all counties.
Also, there are branch stations in subdivisions
of a county,and they are equivalent to sub-
stations in Seoul.
4 0,1- oct; irt! *
11-113kt1
1r 1 1,r s
"tf-- 4.*q- -5v.1 AA oil
ot
4-71143) ,ctt &oil ,124
AI
1(1 Al**, 4614-143

11< A. Jc'
g 611 `-e W :4-11 f(k 01
01- ct .1;4- W..01v1-
Av
o)411 711 oil

Al
e'4 XI V- c4"
10,
.g.J( %1 # %I
4i4
01
*al g.)411z-
Itit4101-(2.<1 4114:01 z.-e itJ -t
Vi,<# "%1 VI 'I 141}-`31 t.41 Al" k-t-t 44--11-0i

kg; *
114 1-LJ- 1J-TDL'A
10V 411-ficoi -1-er. -.1-1 11-.-Le ct4,-
jqj --)f,
A:A/%1 iJI4 1-- 11 cf.
5
)111 ai cttti-A1
44-1A1-t- uip-112)-7
71-
2. Afr
3
-Fr AA 1 341 Al- AF aj" it-
4
ai-4'r mft I Itt
2J 31
5.
I .J. 11" ti F?
6.
.1:-. -Lc-. c`l crd
7.
8. 7.;i1.14)5-I-(E grt
I cit. Ali Gj dq- acr fr: =r- og 1-1 771" ?
9.
1. I will visit as many friends as time permits.
2. I heard about you over the telephone just now.
3. It has not been too long since I ca-^ to Monterey.
4. During the Japanese administration there was a

police box virtually on every street.
5. .The Korean police system was explained in

detail to Mr. Brown.
6. It has been about six months since I came to

Monterey to study a foreign language.
6
B. (WcIrj 6:6-151
each province
each subdivision of a county.
sergeant (rank in police organization)
police force
police station
concerning, about
precinct; ward
bureau
county
duty hour
organization, system
Department of Home Affairs
co visit
policeman
to carry out
cabinet minister
system
M systematically
-1.0"jt-11 system of centralization of power

X1AH branch-station
0 tj
1 responsibility
Bureau of Internal Security

k 14) Special City
A- 4 police sub-station
7
fear
to become democratic
to trust
to maintain
profit, interest
people
respect
oppression
----.....INIMMMIINIMPIMMI==.1111111111MIIIMINMEMMINIIMIMMERNIMINIMP11.111111111111,-
0(-
Ar 'A 4=1 ig
-tf Act" kt-

.40.
1.1 41 --r
11- .,*(,'<
xi! 741
) -94 xol"
oil
1t1 x4
Jr -1 vIJ 4=1 Al* 1%1 1-1 171-9.
g 5- xil.Ax4f-- Mcal
40-4: A
-C
I4A
ae. kaM- oi
d-r '44-1- st 54' 11 711

3-1 01 cvj 3.. 911) 4-1
xii-t4g-
7
=it 014;o-11A-it.
0 I-
I 4 1-2-1 V-et Al0 1
%)-;(1 vol al-x1L?
9
%Flo
11 'v :1710
ALA g ;G Fly- Rr
a 1-0
-04 WI 10 k -01 1-1
;4 re* 10 itta- ir'a -1 'IS -c * X-* Tei14
-r*
i.oi -9,- Al
f1!-4 -11 110 k 40 F-% -5 14y

aii-017,4-% f.444 i'a '4 14 1
-LL'IY 47 -14 -14t-h',':) 1- 104
1.0 -40 ro h
is- -I? 3- Fry 4elyiri Mi .43`7 linfry

V* V441 Vk 10 `f-10 -frilt (-1
11* ko 'cc T19 %-tvx ryT y 1 -"g
4-0
k-la Ito i-y140-0 -Z*

Lesson 72
Korean Police (II)
1. Brown: Then, do the provincial police have any connect-

tion with the Minister of Home Affairs?
Pak: Certainly. It's because the police force of the

entire nation comes under the Minister of Home
Affairs. Therefore, the Korean police system is
called a centralized system.
2. Brown: Then, are all such things as the policemen's
uniforms the same?
Pak: Yes, they are all the same throughout the nation.
3. Brown: Do the policemen receive some special training?
Pak: Of course, they do. There are places like police
training centers and police academies. They
receive thorough training there.
4. Brown: Then, are schools like police academies operated

directly by the government?
Pak: Naturally. Isn't it so in America?
5. Brown: It isn't so in America, since the American police

system is not a centralized one.
Pak: Oh, that's right! I have heard about it, too.

They are all said to be autonomous, aren't they?
6. Brown: May i. ask how long you have been a policeman?
Pak: It is my seventh year this year.
7. Brown: You have had a lot of experience! I presume you

have graduated from a police academy, am I right?
Pak: No, I only attended a police training center.

If I had graduated from a police academy, why
would I still be a sergeant? I would be a captain
now, because I would have started as a lieutenant.
8. Brown: It's already four o'clock. Thank you very much

for your time and the many interesting things
you have told me.
Pak: Don't mention it. Please come to see me an-fame.

I would like to hear about America next time.
11
it is oil t- oil 1 g#4& 71- ?s1
.1 t fit *IL 71
id) ill- 7414 414 4. 0) 51 el
t-1 141T3-9c od
O4 5o.. a.
NI %. zer ./J
1e1 `41 7(11 0 ig 01 ;V( S

.1- 41 041-t. olAH-gol 4-t ago!
-111-4PE11110L-e. "11-'44F0V)
4. Gel* cag
4444A dql ft441 /1 ;a -`,=. likt.t

Ae,)
ALt Jr` -%1
$-14 S 110 ) 4t-41-4-t g 01
1,-1- 59A- 01 1- cal 44-1s1- fit

titg4.1 Vol 7t-I ci
12
D. -t -Fr x-41
I .
) 3_
1. fc f" 8-12i-IE t"-Fs v}- 9
2. a4 el >oil- Al- 4-t ?

3. 2A1-61'-)--
gri 61 21-.1 ?
4. 741 if o 1,
AAI
H 171
-="r
5. 7(11--ad- 5=} x-11 )41

-)
6. 44i E 7V-4-*)
?
1. The Korean policemen's uniforms are all the same

throughout the nation.
2. Sergeant Park received intensive training at a

police training center.
3. Sergeant Park started on the police force as a

patrolman.
4. Mr. Kim must have graduated from a police academy

as he is now an inspector.
It is Captain Kim's tenth year in the military

service.
6. The American police system is self-governing.
13
E.c1- col
captain (Dolice)
inspector general
police officer
communist
to be promoted
to train, f)ster
police commissioner
to appoint
self-governing system
coll:ze (vocational)
uniform
title of position
thoroughly
inspector (police)
seventh year
to be engaged in a vigorous activity
insignia
!
A.
( 0-1 % ci" 14,1- m) x'i if al" 1 Ax 01" IS .i' .4.- Al) 3-i- -A S.-1 1-1-)
1. Pr el-1 : (qPier1) 4c1 t -t- il'.- 1.v.) 6111 a*(A1%1 13-
M V. .911 1 -t 01 -*
(*al--fr'l.5'-i-
A. e4i -kr id ct. .1-kleil 'cil-giqt-'ct cll'r q
v
2 ir3 al- -e; : `1/: G4I I . 1-1 tiii -T -Le -1,1 Li 4. %(t1- LI A i-
..1 -,21. A),:i 4-- 1-1; 1 01 .D- I S1 4-Ail
Al 3-
-t- '-'1/ '611' 4171 1.-- 421 .,4,1A1 3-. 4'4_,_ 0,01 Iii1-1
'' x-11 ttl-ai cll 3--xAi 01 .5- ')
4 el- -t : ri4
3 - -5- --,--A %-it cil *.t. 4 9 c-1- -3 ai-V-1 I )
X1 7 ) -Tli q-'-lie-
'I A- c4 z-it oil
t 1.- Al Ilt- ?
4 - If a- Tr : 'cilai oil / 71 xil oi) v 1 a; 0-1111
15
1.Pj5. I 41 IALI- -it 4/ ol
t-ac 6 %41
c'e1 %Per
5- si--1 I ori 04141
-Q 1141 ti ?
r-1 c4-
,5:101.11_
6. -. 6t-; 00) q. Of 14-jf 01 cl cLF
AO/ ki-
71 11- oti 1-1
73-
1d-k1 Di4_ t'dt
q-141 xl-etd1
7. Jr 21' o .4474) oil 01 A-I vi-
V-. At AI AkILL Al- LO. c-1
16
Lesson 73
Korean Movies (I)
(A conversation between Mr. Brown and Mr. Han in a tea-room)

1. Brown: (Seeing a customer who just stepped in)
Would you like to sit down here, sir?
Han: Thank you,sir. For some reason there are
many people here today. (While sitting opposite
Mr. Brown) Pardon me, sir. By the way, you speak
Korean very well.
2. Brown: Not too well, but thank you. I am learning it
now. May I introduce myself? My name is James
Brown.
Han: My name is Sukki Han. I am glad to know you.

(They shake hands.) When did you come to Korea,
if I may ask?
3. Brown: I came here a few weeks ago. I am now sight-
seeing around the town.
Han: Do you mean to say that you have been here for
only a few weeks and yet you speak Korean so well?
4. Brown: I studied Korean a little in America also before
I came to Korea.
Han: Still this is the first time that I have ever met
a gentleman from America who speaks Korean so
wel . Well, here is my name card, sir.
5. Brown: My goodness! You work for a motion picture firm.

May I ask what sort of work you do?
Han: Well, it isn't very important work. I am an

assistant director.
6. Brown: You are too modest. Isn't a movie director very

important? I have always wanted to have a chance
to meet a person like you.
Han: It would be nice to be a director. However, an

assistant director is not very significant.
7. Brown: How long have you been in the motion picture field?
Han: It has been about four years. Maybe it will. take.
four more years to become a director.
17
C.
,5-1*)
O
2-
BA 5r151 c'11 tt c'41
og SA xi-
1..) 21 I Al 9i O. 81 aitiffh 4.-cL
91:ÀcF. J-211x1 41faik.0-41
,t, 71 1-x1111
WS tiO1l I-
,,
iv 441 14 Ad
7)- ZLtL 131A Al- II `Q **la- ein;

Rt1-1-a.AIL5ei<c-1-. 41 714o-q
/4- 141 0-K1 7,1 Ati, 74-k
14" xl-V7-ilx c'J.4-i--11011

01..t) IN. 401 et 4%61 ---)01
-tf-
01J q-071 AI qtie

4%41 al -1& 41 V1-11,-.c
el ei-_a 41-
18
ot16-%' x-11
D.
i %IN) -e-x 1_
I.
1. /A 1 11- -41-Ax t 0I c1c9 01 %t 71F ?
2 . -41" 41 () 1." ?
3. -tP-1--a/441-`=- Li 01A1011,(-1
44) Al'h.(j7F Og 6-11 dcl A
")-3
(11* 'II V)).- ?
L'It 941 Og *le AF 1Ph-4-s.
6)4A-7P-171.- ?
jri 4.11 V-AA1-t 11- 1)2-70-1v1--)
1. I don't know why, but there were not many people

on the street.
2. We haNe been talking about you.
3. Mr. 1(.7.m was working in a motion picture company

before he entered the service.
4 I entered the service as a volunteer before the

war broke out.
5. Have you come to America as a student, if I may

ask?
6. I can work,though I don't feel good today.
19
director (motion picture )1- supervisor
to be modest
to await anxiously
fortunately
to stop at (a place on the way to
another place)
Myungdong (section in Seoul)
name card, calling card
development
guese; customer
to b. unexciting, insignificant
discourtesy, rudeness
to shake hands
the motion picture field
accidentally, fortuitously
to produce, manufacture
assistant director (motion picture)
responsibility
interest
20
-+
fog A-1-
A. 1-1-
(tit )
1. 14 : 24 %}-q- )0-fiA-1 z4I rit
(11-11-
xi AI 't I PL!" ?air
c-r. %)-It4 11=1 3,*t lit 4.01-11-
2- )ri zi" "c ect al Ili

%GIL. ep 01A-1
IL -LE 7-ALIL ell ki kol-%1 tt rld-
3- Yr a';r- xel
o4
4-tt- .1%*01-01 -51-11
-oc IA 01 1mi ojj AA1 JA-4)
4. l. O44
1,-st
,111-1- I '4%1
alA1 Oaf 1 741 611 "Oki t

261 4 id ttqcoli tE1 -1
q -16F tit!
1- ail 101 5j 01 .
(oJii 010P oI
es4 -C.
MI
21
5. At clx-j 01 el
11.,01 I 00-1 2-Ail toj1J V I- II-Atix I
og *lit) osj I-1 c-1". I 1 s 121 '11
Irt I 0,4
tato! x15..-tii
.
6 A.'.I-
01 cl) xi- i4A)
01 ari k eg L-1 ch -1- v.) 7)- x) iy- cti-
-r
,1 1101- el I-1 C I"
01- c47i1 V71) -111--
*II c1aj o 4.o.i) V- -111: 01 71 4-
22
Lesson 74
Korean Movies (II)

1. Brown: I hope you don't mind my asking so many questions
like this, but are you producing a movie now?
Han: We are now in the middle of producing a picture
called "The Wedding Day". It is almost done now,
and I think it will be pretty good.
2. Brown: Are there many motion picture studios in Korea?
Han: There are several. Among them, one which is in
a place called Anyang is comparable .o any good
motion picture studio in the Orient.
3. Brown: Incidentally, I have noticed many good theaters
in Seoul.
Han: Yes, there are quite a few good ones.

4. Brown: I have also noticed that American movies are
shown there.
Han: Yes, they show American movies quite often.

Consequently, the American movies stimulate
considerably the Korean motion picture field.
On the other hand it presents some problems too,
if I may be frank.
(During the-'r conversation, a woman enters.)

5. Han: Yungja, please come here! This gentleman here
is from America recently, let me introduce you.
Yungja: How do you do, sir. My name is Yungja Lee.
Brown: My name is James Brown. I am glad to meet you.
6. Han: Mr. Brown, Miss Yungja Lee is an actress in our
firm. She is appearing in the picture we are
producing now, she has a bright future.
7. Brown: Oh, this is an honor for me to know a person like
you.
Yungja: Oh my goodness, how in the world, can you speak

Korean so well? This is a wonderful opportunity
for me to hear about the American motion
pictures.
23
J- vi! _,
cm] 0,1 0,1 ,,.. A 1 O
oP 71*
(vi
OIO)714 a. "It C41 Vtl-cL 411: /1- act )
CF
ttr qJJC 4A1 I".
tfr
t
-E51- OLIA-1
-ct -tc -T aj- .2. -1,1a aN
XI j Ai 01 Zi 211 cls11--xl (4..21

V' 4 -11 5z1 cl-. es
Or /A) ced x11 k1Ifr1J. 01

`r ert. 01 oit Jj 41
-E 01 3 ( 1<- cf- 01 tMsi- (4)7i1 v)-
vIA 10011
D. Ot4tX41
I.
oil 01 /
1. ti-x/111- xric 9p-e co1 4,1 11J L-1 /21.
2. Af- ceg _Le *-1e. 14 1-1M" ?
V--41 41,1 &I) 11_,(1.-1771-?

3.
4. glc& 4'1 "11' -41-4x =c1-4 at Al --%/f 6-) oil
01 o 71 ?
5.
4 as 01 0) op v) 7;1.. oiyt
6 . cffrl- 1+-9- le 64 ..M1 D)joi *6)% 01j1'1121' ?
1. Mr. Brown heard that there is a movie studio at

Anyang.
2 American movies are being shown in Korea, and

they stimulate the Korean motion picture field.
3. The lif of actors and actresses seems wonderful,

but it (las many difficulties.
4. Mr. Han, introducing Yungja Lee to me, said that

she has a bright future.
5. Frankly speaking, I don't likethat actor.
25
1;
not to be inferior, to be left out
on the other hand
actor and actress
to be frank
to wed (for girl)
(name of a Dlace)
several ones
actess
to feel honored
repeatedly
stimulation
to have a good future
production
movie studio
so long as...
'41-41 ofl
A. 1
,06)
( 7411. 01 )
(`'14-131 -t 1 e41 q. ?1
fe. l v1 I-I vp ?
01 ad
041 71
istai ,
2. Yr is h 341i- tltr -11-Er t11-
0-1*-1 g--4 I 1 ?
3
3, 2-1! A.1"A" qi 01-k i)-1-A1--it
3. .4- 01 QfromIL. okyria

ti IF L1- ir1ct Yr 1--Ec 01 ai-
si frv Al
(vgIt a) A1L 4Z-1
4. 01-1 AjtAl-cliA1 v,t oat 0 1:2,,ek 0
0 xt.i A o el- a. oi 14) ATIAgi
1741 1 %(11 71 -itri
27
5. r-4 el- ad tI '=ia41 1-01141 t
9-V- 141,01?
z-1-è c4 041 1.4 oil A-1 s'a 1 9- a &II
71AFLP .1- 156

/1,'< 1-1
6. 4 : ct1-01) ctrtkix-i
01 Aot-
*Jail 4-1 71AI-4.
0) 0-actip..6
7. zi" I q- 44-1 01 0-or of
x-t- 9.101x1t? 0I at-
*4I * 1:01 421 4-714 AS 4

9), ?
ol Aer
041, 1q711 31-xti4) q. ej el cci-21- *1 5041
OIL-
-C Pi) 11-xl 4%.1 Ai A 1-1-.
28
Lesson 75
Korean Drama (1)
(In a smoking-room of a theater.)
1. Brown: (Holding a cigarette in his hand) Excuse me, sir.

Could you give me a light?
Korean: Yes, right here.
2. Brown: Thank you very much, sir. By the way, would you
like to try this American cigarette?
Korean: No, thank you. I am smoking this now. You

speak Korean very well!
3. Brown: Thank you, but I am afraid not. I am learning

it now. Oh, I am sorry I haven't introduced
myself yet. My name is James Brown.
Korean: I am glle to meet you. (Offering his name card)

My name ic Sangho Lee.
4. Brown: Oh, you are working for a newspaper company.

am happy to make your acquaintance.
Lee: You said your name is Brown. Nice to know you,

Mr. Brown.
5. Brown: May I ask what sort of work you do at the news-

pai...?r company?
Lee: I am working in the theatrical art section, and

I write articles or critiques about theatrical
events.
6. Brown: Then, are you thinking of writing something

about this play?
Lee: Yes, I have written an article about this play

before. This time, I think I will write a
critique.
7. Brown: Oh, it's the bell already! It seems that the

second act is going to start. Could I have a
little chat again with you later after the play?
Lee: Yes, let's do that. Let's have a cup of tea at

the tea-house across the street later.
29
As,)
C. c'
gi
1+-L-c gal x171- 01 01- tzg %1
, 314- s Ai- .1 01 tH 4-1 -0111 a 01
51cI cAl 14- "74- t 71.11.R Cl eH4t4- 01 a4-941 1741
5-1-
osi
041 -fr :ti,&t 'Lilt a
eik*-4 okt -9-id 421 1 KIAI4
041x-i cit--te 011A- !, v4t ch a4-14 01 toi
*Li
)(. oi it- '11 61A-1
414111-Ie. -41-V-5,
r61 od 'le '4F

oli 01 AC CO-
t-11 0} od kl oil -I- 1-11-
ej )
."1611 Li" c-1-4m) .3- 01 0)
1L13O1J Le Uct MI lir 41 ol-x) tVA-i
gl ol aH 41
Aj fOJ lig V. 1:1"
30
I.
-I cfj Cirtl-A)
1. xxi 71- 01 A-1 el re- t<- if L-1 771-
2. 44.4,c(i-t. -2,4%-rEri
x.1 0-11x-1 04 v-14 ?
4. '1'1-Le Ad--t-zi-oilAl Yr-C. ?

01 /x)
171- 7
tir XA--fl OIAA1-Le. 34i 01 4.11 4- .1- oa- Err 1-1
7 :r/1" Al) I Ai -IE. ;!.:1. 711 9/-,73:* 1-1171- ?
JraF-EAV-L -4-iLcAex, m")

9. oli('4P-e *24htA4)64)711 olci 71-A-1 01 op') tv%i-n_
?
1. It is easy to get acquainted with the people of

the cmintry if you can speak the language.
2. I had a talk with a friend whom I met yesterday
unexpectedly.
3. I went to the International Theater yesterday

to see a play, and the theater was completely
filled with spectators.
4. If I had not learned English in Korea, it woull

have been impossible for me to come to America
as a student.
5. If you had studied, you would have made a good

score on the test.
6. I came to school today standing in a bus because

there weren't any empty seats.
7. I know how to write my name in Chinese characters.
31
E.
article (newspaper, magazine)

full-house
to be impossible
The bell rings.
to get acquainted with (someone)
newspaper company
to lend
It's too bad. I am sorry.
to get to know, come to know
drama
theatrical art
theatrical art section
to work (not manual)
It seems
to think of... ing
the other day
the (second) act
critique
waiting room, smoking room
A. %) 41- ( -I A)
ot 1- 01 A. oi)
1. 0)
efr-t 041, (1. 41- -Le

154. I
3_1o)
2. oJ Q LI 21- 711
: 1491-11--
teAli%&11
.)1-xl 9 ;}-ii) Iit

24- ai
(1"-fr
3. 0) J 0t1 'eV 511% O.jfrz 5.kj.o 1 1%1
vi 4 ; Ai4O H) 1111 ci
40F2-.
1-te 3-'61?1 01 -30. M jt 1 Z9-11
1:1 31):1
4. 01 ,4[1-01 v11 060:11741 191e+714.

al- let *21-te -1-1-xt it- Zito) Opt.41-111-
VYX1-9-.
33
ol 4. ail A-It Jir.-g-i if -- 'Ilcii
-1-14f %1 7i- oi 5k1. -1.-c c41 1- xi 11 71 t vi- vv. vi-t-
5. 01
.
. All 01 .5/r -1- 01 01 O-Fi 41 '.. oil Acr 01 0.1 cr.1 Ail Li ph ?
i mil g- 1 Z-1 le Xi! )& II' vi- 0'14L /4" .-g

gg-VolL. tl-tilt I 4 )1--te. 1,-cl 1-01-1)...
J- al -9r al 1-1 t-t 1. cov* ei-tr 1: 4 cl 0-.
6. 01 z-i i.o1I cl 31i A-1 11g, I cfrir114) ti**.n.

otl 1- 4- ,.)...D.- 524 cti 4-9101 4 1.--I lq-Ati c'l 51" 4 -tk
I -t V I-14 H Cti.
34
Lesson 76
Korean Drama (II)
(In a tea-house after the show)
1. Lee: Is this the first time that you saw a Korean

play?
Brown: Yes, I have seen movies several times before,

but this is the first time I saw a play.
2. Lee: Then, what did you think about the Korean play?
Brown: Oh, it is good! They performed very well. I

have seen some movies. I don't know too much
about them, but frankly I felt they weren't
particularly good. However when I saw this
play, I was surprised.
3. Lee: The Korean motion picture field has various

unfavorable factors. First of all, the capital
and facilities are problems. However, plays
are pretty well advanced,in my opinion too.
Brown: I enjoyed it even more than some American plays.
4. Lee: Incidentally, would you tell me about the

American theatrical field?
Brown: I am interested in the field, bu since I am not

a professional, I am not sure if I know enough
to tell you about it. In America the Broadway
Shows in New York are the center of the
theatrical arts, but my experience was limited
to going there occasionally.
5. Lee: What is your impression of the Korean actors?
Brown: Well, I couldn't tell you much about that either,

since I am not a professional man. In any case,
they seem to be doing well. Then, the stage
setting looked first class to me.
6. Lee: I have been wondering what to write about it,

and I think what you told me will help me a
great deal.
35
C. 4=)
ai xol-A It V 5. I-A- t l
oi-or
171 0-1 { 179,1 c,tt 1,1-0 %11 al 5v,
vg-
oi 4ip oi I+)
al Oil fAoh 7Cj

oil c2. 4L
od ,* i;1-1 ts 4./414111101
5r1 al 11) 1-1-110-erAl
e'd
91 /I A-1 VI -E. 41-3-4 614714 41- 711
e.tt
44-14 -te oi ftv- of) -t

ij 01 eg cd =I; cg1-1-ml
01-M-0L1 .V.'11"-g- V6-61 1i1 1E2-5-

01
1. -" A4 --)41
AA
cL
D.
q--, V-E oil aH irti-x) 1.

I.
1, 4- zi--CE.vi vi- .1.): t'd -I' i' xii oil t V 01 9,19g1-177)- ?
2- 1 Wk XM -'t. tl- 41 0i '-1- NI le.j611 *I 61 q" 7i) /ti 1-1-01,i E-171-1.
3- t--- g *AI -1 tg oil I ts xl tzki 1-'11.- ,11 t. 01 911

1 xl
IV-ff H 771-- ?
4. tli li %) f *Ari 1 It, 01 al lj LI iip?
5. LjraYtAAI-t O A'i: t al 1315r9 1 11-% `14.*t cl' Tor
6. t! 41 Y-M. livi-- 4,1 -(ii' 14 171- ?
7. 01 }-1s- 94i i &41 -'3 H 1* ?

,
1. It is the first time that Mr. Brown saw a Korean

play.
2. Plays are not Mr. Brown's specialty, but he

occasionally sees some.
3. My English is barely good enough to buy things

in a store.
4. The stage settings in New York Broadway shows

are the finest in the world.
5. Mr. Lee is working at a newspaper company, and

writes ctitiques of plays.
6. Hollywood is the center of movie productions.
37
B. cd: 01 (11 Itt)
ci- to be surprised
01 -2-i tragedy
handkerchief
L1 110- to research
111 theatrical field
on the contrary
to cry
olLAF-
0 impression
capital
xi-
6 literary work (novel etc)
setting
kiL
specialty
z;1
degree
L. condition, stipulation
1.1 to progress
A.
1. t tfrgi41 441 Xl? -5"er t 21 14 .te oA
xl e-r 01
al A) ot:x) Al-A*0141 11"-e GI471-1
) A1-1- Isor
2. q11 -e, 11
71" SI- F. q.ol 2-ha *bie c4) er71
3. Yr o-rt 41.A. 04-71 71--tio v,t-t ?

1
4
4. 7< 71- c41 -41 g+- e".1 ail 7F VAIZ-t0
9-11 4q#1 V.4" Aci-%/"t1 01-
7171
41, *41 /el v cj "fr) al* '11-4 I-1 cl"..
5. -r0 Al e'cr aki '61- 31 JE 511 tzlq -Dc
0*.t. gic 4;44 64 rt.

114
01 /I X-11041 t 74164 Am 71
39
kiocrisr.il-.v- cv-Wi-i
7
(1 54' /i-A"-t 4-tr ?
Vas 01-1 0AAH-e
irefi Att ITV
"Kaya" harp
flute
drum
party
Korean ballad
five-tone-scale
symphony
Lesson 77
Korean Music
B. Dialogye (Translation)
1. Brown: I have had many chances to listen to Western

music since I came to Korea, but I haventt
listened to the traditional Korean music.
Kim: It must have been so. Most of the music

performed in Korea today is Western music, and
traditional Korean music is not performed very
much although it still remains today.
2. Brown: What kinds of music are there among Korean

traditional music?
Kim: The most developed is the one called "Atak", it

is performed with the Korean instruments.
3. Brown: What would be the typical ones among Korean

instruments?
Kim: Such instruments as "Kaya" harps, bamboo flutes,.

drums, etc.
4. Brown: A few days ago I was invited to a party given

by a friend of mine, the people who were there
seemed to like singing quite well.
Kim: Yes, when Koreans gather, singing usually starts.
5. Brown: There were some songs similar to Western songs,

but some quite different.
Kim: They must have been traditional Korean ballads.

Before Western music came to Korea, the five-
tone-scale was used in Korea and consequently
it sounds very different from Western music.
6. Brown: How are the symphonies and operas 4n Korea?
Kim: Korea has made progress in thcse after the

Liberation (1945). They have a short history,
but I think Korea has quite a bright prospect
in those fields.
41
C.
1 Al at- 2
.=1 ilt-"E Vi 21-1 4fr )...op.?-3- o
o-r
atr I ofi 9,1

co 0 ". =3-1
Ai"
ac i;tp bg- ,$<.1z
Itt- al ?it 01- st

p-vc /Ft -A4fhzti ail 01 v-t
cd 2- 24 xi al
1 3 MIX1 o4N AIA -a- cal -70 5.1 al- 4tof..t. s (34-4011
0) Al 01
4:c1t **A Elf AN) a 711 Viit cr. -34V-a
A
7ie zol" 6i1 0-ivi *fret Gil 4-ti-GA
x)
AIL; I '14.
t ttkt 54.4-v 01 4 01 ci -1, fit -11-4-1-1
tr 0- 2
co1 44-4;k0V-1 41ti- 34c-t-
z ce
441' ti -t q-t 01
vsr A- -7k xti
41p 1.01-4: 0) 0114-1
-471
1. 11 .&) ii. "amungo" (a harp-like instrument)

2. "Kayaem" (a harp-like instrument)
D. oelk-1
fr_ 041 91- *-,41

I.
1. o 3)5 71-.a 1F 1" c%Vil I-) 77)- ?
2. olit oil ol-o.t.Z. 1r d 7)t}o4l oAor
3. -9,r) ..È 01 4-1 Vtir t .,(12-11 1-1 i71-
4. :,r4 4o:4,1i-17m-2.
5. A10V6l 41 V-4a
6. ki0,001 1011-11 .-174)32-
yro)21-.D. VI-) ?
7.
t-4011+1 .ittg-14.1
if 9 771- ?
1. "Aak" is the music which was performed in court

a long time ago.
2. The schools in Korea are teaching Western music.
3. Even a few Western composers use the five-tone-

scalc.
4. The Korean people in general enjoy singing

folksongs.
5. I think that music in Korea has a bright future.
6. Western music has been propagated a great deal

in Korea.
43
cl- m
I, -1
opera
ancient times
peculiar to characteristic of...
orchestra
national music association
court circles
rapidly
song
typical
very
0J to invent
diffusion, popularization
0
Sung (dynasty of Chinese history)
court music; ceremonial music
musical instrument
)6/- ci" to play instruments
ceremony
IJ
to be hopeful
4"-rx1-4,G.1- to maintain
54 -11-41
due to
01
Lee Dynasty (of Korean history)
composer
to enjoy
M c 1- to adopt themes from
44
A. (ittgt)
4e-1-1 al, go) 414. ce2.
s) el 32-440
tz0}- Aj Al ..r.t3g-- ,
L4O
.
,..0 41
fa 01 111 11' 4 54%1 -t& q 1* ?
4Sq. et/i, *iSe e4)-te 1S1) 211.)Zt4FL'iCV., 1:1C11 ('4
id
til til e$1 M 1.S14. v,. Ali-046-qi,
es0
row'
ve4 FI-14-.1 -41) -6a 41-41
0.1 1L! zi fAel-5..., 0)V-0. cr,41.4Pe 57,41101-416 41151.
-r 1--ur Vig 1-1 Ittoti pi ccIP9-PD-11A1
YiS.t 4t6,511.1 i. (i'

512- Vslki twi
112i
Ii.)-olite-11 *1514,0111
ti 21-* t?.s/.. sl,1).11-14 . dH
11101 e4.4 r4g=00. 0)
-Ir") ti=r4 145i 1c+

ot,)
01 311%1 ar.
tql..
45
-;:. 1 itt t101141 1114 E-I 1-)12,.-te c%1A klcil
14.-kt Icw-i tii- a r/.41 /A 4 rve141 rat ;II I-1 c-1- .

t-S14 -2Ct. 1714 i'lqA-1 4'qt-1/II'?
VI ta' l'g;tH1 11-Ai 4 1%11.
46
Lesson 78
Visiting a Sick Person
1. Kim: Mr. Brown, I came to see you as I heard that you

have been sick in bed.
Brown: Oh, it is nice of you take the trouble to come
to see me. I seem to be getting better now.
2. Kim: Well, did you catch cold?
Brown: Yes, it was a mere cold at first. But, i got
stomach trouble too after taking too much
medicine.
3. Kim: There are many people catching cold these days
as the weather is changing. We must be careful
in such a season.
Brown: That's right. A few days ago, the weather was

relatively warm, so I walked around outside
without my overcoat on, and I had a fever and
chills that night and couldn't sleep well.
4. Kim: Did you go to see your doctor?
Brown: No, I just took a lot of medicine. I have a
weak stomach most of the time, and I often get
indigestion when I take medicine.
5. Kim: In tnat case, I will bring "Hanyak" for you, so
please try it. It is bitter to the taste, but
rarely causes stomach trouble.
Brown: What is "Hanyak"?
6. Kim: "Hanyak" is a medicine that has been handed
down for generations in the Orient, and is made
of dried herb, roots, and things like that.
Brown: Where do you get things like that?
7. Kim: We buy it at a herb doctor's office.
47
C. (01)
o
14 54* 11%1 ii eri
411:4 ci.1)" . lx1 alai tit
qtail fAoi 0.4014-1
Aai-q- 44% f.
%kci--è Vi 41 /4a)4_441
fa. AAA `-a 5* IA 'al ebi -e)11- L-1 ,
-E 442) c414-1 -0t341 t'a ell *1 crti *11-16

NA
mill- vtigt-ialw. 51*-s
4 tg
lt4 1;11 o411. 911%1-61
1+`-e. 0)
11P1t if. I VA-ill-lat.- if-al-Zr. L4 511# 4:

t oij cr. 4-ei-1 Ahl-te 1"-C t 4.-
04 6,zikti-1.-rn- 01 .1 .
* --tz4 to be effective (medicine)
48
D . atlfe'fri,*1-11
I. t1-11)
1.
2. .t- 4
3. l'ai4 5 AA) -la *110: oi t'6%-i-P7H
4. hA1-11- 644 lib-) ?to. "i!l<
5. tai-C j1fr 61V4611-7)-?
6. t5-4 c/11
II.. Apply the form *A -1)
1. 14- 101 141-1

2 11-1,41 /441 t 1-i c".
3. 1.01 61Tig c1".
4. 'i1 1.)4-0- 11- 13- bi-
5.
11-1(1/1Cl.1 cqtal-rHa)".
III. Translate the following sentences.
1. It seems that I am getting better since I took the

medicine.
2. I opened the window purposely because the air

was stuffy (bad).
3. Many people catch cold when the climate changes.
4. I had a good night's sleep.
5. Hanyak is bitter, but good for one's health.
49
E. qfri COW
cold (sickness)
to catch cold
t+.1. to get better
at al- to tremble, shiver

to inquire about one's health
01- to change (intransitive)
al root
indigestion
tc be bitter
st4 -9c1- tc prepare medicine
to be weak
(an emphatic affirmative
6A-tt extremely... althou h a ne ative
structure is used.
(A-) fever
3.sct to rise
lit Ito. to sleep (a sleep)
grass, herb
herb medicine
herb doctor's office

vlScH
A.
: scr-h-i-a
DI
ti -4 at cot, )-11.1-1I- V<:
1:1) 5r31-1-i-1
aedcii, ALL 61 Y-fri
iiroirg-i4t111-71- 111-011-1-A-1 1-1
Ai ail -5r 'E 1,-f)
Alio- 141 1.15-1- 1;171-1m- ciA.)4V4-6L-Icr.
v.i)4.0i
wit )iii1-1/ 7P-A4?- V.4 -eAcHicy
tli-Kr')-4 eq Teit2<$11-1q- .
o
tg-) t%)
1,j .i sot tovilig 7
041, c4 oi1P- ,; Z-cc' ciPe
- -...1)11- _t1.
01 1)611 5:1 t)-}-rie, 0411 c-}1-111- '161-14 3PEC-11
Li Ct. r+4
5-1011 *It tilAt?

01 dui
01_7. oif vegi
Lesson 79
Return of the Reconnaissance Unit
1. Lt. Chung: Lt. Chung reporting back from reconnaissance

duty, sir!
Capt. Lee: Are there any casualties in the reconnais-

sance unit?
2. Lt. Chung: No, all the members have returned safely.
Capt. Lee: Well, why was the communication interrupted?
3. Lt. Chung: We couldn't maintain communication, because

the walkie-talkie was out of order.
Capt. Lee: Well, what types of tanks were there in the

enemy tank company?
4. Lt. Chung: There were four heavy tanks and ttn light
tanks.
Capt. Lee: Were the tanks camouflaged?
5. Lt. Chung: Yes, the tanks w.ere painted green and brown,
and on top of them they had spread a net
and put on branches and leaves.
Capt. Lee: You measured the deptt of the river near the
iron bridge, didn't you?
6. Lt. Chung: Yes, the deep parts (of the river) are about
five meters, and the shallow parts are about
two meters.
Capt. Lee: According to this map, there is a bridge

here; what kind of bridge is it?
7. Lt. Chung: It is a worn out wooden bridge. I don't

think any vehicle can cross over it.
Capt. Lee: Are there any other important items besides

those?
8. Lt. Chung: That's all, sir!
Capt. Lee: Thanks for the trouble. Go back and take

it easy until you receive the next order.
9. Lt. Chung: Yes, I will do that, sir!

52
c (04=)
cm 3. 114_
414- 44Mr*-C". q-4-3 1:34- Gil /)45351.-

11.
Ig1/1-1 1 1.14k4- OAS4,1a)..,

gi 44 v. 4 Att
4 f4r, 041 1(< itik /ed
*1 At (411
*04 M 2. Vht -C tr
1/,:t 21. 04
*31 4ye. fvFg 61 %log
t
4"<
tit "CC .1 01 a. *f)%! Oi-Lt oi z}-2.

.a.2) T. 01
.!H 4117):Oli1-2-
tkci IfqX Algoe .), 01
.p, sit
AT- hE/W-e a Da. it-)t.s.)- 1- 11) IA oil IA0'2. *110".
444 ': 2
o
,t) 44
Gil
it4 3 St
vattl 4. 4-
310-.
" (4&) to be strong

2. MI 11) 044) reserve
31, ck, ) strength (militta,
Ridole
A
, Z....14:z
**
%.11
53
D.c0441-11
1.V-4'0164i OH- '1;r4 ?
2. 40410.0) 9-)01 et61314J:
3. *1iH11
401d0/1" *120,11114 ?
5 044:V11 41V i/1411.:
6 101 s3-1 /ii.taC-11.Le ?
7. 1-1- 1-ai *-L

8.11 :4t 11* 60.10111*11 ?

1. We decided to paint the house green.
2. The tank was camouflaged so that it wouldn't

easily be seen by the enemy.
3. You must remain in the classroom until everybody

finishes the test.
4. I don't tnink tanks can cross the bridge.
5. The mission of this unit is to destroy the iron

bridge.
6. We can ford (walk across) the river since it is

shallow.
E. rttol
brown color
light tank
to return
to be cut off
depth
tree branch, twig
green color
to cast a net
without a mishap
to place ... on
to complete
- ce.) cy) 1/1-1) until (an action is completed)
leaf
to measure
(0'1 ) all the members
reconaissance
-Ivo- (*CC heavy tank
to pa:Int
55
Act- tol-
A.
cfri Acqfr #a*

t9-- col , I: I+. A ) 5t3 oi ) 5:11 8.4 all -7)- fl
"tol" I I%) .2-1T
cHir 01.-?: xi) *Cm 34 *I) oi os'cive. oznv cHg 44/1

"cri-11. kzi ?
all ax,)-a o4 5,7101 liq;a

H2., voeviro
ay.
g.171-7-)3A. -st-o.te vot-i+
Itgt 13- 41 Lt. (*a. V.
19 1 fr
clicHV.
41
04 3:L t11 .itaH ii.. -fitc); Ittei't-I at.
7'; gi 31. 1411 let aiy 5Pc??

01- 1-1 , tp4s'eoi %)$1-0-11_
G,.."4A'01
-t. Mg 42- kit; Gn 140141
1.101
goat-crf q0)-)A-1212-
: 611, ct
56
Lesson 80
Situation Report
1. Bn. Comdr: Start the situation report.

Staff Off: Yes sir. At about 1800 hours, the enemy's
main force started retreating.
2. Bn. Comdr: Are our 1st and 2nd companies pursuing the
enemy as scheduled?
Staff Off: Yes sir, they are pursuing the emeny.
3. Bn. Comdr: Is the enemy still holding Hill 505?
Staff Off: No, our spearhead just occupied it awhile
ago.
4. Bn. Comdr: What are the enemy's losses up to now?

Staff Off: Three medium tanks were destroyed, and two
recoilless rifles were captured by us.
5. Bn. Comdr: Are there any enemy prisoners of war?
S'iaff Off: Yes, an infantry platoon has surrendered.
6. Bn. Comdr: Is there any officer among them?
Staff Off: No, the officer was killed and a non-
flommissioned officer was leading (the unit).
7. Dn Comdr: Then send those POW's to the intelligence
unit immediately, and have the people in
the unit interrogate the prisoners.
Staff Off: Yes, I'll do that, sir.
8. Bn. Comdr: And also, tell them to find out especially
the areas where the enemy has laid land
mines and the movement of the rear reserve
unit.
Staff Off: Yes, I understand, sir.
57
C.&
git
a.
zZ' t SE .cP1
15r '11 04 M1, 1,44 Vz. I .001v.<1-.

Ito, s_-141
111 11 5-11 si
,ien 94, .0A .14 . .
4111 ie ird/ oFkl. 2.%.
g2- irtiii,Ptttc1".
* . tigr
cen eYjr, elks/ ItIql11- "Akc,1:14,-il- F-

-/- 14 .
.
94 A) To- .01 41Z 'Col e/sel<

e.1
VAIL V; 0-1) r1) iro*, 011 .cAkct. st.; 01

; 1,4
-11 1)..4 414; cit: "" 5.4# CP 1-a
.74
14 S. Id-14 141 4)1( Itt C 1.

0H
711k- cal .411 A-i) s
2
91 ZM 7,11 o rth
pit .q
0),Vi 1.ne 47 4.*
ffr
1;2), ;tic cA fe;(4.A 0) ccwii}-11 5:41
A -1-1 ) 2)- C-1-
tt.s o)4h1 3
eft
44,
ItSi: 4-
141 !ZIt 11. rr 1C1- 04E4. 1) C-1-V4
1. 11.1 at**, general attack

2. to'' discard, abandon .
3. 111-1-0-c1- C*4') to concentrate
.58.
wimininminiummoimell.11111111.111M0,
D.titrtl-11
I. g 4f. ell Mo-i aPi .
1. cor?.: t-/..4 erixil ArAtAft?

2. c>i If" e4 or2. mi if 4,1 41,-71
3. IL%) *VI ti ?
4. ';$41 ir014- -11/AC11-1.7
5. 11-1?0.71-1.)1 1 51 et-eri-I-IE '401-14 ?
6- 50,0":-T
7.
a
8. 3- 441 %01-0.1)- _cut ?
9- 1:11"4 54 ?
4ti
11. PY? 6i 111 c)11 *VI
12. 3A-1
II. Translat t! the following sentences;
1. Thc company commander was killed in the battle,

and an NCO was leading the unit.
2. They received an order to retreat from the are.

3. They will not be able to hold the defense line
long.
4. The artillery bombardment commenced as scheduled.
5. The staff is preparing a battle situation report.

E.1
-.111 to make, let (someone) do...
to capture (itagyajtapons, equipment)
as ... (manner)
Iter (A4), Orient
)4r. (*gibb8) recoilless gun
to bury
combat situation
c spearhead
e4 to find out
ecii die 441) reserve force
(We) to be killed in battle

Ct.in main force
1 .)A1.- (4V** medium tank
q.1 rotif ) land mine
cot46 area
111c).. to maintain, keep, hold
AIL to lead, command
le 44) staff (military)
(jog) to. pursue (military)
non-commissioned officer
60
(#0)
Actlirz AtIVIrni/}- c.r 4-01 31 1 id
l'o1 Ac1-11- -tfrkt4-1 rtV i" oil kr %)--n- 11,4:(0.
1,e46-1
01
1 Al cv,e4t11 q01.!
01-5;
so'
. =e-fr.1-0) Rei-ter *P
tP4 *11L1 Alre.41 cof id- 01
.47 AH1- ,5154,1,01 .
11 VS 1"(-
10-4 qA4 ,2911-
. APt-i
70x)
c41, Vc11-1c1-.
01 t4I A4 1-V%1-1) 1-'11 a 01- !

r-11 ft- oa-
t-v1%(1,- 1, Mal"Pg 1-
-scli%g 0A1, 4-41 go-IJ.. %-) 01*041 tb-1 ti<tqc)-.
/ 6):*cli edg.yoliki
< 01 : 0011, 1-
61
r
Lesson 81
Mop-Up Operation
Situation: Our spearhead unit entered the enemy city.

Enemy soldiers were hiding in a building and
threw a grenade at our unit, and our unit
suffered some casualties.
1. Plat Ldr: How many casualties did we suffer?
Sqd Ldr: One was killed instantly, and three suffered

serious injury.
2. Plat Ldr: Do you know from where the enemy threw the
grenade?
Sqd Ldr: I don't know yet, sir!
3. Plat Ldr: Do you mean %o say that you don't even know
from what direction the grenade came?
Sqd Ldr: It seemed to have come from the right side,

but I didn't have time to see because it
happened in a splIt second.
4. Plat Ldr: The building that looks like a warehouse is

suspicious, isn't it?
Sqd Ldr: Do you mean that gray building, sir?
5. Plat Ldr: Yes, don't you think they can see well in all
directions from there?
Sqd Ldr: Yes, It seems so, sir!
6. Plat Ldr: I see a man's.shadow on the second floor,

don't you?
Sqd Ldr: Where? I can't see it well.
7. Plat Ldr: Here! Look through these binoculars.
Sqd Ldr: Yes, there's no mistake about it. They are

hiding on the second floor.
8. Plat Ldr: Contact the field artillery unit immediately,

and tell the unit to blast that building.
Sqd Ldr: Yes, I will do it right away, sir.
62
c.*t WO)
e 014 A.)
40 IC tiPt( 417: 491 cert /2.)

01"V o4 A;', 01 DA-34 Af4ii:Ar 11"1 ct *Cm
eesew-t6 4-.111}. ecii) crol
ilrh 1.) i3L) till L' 01-7=1 OA, 0)

1.1
If C$
4 2
001A1 likre1)- /11(ST 5.1.- tkat. 91* NI fijilli I. 511 611 'E-
14 t 64
Octl *11(q lit dAZ-11- II' Pt tl-TL 41.4 03/4-71' 4411
4
r1-4 T041 q2Za1-, 1 4- V VI ii-ilii-
. t
4)61-1-Aia3
4.. tie,
0 /) -iiiki
5. 1
41-44101 el- %-
Tit .,,...11
t oir 5 -HI 4 ?r2 c_fr
431c -r.k4.t. *..0.,1 AvIsi ev4hy.0)4 .tvi li-I
oi 01 v-11/-1 19i1 rcirti IC.% -eta-

o%
1. -,1;11 Cc. ay- The sun rises.

2. Al (tt,) city hall
3. 3-1-1 -A) Cl- to become infrequent
4. Ì-j cautiously (r.
63
D .0e.Pa- %.-0
.
fes-11
1. Atoq- rg Al oil ?
2. 9.).- -7f m4 zivIcl, o1c-1*11
3. 541=1 4-e41 'it A) t cfri Ld: * e'dA)011 SI IV )

4'4 Al4t<ift?
4. Si"Vgg1 "g61 Akira?
5. 3-/-1 AY111.11- 'Al' 11)- ?
6. goi-toPS Ir411crAl t41- q.ct<17 11"

7. 1 ftZ..
gtO 01 01 Ls IEJ, *41 .'g" 6-1 ij<5;lx ?
8. ei Cr,/ 1T2
9. n- 1144 -11=1)- .-1,0",z.i.e.g. 10}-tj,t7
10. tt14. CV ") reCtV7) S t ?
by restating the following sentences

II. Ask questions--Le
in the form r)-1 of 21- ?,
1. ,
2.
3. --te.-1 0) 14.41 7-04 cat
4. i4o 11.1
5. 14.1q 3,1)
6. 511 hti,-/) 11- It Va .:1-411L-1
7. *1/i41 A)11-4. 141210' CI? Adz .
64
ca-
E.
shadow
to look down
direction
to bl wounded
to-smash, destroy
all directions
binoculars
gap, interval
a
mop-up operation
to be,suspicious
moment, split second

to hide (oneself)
field artillery unit
event, happening, work

to happen
to die instantly
warehouse
without mistake, undoubtedly

gray color
65
311-r
t-s (Ln_81)
: ify Pa 4f tot- Pft..a 4, t
Iry
o 1 7:C W.- mt? sto
9 1- gEoS 'hih1R,
=1" :ri Z1Z3
i
5 0 5 i7-Z ?\-te 4I-Cc i0 I
'34-ra," iryti-Q:111 jfljtoZ4L4i

.4*Ife,r01047,-1,
1(-ity.0 *5 WI-42 14 to?1-2
a
VoT1.111 91-1-fv-ik
1.41Al 4o 4(11
lc
ty, iv!, 44- i-rzio, 114314w ic44),0--

1-y r4 -t
-t ti-q Pi nal ilski i.-Ter;107(-0iT
S 9 5 t7-5 11=-11-4-fc 4LiL jZ to '
*4 -Pc1,1ry 049 49
1 -4' tfl* .11 t 44ir -y44)
II-, to it*-4- :Po 14 'aCV.T42
*-- kv147174-i-b
411. i-Vro
,i11
t.0
7,- Xi. b
'-E1Y-trot lato
t (-0 t
99
Lesson 82
POW Interrogation
B. )ialogue (Translation)
1. Interrog: State your fuli name, rank, and serial number.

se
POW: My name is Sungsik Kim, my rank is Sergeant,

and my serial number is o78033.
2. Intezrog: To what unit did you belong?
POW: I belonged to the anti-aircraft section,
assigned to the defending force of Hill 505.
3. Interrog: What was your duty in the anti-aircraft unit?
POW: I was a gunner of a pom-pom gun.
4. Interrog: How did your unit happen to remain in the
sector to the end, while all the other units
had pulled out early?
POW: We didn't know the other units had pulled out.
5. Interrog: Do you mean that there was no communication
from the Battalion Headquarters?
POW: The communication was cut off, because the
radio was destroyed when the Company Command
Post was bombarded.
6. Interrog: What was the last order you received from the
'Iattalion Headquarcers?
POW: The order was to guard Hill 505 to the last.

7. Interrog: I was told that this pocket-book came out
from your overcoat pocket, what does this
sketch map foundsin your pocket-book show?
POW: I don't know myself what it is.
8. Interrog: Is it possible that one doesn't know about
things which he carries on himself?
POW: I picked up this pocket-book from the ground.
9. Interrog: Don't tell a lies It won't be good for you
if you don't tell us straight.
POW: What do you want me to say about something I
don't know?
67
c"it cgiw
-A1 It
13, 0 .110 st--) rdt, 011 Al linitt /1' *CI
4 V* i. t14 *ft 1 t4(1.
1.9.1. 1041' %%,At.Mg% t14. it

g-172.1C4
S 1.1 IA 0;0 PI til 4rd
l' efk 4 4 4.a, 43 ;-1,..t-t- 1:1-1) rii. itilf:11- k 41 p$4 V

--- 7011)- A Arlx1-23 1%If. kil 7a 01 Zit cl-.
-0, 0 4 -$: ii-i-c-i1
* p...1 14 .4 .xt I 4i. 1.1
VA 1 c-I'll 70 '5C % IfttA f/ril e.l. 0- WI n- TI--- C1-

al $ .* V i lit
(44
Att 4t
r i l 4. * lg IA #itstm f - q. J. i m 4 1
o
J L
A-1- A.
1410kPlt 44141 1-e Afj * .cl Oh -.1 Sri -1 4t iii-

A) St
'f"11 A 4 -alltal-.
ip st.
1-s12- a) 0444: AT &1/4-1
$.1
iyov-lt% I)
0) It oi) cia
i)). -K 4kokai5 tc)-

:7 .13 01)41 -*lg. qs el
041
-te
1.1 1
11)1(01 0431- Itm 011 eAi(-La 4/(444

*
0 44714-1 /L=1414
4:1) Ai 0) ?1-1 901-1-1eis. itcY.
1. 5r4 ( "i''/Iii..114.14--;,) di sarniameftt
jZr (Ofrifrla) articles carried by an

individl, personal effects
68
D.
I. ckg 110-1 ) 3-1-01 cj t k 5- .
1. o) 14-1C,H tL1117
2. 11 0-11
'711 "1 rjr A in" g-
- /14. rei 1-2rt
61 1111) ?
4. 0) S4.3.. Pri 1"111-1) 11 04 01)
5. 6,1 Si% 541 1.41 I-

-4-1*4 4:f.14-t ?
6. og-t Veg -E Pr 7.1 t ?
7. -,41/1 1-5-eZt. ?
8. .1
t?
Answer negatively by combining each pair of sentences
as sholm in the example:
Exatple :
" lei 411;) VVit.
2- 11*-. V1/41:011.?
3 1A1 k-Pcla)
4 1"1 A' ;1- (-I-. Z. 61 9- I
Change the first sentence into a quotational modifi-
er clause and place it before the underlined noun in
the second sentence as shown in the example;
Example: 11-7-7}-11 %14141 ,
avgi.Vtz-g"-ict-
cqi)
1. t4J
)114)1
2. %t ALI c111-1 61-Wp-)cr. 4tici 0)/111-II1O

3 . 1r4.2V't A41 /111 0" 122. t tZ14
69
E 01
lie, untruth
pom-pom (anti-aircraft automatic gun)

anti-aircraft section
for the last time
radio transmitter
to be attached, assigned to...
headquarters
to be smashed
4" I (410 ) defending force

(44E) skerch map
to pick up (from the ground)
%1;?" (M51.12) sector, area
1416t (11401) command post

to evacuate from ...
gunner
to bomb
to indicate, show
pocket
0,..1C1111 Vtl.c4, to tell truthfully
Zft) grA It won't be good for you.
70
sa.
A. (46t)
Atz}0.1: )1'111}- "t;Hitt ()) q-A%1-1- ?
pon, Lc t)) Or+ ag.
117 1_io1 4.0.-71/1-V-SHaF.
: Vittl
0 tfrg-1- ttt-frm 13-b)
5-10-11 E c}-1
041, g ova' Vri-ra
1,1 41-10.
t" 4)-ecr-t-e& 12-7)-1- Vkal
co), cF-drIxt
z
eJ-tc-i)
ft. 41aqr 4 2-7)-t6

f:...ec
Ai g 34041 A.f4 si.teall 04)1 at! al oiki
fi ct- .
14St .
01 /I gr' OLt-b- H ?
, ) 1-1
*tall : 07) .1 112- 01 21 -è 12 ?
sy; 81 .
24r44._ : "41: 1tr g9 -Le ei ?

1:1 014.i-341-94
41-1-1 440) oi-si 1,k0H-q-
/tA
71
Lesson 83
Fishing Industry in Korea
B. Dillogpe (Translation)
1. Brown: Is Korea rich in marine products because it is
a peninsula?
Kim: Yes, because three sides of Korea are surrounded

by the sea, about a hundred different kinds of
fish are caught along the coasts.
2. Brown: Where are most of the fish caught?
Kim: Most of the fish are caught where the cold and
warm sea currents meet.
3, Brown: Besides that, are there any other marine products?
Kim: Yes, approximately twenty kinds of clams are
caught, and abort fifteen kinds of seaweeds are
produced.
4. Brown: Do Korean people eat much fish?

Kim: Yes, among Korean food, fish is important as
the chief soU-rce of animal protein.
5. Brown: Are fish uLod only for food purposes?
Kim: No, three-fourths of the fish caught along the
Korean coasts are used for other than food
purposes, for example, sardines are processed
into oil.
6. Brown: What do they make from sardine oil?

Kim: Sardine oil is chiefly used for the production
of gunpowder, medicines, soap, etc.
7. Brown: Do they discard the sardines that they have
squeezed oil out of?
Kim: No, they use them as fertilizer.
8. Brown: How is the future of the Korean fishing industry?
Kim: It has very favorable potentials. However, the
lack of fishing equipment and other materials
is yet the great obstacle.
72
4 od. Itii it 4
01 )3)--a).-611.1. 01 TA-0i
14g m-sS51-1 4kV tr*-011,41 t 1.-71 L-e. *7114-4`' if:eret

4, g_
.4itts'4 lit il- oi-i-igi- leyNi iog<-4-ft-I-L-E t41-1t-i-tt 144'

el al.,
cst
61 fg.
PpV 4-$ cilki 4.5.-)IctA 1151t5- -a
tA-0111 71- 011 01141 Iahi 7114.E 4*-4. Volei114-1
t Ct. 01 21 / 1 9t-e, 01;31, 141 I? 7A1
i g fr. itt It
ig /1(1. 049 !e,s evi
4.44-1;). 9)-1144'6-1 e 16A4311
9-101
73
a
D.celricrl"))
I. (-hi vr_01) rmai)141.4.12..

1. 341 q*-1 trt-1-711- ?
2. At .t1 lir 011A1 14:40-4 VV1111V*?
3. Oict 414-71-4, tt
4. g 3.4 011 ALt )01 1jfro)
1-1-1-41/1-?
5 . rtt L 40f1)1.fl 1111-7}- 341 4114 4 og' 1-i*
6- /114
7. tti; oiiA1 -vivi 4 ,Aft 3444-11
A1401-41-i-N. ?
8- ticstai /4%1- 9r6A)-ti ralcrit?
9. 1) 44 1;/14E 1411111-i 11)*?
tilo vt16.11 :ce7:01
1. Two thirds of the fish caught along the coasts

are sent abroad.
2. Fish is an importaat food for Koreans, since

Korea is a peninsula.
3. The shortage of fertilizer is a big handicap to

Korean agriculture.
4. Oil is squeezed out of fish.

5. Seaweeds are not only used as food but also for
manufacturing chemicals (drugs).
*Ad) warm current
qq-V (Vwsii=1) animal protein
2141 fish
f1.1- (ieftl) material resource
peninsula
(34)01 (6 41t (a hundred) and odd kinds
tt-t to discard
fishing industry
(0;t10) food stuff
gg. (16 ) medicine

1;1 (4%-ftIck-k fishing boat equipment
C11) to be hopeful to have a

favorable prospect
obstacle
to squeeze out
sardine
clam
cold current
to join
marine product
seaweed
3.0io
1 over 3 (fraction)
one third
three fifths
75
as)
11' kvx;i
A. (ta tit)
: 11 tto-111. ?
) vs-a.
-n-r-cH4-a1 Ali oil %113q--71- WA4t-1111-?

1-111, it c-ii g S
4-1 Ac1,4 -7 T. 4- 4. gH) 1)-%j 61)
taA t>i) a-1 0) -1-"zirq -)-1- 7

er1), 8) tlw-21./
ai4.51.4cL tih51141 %114 01.4-i)141 4-4.44
4fr%t 1)1
24,1 24.
n-edr--11 I1 tc1 '%.T1 44" -1%15:516'1 11-
I *izonce.tI 1kl*A11 `1ito-1)41 1"-At1-11-
3A-1a 'At L-}-4% Att.i
n-ed, zt.. c113-11.41 5=i 111'001 F2-
qcpvv,z14-5-1,-)1-.
coil, 1-st
n-* 01'1x-1101i il11k1 dwiTi11111./ 4-113
(3,14s 4) t "11- 4-1-5cir Aej
) -*) 11-21 ill* .
GI)
tI7 fr5 c`1) %ILO A.1.0%;)i-C bei r411-11 ?
r:3) %1 V'd /14-t/ 54-

4:11).4tel V)11)5-irxiir1-15-1.
76
et- e4 ApiLE e-) (-11-0-
t) sTivoq gg 344- 'g =it ottc.11-1
11 V14 AY o b) -14 5.1 oi -7}11
77
Lesson 84
Electric power situation in Korea

1. Brown: When was electric power first introduced in

Korea?
Kim: Electric power was first introduced into Korea
in 1890.
2. Brown: Did streetcars app.ear in Seoul at that time?
Kim: No, the first electric streetcar appeared in

Seoul in 1898, and several years later electric
power was supplied to private homes.
3. Brown: Is electric power in Korea abundant?
Kim: Yes, it is comparatively abundant. However,
the major por..ion of electricity is generated
by water power at dams in North Korea.
4. Brown: By the way, when did North Korea stop the
transmission of electricity to South Korea?
Kim: Just four days after the UN-sponsored general
election was held in South Korea, the power
supply was cut off.
5. Brown: It must have brought an acute power crisis to
industries in South Korea.
Kim: Yes, it seriously hampered all the manufacturing
industries of South Korea.
6. Brown: How did the South Korean Government deal with
this problem?
Kim: The government utilized all power facilities

in South Korea effectively and tried to over-
come this accute power crisis.
7. Brown: What happened to electric power after the
Communist invasion of South Korea in 1950?
Kim: The Communist invasion of South Korea destroy-
ed all the power generating plants and broke
transmission lines.
8. Brown: What is the present situation of electric
power in South Korea?
78
Kim: Due to the intensive efforts and adequate
policy of the South Korean Government, power
production is getting better.
4.
79
.-5)4 AS)
ii; im
t )`') *ii .. alg1) .41-*-2;101 -4),1-1
OIL;AZ4j i t.ii 14.T-..!.11- Ai cwi 1 l-r / 1 )2-
It -!cl-
h-liollki it*1- GL,j1 1

:
i
i "..4.)-g P-..1'ol)
A) ,4
It41=Vc.r. -,Islal -1k

jki l':e
IA. 4 4.
'2.-
I
t/1
A0-1) Clit:. 91-1*74.0-11
1 /' lif
ii-1)
1
111
.0tg-a cttkivki a) g
fea-ta 5f:') v)<4;)4
4k 4c1)141--
)1 1;11 ki
-11 --- t..f3 .15 -r tfri) 67-giVoi

eletoi) 0)
klidg r15wri\g- V:PrA4t1 Tr:11,- 0-11
:11,t
0,1
Ot if-E
14-
ti/In )Vcr)-1 41- A. -1Pc
fiti
4cm. oi Aik )90 4A-0-11
1-11 41i+g611- E 1414-
14-1
lg
t7J */J1- 'FAD) L461.- c3.1Aq.
1. (114 .- to control
2' ) Ottfrfr CIMqltt.) coal power station
80
D .edifr %-11
I. Oil 041 r-s
1. .1H I-111F ?
2. 11. ICI %1 Vri 41:.. Di C'1 *1)1H 94. cwit?
3. ttol d1
4. -v.
5. Z1 Yr -C 4-111 coi 1-0 fr111?
a. itar tit cell 4--Ad *tt."4- isH ?
7. ded.1-0 thvii A4 614 1-11.71-
II. 'Combine the following pairs of sentences utilizing

the form -(1)/1 .
1. t5i*-11 jc
2. g-ti 914
3. ') it)./1- Crxi '311)(1.-1 3- If epi) 1)-4' cwi
4. U-cer'
5. *All.. I It:Vtil V1"1-.
III. Translate the following sentences:
1. It was June 25, 1950, when the North Korean

Forces invaded South Korea.
2. Korea is abundant in marine products.
3. Most electric power is generated by water power.

41 4. A genc!ral election was held under UN supervision
only .n South Korea.
5. Agriculture and fishing are the two major

industries in Korea.
81
E.t (Vt-)
1AI tA-c>11 under the supervision
(fg-A)
111 L. q (i-g:154t47) the United Nations
to overcome
t's1 ClIV.$) South Korea
.....-1 (V )
effort, endeavor
Chtt," )
to generate electricity
21al ''.1-cF.
North Korea
(4-4) situation, condition
industry
Soviet Union
4.t. (At )
transmission of electricity
-izleikl
0 t- %... (-L: t g) transmission line
4 r.4 1-1... (A<--)3) by water power
Yr1/) (Agt) crisis
effectively
- tt'l- el (t1-14-1) due to ...
21411 (V-117)1t) dam, reservoir
active, positive
(g-t7JJ ) to be adequate, appropriate
(ft $ ) streetcar
policy
general election
82
Pnela
Etlu&W
OMMU
11,1
410)
1114
OAttkt. GIJAG1
PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA AM.
[ PYCCKULI NI)JIFAPCKH
CPHCKOXPBATCKH I POLSKI
47E. t'
un KOREAN lie
7, 1h.
tan
SIIQIP NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE t'ESKY

LI
REFRESHER COURSE
MAGYAR
210 HOUR COURSE r-- EAAHNIKA
H 4c
ah.
a re
TURKcE ESPANOL
PORTUGUES VOLUME VII FRANcAIS
(Iri
ROMANA SLOVENscINA--]
YRPAIIICIAA LESSONS 85-98 Gitc, ma ay)
!TALIANO
LANGUAGE LABORATORY DEUTSCH
BAHASA INDONESIA1 EXERCISE 37-42

TItNG VItT NAM
r-- 41 LIETUVII4
AL 001 629
KOREAN
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume VII
Language Laboratory Exercise 37-42
June 1962

PREFACE
VII, contains Lessons 85-98 for classroom instruction and

following parts: A. Dialogue
C. Reading Text
D. Exercises
E. Word List
situation, and approximately twenty to twenty five new words
v including new grammatical features are incorporated into the

dialogue.

posslole. However, when it is advisable to give a stilted
feature of the Korean sentence, it is

ordinarily given in

1

words are introduced in the reading text, and these words
are included in the word list.
The exercises are intended for bilingual oral
translation and drill based on the content of the dialogue,
reading text, and the structural explanations of the lesson.

for use in the event that native speakers of Korean or other

are available or net. The materials for the laboratory
previous lessons. However, the narration itself is based on

a different situation. Therefore, the students have to
concentrate on understanding the new situation and be able
to answer the questions based on it.
Pages
34, Eq OOOO 8
"-r%- M 9 - 14
Language Laborator y Exercise 37
)-0)-q*" 15 - 21
22 - 28
Language Laborator y Exercise 38
29 - 34
4; vl 35 - 41
Lang,..age Laborator y Exercise 39
OOOOO 0 42 - 48
49 -53
* .S- (-) 54 - 59
* A-1-11:0 60 - 65
66 - 71
60q 72 - 77
OOOOO 78 - 83
84 - 89
r\-
(A0 x-) ()I.)
A. tt)
01) 01 51 ki
xt. -/E-4 k 0,41 01 9 ?
?1 Lc ad 1.
041 Nil VI 4. LA 4.
91- crii
111- J ?
0411 4. ?1 11- Ai 41
4
I -41 11- Ai oi 0-1)5- vci- A-) At 01

YiA VA)
-1- -iii 1401- $T- oil 1/4-1-4 oi) 41 Agol- A4 4 0)
* 1 col -1 E-ii 01 Ai
A- a q 0,41 4
'1 'el 01- x,) 9) Ag o vl IA 4
01- )-1 ee4 -NI, t 01

4 -X. I
At :IL td: E)
7 vo1
1
.?J
04) 0) oj od_ -)61_ 01 Al /( 0)
1- JL 0,1 (4. 1-1 al- 11).-. 0-11
7)- .-01- 4.
-2 oti -tt Ad. 4: 01
t:1) t.
7")1 VI' 01) )61- 14-
qi 71- rti- 0)
`),41 I 1 -4 I-1 ?
01, 133 4._ _1 01 2.
0,1
) 0,411 ?
01, ,3J 4.. 91- 03_ 7a 1-1- .4 4
-1 41 -xi
11 Al"
2
Lesson 85
Korean Textile Industry

1. Brown: Could you kindly explain about the textile
industry in Korea, today?
Kim: Sure, I will do it for you. The textile industry
in Korea developed rather recently.
2. Brown: Then, do you mean that the textile industry in
Korea has developed rapidly after the liberation?
Kim: Yes, that's right. However, even though the
facilities were poor, there were several textile
mills under the Japanese rule also.
3. Brown: How many factories were in operation in South
Korea after the lilleration?
Kim: About six hundred textile mills were in operation.

4. Brown: Then, I assume they had a large amount of textile
production.
Kim: No, they did not produce much because of the

shortage of power and raw materials.
5. Brown: During the invasion of North Korean Communist
troops, did the textile industry in South Korea
suffer much?
Kim: Yes, due to this invasion, not only factory

facilities were destroyed, but also a large
amount of cocoons were damaged.
6. Brown: Was Korea able to import a large amount of rayon
filament from foreign countries after the
liberation?
Kim: No, despite the efforts of the government, Korea

was unable to import a large amount of it.
7. Brown: I have heard that Korea produces a large amount
of silk, is that true?
Kim: Yes, about 115 million yards of silk cloth is
produced annually.
3
8. Brown: The productivity of these textile mills has
recovered greatly after the Korean war, hasn't
it?
Kim: Yes, the production of silk and rayon cloth

has been increased, and is now somewhat higher
than before the Korean war.
-1,ZI
Of-
,`41- _
-?-- 11 al iMio
Ai zIt
*
Al
*111 SL:. t'a 0-11 5_ Al i4
0) 13-I 41.
*-L k) t. '6
g 0) 4/i4:t si ?a 4: L-1-
1-"he'o-i) /j244 114

ol Wt13*-q gl )11.4
11-
I El o3q _ 3t 431 it
14:Xz: tifal ,PL ifi- 4: ot
41:1_ wit: 4 Y 7A1 cal
I. -IL, 0- 1-1 041 IL 71- We:
A
ol- )64?&IIe-, 41- 91 A

al .K g_ ,a 2__ 01
141
J- 14 01 3114 134 Tki * 12 1-
Ot 1-7 -2. 151. (11
`7,
!LA- Y- _1- 251-11- <1 4.
5
2
D. Si 'II -a: tit ?IA)
eA if I cli q 411 2-.

I.
1. 'AeY-) cP-d
9) ?
2. itt- ki -t) I 1- AN. 4)-
4 01 \31 4 A I 4'-'d
3. 4- =1 1r 01 1 All
?
4. 4-1: 41 11 -44-1A 74?
5. 1".q." 041 Z10 j
54-1 71 51 9e4i IA vl
6. oi/ At -'1g_ L1 -4 2E.
*1- "r--; 01 A)
o o
t ol 7-2
vet c' 4: 01 1-.1 74?
1. Not only a great number of people were killed bat

also many buildings were damaged due to the
communist invasion of'South Korea.
2. Despite the tremendous efforts of the Government,

the industry of South Korea has not completely
recovered from the damage caused by the war.
3. I have been to several places in Korea.
4. He must be Mr. Kim's father.
5. Due to insufficient electric power and raw

materials, Korean industry is not well developed.
6. Do you mean that the textile industry in Korea
has bee'n developed very recently?
7. Could you kindly explain how they teach at the

Army Language School?
A
place
sum of annual production
cocoons
...power
silk
to develop
textile industry
textile fabrics, texture
to be meager, scanty
production
to import
100,000,000
raw material
rayon filament
period under the Japanese rule
to conduct operation, or construction

electric power
to increase
to invade
damage
liberation
recovery
8
-69N
J.*
4 Al od ?
:I 4. (;, *4 01
jji 4.tt 14 4.
,j_ 4-4
-73
ol i (xl 4=- 4 I Ad: 4 Yd i 4.
:
41 .A-1) ci
9) 9 vl- ?
0
Ll 41c
7-11
-3- *4 4)).
, -1 cal
L IA
* 1;1; A1 J1,1 01
`41- ol Ati- 4 771.?
-41 14 .1 11. 01 At 14 0-1 901- m

51 .A1 (mJ ki 1`. 8 ol
ALI 5-6I
11
-0 '4- I-
i
C4N<IA
,(1 1 1
Ai r 01 AF
14 1-1
'(2> ?
1.15
o
7,1 4. .7 3 0 q_
--a- 4-1 z1 -11 AI 4 31 1711 7 1- 4 --- cA
o II 4.
&J
cic (;-). c.) 5t)
-63: A L--11 Yr- 01
721
": : 01 4-1 A) ?
Al
-4 A-7411.
ad 1 -iiT 11 4- .
ii
10
Lesson 86
Korean Mining Industry
B. Dialpsue (Translation)
1. Brown: I have heard that Korea is rich in minerals, is
that true?
Kim: Yes, that's right. Korea has been well known
from ancient times as a country with abundant
minerals.
2. Brown: How many different kinds of minerals are
produced in Korea?
Kim: A little over two hundred different kinds of
minerals are produced in Korea.
3. Brown: Among them which ones are the most important
minerals?
Kim: The most important minerals among them are,
gold, silver, iron, copper, graphite, tungsten,
magnetite, etc.
Brown: Are many minerals also produced in South Korea?
Kim: The greater part of the country's mineral
deposit is in the northern part of Korea, but
some important minerals are also produced in
South Korea.
5. Brown: Then, what kind of minerals are produced in
South Korea?
Kim: After the liberation, tungsten and graphite
mines in South Korea began mining operations,
and these two minerals were exported in
considerable quantity.
6. Brown: A large amount of gold is also produced in
Korea, isn't it?
Kim: Yes, that's right. During the 1930's, Korea
was the world's fifth largest gold producer.
7. Brown: Besides these minerals, what other minerals are
produced in Korea?
11
*
S 74. 01
o
01 3,a 4. 0141,1e_ mo:_.
91 44 0) NtA,0-11 41 71
I, 1LI1 -4 AI 24-01q.
4,1 3j ti **- FA -if 01 512-
1*-1
T
y
I
* IA ti 01 tq
ill i ki 4 1-1
A 1 261 A -WilAr )-.-c_ ol 0) 1 --_- q'is oil y1-01-
iii-lkY-1 ?J 4. 2k. -_-

:).'..1-- ol )-E # I) Al 141J). A -t. til
4:-j i -m
z-i-,
1
1
)k -t Yr kA,
i
o" I 4. 4.01t Va l 4 'I 91 / 930 4-
a i 01
)1(-- m)ki
kJ
Ai 0
ki
a
1 Al
4.,741 A.: A- 4. ?-1
oi 9-1 -I 4 ,fr) !)-t

ii 4 -
23' -N/1131r t ol 1:4Jet va- *1*- %A-71
12
4ts.
D. ca -41 fc 701 ( .xv Mkt)
01 5.1 Ai di kl .
I.
1. -4 Jt -1 7)1?
2- MI 41 4 I. ;-Til. 361- 1L oo) ,1 771-?
3- I- 04) c3.1 0) 04) 12-1-
1-) yr?
4. 11 1-- -721. ?
5 -37- 0-11 kl 51 -9c: 01 tc-3. od 117)1-
6 . 4. 4 -E 741 0-114-1 7'1-?
7. 4- ki oj 14 Al
5"). od LI ?
1. It is said that California is rich in oil, is

that true?
2. The United States is known as the largest producer

of cars in the world.
3- Steel production in Korea is about one-tenth of

that in America.
4. The deposits of coal that are found irt Korea are
not very large, but the quality is better than
that(found) of any in the Western nations.
5. Japan became one of the important exporting

countries in the world after the end of the
second World War.
6. The greater part of Korea's mineral deposit is in
the norther part of the country.
7. About fifty different kinds of automobiles are
found in the American market.
13
E. 4- cri tf2.
contribution
minerals
0.)
mining industry
copper
q(q) ...volame
to be deposited (minerals underground)
anthracite
to be produced
petroleum
coal
to be known
silver
magnetite
tungsten
to mine
iron
to be abundant
graphite
14
24-- _4- oj 14- 0H74 0:L1 11- 041 71-
7411) ?
:301- cl 41) () I?
-7- 71- /4,1 At) ci %17-1
Gil id M
I 74 ?
7t1
1- 01
x1) c'd "3_ -9' oil Ell
.?..1 cci 2:1
0=1 11-
/91 A-!---!1 4.
0
111 4 -3- 71. 51 LI 74?
jIj oa- oa 1).-E 4.
LI 4:I' ca ell 5_ 4J2 &IN
7-3A- (1-) 7101 #1 At. ---7F
-111- Jr-L1 2c5j. -31 -0 01 13) o) `,z14 Li 74?

4.. -1 it- 011 71 -19r (3)
cd id 4.
15
0 .2C-- `g 4 -14 7-1 ?
4-1 la. '61.1 I- all 0A1-t -1- 4- -4 311

4 t- 4 -a Aj. .71 I) #.
)=- 71- J .71 di-1- *1 --151-
j 261- 4)--1 al cc) 1-
4-- 4)--o-d 1;1. Li 4
o(t -a cql %.1 Ll 74 ?

oy
u._ 71- (A Att-li
'11
o1
t5 cd.
(3,1t 41- (4,_ q Al-

M
Al LI 4.
Lesson 87
Korean Harbor
1. Brown: Are there many ports along the coast of Korea,
since it is a peninsula?
Kim: Yes, there ,..re about ten large ports and thirty
small ones.
2. Brown: Which one is the most important port among them?
Kim: Pusan, on the southeast coast, is the most
important port. It has terminal facilities for
handling passengers and freight from Japan, China,
and other foreign countries.
3. Brown: Is there any port in the vicinity of Seoul?
Kim: Inchun, in the central section of the west coast,
is the port for Seoul, the Korean capital, and
also serves as a port for the rapidly expanding
industrial area around the city.
4. Brown: How many naval ports are there in Korea?
Kim: Chinhae, on the southeastern coast, is the only
naval base in Korea.
5. Brown: Which port mostly handles the export of
agricultural products?
Kim: The port of Kunsan, on the southwestern coast,
is an export center for wheat and other
agricultural products.
6. Brown: Which ports are for industrial areas in Korea?
Kim: Hungnam and Wonsan are primarily industrial ports.
The former was developed for a nitrogen chemical
industry, and the latter is the center of the
petroleum and fat industry.
7. Brown: Aren't there any ports in the vicinity of
Pyongyang?
Kim: Chinnampo, on the Taedong-gang estuary, is the

principal port for the Pyongyang industrial
region.
17
1
8. Brown: Which port mainly handles the export of minerals

in Korea?
Kim: Chongjin, about 35 miles south of Najin, is one

of the major exporting ports of iron and other
mineral items in Korea, and it is the major
route for the Musan iron mine, the largest in
Korea.
*
+II ctt Ai 51- -411.
qi".
44 11 ii-
4.**)JSI :4)3i:17 1'1
012. 12_ i=Y- G4
z 0
04 i-A
c,
13
1
0) 4, 1-3 *. 49 IN -3- 1/ 71 4 91- ig otti
11-1 --11- *2-cl AI Al. 01 ?a 4
re-
-5' -Cla
cl 31.-le 4t-' 4) 11.kt* p 1N.p oji if ii)1.
412 oa r-ii A---4 ii 14_41- lifilL A -11/ 3-t 441
IA *LI: A ti (1 vi- 4s ).- it 01
tit
0,41 t.-E.
._x
.6".1 3I- cszlz171-x1 51- '_E i All ks+ ii% i_41 91 4. .c/.
*.A,-,24-44 01 A-t.=: 4_ iii =c?-21. -) *4 g 4 1i

t A '4 E43ttJ,4
') 4. kl..-- cA a 3t, .--, ,jc 11-AtAlVoi) 51 lc-
A
14-14
014.
4.1,4
=c0L-nii--14.54- 4 5.c:41144._, /1 01
A2.61. :LI 47 Am
4tjtt 4 54
(74
47 3-'t,
2
-04 0)
12
rci
/2 jJ
51-t
014.
3/4) t G9)41 414
4, tii1
AU*4-01
t /Q.: it 01 vf.
0)4 I A- c1 5- tz 7N
19
D. cd f:s -)1 (eft% Anti)
I.
4/-11.
1. 2C1-1- ;(1"
1-1 ?
2. cl 91 9-71- 0,a 1-)
3. * oi cea i1 od Li 74?
4. 1/2.1 Li
71 1 7)- 01 oAk-a LI 771- ?
6. oa cHi ifj A-1 1.

7. -2 -1 o tJ ill
1. San Diego is the most important naval base on

the west coast.
2. San Francisco is one of the important ports on

the west coast,and it handles much of the
passengek and cargo business from Asia.
3. The sole purpose of this plan is to increase the

production of electric power.
4. The government expends all sorts of effcrt for

the development of industry.
5. There are a few centers of the fishing industry

on the west coast.
6. San Frncisco exports machinery and imports

sp-cial minerals.
7. Los Angles is one of the rapidly expanding

industrial areas of America.
20
river mouth, estuary
naval port
rapidly
the others, the rest, and others

agricultural products
wheat
to export
7-11 passenger
Oi
L- coast
AI: sole, singular (attributive form)
oil and fat industry

'Ail 4 the former
4- a main route, main passage
a center (maiaare)
7q
directly
nitrogen
iron mine, iron ore
port (not used alone)

port
if 4 the latter
i\
4)- (-)
A. -k-1- (+1 ,t4
03_ 414 j 1174?

1) .z-1 *1) 51 Oa -1-4 71 %,:_
71- 41- t-1- 04 _-_-_ 12- -all
: 01 1/4-1 * 91- 01 4
1:11
-71,1
01 711 74 1V-1 91-
ocIJ o 7 fl 4a 4 4- 319 4.
14 : 4. el 0pri kJI ;i1 74 -xj 31,4 1.1

cri (1 ?
7,1 hji Ei .xij ol
AI 1- *u.a aS1
4.-J J tg, 121 7.4 4 If- -4:
AL 7d 4 1, N od 141 g
Li)iJ %1 01
YID * -ter:
3- "tii 7ct c Li
-1-4. Al 71 1- 771- gi .="F' cq 426!

714 -,-, 71
22
lt,o -e- zir ta
*1(4- To 114- "F-C-20 1'1
.V 12 7J-0 Tor 4: if t -1.1(0
h 114 t
?c -k k ro
ly ?0 -To 11-0 ?cftIy To -L.- %-k- -I%
Tr_ ;r3 -IY fra 1.7Y 7T1g-

0
lo k- 1-y ?-0 ro h '43
-1C- TA) 11- -11) r9,- 1tLh1

ritza:ry, o
fro fi -1'4- Ito Y1- ro -1?.17
II-3 -E.- 74- 1Y IP 1* 7n Ni to 41-1
IF0
0
----?--,, flo Ic r7 -11a Fa 1r) d
-r -IA it -It Fo fcs

Izo it-it to ik
Io '0 11* *13
.
-E- 4- .1c.; 1-6- -pc, 47 -IL 14?-11 ro 7i 1'4 IR--rn
"ry rc; 14) I

i f-`1
to -*Ty -h h .
L
-Po 16 Li M (IT
11,0 1kh.1.37rrar lot-i-br- kg, TR 111-5-

1015.-iy 4) Pi 14-1
14
h
Lesson 88
Population in Korea
1. Brown: What is the population of Korea, approximately?
Kim: It is almost impossible to know precisely the

total population of Korea at the present time,
but it is rougL_ly estimated at about twenty-
five million.
2. Brown: Then, what is the ratio of males to females in

the total population?
Kim: It is estimated that the ratio of males to

females in the total population is 1:1.
3. Brown: From when was a relatively reliable statistics

of the Korean population known?
Kim: The status of the Korean people became known

from the beginning of the 20th century. In
other words, a relatively reliable statistics
of population consisting of sex, age and the
geographical distribution of people, as well as
of birth, marriage, death, and occupation, etc.,
became available then.
4. Brown: Then, wasn't there any way of knowing about the

Korean population before that time?
Kim: It was almost impossible to obtain a precise

record of the Korean population until the end of
the eighteenth century, and it was not until the
beginning of the nineteenth century that the
Korean population was estimated at about twenty
million.
5. Brown: Through what sources is accurate information

about the Korean people obtained?
Kim: There are two sources: one is through the

conducting of a census at designated times; the
other is through the registration of b.,-ths,
marriages and deaths.
6. Brown: When was the (last) census conducted in South

Korea?
24
Kim: Th..! (last) census was conducted in South Korea
on 1 May 1949. According to this census the
total number of Koreans in the area south of
the 38th parallel was 20,160,000, which consisted
of 10,160,000 males and 10,000,000 females.
7 Brown: Could you kindly tell me whether tne population

in South Korea has increased or decreased since
that time?
Kim: It is roughly estimated that the total number

of Koreans in the area south of the 38th
parallel at the present time is more than
twenty-two million, so it has increased a bit.
8. Brown: Then, more than four-fifths of the total

population are living in South Korea?
Kim: Yes, that is right. Many Koreans came across

the 38th parallel down to South Korea after the
liberation.
C
MI 1
6L ,\771 z1 ti all At
4-4 ct) 71 a-6 t <;-
M7101 # its t + -A- z Y-ti
4 04 741
AJ
j4 xi at -4
Z-1 ig 4
741
1.
LI ej i3 011 J 4- ti 9-F !f.
-14
'
"
,
-014
I4
4 *I) jid: -131
jh -4 7).1
o
7-1) sI 4. oi 11 ti" cO. 30-
71171- ,,,4 5.1- )61- 0-1 Al
ki v1- -44
4 v301- 01 91 el Al c-tc- 4..
-ha 04) 1-AN A.ut J\AiLi

''t*3 h-1- 1 al- a 44 Nc17
v -6
)
41 44 oil ki
*
Yi` 17] c41 ki 't
,
f 3
5,1
Ati- .!5" 01 ire 11
71-* 11 .q 4 a 4- 1
ri-11
. V. %1
4:1 .51 A. t-7-4 k

ik A \-3 I 3i ?yJN-- V i*] .ft MI 41 2-
-7-A
26
D. ed. -'11- x-11 OVVPrfig)
I.
*41
01)
51 Al tIj q Al 5-
1. o Lj
(11 cLI x-11 913. 41 77}- ?
2. 'd 919- mi att- -11 34 31 r 9 7,71-?

3 c11 211-- 4' 7414: HI 11 -AJ
-71-1 771- ?
4 0dki id Ail AI -11. 01 -261 )01- ?J,
21
5. '04 q -*.1- -(1 Jod -g: I 71 -tc- 11 01-174?

-JtfJ
-A-01 '61
6 I id- 9-1 LI_ A-- uH-1- 1-1771-?
111 od. "3- 51 t)

7
9 771- ?
1. It was thought almost impossible for an airplane

to exceed the speed of sound.
2. In a democratic nation one can know all the

statistics rather accurat(i,
3. The census is conducted every ten years in
America.
4. Electricity has been widely used from the

twentieth century.
5. There is a demilitarized zone between North and

South Korea.
6. We can guess that the population of America is

roughly 185 million.
27
E. to1 (f-
to increase
in other words
approximately
to make it clear, bring to light

for the first time
ratio
distribution
death
gender distinction
date, days, time
age
population
to be fixed
investigation
. . .
total
ent4ze Korea
to guess
statistics
28
o *111
A.
" I
e'r
0
9-1
71
H le;
I al-T-
o -;511 oi
-a c11 11
-71-A10.1-te 1?-1-A1:1.1" CiO)
c117-4 4Azi.151.9a-%Lint-i
-(L /4.2.ii i5t1
1-177F?
-7c1 : Lii*TAI 7)14J 4. -Al *a -1 71- *I
141 011 kt S. -q"-cit 141

1:11. ti-1771-?
71:1 oql, L0IJk Al- 4 5-1 `-e 4 it
-71. I 04-967 9 cl-.
et-E 4)-- ig 01 IA 77E cF-E -'61,1 51
c4I 1,1 71 ?
29
7j Cd t
9-1 4-'4
ico t 71- orlf 1-1 771-
01 IA- 2c Al- 011 ki
Al- IA 5-1 eJ -x,s! vJ 4.
r ar_DLE
cvt-: I-
71 4.1-: 01 ?
o=11, V: o-11 Al- I -t:-.
7i oi 0AI
LYT 11-1" di- II 7-11 43- x1-4-
30
Lesson 89
Korean Bankilg System

1. Brown: The Bank of Korea is a central bank of Korea,

isn't it?
Kim: Yes, that is right. It might be said that the

Bank of Korea is the "Bank of banks".
2. Brown: Are there many other banks in Korea?
Kim: I don't know exactly, but there are seven major

ones.
3. Brown: How was the Bank of Korea established?
Kim: The Bank of Korea was established in accordance

with the Bank of Korea Act.
4. Brown: What are the primary purposes of the Bank of

Korea?
Kim: They are to maintain the stability of domestic

currency and to increase its value.
5. Brown: Is the currency which is circulated within

Korea issued by the Bank of Korea?
Kim: Yes, the Bank of Korea has the right to issue

currency to be used in Korea.
6. Brown: Since the Bank of Korea is the main bank, it

receives deposits from other banks, doesn't it?
Kim: Yes, the Bank of Korea receives deposits from

other banks in Korea.
7. Brown: Who appoints the Governor of the Bank of Korea?
Kim: The President appoints the Governor of the Bank

of Korea for a term of four years from those
who are well versed in financial affairs.
8. Brown: Are there any other financial institutions

besides the above mentioned banks in Korea?
Kim: There is a special financial institution called

the Federation of Financial Associations. The
main purpose of the Federation is to make loans
to farmers and small businessmen.
31
C.
id_ Xli
6 itti
A ti ft IN 1 i-
-L-- 4 a 'a 4i- I i4--Iill 41
0
0) --Z- 911-. .a- i 14-. A 041---,.. \17 ikl--J-- 01
Al vii I) 31,
0- IN tUf-d-!ti-t- IN ia --i' A 1 -3-1; 1 3- iol- I likAl
ot! iii _t v-i 74
A -'12--,
_)_qi
ti- A A- 441/4. I ch :-/- =1 i eyi B A -E
.74 Ad 7 Al
S 1 :--51-
4 4.
X1
it -16.0 qi
51 i-e-,_ .-11- 11 i if: 4-i- A 01
t's1/44:t +A 01 gi -iTk oil 114-1 Al- ect- 4-- 041k1 \-D kr- 411 ti 4- 't
?I 90
--M-2. 41- -4- At- 4.
A.
q olJ lA Nit iktIit 4- iL 41-A .A
4 Y-
444 1`514 AA 011 "<1.1-t
=1:1- `D
4 -X
6t 11
-01- is 4% ti ?1%-. .31 4.
1-1-4t 51 49 311. 17/1N 61 A-4 f4) 711
+44 *a tic 01 -2-1 01
32
/\ (Mtli fin a)
LA "tr-
iij 0
91- Al "
x[i =4 0) 97IJ 5126- 74?

2. (1 t Yr oti
3. 4-I 01 oi 31:4H --41.7_-

eA .10.i 9 vt. ?
4. --tr. -"1 14. lid IA 77F ?
5. 5-1 ori 71 51 La II 9 171-?
cq 4 ollki t-1771- ?
7. 01 5r1 9-4?
1. It could be said that Washington, D.C. is the

acapital of capitals".
2,, He was punished in accordance with the articles

of military law.
3. The primary purpose of the Army Language School

is to teach foreign languages to American
military personnel.
4. It is very hard to maintain the stability of

domestic currency and to increase its value in a
nation like Korea.
5. In addition to those mentioned above,,there are

many people who have abundant knawledge on the
subject of finance.
6. There are many other financial institutions in

addition to the banks.
7. Seoul Publishing Company has the publication

rights to this book.
33
E. ta- c)1 tto
value
basic
Financ.*" Association
aim
publication right
businessmen
to establish
business
deposit
to maintain
loan (for business purpose)
bank
term of office
1 V finance
1F
7,7.)
to decide
91 small businessmen
4- to improve
7F1 director, president (of a company)
currency
21- it 4 to be unique, special

rif
(2. --t=y
* } 1-)11-.3 14y1 1-a
Er4. 112 1O- : 142 II-0 -1-1 la +1 lo :1?4-k

1%. 444 10 1* Ita *1.-z -k 1-Y 4'0 "fY
171 111'4 rf -114. & 112Y Is
I 1-Y "?.r.
t- 11 I-0 -1113- "-; HtthP
-1H lo 41 ITLy TA ;-,- 4-34 fr.
-T-rr 1-Y 117 -ckk
1.1.1_112 Jet tIL io Pt It- -It 11-0
41 pi jo * 11.0 k '?17-
r*. h 114
* 4'3
Fo 42- T
-lb A-Ir;
ta- Fl
_1- T-1 lop RI iJC f=y. 1g) vo
-v Pr- -111-
T4 7-Y 1 1)/ (41-t j(c 2.1
t
lc I I-44)i
I-6 tic y201
Li-
za- rf, 2% 1% -RI 11-Y- PO oIoa -i
10
11-0 l-E ?/- 11--E r ATI V7

0 0 z-L yr
Ir
a L. 3 J -I- 3_ -10
o
0 Ft

./ -6-
-s?-- Itn 141. 1-Y.
t-
-2; -rs:- h Al -111 j'a IY 7--Ho
10 4- frt. Tor ilk 4a eo rct 1-5
11".
415; h
lit a ro
1:1
0
1-F1
fl ro h tat: lit
1Ft 1-Y P Pg Is. -I; ?-/

RF1
-10
p 12 in,
9--, 3_
73::
0 -1 11_ k, a -1 -I-
11
31 -I
"7-
lo 1k 117- FR IT; tY k 1-Y :11Y "TE
19, k 4/4-
9E
Lesson 90
Psychological Warfare
1. Brown: Psychological warfare is being conducted at

present in Korea, isn't it?
Kim: Yes. Isn't every country engaged in this war-

fare these days? With the intensification of
the cold war between the Bast and West after
World War II, the Korean government also
initiated anti-Communist psychological warfare.
2. Brown: In general what kind of methods do they use in

Korea?
Kim: Propaganda activities are carried out through

broadcasting stations and publications such as
newspapers and magazines.
3. Brown: These ar%: means utilized by non-military

organizations; how does the military carry out
such an operation?
Kim: In the military, the psychological warfare

section of the National Defense Department
takes charge of such ope.r_ations. They print
propaganda leaflets, safe-conduct leaflets,
books, magazines, and so on.
4. Brown: How do they disseminate such things among the

enemy?
Kim: Over the (enemy) front line they spread (the

leaflets) by shooting them out of guns, and over
the rear area they drop them from airplanes.
5. Brown: Axen't there other methods?
Kim: There are many other methods. One of the most

frequently used (methods) is to broadcast
conversion persuasion programs utilizing the
beautiful voices of WACs. A large scale program
"Broadcast to North" is carried out through the
Central Broadcasting Station. They particularly
warn the general public to take refuge when aur
Air Force -ts going LID bomb a certain area at a
certain time.
6. Brown: That is an interesting method. It must be very

effective to make propaganda like that.
37
Kim: By doing so, not only do we impress the general
public favorably, but we cause many enemy troops
to defect to us.
7. Brown: Then, you can utilize the converted soldiers,
can't you?
Kim: Yes, we have them broadcast surrender persuation
to Communist soldiers.
C
Al et 4 sr) _or_ c+ 9 rt.

As225-1 V". ""- L'Ai A
4.
a
oi
14
Ai
711- /1*\417047, 01
/.?
711
AI
.511 7F 01 1,-1:4A
01--
4'p -61 ?1At1- _01._ *1 2E: 17

7 4 4. 0 '1
I It 4- or rIff-mk_ 't tk 43C-4/4
ig .T.3.1/Fok-E4
oo
415 41 -111 /eF
3).
11F ryn TA 'al-.
74- I
.1-4 kr 41F
.A1
oil hi ;.7. al el-, MA11
itt 47_ 4. 1
ict g- 11.
cql
11 71 4
A ,
4
oct 4 -I
.".k gm Ng tit =I-. 5E. 011 -t-ta viz
ti I. 21,1 *II 4.
4 4.
01 . 41f o
)51-;,, 9J -1,11
0 Ji
1- G0
AI- -& 14-- -a- 4. VE 0I
I
Silg "E
41 :1:1 41 )94 1, 1-1 4ft 04041 )14.1
01 171 454 Ai 1-3104*11:4A5-f1:- c461%. it44)

tt 411 cA
39
D. X-11 (rrilig rat)
I.
M cHj 51 26-1 Al
1 - I 11 (YA.i I 4,4 xl ?
2.
3 .
glit OT71 1
4. dog- 3F 0-11 Yr 0,-1 ?
5. I -1 4 IV -L (3-1 61_ ?
6 . l'Ick -601
7. -=)) 3-12-t -4_ 01 Api,i ?.
1. She sang with a beautiful voice.
2. The company advertised itself through publications

such as newspapers and magazines.
3. The cold war between the East and West betame

intensified after the Korean War.
4. Many Communist soldiers surrendered to our side

after reading the conversion persuasion leaflets
dropped by airplanes.
5. The psychological warfare unit obtained better

results than the (other) combat Units.
6. Not only that,lbut I also have to go to the Central

Broadcasting Station.
7. The airplanes drop supplies on the front line.
40
B. CLE. Itt)
70 51- -A- 4 to warn
q to be beautiful
operation, construction activity

Department of Def 'e
military auth(drity
to urge, advise
to change allegiance to this side
to take charge of
anti-communist
big scale...
broadcast to North Korea
voice
broadcasting station
to scatter, spread
soldiers
propaganda leaflet
on the newspaper
both blocks, both sides, both camps
WACs
World War II
to print
general public
operation (in war), campaign
publications
to take refuge
41
A. -1 iEF (+. )
Zfl M-5 71" 1: oF "cti a 21

1
-11
W
01 it
oil 9- a
71- --IIcF
7,44 al 41 4' a 9 7* ? a
-I I I Aor 7F 1 c501 ?
to It) ot
-7j
fiest
J4i4 )41-1
Al- 2-1 el
&I) Al
41
ill s) )04.
I
7c; .04 I 4. a 71 1101- 711
1.
%.1 71 it a ei! t-11 IA' jo-kt 1
At ell t-t=... Al al- -E-
4 a,j- ol
4Httk 4- 11-5 / -Yr it

4 4- LH 7/1 I r-1 4-1 al it Li
gj icp a 01 ?
4 r-f- t4J:
71 71" 51
x-J IL 4- 11 uol- 14J 5. 71- 2 ?d, ?
7c)
01 71 5... :7 7A 01 7.41 -2-cit 7;1 01
H 771- ? .21-1 r_751 -741 01 ted 1

AI- iFi-a 71-1-L
* 3- iq .7r 'A -5- LI cl-.
ol uzl_ Pi- 5 1 c).1 -La =1- At

-4 71 41-26 -?-4
0J
9 4 LI 771- ?
3-15- 4 Al c* Az! (1 1-1-
It J24 5. "21 u oil 91 -t

.i.k..2t17-11 MI& L47l [ 1414-451
c"I 'xi
-7), 01 c3A-t- Li 4.
w0P 3-- 4 qt1- 771.
-771- ?
-3; od. 7F Al- -26F
711 2- 3- v. cd 41- LI =F. 1.- 01
74-
- iNJ -Tr 11 a
43
Lesson 91
Intelligence Operation
1. Park: M-5, an intelligence agent, has returned and

brought some detailed information about the
Sariwon area.
Kim: Did he find out everything thoroughly? So, what

is the situation in the area?
2. Park: He said that he saw two completely armed diirisions

of the Chinese Communist Forces getting off a
military train on the day he arrived there.
Kim: Then contact the Air Force Headquarters immediately,

and have them bomb the area so that the enemy
cannot reinforce.
3. Park: Yes, I will contact them right away. By the way,

inspite of the fact that we selected an agent from
among the refugees and sent him, the result was
pretty good. As a matter of fact, we were worried
very much because he might have been a spy of the
People's Army.
Kim: It is better to send such a man as long as he is

trustworthy and capable.
4. Park: However, you trained him thoroughly, didn't you?
Kim: Of course. We trained him intensively for one

week. First of all, we gave him a code name,
and taught him general techniques.
5. Park: Did you also teach him how to collect information?
Kim: Of course. Isn't that the most important thing?

So, we taught him how and what kind of information
to collect, and how to estimate distances, and
so on.
6. Park: Was it the M-5's mission to find out the arrival

of the Chinese Communist forces?
Kim: Of course it was one of the essential elements of

information to be collected. Besides that, the
mission was to find out the activities of the
Russian-made MIG jets and their maintenance crew,
and also to find out the supplies stored at the
Sariwon railroad station.
44
111001111/.11..m..
7. Park: How did he infiltrate through the front line and

go to Sariwon?
Kim: He infiltrated into the enemy position at night

disguised as a soldier of the People's Army.
Anyway, this operation was very successful.
45
gi 761-
K2--4
tit 11
./1/
Ai" el 4i
R
7.1 4 At
if
, 1/41: lit 01
-11
'Al2 -4 71
71 t
A,
4
.
Al
41-
ft A" 011 ki
4.
At Ell
4741&Li 41 41 -15.11 401
a-4- -71 ../ -4

ttit
1-91 1-1 7- 4-d. oi 4 1- 1--4t
0 -0 M 4 141 9,t-cir
24, :4
M5 1.0 /- -I ;a //A tL 7-1
/. LI )kc-11 s 71 el
.-4,t
1-14. 2IL
_co 7715._
xi eg
5
A. Of
*
1 4
11 it/.
tl- A t
Al
i. idrt 91 -a- LI 2.1 4
4.-i--
z. A- At,
4 til
51 'ili flif V rsi I 6-
04
-In li . :t}' Y-
ej. -Al
It If 41 -x-1 4 51
t 01
vel 4- A kv/ '61- 4- 7/.1 1 f,rtt -5- 1-1 rI-.

.
M5
ok vt
JE \Itoi4.1'
A.
I 41
4 *LI: "cl- A. 0-t1 A eci * .2- 3... ii-v- -4-2 ?FA. M 4 *1 )11 ifiA-1 61-1.11
otj 1.1
1St , UF'
3 'at!: 041
04,
; t1 4 011
E..,
-5.41 4
tc4 1.1( Nf A. 17 tfi 3 I

4 1,4 ft
tc74-
'6jV'
4-1
oo
01
1V:i.),r4t-1
At 9J 1--gA- %-1 4. M-5 A-
46
D. Y=0'4.
.10.
cat MO)
scril 5111 451-/-12.
I.
ii 1.
2.
73
ol
IjI 21J
01 tr6_ %
OIJ(1 4-
211 ol 2. ?
J-11-76_
3 oHl t Al- aj -7-4 olj 3-1" I 71 7i1. oil :91 9t

4. oj 1441-t. 7.-; c4A =3-1
01* it Ji ?
If 5. 5 7F _kiL I 61 IE. vr 01 ?
6. 5 71- 71-- it a A4 Al oil 71 ?
7- M-5 4a4o11ki c;..I cit ?

1. I told .it to him by telephone so that he would
not come to my place.
2. I worried because he might not come.

3. I selected one who WPS capable and trustworthy.
4. On the contrary, it is easy to bomb, taking
advantar- of the darkness.
5. It is better to travel by air in every respect.
6. An enemy spyldisguised as an American soldier,
infiltrated into our position.
7. Ask Mr. Kim to tell Mr. Choi tc bring the

detailed information.
47
q- ol 1* )
rao
to disguise
to worry
just now, jlxst then
to arm
military strength
headouarters
success
result, outcome
collection
EF to t complete, perfect
to be capable
to infiltrate
to score
...made
fighter plane
maintenance crew
reinforcement
estimation
- c to find out, detect, sPy
refugee
by any chance
activity, action
48
A.
2145 013- A3
t.-4 -:51'11-1
JrA .94411 4 .3. Za 144: 01- 0,411,1,1
*Al 0-11k1
4: 9a x11.- :7-e5.1.-211
4ifkl
al -7-11
: 4 01 ei s- 514
*'4t. 01 ii./.4=1,1 4. 04 fi)-.& */.1 ;ft 34.
vrp
Se44q0.
V-41 Y11.-9-1-1
*IA
5261 el Aft- 01 t 7-a-1-1 4.
*Ft : ectoi o ik/ 011 ciL4. c oil k) klei iizij 401 4 .051..3
ti. 011- Ki 401 4 a4I-14. .2-e-1 f-i--Pir4 ir 04) -0)

VAct 4q
g o1 *LA 456-144.
4. 4 : . 0} ai e+Pc 0,101 11 4.
4-4-kalt : e-) IA LJAkol 4-t 4 el ) 14 1.111)61-cri
Pi el 4:: -14:1_ ik14-tr 911 V- 3 14 4,
711.
(311 o14-- 4 %) t-13-1'61-71414114*
49
Lesson 92
Politics
1. Kim: Captain Brown! Please come ir.
Brown: Congratulations, Mr. Kim',
2. Kim: Thank you. But how did you know the election
results already?
Brown: I listened to the radio at lunch hour. It's

really great that you could win over the
candidate from the Liberal Party under such an
unfavorable condition.
3. Kim: I believe it's all by the grace of all of you.
Brown: Anyhow, you have gone through a lot of trouble.

You must be very ft:zed.
4. Kim: No, it's all right. It seems that all the

fatigue is rather disappearing, since I am with
a friend with whom I can talk with ease of mind
like this.
Brown: By the way, quite a few assembly members came

out from the Democratic Party this time, didn't
they?
5. Kim: Yes, comparatively many were elected. However,

the number is far smaller than that of the
Liberal Party.
Brown: Then you will have to face many difficulties in

the future.
6. Kim: Yes, I believe there will be a lot of difficulties

in many ways.
Brown: But you ought to be able to contribute greatly

to the future of Korea if men of ability like you
would put forth concerted efforts.
7. Kim: I will try my best to meet the expectations of

all of you (not to betray your expectations).
50
C. (gtV
01 ai 41 -4 Ati
(-C 441-it 01 a.le 01-
1-14. P-M4.i)(11:4
t_ i1 oil 4 cq 4-
'1'1144110. ij frei oi k '4 e3--(6
,
--7)iM144 Oil -0-19N

Y(-10160161113 Olki 44 J-11- 5154-1-1 -1
Vt.
4=-A))4:1'12-- w54-e--1 4::/J
oiJ '.11-01 )-44 t AI_ **lel 1- OF 9-1-A-1

oO 0-1/0 410-41A-1 024. LL 910,34
1-14.
AJ A3
:10-3/6 9I-56114 . V- tt
91e42 - :s0
oi zl 012.- /FAY- 5A cl P1i.1
01 oi fro tzI1iI VIA IA .
D. cd437t-P1 (ft IVO)
1. Mc41 4-as_
1- 144 *1 G`Y-11 -*el 7(3 AA1 4 914L-1171-!

2. 4- at vi
4-1A 4!
3. 3 -Yr- ori ,03.0,14-t4-47
4. *14" c 73 cl ,1-*.L4-771-
5. fl-./1.-L- AZ7, /I (r) C& -1-1 -)-1
6. t t
4 14-
7. 01)4 4- 4)4-4- A4)-- *A 01 c Ai It 50-
9IM 171-
1. Immediately after graduating from the United

States Army Language School, Captain Brown went
to Korea with a special assignment.
Mr. Kim was elected a national assembly member in

the last general election.
3. It was quite disadvantageous to belong to the
Democratic Party because the President is from
the opposition party.
4. Mr. Kim seemed to be uninterested in politics,
so nobody expected that he would get into the
political world.
52
E. )
national assembly member

to manage, operate (an establishment)
expectation
to try, endeavor
freely, without restraint
Democratic Party
broadcast
to be disadvantageous
wish, desire
ability, capability
to go amiss; to turn out contrary

to expectations, etc.
rather
to be accomplished, realized
Liberal Party
to be grand, great
anyhow
to congratulate
to become unfastened, loosen

to be tired
candidate
53
*14) (--)
A. N (tit)
1,/ 041 Al* /-,1 -"e
4-4 Cd /41 01-
4/.14 vi
ol 1tj 449A-41-14.
It 4 g-11 1144 LA "1/?

t 511 5a91 y, 411 (01 oJ*o ott
9.1.4.
.st 4 01 ,11.; 61 4 ), c;14 47

11.
6. 008 041 31 (;3.4 1-1q. D41-t-c cq-lt
0401 41 .t Wic.1 V-4.41
%It+
12
kL N A MI gel *A I.?
ti 0,1 4 >0 (=101 f411 at*
Al ligi* c}cij4 04. Ili-
A 13: - 1.41 t 141 ali-t 14k1111)--1
A1-ti% 1+44
4
o.e..
1,4
o-
41 % 141 Ail 114. 41 4 ki 5--
54
Vc. -7-1.=1 1-11 43-1-1
-)41 ceiA
01 Ail-. 01 41 041 lg 04141 114/ t 41 5- 1)0/14.-,

A-11 -JAI oil 01 gi 4 51 i gtk vt.1
-?J 11 st1- vt',1 0-1 4 -0 110, 01

-7), 01 451.,
55
Lesson 93
Korean-Japanese Relations (I)
1. Park: I heard that you went to Japan on official

business; when did you come back?
Kim: I came back two or three days ago.
2. Park: How long did you stay in Japan?
Kim: I stayed in Osaka for one week, and in Tokyo for

one week.
3. Park: Did you have company business in both places?
Kim: I had company business in Osaka. I went to

Tokyo to look around and also to see my college
friends after the official business was over.
4. Park: Your company has a lot of business with Japan,

doesn't it?
Kim: Yeslthat's right. However, we frequently have

headaches because things clon't always go smoothly.
5. Park: It is mainly because of Korean-Japanese relations,

isn't it?
Kim: Yes, it is.
6. Park: How nice it would be if neighboring countries

would get along well together!
Kim: Yes, I think so too. Even among the Japanese,

most of the educated young men think so.
7. --Irk: Then, it looks like Korean-Japanese relations is

not hopeless in the future.
Kim: Of course not. A friend of mine I met in Tokyo

said that there are many countries and races in
the world, but there are very few races whose
lives, languages, and ways of thinking are as
similiar as those of the Koreans and the Japanese.
56
C. (gPf")
)
o
al lit
cam) 110-4-90-00
-.2t0-150t1 *1.4 (y)) -21-)474 451- %
910-71- tt Ht. .9_vi 72- t 0,1 4I

#01, 31L
(.4
k/.
51-0171 141,t04) 0- rvi tX)._ *1 12- 71' 71
t 04 91*
13 Ad t *21. (AA MS1 V. I -11: ci)-1 91- -411
SO al
% 03-c. AI-45-
A
s- A1*-6-0.-1 opoy
-1?- 44 5- 1 AA) *go C
alz-1
0A1.4 4 . /Y4, -014151 '3,1- /1. JtAgA)1
0-14 vA A171- 1- t4 (rt Jt.
qA 0 13 PI --i v4-.) 1)04: 9145 1/)q-
113 A4) j ow ite
* 11. 0) 'of
/k, t 0-4 (Am If** &1 s_ 31-è }1-4 fA )0-0- 0300 .
111 j'AP o) (21 M ve 4 -9_ v_ =.26_ 04m -7)-/-1 ralb0-1

-A):. ki 40A- Al- 4-5g 19- Ai9u4: 44A910.
q-7;11 .4 5_4_ /-Yd 4i:44k-14.
57
D0 0A- 4,11
. fr1H51k1 oiqt4-t .
1. -13 AAI.}. Yrk. od cri) 7,14 g-F3-14-74-

2. Ail -le 7}"A-1 0) --ft-- 910;),-=e: 01' -31C1
t 91 9;)--(61-4 711.- ?
3 N4 t 011 I ?I 1.1:-%1/) 121' ?
4. 51-141 311fl- )(0A-(E %) 914-11 711- ?

5 )62: MAIL' 7-A) 11- Ito 9141-
014r_te *91/3014?
6 . Ai- ec1-4-- 0-1 0) 14- id- ?
7 . Alt 1,3 ojA. 13 It.t -,0A 01
vio 9.14 ?
II. Translate the follming sentences:

1. I will visit as many friends as time permits
while staying in Seoul.
2. The morning before T had met him I knew that
he would visit the area on official business.
3. Many Japanese friends, most of whom were his
fellow alumni, got together.and threw a big
banquet for him.
4. I thought it very fortunate that I could meet

more friends than I had expected to, and hear
them expressing their frank opinions about
Korean-Japanese relations.
5. I hadn't visited Tokyo for a long time,and I was

surprised to see that the city had changed so
much from what I was used to seeing fifteen years
ago.
58
E 01
Imlam
(ow
transaction, trade
impartial, fair
Osaka (a city in Japan)

to be of the same opinion
to be rare, infrequent
race (ethnic group)
mode (way) of thinking
4,144 to be candid, frank

smoothly
language
banquet
to understand
standpoint, viewpoint, situation

opinion
entirely, totally
to travel on official business
pro-Japanese faction
Korean-Japanese relations
to permit
hope
59
(gg)
ill: st (r-f-)
* o) 11-
))0_ 011 t-e 4 a 33141A
..11/.
cl
11?) to1+4111.71-?
cl -7,1}).1 4 71- 11
e)-) 04)
c-1) ccfq -71-
. a)) * C41 ol -)41
3=ig
-71
Y6 -1) ,
31* 1-) 4. --c t4 )61 5_ 04/)
eA
125:1, )14404. N-94._tc f4 A,?).4 v)- 5- 1-1 01 _Pc

-Prz) ki /)
trig c).-.
4 *S. 1. *RI a) A3 kt),
_V--
4 -7 ed. 0 3c11- -71 xJ % 7 1 0-4 5lie- V.-1A *

01 1,3
k )36-' t 1-/-111 71- '91 -'41--5'11 4.
11,,t+-3-1,1c4- 01 It), 01 02t NV; 11-1-7 *A1- 7,171
31i 11/1- 4 `-t 04 211t-'2, 01 01 7-'1) 0(1
4 I-1
60
...,,...,,,' ,, ',ie., , 1.
t. 4 .Pr oi tri1 01 4. xt- 71.- 514 4- ;OA

0 J Aol- 1- IA* -71 71 i-7
q 71 it 51 i) 14 4-g- -5- (-I-
61
;
Lesson 94
Korean-Japanese Relations (II)
1. Nakamura: How many more days are you going to stay in

Tokyo?
Kim: I think I will have to leave this week-end.
2. Nakamura: Why are you leaving so soon? Since you are

visiting here after such a long time, you
should try to stay longer.
Kim: It would be nice if I could do so, but I have

to go soon because of company business.
3. Makamura: I suppose you have many things to do within

a short period of time, and thank you very
much for coming to see us like this.
Kim: Thank you (please don't mention it). I

really wanted to visit your place even if
I couldn't finish all my other business.
4. Nakamura: Thank you. Anyway it's wonderful that you

came! This evening let's, the two of us,
drink to our heart's content.
Kim: Yes, let's do that!
5. Nakamura: It's been nearly 20 years since I had a

drink with you.
Kim: Yes, it really is!
6. Nakamura: By the way, all of your friends in Tokyo

decided to take you to a nice place before
you leave.
Kim: Really? Thank you. I was really overwhelmed

to meet all of you this time. I never expected
that all of you would welcome me so warmly.
7. Nakamura: Since there can exist this sort of personal

relations among individuals of the two
countries, the two nations will surely be
able to get along together in the future.
Kim: I believe so toc. I am also hoping that it

will turn out that way.
62
...e10001'011,MVIIMII0004101MNPUM.OMPIWPON,OWW").......,r,.,... 0a
c.L.t
oul 1-) 14 t -t114.04)
)po), -741 1cd v, Ai- e-qh1 trl 132: 4 A1 1.3
'A cJ
31-4 14 4. o)
171- t-e c-11 AF eSt i1 A-1
244
/14
)62: 4 -No 4 zt_g. 4 1..k
6) 041 tt YA- x-)
Ir
Ye 4
eotui
GH
41-1 4. 4
aa. t 0S-t tAl
01 -0J-4 le iy*, 31
%,1
oi 34 4- 0..
4.L4 cY.
tt '114 it 1H oa
g_ 4A A. A-01 04) ki
4-1 t 4 vict 14- ; 5 3i1 )5)- 141 1
Al-
v.
0) et LI *A 4 44- g*A1 44 0) 21
-If
4).1"
912e- (..xl vs oil 30-1-
git -77111-, 0) 4-4i_

A-4464 13*- 531 ATKI-- *Ca A-A- v6-
%101- 01 Yr 01-.5: 4 el- 71- AI %1
1-1
63
D t4 (0-31g 14.)
I. -)fikt 411 Al
1 . ol 1,1 AA) ?-41 4 va occil A), O ,) 771-.F
2 .7)- Y- 0-1 91 % 01- ,3 AA) 4 /1 tj

9(4- -4 9) -)*
73M Pi tv iv lA I7E?
4 .t A}-ej-4- 114_ c- & 3 )61- 11 1) 141 4
- 0) .41 I_
014 71, .;
x(1-4
II. Tranalate the following sentences:
1. Mr. Kim was invited by a Japanese friend, who is

now a very famous lawyer, and had a good time
until late at night.
2. All of them seemed to be very happy to see me,

particularly the one whom I used to stay with in
the same room seemed happiest to see me.
3. Korean-Japanese international relations will
eventually getter better since the two nations
have similiar cultural backgrounds.
4. The unfavorable international relations of two

nations does not necessarily mean that the
individuals of the nations can not get along
with each other.
64
E.
11- Sf *4 to be overwhelmed, full of deep

emotion
0,1 individual
almost
common
extremely
to treat, confront, receive

(a person)
two of us (used as asubjecI)
to escort (a person)
to wish, hope
background
lawyer
to one's heart's content
inasmuch as
neighbor
generally
influential
eventually, in the future
to be short
like, as...
65
A. (Vrt)
i0
-71 -*
3A.-IL
141.4
4? 635-112. cL-E
-?;
c-i) ?,44, ,--,171 )61-=k,

It- 01 oj -4- i4 vr, 034 9 7;1- ?
: 4- 4t 7) to) 11,--t; al qj 4 Ill g;
13U: 4 1 4 , 4),A 4,
4111-1 UI g-. 19j-..e -61 A) * 0) et 0) -)
Mt()) 31-0 ;) c+ M21 )61-3i
19 IT,. 4v,-0) 014 cai col 4,--- tot),

1-72 .
-7)
41-m-, 1:N144
441401 ,3411+.
;Lai Mxi-t- (4%4 0) ape -7,-). 4-

-9C C'4) Q,4v1 -4 ?
-fr e-1/41, 61 0 -4A o)

c13 -C. 11
:7,1- 140 (qt .-((44.% toPvc %La '4; fro
1(41-
c-4--
14e2 gy. -Co -fp -61)

c
.113. 419 ci PfL -V-1=6 -?clb ro h -o
Lesson 95
Korean Clothes
1. Adams: Mr. Kim, you came in Korean clothes today!

They really lool good.
Kim: Do they? Thank you. I am really comfortable

when I wear Korean clothes.
2. Adams: By the way, do Korean people make Korean clothes

at home or buy them.
Kim: Usually they make their own.
3. Adams: That's probably why I haven't seen a store where

they sell Korean clothes. It takes quite a lot
of time to make them, doesn't it?
Kim: les, it takes quite a lot of time. Therefore,

Koreans wear Korean clothes less and less.
4. Adams: Korean clothes look good, but T think they are a

little bit clumsy when you work.
Kim: Yes, that's right. That's why men usually wear

Western clothes.
5. Adams: It seems that many women still wear Korean

clothes, is that true?
Kim: 7es, that's right. Isn't it nice to see a

woman in Korean clothes?
6. Adams: Yes, it's really nice to look at, but I think

it would be, at least to us, better if they
could make them in such a way that they don't
hide the women's physical beauty so much.
Kim: Yes9 I think so too. Maybe, there will be a

little change along that direction in the future.
68
C. (it(*)
o
15/ "LE a '41-1 cqi
A/I
2:1-ct 9_ 11 '4
t.11
tit 130,
ig rt !e. 7t-1-611`-e
I-11+ 014041"-a 1-i 1-V.a -/6011 =.kt

I1 A._ n_
t- A
71 i 01 i -.`" q. t-j
0g - 9c
td-
0 1 iii
ai
Ai- Oil ji
1 A-
ce-t n._ Aj 04)4-1
t i O1 OL4 it LI c I- .a- all 4-1

Acr xa et 4 t it er A-
it /1-5,01 . % if 1-1 1-. /2 tot -0-A-S
lak 1* fil 0) v? 0) q
9i ,,s, esti H
ig- 14
44
.g;
-i-.et cli111 4-Pai a oi 411-6c5-il 3- tEN-

14
*WV 01,1 5i-1-1& Gil, L-1 cr. .1..m H--
01 74- a- -gi
ic --c I-1
..t
-k .3-- i 1.--%. a) -ie ;*ggct 13 -LL -r tig -e mi 1-1- 0) N-cL
el 21-- itt- 71- %i
-3ta- 4 -cE al 21-1 1- igt- 1g * I c)d-FTHq
0I-
-et
JS A 11 I
oJ ft 01 ttk-4-.
69
D. I I (trri
041 cbri .
1. 13i-1 t 5 9 ojiL V:40-4?

2. 0) fr.-5,
0 Yr 0- 93 171- ?
3. -V: v2"4 01 AA. 01 -4 It ?

4. ec,1 -.4 -71 T-1-71-% vt) 03 Dr?
5. --I-1 1,1 , ro;)- 0r1 771- ?
6. 'tt- 114 al
Vt,o) J`414--?
8. mad W.N-* 914-7,1
vi -773-
II. Translate the following sentences: 4
1. Korean clothes are very nice to look at, but they

are not convenient when we work.
2. I didn't see many stores where they sell Korean

clothes.
3. It is not economical to wear Korean clothes

because they get dirty easily, and it takes a
long time to make them.
4. Men wear less and less Korean clothes, but

women are still wearing Korean clothes as much as
before.
5. It is a defect of Korean clothes that they hide

women's physical beauty.
7FX-ori family, home
to be convenient, handy
to hide
714-3* ready-made clothes

4 nylon
to be warm
00 direction
change
31,5_ 21-41c}.
to be soft
1.011N- commercialization
1- cloth, fabric, (for clothing)
physical beauty
01 (041 Oct.) to be cute, pretty
ct to economize
limitation
ci- to be comfortable
, 01) ki
ready-made clothes
to be warm
to stick (to something), adhere
to change to a marketable good
to conserve, economize
7 1
kk
)(ft
/141 igt
(CeS)
-71* 6-1 DA 71 19131 e1040-13-7

031 1-1 opq. 010-2 oil) 4ol %) 6,16-. vki ykl -6)
60)4+ IV 4.
ccd- CAI 9_1-. 01 CA x133- 7
0-1 1311-1 =
940_ vd- 71-111: 01 91 0-1 ccrt o )
c-I
*61 hi-001 .9- . 7: 111.ki

%i-.:1-
0 g-Y-
11
-41-Si-
01 Dit-1 , 1 -ai , ..3_ e.-4 P-71- CO' 1--- AA1 .a vl-,9_,:X).
10111i1h-I 5- oj- 41.
#11- 3-101 01oLlol

11-1.1A17) 101 5-A1g0-
-1/1-xrpe.c-1 11-11 -VII: A 0) At/ 1`1 401
53: (4-1 44.1t1 0;1 --7-4-t3-
e-11 . .Y_ALI-xi 5--eq 5141
(olwi4Ljt) 01- ii}- t- 0117,-11
7CiI 1,1-4 Al F
1"0"
idY1 (2 ol 91 03-. 7}-fri .
: p-
e.
a1 0-1 a
91 Lti I-bi- AI 1 .
: *1.-- 1- .
72
Lesson 96
Visiting a son-in-law
1. Daughter: Mother, weren't there many passengers on the

train?
Mother: No, I was able to sit (and come) comfortably

because there weren't many people this time.
2. Daughter: It was hot on the train, wasn't it?
Mother: It was hot indeed! I was sweating even

though I was just sitting quietly.
3. Daughter: I think you must feel sticky. (Your body

must be sticky). Please take a bath now.
Mother: Yes. Then I will wash (off) the sweat

quickly (and come out).
4. Son-in- How is father(-in-law)? (Father has been

Law: getting along well in the meantime, hasn't he)?
Mother: He is fine. (without any trouble). He wanted

to come along this time, but he couldn't because
some urgent business came up unexpectedly.
5. Son-in- Next time please make sure to have him come

Law: with you.
Mother: I'll do that. He always says that he will come,

because it has been a long time since he last
saw you.
6. Son-in- (To his wife) I think the watermelon I bought

Law awhile ago is chilled now, so let's give some
to mother.
Daughter: That's right! I completely forgot about it!

I will bring some right away.
7. Son-in- It is really ripe. Please help yourself.
Law:
Mother: It is really refreshing and sweet.
8. Daughter: They say that all sons-in-law like their mothers-

in-law, but you especially like mother.
Son -in - Oh! Do I?

Law
74
30+)
ai -t ,71)
5-4 3c-kr3 0-01 4:_-0-21- g AN awl oil 43. 11
44ff (>41 A) 6141 01- 4 cF VAA1J-c 14tm
69 vi -I- itt-112- 01 it 344-
C.41,1 4. ii-1A412t. 0j.fA 0-1) 5)-ki 0)-14-)
i5! 4- '5-
01 -7)-1) t- 0?) -4
11
/I- -A 3_ 41 *ikt 0-14i *.v.

)9: 01 %-s
13 41 114 4 A!7.151 0113-d (Alt 41. OA
17_1%-i- )41
111)41 41/1 .
iq
01 vt) 041 `.<1 Z.. k *IL 1 01 AI )64
7) gt 0) 1g 3i j 1L 174)
* I Al 141
A :4- 11'
.416 04141 Ai 14 -7714P-e. 3k.*-._. it 14- 94fr1i 12
c1 9f-1 v t-} Vci.i142=6)-
oi 114 . M J 4-1
1-) .
AO/ i)1 ee. 1;), 44
ON
1,11.
44-A m
c,126 4 1-e Al0 1
-dg
4
*6 04) ki t--a "A- m
/L-J c+ 01 51401 4.
75
D, (4/1
410-11 4-1
I.
1. 9j .3-14. 1;1- *414 -72)- ?
2- 71- )1-3-ti 31 41"-i 771-
14" 71- Ai- 244 --v)-
4- 7,3 AR) --te 54 -VC -151-44--;- 02 0 44 v) -4?

5. viliA) *1 71- 4 OAA-1 oi 44 'it) .-541 51-5-0-771-?
6. /1 /4.9-J 12 54 0)0-1104 Apii A-1-m-
7. 73 1i kl 1 Y.. J i3 041 331
8. A)--171" ve ill 4 *4. e1L

-743
1. Mr. Kim has been happy all day today,because he

is going to see his mother-in-law, whom he has
not seen for a long time.
2. Mr. Kim left his office a_little earlier than

usual to help his wife get ready to welcome
his mother-in-law.
3. In the summer time it is better not to plan a long
trip, because the weather is usually hot and
one gets tired easily.
4. It is nice and refreshing to take a bath after

sweating a lot.
5. A mother-in-law and son-in-law relationship is

usually very good in Korea, but it is said that
it is not as good in the United States.
76
E. c (Ifo)
upside down, the other way around
quietly
-DAM (honorific subject posikosition)
to be urgent
to be sticky
to be sweet
sweat
more, even more
to brave, risk
without any trouble, safely

son-in-law
watermelon
to wash
to ripen
ce. father-in-law (wife's father)
%14- by itself, involuntarily

wife's family
comfortably
A-4--frcv all day long.
77
31,--)--L
'-1-fl-
(ff4)
v.
A.
' t ALl A- O -W0-1-401-v- 44:
*44'114. 411,, /. I 4 ?
.51MY)-.? -4z1
v.; . /141 4 1- 4J_ A- c+ :ga ocl. (23
vl 4.
: 741 1-1-32 71- 1,14 v) 17)- ?
ril- oiiki )40d. AtYyz .t Vol -41-x1-71
ciliA
40IkI 1i1- xi xl?
: 0-01-1 Oph+ Iv A-41)- :11 -e. -a,71/441-

z) J oJ chx1 V14-1,1 ct.
do. 14 4-Ail . A41 :kt

voi p1 %It -if i 4 01 vs Ai
M 4: yti 01)
ott 5A-40
.0) 4,41 -7441

4P-1
4 a o 013 (2- 174,_ -331

4110-.
78
-t 4
13if
4 AJA1
(4''
.
t011,41 D-11
%s 1.1),
01
cl 42g-
o] a (Ai doj t ,11 9_ 1114 vl ?
9); : t eA1,1 ti 4.
o) 11- Al coi
"r 11)i vo *at! N ixl" 4 AI *z-1

a) M kl 041 4
o) 1) 4 e) "04 vl cl-.
79
Lesson 97
Automobile Accident
1. Park: I heard that Mr. Kim Yong Ho was hospitalized,

I wonder if you know (about it) too.
Lee: Is that right? I didn't know (that). Is he very

sick?
2. Park: Yes, it seems that he had an automobile accident

and got hurt yesterday.
Lee: How did the accident happen?

3. Park: It seems that a car coming from the opposite
direction suddenly turned left without any signal,
so Mr. Kim's car hit the side of the other car.
Lee: My goodness! Then he must have been injured quite

seriously, though I don't know how fast he was
going when it happened.
4. Park: Well, I don't know any of the details either, but

it seems that he was hurt quite seriously on his
face, arms, and shoulders, as the broken glass
fragments flew at the time of the collision.
Lee: That's too bad!
5. Park: Also, I heard that he even had to be given a

transfusion, because he lost so much blood.
Lee: I hope he doesn't sustain many scars on his face.

6. Park: Well, according to the person who visited him
yesterday evening, Mr. Kim had bandages all over
his face.
Lee: By the ws7, Mr. Park, when are you going to see
him?
7. Park: I am going to see him this evening.
Lee: Shall I go with you when you go?
8. Park: Yes, let's do that. Since the visiting hours

start at 7 o'clock, I will stop by your house
around that time.
Lee: Then I will be waiting.

80
3
P ;0% iti-k 41
advTic,%, wo
4i, * 4* 4Y
-44 vow
71
?o -4- -gvio. N i
+114 )11-it ii- OW*6 -c (-Yliz Vz,fr -;
;ill- ?4- 114
- fa h
-1
ca "i ljto
I/
11-9, 14 d--1
I- 13%.
0
6, Ifti* --'1qt lo 11-0 I-Y fto Ta. ;7:1111t it* I-1 (.(64
14 41 -le? to jL * "P Fa
,.r?tlajf -,-*Yekol i-(t- ilo h -1

g%
1-11,4*niftt T( to -r -3;
trct (41 1.4ei 3 ro ioN-C to 1-ft
(Po Jr;-to TA 14-v -1

* lc:16 Is4 4-)3 it^ 11 4'0 (/ ?Et it-0)i-ir
.t;f+ =k 11-4- -1'\44-/ tig-E4-
Ft
0 to
4'1
fr (c) Alo fig IA 40 -0 (9-s .?

1
tta- 1-t4 io -to (-vo t trl to
4 It
ro -11; -;; t4'33 i-74.74e (4 PO* -rOg
(4* 40
D. ot-ti* 111 Cwart60)
1. o)
g-ite OIS 0) =IF
2. 4441-t'
3. 4)*1-,4V1--ve al V411.1v11- )*11.
V1)1) Scip2-111)-
4. -a41 112, y-
1)46;4-4 'itt-14-a,
5. 0) kt. tHq14) 1,d4.-4-2>071-

6. AA1.-La' i gda-q 0-1 Vi
7. VA2.)-Ie 5011T.H1 it.0) )43;,k44 1111H
8. AW-E 341 444 y AI* 17), ?
IT. Translate the following sentences:

1. Mr. Kim had an automobile accident on his way home
from his company.
2. One cannot tell when he may be involved in an
accident regardless how careful he may be, because
one can never predict what another person is going
to do.
3. Especially when you want to make a left turn, you

must use the proper signal long enough ahead so
that you let the car behind you know what you are
going to do.
4. Nowadays the automobile glass is specially made so
that it will not break into pieces, it doesn't
happen very often that a man gets cut by broken
pieces of glass.
82
.
coJ 4')
to bind, twine, wind

broken
to fly
to get injured
to crash head-on; to gore
wound, scar
speed
blood transfusion
to sustain (injqry), suffer (a loss)
to be hospitalized
fully, to the brim
entirety
fragment
carefully
serious injury
to collide
to turn; to twist
blood
to escape, evade
83
A. (titt)
? 1 f-k" Adi
y-
oil Olt -71,-L1 0-01 4%,11 A! VI 0)

9W-3W/711
01. \ill: ,12-3-/1 -ft 96-0Y
4)1 14 4.
of-3- a
a
ti )61--- (9_ Li )04 21

4-A--te
4i41A -771-
-.)-4-t 'T
,I )s-131
tg- edy-44.4111-
20 od>1.A1
--r 041 op, c.4-. )61- 114?
aVe Yr 01 fr )6keid 04.
Pc' )11 171- ?
fl 5): 4,
-?t1 Aj 2
c-i) ki ..44
04 *4 mit-) v2-%r-eA 11- iTj-LIA-.
84
A-4 : i) W5. t 0,614 vi
/} 44-fo, 0-11k1 /A 01 IA 34-,
PI al 9)-4
M Al- 041A-1-_ 01-Yr- ail
. . 41
1 1 6-24 0J, tic)
14 m hi riii)-4 0 0- 2-t al Al ci
3114 0 or.
85
Lesson 98
Finding Employment
B. plalogue (Translation)
1. Chief: You are Mr. Seung Hak Kim, aren't you?

Please sit down here.
Kim: Yes. Thank you.
2. Chief: Do you have any experience of working at an

American military organization-before?
Kim: Yes, I have worked at the United States Seventh

Division Headquarters for one year.
3. Chief: What sort of work did you do mainly?
Kim: I mainly did translation work, and I occasionally

did some interpretation.
4. Chief: Why did you quit that job?
Kim: I did that job to earn some of my school

expenses until I finished college.
5. Chief: What did you do after you graduated from college?
Kim: I was employed at the Taehan Trading Co.
6. Chief: Why did you quit that company?
Kim: I haven't officially resigned yet.
7. Chief: Then why are you going to resign?
Kim: I have a large family, and the pay there is too

low, so I am going to resign.
8. Chief: How is the work you are doing there now?
Kim: It is very interesting because the work is what

I majored in at school.
9. Chief: Can you resign there anytime?
Kim: Yes. It should be enough if I notify them

about a week before.
10. Chief: Thank you for coming, I will let you know in a
few days.
86
C.
13 =61- A A-
O- ,41
9JA 0; 14-- /it ei4
01 1-1 al 4-1
51.
7,
e101 04) oxe y;_jg
51 01 Al /21 41- .3-
41) 01-
iL f?fi- 041
4 4
,m (314 itrW" 4 )1 itT-t t k v) *96 01
-X4A3tkM- ?A 12- ."61- 3e 4 )1=,) 5'14- V.
1% tilf 041 AI iiztIV-01 93.4. 1- 01-11
_=k4- Ou4 4-4-11 *1) ai 31: Ag -21-44&3,-)). j. 4

A
-74) *1.041 tt00-1-if 91 951_ 1-1 4. 4=61 4411,4
**-r6 04) -I). 01 01 0,1
4 611 A411 t ol t-`6.9 4
14 4-, A
Ae
_A-- ff) Lotaro 71- .1-4-1 713 AA) 4.- 01
P-A>61- iI -4-ig4 4 lit* LI
87
D. L4,kii(04413`;111)
=40 0-11 )o /01 ill .
I.
1. -211 9)1 A15- .>5) /-1- ILI -71-

2- )- 0V- Yr 04 t31 1i g) ol Al 21 3/1 Al-
'1-uj /71-1
3. 7
01 30111 2- At
4 64) A-)
?
qt clLE AA)
4. AA1--te "1 4; V- 4- V- g. $1 7-1 v) ?
5. 711 1.1"-c.- 51:1 1 AI* o4 NA1- 01 451-11_. d 6-) 4J-top

6. 0),Ikl, /4`)-1)
Axi 9/1
04 =1,1 4 01 MA )4 /1_
(0,4-04 -771- 2
01 4 0)
7, 01 01 Itt 43 1-4 )(I 4,61--)4) c?Ji444.

8. 13 Al-Pc- cabi"A 111--4t, )4" v} 011 mx1-
ii,4_=4-(4
Translate the following sentences:.
1. The salary he receives from the company is not

enough to support his family, so he is hoping to
find a job that will pay better.
2. Mr. Kim went to see the personnel section chief

the afternoon of the day he saw the ad saying that
the company was looking for a college graduate.
3. Mr. Kim speaks English very fluently, and also

had the experience of working for an.American
company, so he qualified for the job very easily.
4. Being able to speak, read2and write good English
is an advantage for getting a job in an American
company
88
E 0-1
(VA)
advertisement
better (adv)
to earn
translation
salary
only, merely
reason
to be advantageous
to be fluent
job (position)
to decide
to major (school work)
formally
condition
to delay
to employ
to get a job
interpretation
notice (written)
89
.4=NrWIRIMm11
ARAI
5$4(.11q)
11TOA Etit

PYCCICHti rBbJIFAPCKFI
CPHCKOXPBATCKII POLSKI
KOREAN -3,y
EA
EUI
1
L SHOP NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE tESKY
MAGYAR REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE EAAHNIKA
H
4 01
TURKcE ESPASOL
PORTUGUiS VOLUME VIII FRANcAIS
cr)(," 1
ROMANI SLOVENKINA
YKPAIHCbKA
LESSONS 99-112 L 73.3 ay)
ITALIANO LANGUAGE LABORATORY

EXERCISES 43-48 DEUTSCH
BAHASA INDONESIA TItNG V4T NAM]

5111111111LI
Il LIETUVIII
k
AL 001 629
KOREAN
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume VIII
June 1962

PREFACE

7 VIII, contains Lessons 99-112 for classroom instruction and

Each classroom instruction unit consists of the follow-

ing parts: A. Dialogue
C. Reading Text
D . Exercises
E . Word List

into the dialogue.

possible. However, when it is advisable to give a stilted

feature of the Korean sentence, it is oreinarily given in

are included in ihe word list.



previous lessons. However, the narration itself is based
on a different situation. Therefore, the students have to
Pages
aj 1 - 6
A-1-111 () 7 12
SVz- 13 - 18
6 19 - 23
kr 00. M. 71.1. 24 - 28
Id () . OOOOO 29 - 33
34 - 38
39 - 44
VA14)- 1.0 OOOOO 0000. 45 - 51
1a arett 52 - 58
Language Laborato ry Exercise 47
*, a (-) 59 - 64
lr g4 ATI V (-1-) 65 - 69
Language Laborato ry Exercise 48
61'
t
70 - 75
(9) 76 - 82
p
A47-
: 44,to)
t2j 4;141-0J Ilth-I* 01 M4-90 dal
14L44 .
4-144-11 t. .ciA tiH- -41
%7 .*) 71- a) ki 0i) (ex 4k- (4. 7),) s-.
ltiocil OLI '6J ij 411 fl Al- 0- 0-1 474) A1011-)01-AilL4-71.-

)61,1 Ockjo) -71 tikit x.c;-1Fic.:1
Ar1-1 131sL14
kl4 H F F.
ijr-,41 401 ?
1Moillio) 03 1 0170A-i
14
ciii. 4 Ai):
)6
1
4 1-1 ?
Aodml ji Aoi
V-Asi: ilk)) 11)51-1-11 dA") cri)A171TA-"'4".'
/ 01.--110-11d o I-J LL# 1a

E144 If 6-1 /(1%--i 944-?-3 L-1
1
-. 4r-ii-Ag: i-- 101 411 il 044 )4/%4-
z1-1ffni10-11 cq'ili4i Ad aP6H -t.V13-
40-id 11-J-.17-1-
i 4: ',/1- z1-0-1J ilx 93. cti yA44,/f4i-10.41 c..0J0-00

0)4*/litgi.i. .
2
Lesson 99
Crime
1. Student: I think crimes would disappear from the

world if people woulci study social science
more in the future.
Professor: Well, it would be wonderful it it turned out

that way, but I don't think crimes will
disappear from this world.
2. Student: What do you think about the crime situation

in Korea today?
Professor: The number of crimes has Oecreased a great

deal, since Korean socifty has become
comparatively settled after having passed
through the periods of transition of the
liberation and the chaos of the Korea War.
3. Student: I understand smuggling is increasing

tremendously nowadays, is that right?
Professor: That is probably true because the economic

situation is still unstable.
4. Student: Is the most severe punishment in Korea the

death penalty or life imprisonment?
Professor: It is the death penalty, and there are many

people who think it is too severe.
5. Student: Political crimes would greatly decrease if

North and South Kor-!;:l were unified, don't
you think so?
Professor: Definitely. It would be wonderful if it

could turn out that way.
6. Student: Is constitutional government practiced

in Korea?
Professor: Yes, it began in 1948.
7. Student: Please give me an example of the latest

criminal cases, and explain the nature of
the crime and the results of the trial.
Professor: I will talk about the gem smuggling case

which occurred last month.
3
(AS-)
It _II 4 91, 41
41..qg 01 01 Vbif (A Al 0-1 (?) t,+
i;1, 0) 1141 041 4.4 )61.1 g1 1- 41
15k41- /1 01 ed
If' * 4 4 71 311 71 pix
At*
t )64 01 4V.pt JUIT:
IK
.),&261-)t
)x) ol
1.01 M:41, m 5_ oi
fel -ervA=4 1 1 41- 4 5-- 0)- 91
4:4
ti \11- .9c
1 )6ft At 0-1 4 14-
oi-L-142 -2.1- 41
ilc 0;1
It
7k1
01 3,PA ?i "4-410 11) AV) 4 1-
R-ifitigL MI /MO (A- 54 "A '61--te e<1 1).

91 or.
4
D q- st 1-1) (Mrd ?VA )
4 I.
1. 41- xqi A-41 01 .4)c) )6), vi 14111, 01
/-(1- 01 Ai 0131 01 4 P1 1)1 4,),- 4 ,}1- 77H
2. L4 01 AA) As?; o-11 (4), oi j, oi
3 . 1'34 tl i IA o/14 '1 3
4. 3} L,L 11?1)- %) )7:1'(-1-;11-1
5. 4.11 ;15) 0-1 m 47 0) )/r & 3 ?

6 . 51 )6% 1- 41 11 01 IA 11"
. ) 1.1"
i 4'cl) 51 2.1-Pg 1.1 -771- 7
8. 14 1 o cv '6)1 ki 0 1), %/-1-

point of view:
1. I wish I were a bird.
2. I hope that is true.
3. I wish I did it.
4. If I were a sailor, I would have visited many ports.

5. Had I been a pilot, I would have flown to the Moon.
6. Please come if you can.
7. How nic it would have been if I had had it!
8. What would you do in case he doesn't come?
5
E . 01 (V g)
to be cruel
economic stability
transitional period
smuggling
crime
jewel
social science
death penalty
social structure
to a certain extent
as before
twentieth century
trial verdict
to restrain, check
to harmonize
life imprisonment
to control, influence
nature of offense, criminality
maximum penalty
solution
chaotic period
6
Al .(7A1J:1-.A%1 ti-ArAct-to)
zLi 4--01
A1,10-114-1
g cd1.4,0,1 1.1-,
Vtjo-AVt-r9 111-' ?
>.
1, 4,11}- 2.4orol-i 44 t44
[4.1?r%it e1-1)
tt;lotito) 47101*e..) 14-
9--7r3: A1-04A-10-41 ck
wfrr qijo Alit-V1=110-11
8
Lesson 100
A. Smuggling Case
After arresting the suspects and confiscating the
smuggled articles, Chief Kiyong Oh had a press
interview prior to the trial.
1. Chief Oh: That just about explains (what I have

roughly explained to you so far) last
month's jewel smuggling case.
Reporter A: Then, aren't cosmetic articles smuggled in?
2. Chief Oh: No, cosmetic articles can be (legally)

imported.
Reporter B: Then, didn't the Custom Inspectors look

into the contents of the cosmetic articles?
3. Chief Oh: They must have opened up several samples,

but smugglers can easily cheat on things
like that.
Reporter C: Why did they smuggle the jewels?
4. Chief Oh: In Korea the price of jewels soars up high

whenever the world situation worsens, and
now the price of jewels has become the
highest in the world.
Reporter B: Where did you confiscate the smuggled

articles?
5. Chief Oh: We confiscated them from a safe at the

Tonghwa Department Store.
Reporter A: What kind of punishment will they get?
6. Chief Oh: They will probably get either five years

imprisonment or a five million Hwan fine.
Reporter C: Did the suspects confess to their crimes?
7. Chief Oh: All of them signed and stamped their seals

on their statements of confession.
Reporter A: I will see you again when the trial opens

next week. Thank you very much.
9
1.10 0
)0. Pc, t-e 4A.15 (A -sg,F4

9, 4 t
4-11 .64 0-11
1;4
/1- )6,1 i Ail 4.
L
/1-
'51 01
t
6,11 vib o.ifrj 1 vAt 31- 0H
.41 4//-14, ./4 4 4<lit 'ccvit ol
AI- 44*-- 44 041 J 1 01 01- 5-
.);
-r+, 4:_k vJ 11- fis:0111
>/- 1), 01 4-'1* al 41 4*. '4.1. 4. 01
%1
1-1), 01
),1 Yr t-1 I: 1,i3 )611
A-j Atgaf., f:lagt t

041).1
04
4 -4;
,60 04) Oil AI +111'11-.\_-k1 3r XI
1. 21
0 1, ki 1 3A 4 1),01 101 A 93,

-
c:1
-Fr tr_ 1-11 ripa)
t-110-11 .1451-1A1
1. )
4.
2.
-if
D
tj Il?
4. 1.1- Si-6 I Di V-H) aiiii
5. V41-(1-46) 3-1-1 Y-44
6.
7. V.)4.1
0)
8. -2, -r 0 Ti_1-11 5A %Air

point of view:
1. It is as follows.
2. The truth of the story is exactly as it is reported.

3. The store sells such items as clothing and cosmetics.
4. You can dress like the man next door.
5. There are many things; the car for instance.
6. This meat tastes like chicken.
7. It turned out to be true as h( said.
11
inspector
press interview
to stamp one's seal
smugglers
smuggled article
fine (for an offense)
criminal offender
jewel
to sign
custom house
to cheat, deceive
to import
to worsen
to confiscate
more than
less than
statement of confession
crime, offense
imprisonment
to arrest
punishment
to soar up (prices)
punishment
cosmetic article
12
7E-!
-0/I-, AI L.-
71 /41)4e(1-4 1- iifr ?
CAI /3'1- 1-1 k4- (t- ()Lb + "--kt 90- 1-1
7d 3-AH 0/)?
o) g-.%0) -111- c+01
0 L..,
Àl/"Ar trl r-
, 7,1;1 Cr, I-I 7 I- od 4?,71,4, ?

olq oi,
)1" x 1 --;. k.),1 11412"--
1-o- (1,1: 1L; 01 1,-1,1 0-J1 0,;kih c4
( 9,4 71- 3a. t JL-kd col Tr4-/to I bLi2-1--hci-)
7,1,r; qj- cd AF.,44,0}-t-A0)
.:L.L /414o) APRiN) vj-)O1-71
1q55,-L1 'jo41, 2?4,01 ci);11:8(xii oN.-7-11

01- ?
0I
0 L- ' AgqcP201tX1A1-1
13
,
:4y-fr trEY
1,,J-0-Tg"ToArb- -711R1-
410
/ icqr3
-g(o_r4
:TO FAY 4})
-1141 l'(=i-t9-Tf. 114-141 1-1
po 12-.iyyK!.
1-0
:To h 11-04P6-, 1-2+7/7=4

.-Pth
Lesson 101
A Smuggling Case (II)
1. Prosecutor: Do you know all three men over there?
Witness: Yes, I have been doing business with them

for the last five years.
2. Prosecutor: What kind of transaction did you have

recently with those defendants?
Witness: They came to me to sell diamonds.
3. Prosecutor: When was that?
Witness: It was the last 29th of February.
4. Prosecutor: What was the approximate price of the

diamonds altogether?
Witness: It was only one million hwan to be exact.
(The defense attorney raised a hand to speak, and the judge

gives permission).
5. Attorney: There are fallacies in what the witness

just said.
Witness: My words are all true, and I said nothing

but the truth.
6. Attorney: How could you have met the defendants on

the day of 29th February, when there is no
29th of February 1955, which is this year?
Witness: Oh, that was the 1st of March.
7. Attorney: The accused say that they sold ten million

hwan worth of diamonds to you, what do
you mean that you bought only one million
hwan worth of diamonds?
Witness: It is true that I bought only one million

hwan worth of diamonds.
Attorney: Where did your partner Mr. Choe run with

the diamonds iou received from the accused?
Witness: He didn't run anywhere. He went to

Hongkong to purchase merchandise.
15
C
I- "-1- cI '.;1.
4 it! i? s V* 74
(24 1:-;;..;*.A
7f4 4'11 (II
*c-1-r,n
.14
0-0
4* (2) )01 0-ii itfi0A-.. 7)- la

64 hi al!,-
6c1- Al-k:%.Ao-1/<-1 /47)01 ol
18- A
NI il l 1.
016
k1
(,4-t 4 O-1 IJ 51% t3,14, lit 01 011
-0 ow
1-4b4-4- 5iWch. )f-6)11-71

u-1
C4"0-1) 7.41
7)-
11 gpl- .14 7,1
t: 4-1
cjo-sj 1011% oi 1.14-1-01- ic4:0) 1+711-

Poo
t-4147. 1E1)1154 .4,7 atV 0) L.--qe).u- 1)- il-
(2.4
g
7)7, -2-?-dieff0-11 ayAl
O, L. 5.
IV 0-11 g-441)-3;---C 4.4 1410
t A1a4
c.1.1 91-a4 1:1

714
Act/ 1:07LA 1111.1101 oiJ <-1 tjtgi'-).-
if
16
Ti 1111 (01 g00)
I. *4?-1 1-1
1. cal 0107L-1 IN0-11 ?
2. 01 -)..1 11;)%14:*--11- )0x-5-1-)77frT

3. LI) ol 1 odt, /141,<-,fr 1,4 771-
4 04/ 72F ?
6. 11?, tx1-71 /r 0-il 411'41 /21 V-fr q17/-

7. -i001 Y Alt 4: 71 )644 11 Tlte ?
8. 41 A4I g ."1" 0-/ 4,i,J!** 74
1. For how many years have you been doing business

with the defendant?
2. Please let me know if there are any fallacies in
what he just said.
3. How could you have possibly met the witness on

the day wLen he had gone to Hongkong?
4. To whom did you sell the jewels which you had

received from the smugglers?
5. Is it true that the defendant has already signed

and stamped his seal on his statement of confession?
E. ( tt)
detention, cell, ward

4,41
to open a trial, court
1/1 )01-
to inquire into, investigate

114 -} c-1" (ASV
to be light (importance)
public trial
past
opening statement (at a court)
.o flee
Oa/ ) business partner

tWo-i
.2 L. (fkg) taking the floor
declaration
01 ...worth (suffixed to an amount

of money)
14) sentencing (trial)
11/521. (1.0') speech
(Vg)t) request
16114" ('<ft AI) prelimnary investigation
gll 41: -X01- (g; presiding judge
witness
C ) district court
(14`1P) corporal punishment
kt, r f) judge
closing of a trial, court
s- crItt defendant, accused
18
---
AA) )
I/11 11- 0-) PI J-1,,4-A},j*,,1
od4
oti t jAt 0151 01-,c-j,-t; 9:1 NI
40[1,04 o.rto- L,1-014
4-1 Is 0 01 , 01A,), (v, 1.1
ci c5Ji-jj 01 Al
vtol- gl- otr I- 0-i) 41"0-11 0-1 2153,4r

tF (71- 11 Jot 141 011 741 t2Y, ?
0j. L-) 111- 7.
ikcJ,, DI-9c octi DA-c).)/v%

,
01-,<JA
dAl! 0 di161. 441. oi ii-
19
Lesson 102
A Murder Case (I)
1. Man: My wife was murdered yesterday.
Chief Insp: Tell me your full name, address and

occupation.
2. Man: Kang In Sur, foreign trader, residing at

156 Ahyon-Dong, Seoul.
Chief Insp: Give me your wife's name and age, please.
3. Man: Soon Ae, 28 years old.
Chief Insp: Where and how was she murdered?
4. Man: She was knifed, and was lying dead on the

floor of a small room.
Chief Insp: When did you discover it?
5. Man: It was midnight last night.
Chief Insp: Why didn't you call the main station right
away?
6. Man: I called, but nobody answered.
Chief Insp: Do you know who killed her?
7. Man: No, I don't. However I can guess.
Chief Insp: Who do you guess it is?
20
fi--
--6- it ta- ;(1.
0 -1 1--
17 AT- --17- 71- 4-1 -ì,.. .)--_ r o
4- 54-
c>I A-1
(34
3-AF 9)- 131 Vj Ol 71

/0 .71
71
4+ Al- ?-1 01- 5h j_..H 771- 1--]
141- 54- o-11 0,a 01 Al )-4

1.4
st
71 ukt hZJ F A. 4* --(L. 7,-101
-41 ch
4:3-6e-s61- $1 7 9J\ ,F
*N- d91 E k
5-A--F5-1 2.
?J- a 4 5- -4 -4:11
4)- -7A a (.0-11
21
D. be till) (0/N Ma)
I. -1
,tA -4-H .
1. -tf-1}- TtiA-1-7/1-3
2. 41Y5 1 Allo)
3.
3_ 0,1 0.1 7.11 0.1 --/-*
4.
5.
6. tki) 04- 0--1-1-171-?

7. oz_ j APt."4-
8. .11/54/%)--tc- "f-'71-- 3 0,11-1 ?
1. You said earlier that you didn't know him;

how do you know his occupation?
2. Why didn't you contact the main station as soon
as you discovered the fact?
3. I don't know who killed her, but I can guess.
4. The criminal was arrested while trying to sell

the smuggled i.rticles at a store.
5. Where did your partner run with the money which

you gave him?
22
E.
) burglar, robber (armed)
a small room(on the opposite side

of a main room in a Korean house)
401 age
14e1.- floor
main police station

cf1V, to discover
Ai- b
( murder
J murderer
(*) ...years old
C iF.:) midnight
to telephone
ir chief of a section
middle age
%1
(04) occupation
to guess
1)) to be stabbed
).o be cruel
rd-C;1-c-1- (t01) to punish
11-1 (hIE*1) to be murOered, killed
).=# to make efforts
23
%
A.
"V ckl 1-11 V2i-ek-11- 1111-1c1-

17, al v4-11-si
4
t:1
11 0-1-11-f3-i t-1,1-71 0.01.;z1- oi
CA 0-3 9- 2
:
/A) 2 0Jvi Ji-
Al m14/I
-xot 5-1 5A-te 7) cl-A-1 ?
-r
:
.214.12 14- q/4-1 1-1111-?
Av. c4-.
1.0 : .=)q-011 4-00_gt- ?do) ei.i.ccfti 1-1-nt-?
-t. tizi o-i

t1).4 ql 1)-1 "a. cl1) oe_
3-4-C 01 .-t--111.11 *if 0-n 5E
24
oft wt,
Lesson 103
A Murder Case (II)
1. Kang In Sur: In my opinion a burgiar was the killer.
Chief Invest: What makes you think -,o?
2. Kang In Sur: My wife's ring was missing and a window

was broken.
Chief Invest: Aren't there any other things that are

suspicious?
3. Kang In Sur: None so far.
Chief Invest: How recently did you see Choon Sam Park?
4. Kang In Sur: I met him before I left for Macao.
Chief Invest: Do you know wtere he is now?

5. Kang In Sur: He is now in Pusan dealing in drugs.
Chief Invest: Were your wife and Mr. Park's wife
* friends since before their marriages?
Kang In Sur: Yes, they have been friends since their

high school days.
Chief Invest: Did you quarrel with your wife lately?
7. Kang In Sur: Not particularly. Especially not at

all lately.
Chief Invest: That will be all for today, and please

help us again sometime later.
25
411Pwomm-.
3 %-
to t
-g-ie9r-Y i%4 i'1 Fir
4,, To
:1icY tv* IY>
-k o 4 .-rg Pa .t ki 1.F.
2r
NP 41 e
La j- y -1ia -t
kl
N. V1
- rdtit
q'(' -to tlk,
_Rc
(-V
); r C-P 44eit !-k/U-

cifg
3"-
EA Iv 1:o tt. .4y. 14
V ( .'=kIkt- kJ' -W '41W b'Y
..i N.- o
it --' .,
-44 gi.-.
...-?- Licv --Ivis. -w t% S i.yy i-c-c 4,-"v4- ("Y (I-42 ?I')I6 (-0 ----,
ko 11 -i-i -fr 4't 1-*/ ..yi, ito

-1%
11%- .4110-E1Z.
P
tse 4-( ?I
Irt -Will Ire -Y`4
4.v 1y- (k)
4
1/.1. .?5,' Wit/ 1 (_3 414.).
wr
tkl is<
to ..-(-z)i,\') tYY 1/7 Y-* 2 :V c;)/ 11-*"..76

to 4
is 1-Yo tY1- (0 4-? 1.4-4S7 .41 ?I`
W "IL 1--J4- 107i,

.P4A-1:31 to Ziv
9Z
I. t..1)-1111 1
1. AA) ki AA1 m 'act 71171-

2. * 01
3. 6-071) 01-0111- ?
4. AR11- rit`r,kiT ccm AA) 1r' t 01 0100-11 1-..1T--
5. 1411. 14--1-441 4-) 12.- t 1; 7)-
6. tr. /g- aLA1 4 *-t6
7. 1A11/- A411 52- 171-7
8. 1%11 9A- AA1 clq OiAl
9. .1) e
10. 4-1 h/- I -fr 'V JD) 4v-9i-4141Th7
II. Translate the following sentences into Korean;
1. Is there any thing that is suspicious?
2. What is missing other than the ring?
3. It is common that a newly married couple quarrel

with each other.
4. I don't understand how the window got broken.
5. How long has it been since you went to Pusan?
6. Her husband is president of a drug firm, and

is presently in Pusan on a business trip.
7. That will be ail for today, and we will trouble

you again tomorrow.
27
Ekt-frI (0)
-71H 11 to be broken
01-11- Macao
quarrel
ring (finger)
business enterprise
housekeeping
to have a household
to go through troubles
drug items, medicines
to disappear
lately, these days

suspicion
to feel suspicious
to do so far and stop
entirely
recently
sale
victim (of a crime) injured party
environment
0LL )-ci. s)
A.
7A1
41-4-.011,1711-7, 4436)
41i* (,)(1,411' J ii}"?

01) lAsk I-) . 0-11114111-01 141 I 1,4)A-f6 1-1
if .-r_5A111- I 71" -7)-11-J1-4LIg) 01,1tH) 014 1-)11)-1.

/41-g go-ii 41041 Ai-go) (IA=41_4
jfrid /I- 04 0-4 )61
45-1 ol" AI)J 1-)

C%--1
oj (1 "7/1-2-.
LiA) 1.1g11-011 014 (-=
12- ).sL}..- 41-) ik I1
Ek,J
0
0
LI 9-1 01-40
I--- (0,110-1V,
cez
411 0-1) 0Z-Pg1 44-4) fc'717)- Dj%

t 4' Oi ck!--
29
Lesson 104
A Murder Case (III)
1. Chief Invest: Mrs. Sur was not murdered.
Detective: What are you talking about? Obviously

she was murdered.
2. Chief Invest: Is there any solid evidence for your

murder theory?
Detective: Yes, there is. Choon Sam Park came to

her house that day.
3. Chief Invest: But, how do you know whether Mr. Park is

the attacker or not?
Detective: He is the only person who came to her

house on that day.
4. Chief Invest: It's true that he went there, but he did

not commit the crime.
Detective: What makes you sure about that?
5. Chief Invest: Because there were only Mrs. Sur's

finger-prints on the weapon.
Detective: That alone isn't enough evidence.
6. Chief Invest: Have you ever read her diary?
Detective: No, I haven't.
7. Chief Invest: The motive for her suicide is clearly

written in the diary.
Detective: Just that alone doesn't convince me.
30
04 cH od A
Ai1
c7
011
'*)LXA. 01 11
/1.A
Ak
C S Stftt 94 IL /V
01 NI Icst* -s) iije )" r-1-17
c.--0j9<12,L-)77)- 11-4 2-c}r-i-1,1

c
2i t i1./ 'ile id .1-1 f..1.1 y, cd
(3) q 141 i7.9

x,- 7(
lC9-.0 CII III tt oi 44.R,...)\.
9-1. i-1-04-i /tiv..,L. )4 0A. 0-1) -tg) 1-s.041 ).,z)
,
.,,1- --7 4-) -4,A.y.-, .....,..1) ,,,,94* fr
r.i..l )1,,,,_,fr
0, A -)
ley
xii 1- If.' 4 71 I 7r1 %-q Ad it f
Ar 4 , **1-iitt -e-iiti- , L-4 q .7-A-
i71 , It
M-019-1 , \WW
xi ,,,, id u v.,- v.
0)%tr-1-. --. E.-1 LI- .4'/E`<, 1-A 6.117-11 r Z.4' -1 c' Ce/44,4
di At.
0)- 0) t ) *ti . o)/A1 a)
t
61"1-1
."
4r,34
01 IT1 .4ki1Z1 *),
OSE iXz 4-1 *iJ.: it/ 7e_c-dzy-
2-401-
w 01 71
01-to -0.7F4-4--H 0.-1?,e4c--11 yi! 0) c}_,
AilZ%. tra- 7)- ---7A4j-k (1 0)
31
D MU)
I. *0-ii gi,j add A-) cih-ti-,41 2_
1. Al- 71- Pi '61-4 ojafrs. 7-11-44 q17)-
2. A-1'44Vki ()-1)
3. a''''(S1 OH E-1--17- 7.71-
4. -16-71-11 ,ca(zA-T5-1-)77P
5. Q,o1 A-p.i.) 011 (11 kyi

6. lir 9271*--ji-t. 07,1-
7 . cHi C-11'4.q1 111-1-1

8. J1 A-V41*(31-L". ot.b1-17")-

point of view.
1. Have you ever been there?
2. I haven't had the experience of being there.
3. I have never seen such a thing.
4. I have been to Japan many times.

5. Any experienced hand in the line will be employed here.
). I never drove a jeep before.
7. I have tried it many times before, but the results

have been negative each time.
8. Do you have any evidence that might convince the chief
investigator.
32
assailant
to endure
0?- basket-ball player
to compete, quarrel
*MO motive
satisfaction
(4e15-) criminal offense
evidently
pessimism
to persuade and convince

911) ci<L) popularity
Lilt8) diary
suicide
(A41) talent
ti to be written
) evidence, proof
.1 (0). finger print

(4t,Arst) to be murdered
(4-t4-41.) murder theory
1-11"PP-1 (41 7152%.0) academic grade, achievement
police detective
-111 cts) deadly weapon
33
"F5
,iot pt
*,) (74
4--frvi (4- -1/4(i*Y1
texr-y :ro (}-1-0 11--0(2x-i
"."
fro 1410 '61'7 It 1Y -cor0 -{A-4
:AI "IQ 11-4 II-0 lihtI1

?ay10
11-Qh1.11 -I YI)01 Jeir kl
?7- Fo rt?0-11,4 ii -14 244t

Jcz 11 Ng- f4-
11-4.E% Ffr-{9,4-41Yy
14-W .1.7
(Y.:1'9(p try q- -re-tak,ITYlopio
-k-kJi- 19(4'7* 4.41FIY r(7 1-1

12,
?,--iqy(') Illy 1 14V
:fa Pr IS tole Tc; ro h

5 s
tXk.je1ci2,1 kif+i);
Lesson 105
An Arson Case
ue (Translation)
1. Chief Invest: What time did the fire start?
Book Store Owner: Last night at 12 o'clock.
2. Chief Invest: Where did it start?
Book Store Owner: I'm not sure, but very likely it

started in the small room.
3. Chief Invest: Where were you at that time?
Book Store Owner: I was sleeping in the guest room.
4. Chief Invest: MD you think it is an accidental

fire, or arson?
Book Store Owner: It is an arson in all probability.
5. Chief Invest: What makes you think so?
Book Store Owner: Because nothing seemed to be wrong

at eleven o'clock before I went to bed.
6. Chief Invest: Do you suspect anybody in particular?
Book Store Owner: Nobody in our family that I am

suspicious of.
7. Chief Invest: Then, do you mean some outsider might

have done it?
Book Store Owner: I can't help but think that way.

;
Ain 631- Ji C)-) liVA(i7"i14010T

1-44!) 1 7-r.).1=1 11)- ,Z * 04. Ett.
0-14 V /
I ir
Al 2)-211.A:541-
4 v ,4
A to
to) 71-
CAC+. CL: ta..0-11

1214 -eiel- o iriL:
a 2-
Iv /41, AR 19
t, 514iAi.
ta-14-1
1)t011.0 It ;I A
)3` 4-xl
cacc)
A 1*
r
OVS:je 4-24.4e7/1 )01-7,4).0.c-1-.
et .14
11) 43.-
4 -L6
toP
7F2)
71
A/
I- *IA' t r;11 E4-.0"-Kkci-r-iii. E 40 7 )-
g- 71 71A-1 4$ A/CV_
41' 44- 4J--/
D (#111 Nt111)
JI-) 1v-1
1. %-xA.I
141 0,11 *01 ya*-1.1711- ?
2. Ab 0-1 (-3-11
d
1 1401 ixiez-90.1-1 -771-
3.
711-- )46)1-')-1'd
4.
ljf 0.3 t') #1.
5. ..zr to) ?
6. 77)-
7. _.r.o0L1 I)) -15' L-1 lik
8.
9,)/q1-,4",1443-1-1 1/1- r
II.Translate the following sentences paying particular

point of view.
1. I don't know what you are saying.
2. Is that what you mean?
3. He said that it was true.
4. What I mean is that you don't have to worry.
5. Why is it that you do that all the time?
6. That is what I want to know.

7. Do you mean to say that you suspect an outsider?
8. Do you mean to say that you actually saw it?
37
E c Cift)
ct u) Tansongsa (name of a theater)
it41 (%) clue
() to be sultry
arson
reception room (of a Korean house)
'24 (tio) member of a household
C 04:3t) pharmaceutical material
5-1 /-1-4 Cob --) outsider
dwelling house
xPt4t1- (tVut9z4 accidental fire
ash
-1*
to pick up (something from the
znaan0
(AA) to be thorough, scrupulous
ztI cgtcto thoroughly
tr- r-)- ( to set out to ...
90P. TO ) herb-medicine store
trci- to be fragrant
actual scene (of an event)
fire, conflagration
38
*3
-A titit
- 1 i)J -(kt v;Pi Al t DJ

.1-4 ,o<1,s.`"
0 01 061 5P-I Yrd xi- 4 .01 bli) -"Pc 1111.3 tvi 14?
1) : gA 01 mu-) 0)
k-
;11 4:21 c-11
Ì el )1- 1-1 "rLI 321(1,
(1 a) -/),
f-v1-t- c't of51
It- al, 4"14.
3. 061F,1
grd_ 9/14
d,;,) -ord FA Al 93 APf
't
- 4t111k
vt de.
P'14- I 5kU
71 ,
gr 4 Yf
: t)6 11.14-)
AI 01 0_
v Jo- -1-4 11 -r+.
39
01-31 V 0-1) 4 3z.
if fri1 -04:4--, =61,}1 I); if $1 011 1-1
cc if14-js LI -77),.?
Al- grid, 0)
41-4 d;d1 (*II Al- dild iq -ci, ,?lr71,

1v1 : 041.
141 A,,t-c 4,
1,,a.a- 5- 43 dii gt1 Al- oil t /
141 #1 4, 4) 4
Lesson 106
Korean Supreme Court
B. Dialogue (Traqslation)
1. Brown: How is the Supreme Court of the Republic of

Korea organized?
Kim: The Korean Supreme Court consists of nine

Justices including the Chief justice.
2. Brown: Who appoints the Chief Justice and the other

Justices?
Kim: The President appoints a qualified person from

among the Justices, and the appointment requires
the approval of the National Assembly. The
Justices are also appointed by the President
upon the recommendation of the Chief Justice,
and this also needs the approval of the National
Assembly.
3. Brown: What is th t. authority of the Chief Justice?
Kim: The Chief Justice controls the general affairs

of the court as well as directs and supervises
the judicial administration of all the lower
courts.
4. Brown: How many departments are there in the Supreme
Court?
Kim: The Supreme Court is composed of the civil,

criminal and special departments.
5. Brown: Is there any other office attached to the

Supreme Court besides the above mentioned
departments?
Kim: Yes, there is the Office of Judicial

Administration for handling the administrative
affairs of all the lower courts, and also a
judicial disciplinary committee for disciplining
judicial officials of the lower courts.
41
(4-)
0,1 vig
Of- ig A. PL { '1.,
g5 q-xj 4/),),
5i ft rrb&-c
0,1
/4 id
"11
73, 1-g 'IP 041A-1 )
v-1 .9- A. g TZ
YN- it 10 0) 417-4 01 0)
61
Al:- 2-1
-t5?F
Av IT 1 .11
-2 n
t5C
1-f--
xt 4
t1Q 41' 11 4r -4.. .=-1- 0-1
+ 'od
;Id &I) .4) isL t 41k

41 /1
0/ x) 74) :4)ACI
AA J. -FAA_ 4.15WA t4J 315 el) 111
kt 1.
K P511, em .1:11 -Ktk .1 %4,1-q 5:14 01 0
01 hiijoil t9d *115A.Q1 144 1-1-1
42
D. -tf. *11 raTik
1)(i 21- ()) 112-61.
1-71. ?
t1-1 "1,.
-C
:6141- Al ui1 oi
<-0 0) 041 oi A4
14.1 col 0-11--
-t 14-1 4 111;
X-Ol 21- '51f t )fif)
1. The appointment requires the approval of the

National Assembly.
2. Who names the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court?
3. The office of judicial Administration is

established in the Supreme Court for handling the
administrative affairs of all the courts.
4. The Supreme Court is composed of the civil,

criminal and special departments.
5. The Chief Justice not only controls the general

affairs of the Supreme Court, but also supervises
the administration of all the lower courts.
43
B ra- 01 (witif-1)
kt a) V 111 to manage, administer, operate
ori to control, supervise
4,31 (4 to consist of
(16 national assembly
t ( Am) right, authority

etc., and so forth
<ft) majority
Supreme Court
Supreme Court Justice
91-1-f-pj- CiciAa;*) Chief Justice of the Supreme Court
al
0,1
141-36-tr
()
(<t,A)
(..ifit)
president (of a republic)
civil affairs, civil case
to be inadequate
tti (A=13) judicial
(41 ti) committee

014. >t ) consent, ratification
'V C/feri to appoint
qualification
1,1 .74) 40- (It to reprimand, discipline
'01q- (ffq to recommend
:re ( 0,) ig.) adjudication, adjudge

itt) PiE lower court
administration
L.01J criminal case
44
kA -t
--1
z14
/
=-1-)
A. -1 N:213
1- *4-1- -x-c) Ai 41- -11 -'6F1 I It- 41
7,A coil, 51.
2. *417 tLi- 4,)_ AI AT 0J 5151 1-.g. ?
71 4i! At ufl 5),11-
O4lojl AtqA.1--431--t tt14-26;114q*?

g Ad 01
-# 0 ?4 7) 71- 7,1_ e4 *
Att- I kt 9t ol A.-t: -01 -a 7.A.
0 od, oil 04 01 Q.
kl -Li 14. /4 -V a
4 ti cF. AF atk L._
% et1-9E AI 41 ICI i-Att
5114 La rai
sl
'1
0.
5 Ifei- V,3114-k?
7tA 01 5_ 741-* -0-V-1 4. a
7tI
Att. d.
-zi-
45
ti c41 `3A- -f-/ rt. 4I Al *
-*Fa t7J 7j el- 9I 011 4+7_
-4- '1 "ki =f-I (;1 ips 9A+341-1
6. : OLr 0-1 tv 741 oj, 2-0-F
: 7%1- 4,1 0 ill

2_ 3_ J. -77!
::,t1 Lick fl 91* 1-1
7. Al- Ett r-r1 4 F
7ri
I AM. F-ILF -10-d-q. OJLH rq.
q 01 -ztt Vq*:a 01 L-14-_E, 01
7d ;4 -41 gi 1-4): 1-1-
it At q7-11 IttIi1 4d /31. 61 -e.t
old
Lesson 107
Korean Political History
political
1. Brown: Let me ask you a few questions about the
history of Korea.
Kim: Yes, I will tell you as much as I know.
When was Korea annexed to Japan?

2. Brown:
It was annexed ;.i.n 1910.
Kim:
3. Brown: Were the Koreans happy under the Japanese

administration?
the Koreans
Kim: Not at all. For thirty-five years
order to recover
struggled hard against Japan in
their lost independence.
4. Brown: I heard a lot about the Sam-il demonstration.

What is it?
on 1 March
Kim: It is a demonstration that took place demonstra-
1919. On that day, the Koreans held
the
tions demanding independence throughout their
entire nation, but they failed to achieveof the
objective due to the brutal suppression
Japanese police and army.
5. Brown: Then, weren't there any more independence

movements after that?
Kim: Why yes. They continued after the March 1st

suppression by
demonstration. However, as the patriots
the police force grew severe, many
sought refuge in foreign countries. They
established a provisional government in Shanghai,
China, and struggled for Korean independence with
the cooperation of all overseas
Korean nationals
in American as well as in other countries.
control?
6. Brown: How was Korea liberated from Japanese
Kim: Unfortunately the Koreans were not liberated

through their own efforts, but were liberated
through the defeat of japan in 1945.
7. Brown: The Koreans must have been really happy when

they were liberated.
47
.......1.1111.11171.111,
Kim: Of course they were. However, they were very

rauch disappointed when they realized that the
hope for independence was merely a dream,
because Korea was divided into two sections,
the territory north of the 38th parallel was
placed under the control of the Soviet armies,
and the south was placed under the American
forces.
48
C 7 1--
t 44 R-1 )34-44L
'AN g u-rk
01)
-?=1
4 "7
21j
01 4_2 4:6-1-4-1
711
70 c11 el-
4r41 -2,-1 a 13*ti,t

IA %-L of-
t 544-1
kc
-r 0
+ IS oil "ffA it-t4t rti IN; *11 9 3_1 zI9

He 4-Iii
i-c
0
7,41
Va 4'11 =?-ct
1-41
k.*(1 t-E 7F. 44 IN )/913't

ul
*ifs
21 Tg__ t-)1.0*:
oek- eg z-41
-77
*(=.1 ",1241 ?kc .

-xj 41
0
N, ) 0-11 gift cfrli 71- -r - col
7,1" &l I
51K1-41_5%19L 4 IrMAR IN -a- itis 1E Y_

1.1 -7-1
td-
011 -4: I M 41 4-t
Ail 71 7d 12E. 4 1J 1 At
aR71.
121!
-c1-.
it-W ---)L\v/.1/4 i\A 041 -K
91
D. cd Po.: (Ail rain)
I.
-koij 2-j *F01 01 va
1. -4-.E. Lx-11 Ofl O77 ?

2. t-tl. 04, oil 01 1,zt-2J-1-1771L?
3 ojz 2.J I9I0hI

4. jtqc"Ii
5. -1-1 711 tt. --ke4 Hk 5i -4)-1 1-1
6.
7 7 F. 01 Act %I (3A ?
8. 011 Prl Di 4 -4- oil
1. I will explain to you about this as much as I

know.
2. Because they refused to participate in my plan,

it failed.
3. I exhausted myself looking for my lost watch.
4. They must have been really happy when they found

their lost son alive.
5. The demonstration failed to achieve their

objective due to the brutal suppression of the
police.
50
E 0 I Of ia)
7F zj all sorts of
7[4.-;k1-t-4- (466) to be cruel

7-1 74 E (4.g.8) to refuse
dream
37.
(Alt) fellow countrymen
4P) to take refuge in a foreign country

0 14 0- to escape
or resolution)
7-j 26F
":"51- (4ft--) establish
(;14) demonstration
(.') disappointment
(*.U) failure
cotagipatriot
to divide into two
(CI) to demand
0 c.
Cit*j) exercise, movement
A-I 71 (M) to develop, unfold
Cr44) suppression
control, administration
(-511-4.)
1744 on 0,) to struggle
to annex
jc34- (4) to be happy
51
A f tg)
1. Yr'
13,1-- yo,..1110-11 or9V AI 2,.
.
4-51_. 62 041 .01 it- -41
,rs it- )(JA)OZ Aji -1

2. .4- : c%) XOI ;s1 01 y+ 72-4 qiik
7, x-J x), 01 c-' 4 0- 4
x:cl, tvr Ali 0-9
Al-
q-0 c>I A- ,1 4t .sqj
52....t oi 04, 421-3+ 401 -151j, Lid /zi

A-tj Art Al: 14- *I- '1 4.
3. 9,1 01. 041 oi 3ii ,(1
t" t T9 di! AI x-01 11 oj, --tr
0-1,83.-'601 101 5.xi4ki- AA

Ai 041 Xkol
t-cLi-I-14.
ljr e14. Aq .4 t A-su'r T) AI: cA t 0-g is

Al *ePil AI
e -11c11 14 (.4
col
i
4. )5.1,t
41 it
0-11
lx"4,
tAi 4 coil
1jc4
L 2- 01),0 4A-111
6: : 145; A-L1 -7-1 L.6 Xj., 0-11A-1 ij 0A-I 111-
52
11
01-14. ztiol -4/14 ikit;) inkei
Cal Yr 1 olt 04 DA A-1 62'. A1,-/-14 Al
3',49 cA t-1
. 14
vi -4 !
1-1 oil )b)\'''f! `)
"
1- c>I 4-1 A't1.1-1
Alq c%) Yr A41 *T) j*kJ

obeli All all .e41,1
frj
7.
oil 1; 061 t
5,10151t t0 4)
8. eq) 1)d 1 L-1 /11- 7
91 9friL A t
11 x-d 01 101
-1- 0-4 041 11-9 LI! - k cm) ,.31
ill Ail 01
Lesson 108
The Pounding of the Republic of Korea
B. Dialogue_(Translation)
1. Brown: The Republic of Korea was established in 1948,

wasn't it?
Kim: Yes, the establishment of the Republic of Korea

as a democracy was formally proclaimed on
August 15, 1948.
2. Brown: Is the government organization of the Republic

of Korea similar to that of American and
European countries?
Kim: No, the Korean Government organization follows

no particular established pattern or organization
of America or European countries, but is a
combination of American-European system and
Oriental political situations, designed to meet
the administrative problems peculiar to the
Republic of Korea. As in other countries,
there are three separate branches in the Korean
Government; executive, legislative, and judical.
3. Brown: Please explain the administrative districts of

the Republic of Korea:
0
Kim: The Republic of Korea is divided into fourteen
provinces and one special city, each province
has a governor, and the special city has a mayor.
4. Brown: Was the election of members of the National

Assembly held under the supervision of the
United Nations in order to form a new government?
Kim: When the negotiations between the United States

and the U.S.S.R. were broken off on 17 Sept 1947,
the general assembly of the United Nations voted
to hold an election in all parts of Korea under
its supervision.
5. Brown: Then, was the election held nationwide in Korea?
Kim: No, Soviet Russia flatly refused to permit

participation by the north, therefore the
election was held in the area south of the 38th
parallel only.
6. Brown: Was the first National Assembly convened
immediately aftet the election was over?
Kim: On May 31, 1948, 198 representatives chosen in

the free election came to Seoul to begin the
task of organizing a new democratic government.
7. Brown: When was the Constitution of the Republic of

Korea promulgated?
Kim: The Constitution which consists of preamble,

ten chapters and 103 articles, was promulgated
on July 17, 1948.
8. Brown: Weren't there any amendments of the Constitution

after its promulgation?
Kim: On July 4, 1952, there was the first constitu-

tional amendment for a direct presidential
election and the establishment of an Upper House
(House of Councilors), and on November 27, 1954,
there was the second amendment concerning the
terms of councilors.
) VD(
L.
0
eflY
Y k 151 -11 '31 fro flcFt

"11 rx
-?ft 1(4' 4,0 at k 14+ (Po -'4011
Fir lx t-e
49 !,4 ic 9
NO r
lo k.C49r4 Pf I
1-gV 147=-
'5 I iy Y I IY.
9 IC 1440 Trli; 11-Y Vi [4 (014 T,;
li.'11 4
(cy.--- --
-1*11'935%
cv [4- -x4- 0 ii-0 ---cl 1.41y 0., to

;-;11,0k
:. ii 1-6 -ty 74)4.
, ?c-0,:ii.
0 .t- TI%-0 ra*-5 i_ tvo -4/ M--0 i-yvo .14'; *-W- %. Y 1 14% -f!:- -cit.
1 If= g 1 Wi' -4-e` * 'A' --I 14 ar *f 0

7-y
--rr
(0
w -i_.y
* cw sr= (
1-t * VA 1411 j6-

-IYie
ikc N7.--
40
L
)0 -a- Y4 IfP IP -la 1
? 1
I--Y
Ji
..;:6A
, 14 i''
rif tilt
sixx RI -nfi it_y 4,- tt W.: i,i ky 0 41
*If-Tr R 4-5- -- 6
fro
ky 1- to -5
k2c4-yry,_-- pi + IF ?,-4, V.- -k-v
t
(fro
P .21t,
J-
I/t ?; tl,9-1 -4/ 1'" -1-
50
Y'19/ tt -14-Y
1 -2,-T cg- i_r-X _I- 4' 11--r .- .--- 0 -,-5 4fli, '.- 4- ry 14$ Y(6' A- 0 ;(7,
'10 &(
il-i '1 M k2 114/- t ir) 'Pr! 't)
95
D 4) (AV raig)
1. al) t1i liaPcs1-4-t1/.11,
vl Ili '11--*-14. :511k14-17)-1.
-q oda; 5r)Lz 114r 1A-lo ol or 0

1,< 4 1<zi 11h
3,11
A-A4 71 r;ii, A ti -771-
iSP. -1141 7-1 M AI frt! 6) AI -/-1 Y-1
3114 -711,
461 Ir **), 711 t cAl ti iiJ t
1. The Republic of Korea is divided into fourteen

provinces and one special city.
2. The election was held only in the area south of the

38th parallel, because of the refusal of Russia to
permit the holding of a general election in North
Korea.
3. The first national assembly was formed on May 31,

1948 in Seoul.
4. The constitution was amended for the first time on

July 4, 1952 in order to create an Upper House and
to elect the President directly.
57
B . e'eri
under supervision (adv)
strongly,firmly, resolutely
to refuse
to break up, break off, rupture
to promulgate, proclaim
America and Europe
member of the National AsseMbly
provinicial governor
to imitate
U.S.-U.S.S.R. conference
democratic country
liberty, freedom
election
to proclaim
to be called, convened
legislation
preamble of the Constitution
government organization
article(of the Constitutionvlaw,etc.)
to combine, to synthesize
The House of Councilors
vote
administration
constitutional amendment
58
1. 441 :
7) 4_
%ko4 01
A kl 0-1)
00_ x-i)
c4 col
(51 pi .1 A1j 01 t
)32/-A-I
14?
oi ijo i 1-1 oi! t

-2 4- 4. 3- z4 Vi L --' 01 e. 4:3a -7
t+1 e41- .-6r xi tAti A-1A
3, 114 41 ezi 01, 'I .171- cti: 1;0 -9-

2
01- 01- 9.
1/P
71
11 0-1j, x) vj: rcl Irk!: 5_
-14 51 0- el. 0-1 .
21. -14 5-Lt *41 '4)" /4
x-LI, 741 54 ) -t fd 't

;L}h1
d1 el .(=.
41- vg,
3. : Li ;11 21- -4- xx 4_041 4

q
59
Lesson 109
The Korean War (I)
B. Dialogst_(Translation)
1. Brown: Do you remember when the Korean war broke out?
Kim: It broke out in June 1950. It has been ten years

already, but it seems it happened ages ago.
2. Brown: Indeed, it does. At that time, the North Korean

Army suddenly attacked and came down, and ROK
forces first r'etreated.
Kim: Therefore, we had a hard time taking refuge from

the war.
3. Brown: However, we soon pushed the enemy back (pushed

and went up), didn't we?
Kim: Yes, we did But at one time they almost

occupied the entire Korean peninsula.
4. Brown: If the UN Forces counterattacked and pushed the

enemy back in such a situation, I imagine the
UN Forces must have had a good operational plan.
Kim: Of course! At that time, the Commander-in-Chief

of the UN Forces was General of the Army MacArthur
who had been famous for superior military
operations since long ago.
5. Brown: Then, do you know about the situation and

operational plan of that time in detail?
Kim: No, not at all. I am not an authority on the

military affairs. How should I know about such
matters?
6. Brown: Well, you may not know it in detail, but perhaps

you may know the general story.
Kim: Well, I can recall now that General MacArthur

dispatched the 24th Division to Korea immediately,
because the situation was urgent, Korea being
attacked by North Korean Communist Forces.
7. Brown: What happened after that?
Kim: The United Nations Forces ha3 some difficulty

at first, but later checked (the advance of)
the Red Army at the area north of Taegu.
61
4-51- fi 01) _
-7- Att
*41- Pf. if 0) ix. 1-k 46- 4.1 IA ak 11 NM.

V, LI 4.
ee eg kJ-
*0 Al- el 317
01- o tit oi 0A-1A--94-1-4
7c1.1
4.
ugx, r
AI; it
-rc) griq. IN IC #kt 1.1A efrq
eg
44. 0
KJ Jot 041 t tiig)
14g-
Jt 04) A-1 01-0,

3c1.
1-
A li .041 0)-c-1 .71AT *--F 9 4,- if A -/.4- eg 4- 4 itk

v
a0 4A
4 el
4- 04 Al ;1)(-4)-4g(ti ckil 4-( *1 Ai iq.A. -61- Ail A4) "14 eq't-i -tAk t b)
eo, *11 '1.rd Alt Att -A Att 01 -141
4.= 14 irijat041 .k.r.t.4,1.

c.:11
62
D. 91- Mi )
v1,011 tAslik-1
I.
5,1) eltt .)1.) 14- 7.
o) .a
ies14 ?,
AA II
V9. 4 a) 4 qi 114 01- -4
ml
01 Ai
1. General MacArthur who was the Commander-in-Chief of

the United Nations forces called all the military
commanders and staff officers to the conference.
2. The conference established operational plans for

landings at Inchon anti Wonson.which were successful.
3. General MacArthur dispatched the 24th Division to

Korea immediately because the war situation in Korea
was critical.
4. The Korean War broke out on 25 June 1950.
5. At first, the U N Forces had some difficulty

fighting against the enemy, but finally they stopped
the Red Army at the Taegu area.
63
-74)
4 (vim) plan
9-*ci-(,Ntt 41) to have difficulty
1
United Nations Forces
1144 (i) to be urgent
n) suddenly
.31-141 r-i- to block, check, stop

iv 4 to push
40-d (4-4t) incident, event
-1-1(42- situation
Ak under the command of
call up, summon

All41sti (tk.4) more than ten years
ktk) general of the army, field-marshall

A'Ll- first of all
lz,1 40- (41 /fl to instruct, command
.74 .;1- 4 (j tl--) to make an attack on, move against
ai -do to discuss
si4 *I- Att) to take refuge, flee

3-14- 54_ (5R to dispatch, debate
.st'vs) Commander-in-Chief
(4- a) Conference
>6)-4 atik) to retreat
64
St
lit5; c )
(flit)
--. ?: II-V:14 41-13114-1
0001 lip
Is
Atit s.s1111: e
*et' 411-4* *01
1-1.1*t Itkiit-tal-.
ASIcs;"Id.- A:(1.1-tt-fri-o*1
1S471 Ae1 t5-?cti-vri V-14111A11-144-
q31.)41 kt:11:11 tetircwi.
%/ttet n-iit Aci;1741-4-14
atmsi) 11ctiovtcm -fr' Vitt OM
*it %)1641A1 i )41 Itt=ne. t 4,4x)21..
c401-1,-1/4k0-13.?
kirtoki gt/i-4 ILI-1-01%Ve

kt-
-Irv! e'-& )604,r /44: ig aim

73: frq
ill 1ofl 1Pcri"C.11--thl

-/-1114%11
41/ -011 et 01 tit 4:S/

404Jei- litLc!-t 1.401 gAiktuig'.
: IA4 Wfritir-K
0}-1.1 *tip t.t t *ilk? ..tsi 14 V. imkt
tluav "Mlig
65
Lesson 110
The Korean War (II)
1 Brown: What kind of operational plan did the UN Forces

have which succeded in counterattacking the
Communist Forces?
Kim: I don't knaw in detail myself, but the UN

strategy was to land at Inchon and Wonsan to
encircle the Communist Forces from two sides and
attack them.
2. Brown: How did the Inchon landing operation succeed?
Kim: The Communist Forces were completely confused

when they were suddenly attacked from an
unexpected side.
3. Brown: Why hadn't Communist Forces thought of that

possibility?
Kim: They had been successful beyond their expectations

in the initial stage, and thought all they had
to do was to push the UN Forces out of the Pusan
area.
4. Brown: Did the Communist Forces that were encircled

escape toward the north?
The majority of them surrendered and became

prisoners, while the remainder were disorganized
and fled to the mountains.
5. Brown: What happened after that?
Kim: After that, the UN Forces crossed the! 38th

parallel and pushed toward the north.
6. Brown: That winter the Chinese Communist Forces crossed

the Yalu River and attacked the UN Forces,
didn't they?
Kim: Yes, that's right. At this time the Chinese

Communist Forces with great numerical superiority
pushed the UN Forces southwards.
7. Brown: The UN Forces must have suffered great Iosses.
Kim: No, the losses were relatively light because they

executed a systematic evacuation from Hungnam.
66
c. COO')
lit al $#'J (=-)
4 4 es1
'0)/0 ) oi Al 4)F Vt )
7. AV- ed Act:
el
ti-r ti 4. c.11
4-
X)
14 94
141 t.;
44= (4) fg
VF tt fj 741
14)
u. oj i3 kJ L
3 td 641
x4 et.1 *
Wiff 5(.1 iI4154: m)
oi x..; xL &j4
s-q ral tr oJ
54 :I& Of' 4I We. Mt!
ft kg1.41.
A zo-
A Orc.
ipoq R1fl lei- 7224P-)
ve, g; t t.14
Jitt Wq 4111tri(}E. P)
-
tPt Dti
itkoil 114%
67
ct 4)1 (tritlitlitf)
I. -1
mq14-Art.
-"*. Ak.1 A't =NI itt31--5-1,1111-?
-T-Tok)) thi-grv -.?0))0J1-$171-?
A. x4 141 041 .1.4 0 If-tott.. co-

?
I I 1 / 6.- A Ai% 1-4
.1- et-a: 1)ht tlt-#1-t: 01 cd ih1-1 ti-771-1
44.)i- al 04: it 4-41
1. Except the officers who are directly connected, nobody

will know about the military plan.
2. The TJN strategy was to land at Inchon and Wonsan and

to encircle the Communist Forces.
3. The Commander-in-Chief and his staff officers established

an operational plan.
4. The United Nations Naval Fleet bombarded Inchon and

Wonsan, and after that)the Marines landed there.
5. Each Commander received instructions about their duties

from the Commander-in-Chief, General MacArthur.
68
V:* (to) cadre
(n) to be light (in degreenot_in

physical weight)
eed cow) to be related, relevant
top secret
to chase out
to escape, flee
qt-yq 1) to face (situation, action)
ocril- at. (at) to flee
04clitfro- (1-k) to be vast, tremendous
to counterattack
as; crc.fiieg) relatively
40)-101-0-(.r-pt) to land (from the sea)
Acrkil 00) to be detailed and minute
A;ig'00-(A44T4) to succeed
damage
t leader7 the chief
4.1/ *411 (10V4t) numerical superiority
(tT74 two sides, both sides
An1 (ivo) over-all, general
./.11 (lon) early period
g.-fi 14.cl-cies) to encircle
A
<Atm** naval bombardment
em (51,:k AK ) state of confusion
69
tg.
c3)
A.
1. -1: vi-41.147.
5161M iT 0"-ti
2. 3r4:9r:
71a 0-1 a ci t
iil xt-1101X Lig' Al- LAZIi "At
4 I. ut A-1 41 01 Al- 4 Vz 5- titr6doi
3. .1?
5:. L1 4 t al 344 1,43,
-C 01. vtl, % 0114
)64 z-41-, 1.1; 61 I -1 4 34A cel .
i1L
1 1- 3.4 v 0-11 AI--t Al- 01 01- 1.1-041
kif 0 ,(1 S. !sr II- 1-AilA
11 X-1 5- 4 oi 'A 4;j: 0-11
-c.
ci
s'r-41 72 .1. Al z-), 3`- -4' 54A
70
70 AJ 04 Le. -7-1 71
oJ
7/a itt A- 01111 -t 01 gii

z 41, 1- -44 tel 1- . xai x)(;) -t
A
Lesson 101
The Korean War (III)

1. Brown: Is the North Koreans'language different from the

South Koreans'?
Kim: Somewhat different. They all use the same Korean
language, but each region has its own dialect
which is slightly different.
2. Brown: Then, how different are those dialects?

Kim: They are not too different. Especially before
the division of Korea into north and south, the
people traveled freely and mixed together,
therefore the dialects were not too different.
3. Brown: Then, the customs wouldn't be much different
either, is that right?
Kim: Right! Because the Korean race is homogeneous.

Things couldn't be too different between the
north and south.
4. Brown: Then, it is possible that a person who lives in

South Korea could have relatives in North Korea.
Kim: Of course! I have a cousin in North Korea.
5. Brown: Do you hear from him once in a while?
Kim: No, not at all. Since we cannot exchange
letters, I have no way of knowing how he is
getting along.
6. Brown: Then I presume that their ideology and thoughts
may have changed a great deal since then,.
Kim: I believe so. Because they have received their

education for more than ten years.
7. Brown: Anyhow, if there's a war, there are many
tragedies.
Kim: Indeed, you are right. For Korea this war was
the greatest tragedy since the recording of
Korean history.
72
c. (42P-)
1044' 4%-- (3)
Xj. MI 141 1.1
41- .% 71 141 tt
oil._ 01
co- -6 -7
IA es,0 .4.311AI AL14

It
o aj
1.:1 al Pci
t x1,4 fq 4
M )t %-1-1/rcel Aisjce- R.5)6 PY
Mtill'A) 41") lfa) Ai 41 -kAil c i Li -)-.

....,
Id ,c.,t xli Al- tle..

/
.%t 01 F-14. 11 t 41-fi-
ziJ
ki
Ati: x4
4 VI' t- 121- )
r
c
-71
tc4..b1 .41
)
4 oi a)
73
D.ce-fri* MAC
14 I) %1 4141
(4IoJ) 14kEl )-(- 011 'Id' -5.1-117P.
oirci 13,!
71
5: 0)1-J2
941 Ac-i 4-11- ImAi-41-01
11. T2 mslate the following sentences:
1. It is possible that a man who lives in South Korea

can have his family in North Korea.
2. Relatives cannot communicate with each other when

they live divided in North and South Korea.
3. The Korean War was the greatest tragedy suffered by

Korea in its recorded history.
4. The Korean race is homogeneous.
5. All Koreans have the same language and customs.
74
E. atleei
each district, region
feud
to be divided, to be changed
boundary
the war between the North and South
single
homogeneous race
race (ethnic)
dialect
first cousin
to be scattered
each other
to live mixed
communication by letter
since the recording of history

anyway, in any case
thought and ideology
even
to be cruel
relative, kinsfolk
customs
75
A. 51 (tit)
1. -r AO
vl ?
L .3- 54 el AAI- 46 -or 1)11 01/41-
1 4. frl
col tit- t 13H-
e-11 'fP/1 g2
o4i4 0,44A 14-
.1 -Er 1..1
013.- 041 %,11
1 61- <-
4t y.. v14))
ff('I al c--
3 . &I 4' .01 %. 4- ail ill: A1 112
141
121
A1-1 :4. 4;1- xi 03;, 01- A-?)
14 k d 0.1 A-)
11- ,1 1-1 171- 0 4- 1.
4,1
V{.4) L4 4.
4. : */)) AiAg t. 46 26- //1- ?
751) X-1 aq oil
71- 45) 01
76
ell t-11 xi 641 Al 9-4 L
ei 01
3 X! tt 64- Se*?
11
141 Ak 11)- 4 44- 1. 4 91-
g-.) _t oi t.17,1) 540,a oi31.
Li 'ad xl 1-0,24- 171-
b4kj jo32.,1
4: 4714
ct
7. Yr 49,r.
4 1: t
. go)_ 1)44. r4 1-1) 01) 1-1,
o1 kj 1(-1"
4,11A I .
77
Lesson 102
The Korea War (IV)
B. Dialogmf (Translation)
1. Brown: I thought the Republic of Korea Army and the

UN Forces were large and quite powerful. How
was the North Korean Army able to push down
south?
Kim: No matter how large and mighty an army may be,

if it is not prepared for war what could it do
when they suddenly push down south, Moreover,
the North Korean Forces had at that time two
hundred fifty thousand men.
2. Brown: Then, what was the strength of the South Korean

Army?
Kim: We did not have more than eighty thousand men

altogether. Not only that, the North Korean
Army had about five hundred tanks, whereas we
had none.
3. Brow.: What happened to the civilians when our forces

had retreated?
Kim: The general public did not know anthing about it

because the Government didn't announce the facts.
Therefore, they suffered great damage as they
couldn't flee from the war.
4. Brown: What did you do at that time, Mr. Kim?
Kim: I was attending Seoul Univeristy at that time,

and I had a great deal of hardship taking refuge
with my family suddenly.
5. Brown: By the way, why didn't the government announce

such an important matter?
Kim: Perhaps they thought that if they announced the

truth it might have brought about confusion.
6. Brown: Then, what happened to the leaders of the

government?
Kim: At that time, the important people in the

government knew the true situation first, there-
fore they took refuge using their cransportation
facilities.
78
7. Brown: What did you use when you took refuge? Were
such things as trains available?
Kim: Not at all! Trains were out of the question.

We had to flee on foot,
4
C. cti4L)
rc: viz: 44- (4)
A,1-
Li
4- )1, 6 A-1-4-
5- Ai_
1ti Y1 61 id 14) .d7' .1%. . VI S. WI ''el YAt- ci 1 4. .14 H 3E 0. f. 1 A.

_t otl el vi
-1
0) CI) A S: f c;) o'bz,-.-\'

ut c
Yi -oc
,t
l\- 1-1)-i m) .5\1' ),c<'1
LI 4-. )- 1 4144 ..-.0q .- -)-_. a _-e. ig I lg 01 t;i,t /1 fs'd % c'4) 016

ad
6
1, di JA- At -1 x-tt 1 i r,y1
I. Ali. DA 04 -a.
VA AA .'tJ. 0 Cot fk: f-71,- .fi_ .6 r3 5j 5'4A x) vk
01
q
14- 4 4 0112-. IA- -3-1-
Vx
41.41 t AP A1U- 14,10 -",t rg( 0-1-1

r A
gA
/pi 4 :51 t 1-1 4. ---Ast. tAl
)6,1
9c- tol- 21c
0 4:
k 44,0 4i:Ez ti6 Al

ol-
d .t1
#0.
;IT Al 4)
:4 td: T1 I t lci
VI' At
1/415 /*1
V411
80
D. ottirt X11 CO-VIA)
011 11-)0141 Al .
el ot4. 111,14,
/. x.,1;
131 5-4
1,1 .74
.2. I A-k
3. g Y4 0-1 wi *it t
2/ -Ai d L, Al
OV 6)- DA 07
4- Co --1-
Al-Ad t4 A/.
211 /?-tiActi to, AI col
1. The government did not announce the true facts,

therefore the general public had no idea what
was going on.
2. I thought that the Republic of Korea Army was large

and mighty.
3. I was attehding Seoul University when the war

broke out.
4. Most of the citizens had no other means of trans-

portation but to walk when they took refuge.
5. The Red Army had five hundred tanks, but we had

none.
81
BAtoi (**
furniture
to be powerful
man, woman, old,and young
to throw away
at this time, at that time
to escape
to be vague
to be very severe
to push down (push and come down)
countless (adv)
to announce
killing
to not know what's been happening.
no matter how
general public
government leader
damage
endless
confused situation
32
4
PYCCICHt NINUAPCKH
CPHOCOXPBATCKH.1 POLSKI
4te. Art KOREAN t AA

SHQIP tESKY
NON PRSIDENT
MAGYAR
LANGUACI REFRESHER COURSE L EAAHNISA.
* 210 HOUR COURSE
ruRICcE ESPASOL
PORTUGU VOLUME IX FRANcAIS
ROMANI CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION SLOVENSCINA

LESSONS 113-126
YTCPAIIICLICA iLw
ITALIANO
LANGUAGE LABORATORY DEUTSCH
EXERCISES 49-54
BAHASA INDONESIA TrgNG ViitT NAM
[ LIETUVULI
0.11111ii=.
AL 001 629
KOREAN
210 HCUR COURSE
Volume IX
Classroom Instruction Lessons

113 - 126
Language Laboratory Exercises
49 - 54
September 1962
I.
PREFACE
IX, contains Lessons 113-126 for classroom instruction and

C. Reading Text
D. Exercises
E. Word List.
into the dialogue.
meaning of the Korean sentence idiomatically wherevcIr
feature of the Korean sentence, it is ordinarily given in a

understand the intent of givirg English translations, and


lesson are recorded together with the necessar7 instructions

concen+rate on understanding the new situation and be able

g,-
Page,
"r 5- :Xt ;;) .141-41-/A-q4 1 5
-r170 tt. p. 6 - 11
Ta. 12 - 16
17 - 23
24 - 29
30 - 35

. . 36 40
41 - 45
Language Laboratory Eicercise 52
46 - 52
gt SA" 53 - 59
13117) IV (-*) ..... 60 - 64
-r 141V/1 0 tr 65 - 69
70 - 75
76 - 80
rassmorsoomismostaiMOINUlifild01210
f241 4 w54
.v -1 i -i tit')
4
1* I-v
(1-, 14 4Q is.75
(Iv Ce:a. tioa 1-* 141 >1,4
kg- (y-ic k
tc. (1-0 t-isAf- II:1r; art. 42 ;11f:3 Rs- (7, rots
4:11-1* He.* (vVTZ
13.(y.,%7i
: (7Pi- Jci 415 Pi 5 -IL (10-i-lir 11-0-t
eist140 414o pr Air
lir :4'1 '5 I 1E=1
: ttoo toilyir2 Hithit-roe

S
N .76 -tc-iy.A, 4-iko 1%* (03 90+1
Tv..1:: 10'4 fiff4-1 "riT to sia 411-14,3.,
z-40 a too
: to 421-110 ac *1114e (.4 141'1-1i
*4%i:1.- 1-s c.y
4
T...12.1.. T-tac :;;"Ze- (0-6-T4-*. -SYti kw -To
m 1;9' '43h %--(1 *,..?vt- ,t 1-2 s
Pt 141 $e-W (4 3: It- et I-a
?t.5 4y Ta 45 tk wi%f ?.reitO 4Y- ro iot '41
46* (13 o lodo -13/4
(
(44141 ,R0-(v.0 411
Lesson 113
Old Korean Religion
B. 211Al2alf_(I121111Alion)
1. Brown: Would you tell me about the religions in Korea,

today?
Kim: Yes, I will tell you as much as I know.

2. Brown: Then, would you start from the earliest religion
that existed in Korea?
Kim: Well, speaking of the indigenous religion of
Korea, it would be sun worship or the worship
of such animals as bears, but I am not sure if
this can be called a religion.
3. Brown: Didn't the primitive religion disappear after
Confucianism and Buddhism came into Korea?
Kim: No, it hasn't disappeared, but has remained
until today in the form of folk superstitions
and shaman mediums,
4. Brown: Is that so? What sort of superstitions, for
instance?
Kim: They believe that it is because of some evil

spirit if there is a sick person or if something
unfortunate happens in a family.
Brown: Is that all?
Kim: No, furthermore, they call a shaman medium and

perform rituals in order to expel the spirits.
6. Brown: Do such events take placc only when things are
unfavorable?
Kim: Net necessarily. There are other times

when they call a shaman. Shamans were originally
women who were believed to be able to call up
the spirit of the dead and let it converse with
the living.
7. Brown: Are shamans women?
Kim: Yes, they are usually women.
2
FT
A v.
-71-.71 7Y-7141( crA)
OA 61) 7d , 3,1
),(14 fri: vt) c=i
Fie, )101)1-9 vit 0)-1-)v1-

41
W34. 77)-1.1 T6 41 AI< V<
-7d x) 4r la-
4 CP) .. 1400 yg611,-1

kt$k oi 4:12 1-) 501 leA c51 1,6 %1 'vit 4.17 III-
*
bl- A)<*. 44kt-1-
446$0i V"M e.
4*() 4- 4- 06 aril c-)1A-1

t Al e 4?-5eq AI
qja A}-q 61 1J<x- oLt 1 1 'cct Q'114c11

-ttr ))-i
7-) j.41--C; I vtl. .t,tgl 445 i-Aic P- a Nat
inanimate objects
a4 0 (01 an)
D 1.11rPi
1. 1-41 V..144 el) pjj .
0
1. 4*rjp.71- t'A 0i) -`71M1 ;Vera H171'
2.
3. *la/ )- L-4 5.1. 16- ?
4. tAl irt 411.-RT4.4) *-1E 20_01 11 t:

5. c-H/frl 411- Hi*? coil)-11-?
6 ael om vq cni don Illiwro-7
II; Combine the following pairs of sentences utilizing

the forp -(t) 4? ot H
.11111 0111-Le. /0-4-tg% 9411S,
Example:
: 14 t.gt 6P-1?-1- 5g 7)E tct
1. 4111<*i-i 694 'A 4r 1-i a
'2- kh#11)- 54- 1.4 1Lqtt1-/IE *P.
3, Al lt g
4. 41- sr 01 04.1.0111.1. 11'401%r-1%
5.
1. The word 'chtugfOk' means pursuing the retreating

enemy.
2. It isn't necessarily so.
3. I will tell you as much as I know about religions

in Korea.
4. We must either wait here or call him by telephone.
5. Do not believe what he says.

E.t..61 (OW
either ... or (verb ending)

-111+
bear
ritual (shamanis.J.c)
(1,43) ghost, spirit
cm.f4 (tIgt dialogue conversation
0 shaman medium
0) )12 superstition
to believe
14ct
sick person
0- Buddhism
ti)-1 to worship, admire
aH as (much as) one knows
to disappear
today (the modern time)
41st_44)14 primitive
4o. religion
to chase (away), expel; to pursue
oop
sun
spirit, soul
5
-1- =4
f,
"v )
AL-5 410) 0(t.

f,- -11.7
Pa ft.
0 kY 11-1
iC
s
Ito14-1-ti 1.04 11.0* frp (F0
tw 1'0-12-fly 1,04- h -11
-1? .Pa I ra h G
PC
11-0 1*4 -IT411'>, 114P ti
Jr4 t 11011-5 k>1.1- [LT 1>ter-k
Ir 1-'0'43T--54 Vk 14-11x to 114-T:0
Ix 9a1- 4-1 % k -i) IY0

cf
y! .g -6 v,
[to -1-4-1- to f1:0 40 -I 10
*-11
flt lylq (iv 1-- -a 44 0412r
Px 10 (oN 4-srY h
(*. Ito -II?. 1=0 fry t"? h -0
wr 1-Y a ik 1421 .2-Jto ;- 1-9 (if,*

.49
9
If at- .r-S1--1-c oicrd M-?
764 a `4 ort
41,1 wpg
N 0 re- cAl
Yr at-a 5.14A-tri-1721--?
2r)
01 A r-11 -`t (174 .7r t 2:1
MJ.4 sf
ct.
7
Lesson 114
Buddhism
1. Brown: When did Buddhism come into Korea?
Kim: It came in during the Three Kingcom Bra. It

came to Koguryo first in 372 A.D., and then to
Paekche and a little later to Silta.
2. Brown: Were there many people who believed 'n Buddhism

at that time?
Kim: Yes, especially in Silla and Paekche i

(Buddhism) was made the state religion
3. Brown: Please tell me about the Buddhistic cul ture of

Silla.
Kim: The Silla Era was the golgen age of Buddhism.

If you see Pulguksa and Sokkuram which st ill
remain near Kyungju city, you will know how
advanced their architecture and sculpture were
at that time.
4. Brown: What happened to Buddhism after the Three

Kingdom Bra?
ar
Kim: During the Koryo Era, Buddhism flourished ev

more, the number of monks had increased great ly
and many temples were built all over. Also,
monk., participated in politics and held a stro ng
power in it. Consequently even kings couldn't
control their power sometimes.
5. Brown: What sort of impact did the Koryo culture

receive from Buddhism?
Kim: Its architecture, education, and arts flourished.

Especially the Koryo ceramic art is known even
today for its beauty and firmness. They also
made many printing blocks for publishing
Buddhit scriptures.
6. Brown: What happened to Buddhism after the Koryo Era?
Kim: Koryo is said to have perished because of

Buddhism. Therefore, kings in the Lee Dynasty
Bra encouraged Confucianism and oppressed
Buddhism. After that the power of Buddhism
diminished.
8
C. (1-1teN)
.11].. Al 11 co; 4-11 itd.
/op* i<JJ At # if] 0-11 eF4_
1;3' *cod 01 -3Htl 44k oil oil
art_ Xi -:11 MI 14144 c'4I

04 *I 21-
oil 11 01) 641 4fr 5 04) tc31 ?it q.
0 6). A
.6 .4 3'1" x-V-e ft- 1!4k 4 rfil*

Ad 24' -70_ -TT 4
4fr 61 Ad 4% 4)1 VM
it- ve- Ao.
141*%1 110 4-
4 t 4 a; Ai
)34t-r NI id-di- ,1-ta 447144

cr A
0,4 sr-101-01 zr.--
31. el Al cn 4 ia- A.1

t Ag Al CM
till 1 154 '(kJ mi i- 14t/tt3(.11- "ili TiAtl- I It-1k =1 OA 44k-i

i.d
0I 'A r"1-. 1 -(1 V' z 0) %ti xd qc -tti IA Ai co1 - le. i-i%t) 4 li t

tt 04 2. el q
41;[. I-. Ial I+ jilt 04I A ct... Viol- it '1,1-- t ii-hai cF.
o1 A 1 Pi
0) 44.4(4. _a_ 415 4i -t
4 0- to. 711
of) *:- 7Z -14 zi

* t B-
14 I- f-1 4j- 91" 'V 1;i4's *k.
9
D. O, --I& X41 (OVIO)
c'h5. c-P1 %ht H

I. a -Le 01 oil xi xl ok!I 1.1v1- ?
2. Avt- -)elt "0-11 *1-i-E-1 DI- ?
3. I 641 mi qk 1-1-4-1E. 69 = `'d 72}-
4. afrx ati 641
t2ok
6. 01 AI all oil 24 11.71- 9M ?
1. A long time ago in Asia, Chinese culture was introduced

to Japan through Korea.
2. If a religion becomes (powerful enough) to control

politics, it can easily bring about ill effects.
3. The Lee Dynasty is said to have perished due to
faults of Confucianism.
4. During the Silla Era, Buddhism reached its golden

age.
5. The state religion of the KLryo Era was Buddhism,

and many Buddhistic scriptures were published.
6. One is able to see that the arts of the Koryo Era

were highly advanced if one sees Koryo ceramics.
10
B. (gig
so.
state religion
laws of a nation
at that time
more
-toH 71-,F
to publish
I1 Buddhistic scripture, sutra

ki Buddha (Gautama Siddhartha, the founder
Buddhism)
to flourish
power, , influence
to decline
xi)
oppression
to accomplish
India
a part, portion
king
*11 ceramic, porcelain
to encourage
politics
-TA- rFC1 to control
ttFC1- to be radiant, brilliant
1-1 wooden printing block
fault, ill effect
11
A . 3-
coo.. -ertt 0-1 t-1111-
kel
-fr .V4d '4"PLP-1

3-
'
11
1r la 01 -r eVd 11 ?
ALL , 411-, 4. Ai- 0)
1
= .f'r 6.
-1.. 1 Kg
A-1 ?
ot114- -t 01 'A'd. 14451 'Art
ett-01-5.
qt 1,)A 14:T/A 11 AL
cH a ts.J
: AtA014-1 42r v--'71- teL11-11 ?71- ?
) .41 5f- eth 1-A he; t1/44 Ai-

a6s1-14.1
t-e -771611-1
4731 =s
Ao o1 Ag1-1.1
12
Lesson 115
Confucianism
1. Brown: When did Confucianism come into Korea?

Kim: It came in during the Three Kingdom Era.
2. . Brown: What is the teaching of Confucianism?
Kim: It mainly teaches "Samgang Oryun".
3. Brown: What is "Samgang Oryun"?
It is the teaching of the Five Basic Moral

Principles between king and subject, father and
son, man and wife,.old and young, and between
friends.
4. Brown: What other things does it teach?

Kim: It values also the Doctrine of Moderation and
teaches to avoid extremes.
5. Brown: Who started Confucianism?
It is the ancient Chinese philosophy and ethics

developed by a person called Confucius.
6. Brown: Don't they believe in God?
Kim: There isn't any particular deity whom they
believe in as God, but instead they believe in
Heaven as the Absolute Being and they worship
and fear it.
7. Brown: When did Confucianism prosper most?

Kim: It prospered most during the five hundred years
of the Lee Dynasty Era. Consequently it still
is a basis of the thinking and daily life of the
Korean people today.
13
+IN
c. (st*)
-7r 11 11# A' Al 3; et_
44,41C-Le ig 1947",i't &AI 1462
nig 1}- 5 1,Q
11)
fItt
*-4
14-11* ,11,41-.
41 iti, OLL'ai) iP4:1C 01) Al 11-1èr f
riO4 'XI' 1" 1)- Id
.1- 4'. -5r- A-1-gei))--. let..--à zl.i.11-s-1 '4: -=-1-71-.2-gAt3
*
A) H
44u 5- .1114)
a 4 gr.) 11" V4) IL A ) III- Oql-t, -E1

It 114
14)-1-1 I'Ll- Vi 11-.4c) 4 % 11 a IA
I ler g- tr id 1.4 II- 14 * ler 4 Pr .Vr
3C--, .-o-11, -A.iP, Al fil E=I

44*
t
.70.-
1.
5,1X cH 4414 -t -7)--5;12
0.
Js1
IA
f444-k, 011
.4i
u rtt it *
ig4sc. 4-1 Ji ;144

D. tit ) COVIPM)
I. 0S4* l'1441 .
4.
I. ce-ic-th`l
2. Z. C.). Zi
3. .4;21-41
WA"L-1-71t-?
4. A) c.H A.1' 4 4 01 -111- /14 -Ft-7.1 'ci*H /71-
5. 4)r 11 ten 4 0.151.1.1 1.11q4
6. J'e *r,z1lir
7. -rra-o-nm
8. 4-1) S. Or-t
9. 4is" -1">V4 Vc1-11..t-%)-1.A1,4/)Teiliq111-2.
lo. ,T'r 011A-1 ?
1. There isn't any particular deity mtom they

believe as God.
2. They worship as well as fear Heaven.
3. The teaching of Confucius is not difficult to

understand.
4. Confucianism prospered more in Korea than in China.

5. Its teaching has become the basis of their way of
thinking.
15
E. re 61 (Tivi)
111.
teaching
ancient time
Confucius (ancient Chinese

philosopher)
king and
extremity
moral, ethics
to fear
man and wife
father and son
friends
Three Bonds and Five Basic

Moral Principles (Confucianism)
to prosper
the Lee Dynasty Era
daily life
young and old
absolute
existence
to esteem, value
Principle of Moderation,golden
mean
philosophy
to avoid
god
16
No
om-A 9-)- 0-11 0-1 3AI
-7)
-a
,1.14 .4,11 41- -9. 03 Cl-
4-A 4Ei1- 4,-)1 o -47

tt 4.r_.
11) e,ct-1 d
b- 4" t. 4-t 1-)1
15".P4 #A)*4).c.- 1-1-1-11 (;)

/F
/1 04*
ed 01 .1_ Cap. -4" 0) 4-.A. -41
os_ to_
--91c0930171-3
43-ij L 4 jL) 1 Avon,

(Al 47r lig_ ,c1 534 -7)1
s
0) 41. V; J OA tc1 1 col 641 -74) le20}-
1-1 -771-
01 --1; k5) f4 00, 5L 1 trt A-1 4A

-ei 111; '611
5-1
9/41A 1-
01 I, j2 4, Al ?-1 'IA- c-1

414 771-?
i) 1) )1-1! *71 A3 t-t) .1; cÀ) 04) a

41' 9.1 -44 01 cit- AA- 4 * 1--e-
=011
17
*cit (A /AA A- 4141 *14 a -74- ?
,r) 56A-A .---160-1 1),.-A 1)-1 44,4

v41,1 A3 tyq 04- or
otl 0)
*fg.t. kt-1, toto 41). A-0) ?
01 A; itiA )iti IN -4
- -vt itm5ti,%- 4-.
134 All- t, 6-4 O&J
IA A 11 71- -43-A1 0-11A1 4- =it 36f (7-1
c5i *1 Asi- ai
18
Lesson 116
Korean Religion (IV); The Teaching of Way of Heaven
1. Brown: Was ChOndokyo also introduced to Korea from a

foreign country like Buddhism and Confucianism?
Kim: No, ChOndokyo was started by a Korean in 1859.
2. Brown: Under what circumstances was this new religion

founded?
Kim: Its founder rejected Catholicism and professed

that hc received a divine guidance to establish
a new religion. It was then called Tonghak or
Eastern Teaching, in contrast to Sohak or Western
Teaching, the name given to Catholicism at that
time.
3. Brown: What is the doctrine of ChCindokyo?
Kim: Its doctrine is a composite of good features from

other religions; it is said to be mainly a combina-
tion of elements of Confucianism and Buddhism.
4. Brown: Ht.w did this new religion spread among the

people of Korea when it was founded?
Kim: It spre-A among the people because there was a

strong nationalistic element in this religion,
and it became an opposing factor to foreign
influences, especially to that of japan.
5. Brown: Then, was this religion successful in preventing

foreign influences?
Kim: In the spring of 1893, a great number of the

Tonghak believers in the eouthern provinces start-
ed a movement to oust the Japanese from the country.
6. Brown: What was the result of the movement?
Kim: It resulted in the stationing of Chinese troops

in Korea, which in turn brought about the Sino-
Japanese War in 1894.
79 Brown: Did this religion flourish in Korea?
Kim: This religion flourished much and changed its

name to Chondokyo in 1905. The number of follow-
ers increased greatly after the leaders of the
religion died in Japanese prisons as victims in
the Independence Movement that occurred 1a. 919.
19
C (it+)
0114,1 A ifc)61 )61- k, 4CA,41-_ oi 4t

lilt
T---89/7L_
A-I g ij.1 ill' 1-
A- (1,
*44
it of
AI 01
Cl" =)c-40,_ o mi* 4:_33t4, fat
A Al
)3;4_'#1,-
)0-1-46 4$ 51-1 *4 a-s- 414.

44 9- 4441k-k-
_v. el
t -14 el I F* 11- 4 kr
-1-04k.A 4t .o i 4-4.1k
4ffillitA *3 4e-t..49,) Zsil?.4

6 14. ICIV5/.01)-1E. lt114 01
; * ?4
log 1) 141 4- k--ti ,%,), ,21. .
4 A'
-`Z )\- 041 Air, 1!4' Mt 01 41/4-4
it)A 6-14-1 01- ti 1 #21)011Ai . ki -A- OA

5cr.
t/6 -9/0, v,*14- tyli 14* *A Al-el 61

P2,
t 1)4
14-: 41 it 7102.:,
oJo c_A-11_ 01* 4, A-
%-* Ali-- -Mc Alh44- g 41)-
Lik/Nc4 /4-q ,1 0)- 14
20
D. 41**-*I1 (01t11)
I. 0-1 -`=1 tH citl-1"1-A1
1 til.aia VArt
2 *I.A.1 S 2- hL ,r1-;
119,=6-1-411 1-
3. A ti; ktS fa -11 ot'3 oIjl V:Ver-11 i-"9
4 04)4F-g i1-1-1-0P11*?
5. 1-Tam orlticri ao) Ii",z2z;41-111 f"'
6 A1"
;1'" FL-DT: 0)47r I-a --IY-ciZt615-
7 ki1 1 4-0-1) torleoilm
V-0)-w-te lekt-o) 92.

Wti 4:44--D":1411/11-3
8 114"-G- c'1 14

1. ChOndakyo began to flourish after the leader of the
religion died in a Japanese prison.
2. As e result of this anti-Japanese movemnt the
Chinese troops came and stayed in Korea, which in
turn became a cause for Sine-Japanese War in 1894.
3. The movement had a strong nationalistic element.
4. Its doctrine is a composite of features found in
other religions.
5. The movement didn't succeed in preventing foreign
influences in Korea.
21
E.e-61 *it
prison
result, consequence
religious doctrine
nationalistic
motive, cause
Tonghak (Eastern Teaching)

F
to oppose
to flourish
to be called
SShak (Western Teaching,

Christianity)
influence, power
believer, follywer, devotee
to die in prison
element
to start (incident)
Sino-Japanese War
to be propagated, spread
to oust
to station (troops)
leader
guidance, instruction
to found, set up, originate
victim
22
041i-r
A. (t0)
03
'A o
-71 Q tt1 0-1 j J ki 041 .J-r A I 361-
4:41 4 6414
)411 col
Lc tA A- -0.4 -771-
04) 4 t 1 01 A;10-44.
(10-1 AJA--4- 14/1

t 0/14 Li 4
ol
.
Atl o ,t1A 041

1--
g4 pi-
IN.A- 41_ 01 11
14114?
1- -efj 31 Aa 0 A if 4 ol 041 A
I-
li- -4 1 P1 5- ski, We- )014-1 -1-1);
4:
'1:1 41 )64 ki Attl
,14 /41 : (A A-- 0 ail oi 41- 111' 11 4 --/2 4 i /712.

23
M-i ) 01 41
0A t ti 041 4- 01 (A 41; 41' -4- 41
IA 4 1,11-
&c1. vi AN-544
-014; -A 1.0 )01

01 )_cai ti .Imoa
Ai- od
Lesson 117
Christianity
B. Dialogues (Translation)
1. Brown: When was Christianity introduced to Korea?

Kim: Young Korean began to know about Christianity
after reading books about Christianity which
were brought from Peiping, China in 1603.
2. Brown: Were there many Christians after that?
Kim: Yes, in 1791 emissazies were sent to Peiping and
invited missionaries and brought in Christian
publications, and the number of Christians
sharply increased thereafter.
3. Brown: But, when did the Catholic missionaries come to
Korea for the first time?
Kim: The Catholic missionaries came to Korea for the
first time in 1591, but not many Koreans were
evangelized at that time.
4. Brown: How was the relationship between Christianity
and religions that had been in Korea before.
Kim: There were severe clashes between Christianity
and the beliefs which had existed before.
5. Brown: Then, I suppose there were severe persecutions
against the newly spreading Christianity.
Kim: Yes, there were many Christian martyrs due to

the severe persecutions.
6. Brown: When did the persecutions come to an end?
Kim: The persecutions against Christians diminished
since the Treaty of Amity was signed between
Korea and the Western nations in 1881.
7. Brown: When did organized Christian mission work begin
in Korea?
Kim: In 1884, the U.S. North Presbyterian mission-

aries came to Korea, and then Methodist
Episcopal missionaries also came, at that time
the organized mission work started.
25
AC1 AJA
*A 01 9.-c)-14-
ist04 cApr- 00) ti%1 VA t-1

-3;
itieJ ---.0.5...*041 '4, )41 Ab ;I- 00 /1- 11 )A 04)1.1.-A
sit
a-xt. oj A A1-0 J-1-01 oalli it*

g4 *0.4 ti 4. /4 %I 4- t at
041 ,=-c
'14 .11 44 k
40)*1-144
4
04i40- )1- -1-411) 041.(1 44 ft g 041 4 0004)
d 5141 44; 1; *4-A7440i 04) 4*Vic
Ali 'YR. tavil-v,m04)t e,1 q.
vpm 01 5.1 741 *-35jA,61- 0/ 0J
toi
t141 4-1 611 j?.0- MI 44 31: j:21 V. (A41 641 -1-C-

4 0-
711- ei
OS 01 ;194A-1111 vvle: 40-61
04)*# Aitt ,0-11 1 110 1-1,A.'611 vl 4.
49ft &ft 41. HI ja.
2. 4-911
/4- 4411 oil /4
14-Ittc
l t isr .4t-f 014-0- e:mtiti,i9402
itt 1113 9A t-1

D 4 (01(4 eel la)
I. 104) =I )61 ki )4 .
1. ffl, vr -);)- 01 5d 6,f/14.40/71_
2. 7) *) )34 Ai); vi 01,4-.1_ -71- 14 0411A )1.6 L

(-
% 041 -eS 0-11--)41
0,(12
o
3.J, o'f 31- ci A1-44 9c. oi
t 61 oy.1-4 vi 171-2.
4. a k Ye- 0') -1-)P1 ki k b-1)
5. k -3 01 /1 51 eal -71 4,1w'
vi 17)'
6. col I- 4 )41 col I-- /}1 tao 41
8. )12- to) eri )6k *1 (31,1 -11 vl fri -A A)
Translate the following sentences;
1. The clashes between Christianity and other

religions became worse as Christianity gradually
attained power.
2. It is inevitable that there is a clash whenever a

new religion comes in where there is an old religion.
3. We can say that Christianity was introduced into

Korea through China, because the first knowledge
of Christianity was obtained through books
brought in from China.
27
4. Persecutions against Christians started to diminish
since the Treaty of Amity was signed with the Western
nations in 1881.
5. The first organized mission work in Korea was started

by the Northern Presbyterians from America.
Escitoi (ti)
11E1 (ow Methodism
401 to diminish, become alleviated

to tie; to conclude; to contract
persecution
ce.,t1) Peiping (China)
c.tU) Northern Presbyterial, (Church)
/)-11.t4c1- (*.5g) to be inevitable
Ad :11 41- missionary
books, publications
(44;3c) priest, missionary

olie-r c- -tic) Christianity
:Pr f- (*.itYttvg) treaty of amity
obt) to be evangelized
mission work
*1-1 (WfkilY) organized, systematic
knowledge
tiesa (9(0)i) Catholicism
clia) clash
.4' 'go (V) to receive a warm reception
29
ICI -1-
:t
4:1-(Cit)
=Mt_
-V4 1-1 4.
5-)E t vl '6%1' 0) 1.4 11- 4 t. 'do! tipit*
13
--r
.. A 12., la 4, LI t--. .3. el A 1 a 0)- .9- vit 0) Vol- ki
4 AI (id, oi F 4. vl- it) ii. 93,4 iii 4. 1 1 hk) 4-i :11 -i51-=c- -IA
/1411 1-.
a
-7) ae-iL)o-oe. e-t1 -ny ou-re
144%1 4. id 0-15, A.)-
o4lkj O. 9.1414 14-3.
01- 95.. o) It 31 ot) CI- //)--t *411- A) IA -7/1-

;OH-te ti-*14 ZP-PA 4014
J7V-e-
0)4 41 3- e5c;)
0A14114,
1/3-4 LI 4. orir oi 44_ 041 /T !IL?
4 641 Nt 9r 4. al 11414 4:
oi ` 91 . ott (241)41 t4, 02-V el

44- 11 -c))
4tc-11 Ag 04) -0 44 14-:?
30
..1** .1 1
k
*Pt 1- AI IA
tq, 141 44- AA4 -71)-
/) v- vtl 4 0) 1)- 41. 11- LA 171- a 01 V.
-11 ti 1741 Al kli! "x1-11 t'o)
AA. ill' 3
0,1 kA 4 qoi- 1,1 t-3 041A-i

4/jr I 11,14-q
31
MIIMIN1.1111.161111,
Lesson 118
Marriage
1. Kim: Captain Brown, I think you should drink a lot

today because it is a special day.
Brown: Thank you. Without your saying so I just kept on

drinking because it tastes good. I think I am
getting typsy already.
2. Kim: I am very glad to hear that. By the way, thank

you very much for giving us a nice talk at the
wedding awhile ago. Have you given a
congratulatory speech at a Korean wedaing before?
Brown: No, this the first time. Awhile ago I did it

because I was asked tc, but I wonder if you
could understand me speaking in my poor Korean.
3. Kim: Of course we did. I didn't know that you could

speak Korean so Tien.
Brown: Thank you. By the way how old is your brother

this year?
4. Kim: He was 32 years old last June.
Brown: Then, he got married a little late.
5. Kim: Yes, it was quite late. The whole family was

really worried that he would never want to marry.
Brown: By the way, at what age did you get married?
6. Kim: I got married at the age of 19.
Brown: How come you got married so early?
7. Kim: I had no choice because my parents told me to

do so.
Brown: Then, why did your parents leave the third son
alone until now?
8. Kim: Since times have changed now. Even in Korea,

there are many things that the parents cannot
do as they wish.
32
C. -*-/t aft3P
-9) 16 ea ict
'444: )41--1=,- )>-.

t-W oil 315M-1+
44-4. )(44 A14- 6A 4.
t-4P(X-
4
51.. A1 pi tk AAA
Ai /A
A-* )-1 041 )31k-ell t ,0
0) 33.A At
;It
**11 9)-
11 M1
3i
PI
eisJ *t
Ji-Mv* 41- 5*-W; 9.1%.
4 Aj- e;3 vi 4.
01 4 11 1+ Ad
,-"K)61-s_ 0-4 t I 431- 6414-1 414 q_ 1-1-4
ol =IN 0, 0) Itt cpil *at )c-4.4.-e 61 Ai- 01 4i1-04

A
3 11-3
iN1 1.4-61 * -)01 )6,1-
st
?poi 4cio'#41 itter 141-A
%ij:
1210-II co) 13 -0)-_-*r1-1
-1-c 14)- 41 `,1")-4 4. 4-1 410) ) 014_

-1)
041- 714 IA 04%-ft- t #1-4 0-11 4-1
4v14. 4-4)tr- )(1-4 ott -73V5,- 4 )45F 01
-4 c 1 ci ipti&-t- 01 Clt 01 01
0414 c )=1 (%, 1- NA al L o o -5- 11 4,

D. (Y(141. (fi )
col 1 t#1 )611 Al ,c11 4).0-1-m .
1. (Ai 92 1- ir)4
Ve 34 DI- 7
2. 1 6 c1 tt)), 0) 4:q 44 0-1
3. o1 lt! cd) ig 411m aiiwo)-)9,_ ()icy) -)-s)
4. k /41- t o 11- 9i) b)1-X)

?
5. a) 4-1 (;) 01 1g4 A415. 1-,P61*-4-0) -74)
6. AI fri
0-1 Al ij 1 ft _4- 9- -4- * )6}-,cd_
.111 ?
1. I didn't expect (to hear) that you could speak

Korean so fluently. I believe everybody was
surprised to hear you speak such wonderful Korean.
2. Mr. Kim was married when he was 19 years old, he

didn't want to get married so early (in life),
but he had topbecause he was told to do so by his
parents.
3. Captain Brown was worried that they might not be

able to understand him delivering a congratulatory
speech in his poor Korean language.
4. Captain Brown drank a lot of Korean liquor at the

reception party, and got so drunk that he didn't
know how he returned to his quarters.
34
to feel that ..., It is felt that
wedding ceremony
to put on (ring)
to say (used in quoting a remark)
to leave as is
to become independent
ring
to support (family)
considering
bridegroom
bride
younger brother (honorific)
to kiss
conventional, customary
unconsciously, unawares
congratulatory speech
to get intoxicated
custom
announcement party
without choice, reluctantly
3 5
c--)
A.' ")
.0" 21 *I-Per:11i 0.0

*-tgt- oi 4ci 101 1.1z1-?
Atlfre-i)
q ck,
-11,4 0-1 k4i-sJ; 1-i11A-i
4-1. A I
as-1)-634)z+.
-tr'l4 011 -n-A-1-3
1.-11I To..?
0)-10)1,
m111
*10 .
torlt.e
1-) 01-te egq-7.11-?

,
0)1 1.-11151-1) Atan 1)-)1

c-1111.
/ei0,14.A 4/401) .&%,4 011-1-1
;e1g#41 *1
IT >4 DI te,i--bi) *01 _tt i-Ill cti 0-1)111
4a0fl.j
.7g 41 / Yr- %,1
36
Lesson 119
Harbor (1)
4
1. Brown: I see many sailors walking around the streets,

it seems that naval ships have docked at the
pier, doesn't it?
Kim: Yes, I saw in yesterday's newspaper that a

fleet came into the hakbor.
2. Brown: Then, let's go to the pier for a walk and see

the naval ships.
Kim: Let's do that.
3. (At the Pier)
Kim: Is that (ship which is seen) there a battleship?
Brown: No, that is a cruiser.
4. Kim: The smaller ones over there are destroyers,

aren't they?
Brown: Yes, I think so.
5. Kim: Is there a submarine too?
Brown: No, I don't think there is any submarine.
6. Kim: What is that over there which is visible under

the smokestack?
Brown: That's a rocket launcher.
7. Kim: They don't seem to move in the least despite

those strong waves!
Brown: They are masses of iron; they don't move in

such trifling waves (should they?)
8. Kim: Do you think we can see the insides of the ship?
Brown: They, perhaps, would let us see it. They

usually let the citizens of the port see the
ships when they come into a port.
4 ori
4,640. 4f44040)-'
I-I VI 0-11 -*E7
6-11 V-47'
r71 .retilligi .41A Ar7111

4,0-1,345(4112)-z- #1,1-4)Ls A-114-
t p.
lag 043-1
%11
2 01.11'
*4 .41 1'1-ie /1--A a ,V4ir

11- -a 511,<-1 I- 71-C ?).1. ng 6 4' tij 611
4$1S1 AL:1%-k 0) c.11 Oia! C.1- 41E
14 Zoo
1 415; bis)-JE 1:4
-V:Z, 26- 1) C).'
to step on ...
to shine
A) to strike and destroy
38
D. DL4.-t (AVM)
1- g-,-C 01111- #0.1 ?
2. id tc:-)
3. tigr'1 5,3,:ekivrn}"?
4. .e();',F ih) ci) 41-)111- ?
5
6-
7. ii;r11;-11
II. Change the verb forms of the following sentences into

the tausative by replacing 121.0. with Ajmay , and then
translate the resulting sentences.
Example: tAr
I make students
study.
1. c44- Mq-rH2.1
2.
tq.i./)
3. 01-4frol
4. rc
5.
2-1/1-e 14.1 14"Icil-%)
1. Let's go out for a walk since it is such a nice

day.
2. Please put a lump of sugar in my coffee.
3. The smokestack of the factory is the highest in

the world.
4. The wind is strong and the waves are high.
39
AIkAt destroyer
#-Fdt naval ship, warship
chimney, smokestack
rocket
wave (mostly for small waves)
wind
(SW1) launcher
wharf, pier
1 C o.j lump or mass of iron
I" 0 sailor
4: 1 A4 (1134t ) cruiser
(1$*41k) submarine
- that trifling...CdtplALICED
battleship
714- C:3/V4 ) wave
(44 ) fleet
M t12 C 1A,) citizen
to go out for a walk
to let,make (someone) see ...
40
A. "e--
4,-)- (M)
.000.
47- tiq A1121-11-11- ?
OA), 1-i /1 ttocriq b1c'LL 6'91-1) "*1-g
.00
..rooe
1..)11 "re.)-71- 047-11
4)1Lei-i) tr-t
sk -7117 L-1 al".
-410-11 HH-71- C-051-a.41
:%1- 31,
011-4-1
s.4 A.4 Li
*et
/ %. gt 5-1) 3A1 n-q/1".fl t 5=1-i- ?
sr'ep-g 0) 011-1-
oLt-fT-1 .
: -) c'e.V.5.-1 0)
t-114g : "11=}11111,411-ial-.
0-)V-4-L-1111-?
0)4 112-.)-
1)111- ,cl<
r4*1 %CT L-e, 111- 'ti) 1-7
Al .4:j -Z. Olt im.s1-1/)-11 .
41
Lesson 120
Harbor (II)
1. Kim: Do you let people see the ships?
Guard: Yes, those two cruisers over there are open for
the general public to see.
2. Kim: How do we go there?
Guard: We let visitors ride in a small boat once every

hour and take them to the ships.
3. Kim: When does it come to take visitors next time?
Guard: It will come in twenty minutes.
4. Kim: Then, we'll wait here.
Guard: Please do that.
5. Kim: What are those holes drilled on the sides of

that ship?
Guard: Those are cabin windows.
6. Kim: But, why do they make cabin windows round?
Guard: It's because the round shape is stronger than

the triangle shape or the quadrangle.
7. Kim: What's the name of the cruiser?
Guard: It's "Seagull".
8. Kim: What is it equipped with?
Guard: The weight is about 10,000 tons, and it has

nine naval guns and six pom-pom guns.
9. Kim: What would be the maximum cruising speed?
Guard: It is as much as 34 knots (per hour).
42
h<)/1)-11. ',hi -le
,
--5fc-19+ 9,k0.71.41-)al-.
qq A 'it
iV4FRI 1'5;4 2- )44 t1-2- hij t:7-1
,fre'
A.A. AA I
grd.
TAWol g.tt cH11-1 c

F;r 41/1 1V1k1 oi 1411. 1-}"
4-r ok
,641.< Zel<fg Id .
hi
-r n57 .=?-151-f /71- 7.)
s S
0) 1411 Vt), (4 -71- ko 0) -1e 5-11 4-j- Zig t1;) o't I 4/2 VE, h
4;41 /.4-11 541t4HCI". r11.01-48AZt71}- i()1
4S thAlil- 019Ho-il
*/' S e3.3( -te 5.1,
43
D. (4#1eM1 (olgrma)
I. 1,-14
05-
4.)
1. H 0-11 tc 01 ,..k H 1.71- ?
2- `41t.- 1jo1 c)*: tit

3. oci;q4 041-11 ?
-TA-1 )-111-1 t:CcrAiti-1111-F

5 /di AAli 61*.e.& Site7lbziggL-11/1-3
6. ce) t-1 ?
7. 'OH ttIC ja 11- VI-11/1- ?

8. egH c>) Pr 711 ,te 4,01-4 54 1-1171- ?
9 ewll 41-56" ol '24 A.I-V ol a'l-a
10. 1 Q1 Athgi %-.11 Vz ?
II. Translate the following sentences;
I A big hole was drilled in the wall.

2. What is the maximum range of fire?
3. Give him a ride in your car to the wharf.
4. The yard of the house was a triangular shape.
5. A small boat comes here every ten minutes and

takes visitors to the island.
6. The normal cruising speed is about 25 knots.
7. A round table may be more suitable here than a

square table.
44
.E.Et 0-1 (igi)
7-1 OH seagull
to be sturdy
hole
ton
to be drilled, bored hole)
4 to be round
/1) round (adverb) roundly
14. je)-t ) quadrangle
triangle
cruising
speed per hour

414 round shape
11- la 1 'A ) equipment
C )
101
maximum
-Yr ch to give a ride
-e cabin (of a naval ship)

C4ft ) naval gun
'till SI C4- knot (nautical mile)
counter of boats
to come to take (a person) (regular)
to come to take (a person)(honarific)
45
1. /I-1 (Ai 1,4A0) -1-qt 40)
-1/41;4 5-- xi 5i 01 Ai 1111.:
vi 4.
A- 4-, -14 --A) x-f1 -4/ el 4
bPati 9. al )1-- to-I 4.
2. : -11-1 A,1,51 0-11 01i 411-e_r_ cA "id 4- -4 01 01
141 3=3 )0*-1 441 'Pei 4 .4-1. 311. c41
vi 4. Atfc ff'r 44- 41; 6:<-1
-14-?
to-J,- AA) tt.
A- Piz! 44- it ail+ i;r-
0) 9,- ),1 4.
z'i 11.11- -Y4,4 t ti
3, -11, -01 eg 44_ vcyliki A14-4 31 ff<),< 4-1 71/1
ol 01-II- 111-1
ql z lel
)1)q)6V-r
c) t11-4*
141 5i LI
46
tfrl ce14-1
1441 LLL -11

4041 41 111
.01,4
16 ea 4.4 -f"
xpj -0 1 01
ai
6, .frj 0.1 : 4- 1041 4-) 1X) ol ))4,) 1311--stj .?1
2
'<J. -711174
014 /1-
41- 5.1.A
5, 611: ) /' Gel 1)1 Pci i M'I4.
. 144(3,1:4
ol
14- 11- =61-

rig
rt 41 oi ftt-
kJt o1c) .1v)
It 71 -/A OEN ck
47
Lesson 121
Guided Missile (1)
1. COL. CHUN: I have heard that you (LT/COL McCOY) are

a well-known missile expert in the United
States, and I am certainly happy to have
you in my country as a military advisor
to the Korean Axmy.
LT/COL McCOY: Thank you for your compliment. I will

do my best.
2. COL. CHUN: I read an article in the newspaper today

that the United States Navy's atomic
submarine submerged continuously for
more than sixty days, and I was indeed
astonished. Was that submarine equipped
with missiles?
LT/COL McCOY: No. It was not. That submarine was a

regular atomic submarine named the Sea
Wolf. However, the submarines equipped
with missiles also can stay submerged as
long as that one.
3. COL. CHUN: What is the maximum range of the missiles

which can be fired from that submarine?
LT/COL McCOY: That missile is called the Polaris. At

present it can fly 1200 miles, but when
it is improved in the future, it will
probably fly about 1500 miles.
4. COL. CHUN: The missiles that are located in Korea

today are used only by the Army, and the
(flight) range is 500 miles. Don't you
think our country also needs missiles
that can go (fly) about 1500 miles?
LT/COL McCOY: Well. I wouldn't be able to say anything

about that, but it is a problem which the
top government leaders should decide.
5. COL. CHUN: What is the most important ICBM of

America today?
LT/COL McCOY: Well. There are several important ones.

Each one of them has its own character-
istics.
48
6. COL. CHUN: Which one of the ICBM's has the longest
range?
LT/COL McCOY: Among the missiles which are presently

operational, a missile called Atlas has
a range of 8000 miles.
7. COL. CHUN: I understand that for the Atlas they must

use liquid fuel. Are there any missiles
that use solid fuel?
LT/COL.McCOY: Yes. The Polaris missile, which we were

talking about awhile ago, uses solid fuel.
Then an ICBM called Minute-man uses solid
fuel also. I believe that those missiles
will be the most important weapons for
the free world as well as for the United
States in the future.
49
Ali
pi 711 cii (-d. -s
7.14f
J.-I"'
b) ci /-
vi A. et 44
74) .1 01 Ai 'l A 91- .11 Aqa. CI --f,. -c g lig q v vd-ie
-A. "4 6) Xl- l -16 0) //I x ) 1 I./ il- ..V. "'Ai 4 il al-.
Jis4 1- :41 Ak t
A -4,i* t ail -L 04 ?-i /1- xj
W.' 14I Ai -91-1 qi A co A
f7 ricl- klii ,kt.c.,) A t 1a 61 1 t;
A II- 6-11A-1 A.rA
cil A it 4,1 v..-
A cd 1, 01 si
1 5. /13
0, 1 i'.
1
*7 '2 i-i .iii 01 -ale') I-1 21 2- 1 xof
rt ,j A.
--- -C.
1.,
1
71 2k- Ack -1 4. i U. Aft /I- 47A.62.
0) VII- al 0i) -t 01-- 6 44=:f 3q... 1411 cfril 14 -Tr A

ft, J 3ij al-01 ti
vfJ- J715 or 0).t. /\-1- 1-() A 67

-/;! a )-1
011.0 2,- 1-1

Ati
I
i6c A2 51*_-fiaol -14
ii<#F).1 01 041 44.3gel )61.
50
D. cog ( 010 PAM)
c) 4-1 *Al .
4 1. el 4 kfj-14) 01 ;q: * 4g, ,0)314 .1z el ti
2, 0Jc4
3. 3j&4 `,'41 -t -14 Yri2
-E-j- t9.-1 01. 0 d 14, 1- ?
S. 4a 41-t -fr *0;". A }-

7 143
1. There are several important ICBMs for the United

States at present.
2. An American atomic submarine can fire missiles

while submerged under water.
3. I am very happy to have you as a Korean military

advisor.
4. I will endeavor to do good work.
5. A United States Navy atomic submarine stayed

submerged continuously for 60 days.
51
E. (0)
( .14 *00) solid fuel
JL ( Wta raiD military advisor
4 to be surprised
21.- All 3*) inter-co4tinental ballistic
missile (ICBM)
to be glad
Aj ( 44 rig )
capability, efficiency
7t isn't something (I)would know
'1) oe. (*4t- 0; P) liquid fuel
-M 11;.--1". 4-(1117.-3-3Alf /Kires0 atomic submarine
e (.05 if 515.) missile
11-4)r A-ogi 1-) free world
,if Aott41) submerged navigation
k114 ( PI T<L) professional, expert (a person)
irr (A* kind, sort
tq.a-t-1 (gt-t-04:*) top leaders
ogrJo the largest
(A) personally (honorific)
praise, commendation
q (-uT) navigation
11-4ktcli 701 -01-4
to do one's best
52
g
-7i 5. (=.)
I. xi cq al t AA 10,.
,Z 64 R.I. 0) 4 4- 111/I..?
1:04
1 -1
e4
o 04 zi /PI 4 XoJ a /fit4 4
< z(-2 14) -t 00 0
2. xi ; 141
P-1 k -11*41 odfL.. 4- 4- 01 fri 4-% xl 01- cti *41

4,4 471 x4 j 0-11 .43r_t 4,4 op. 41- 4..
. ej qc /4 c AA 2 CCti t
wl oil t 1 od
V.11.11)-1-3141-14.
-I- : GIL -It 011ix a'ul. iJ- 04
ir. N. P.. e -c
21. 74 -4 4- oi 0
AAll 1--
: ict T1 A
-f -C .<& Li 74?
: x-o; 141 71- ) 13,11,--71 001-1 041
OJ A2a4
a -1- ,<1
3: xi '01 eg 0
74) 4 slA 5. q." -/k) 71- -1e. h4111
61 3. -; VI c eit If
4)1 ccl, 1.4.1
53
citt hA 04
4-1-
G. X-,1 eg s,61- 4 4 it 'sr -11
II 4. -r
4.
7. k0-1 -?-= 11- IC 141 AA 0 41..1.

IN ?
v).
-6 6 zjI'J Li 4.
8. xi f : eg 42r' ki) 4) AI'
g4 1
ri4 : 04). 01 x); 3:4 1, x-f) 01 .4 Al 14\ j At al

4
AA
"c ti -t 14- 64 V-
54
Lesson 122
Guided Missile (2)

1. COL.CHUN: What is the difference between the
missiles which use liquid fuel and solid
fuel?
LT/COL McCOY: There are many different points. The

most important point is that solid fuel
missiles require less preparation to fire.
2. COL. CHUN: Why is it?
LT/COL McCOY: You can keep solid fuel inside of the
missile for a long time, but you have to
put liquid fuel into the missile
immediately before firing.
3. COL. CHUN: Then, you will need missiles which use
solid fuel in emergencies such as an
attack by an enemy.
LT/COL McCOY: Yes, that is correct. We can fire solid
fuel missiles such as Minute-man
immediately.
4. COL. CHUN: What are other good points of these
missiles?
LT/COL McCOY: These missiles require very little
maintenance, therefore they can be
carried on trains so as not to let the
enemy know the positions of missile bases.
5. COL. CHUN: In that case, I guesss the enemy can't
destroy the missile bases, because their
positions continually shift. Now, what
kind of warhead do you have for those
missiles?
LT COL McCOY: We can use either regular or atomic
warheads.
6. COT . CHUN: You could use hydrogen warheads, couldn't
you?
A
LT/COL McCOY: Of course. Generally, the warheads of
ICBM's are hydrogen (bombs).
7. COL. CHUN: The warheads of the relatively smaller
missiles such as the Polaris are also
hydrogen, aren't they?
LT/COL McCOY: That's right.
8. COL. CHUN: Then, the fire power of one Polaris

submarine is something that is beyond
our imagination.
LT/COL McCOY: Yes. It is said that fire power of

one Polaris submarine is greater than
the total fire power of the explosives
which were used by both the Allied
countries and the Axis countries during
the Second World War.
6
C. (+.-)
Pi 5- lo)
4141 2t4)
fk 1140:5 *41- -`r 71-11

04
4: t'f! -LE 454 . 1:- ol 71- 0
Aj 51.1 o
a.
a
a
-C tit3 o
pi b do
cQi .1 041
it- ap
tif5 4-041 40'14 c;til 2.1-
/41
A)
octx/14 gagll 314f4:

ft 4
114-
i-bL 4-
a)
kc 71
1
141-1.11: %/Y01,-)0t 140-1
od IT
-*0 tt
al- a) -1-=-* t /kis.

0
A-tr# 017) .cof 0-1)

5;ft 7K_ -Mr of Alk Als
:)-1 o, %1- ,44, 141 4
frof voi 041
4 5.1 t )0)
-17 31
/c/Iiiy)31- $-Afibtffloi ki
gz...kIkv* 02- 5, ci 3. ckv.
57
D.
I. Vail (A-MAri c99Yil-1t)
1. 4'4. X1' Xtt 31. 4- oil

79 IrAI A A
1 1
yr
LA
lir
1
2 0.2 0,- vi
3. xi; (=i
cs4I
t .2.41 X. 04 fr.1 4- 0)
4. 4041 04.4 AtI.A.0-1-19d.. 611-- *Jai FA
5 4-`d 1;J"- i-ijiJ
1. A submarine's power to Gestroy enemy cities is

great.
2. You can load it on a train and carry it around.
3. It takes time to prepare liquid fuel missiles for

firing.
4. ICBM's such as Minute-man missiles can be fired

immediately.
5. The atomic submarine can carry sixteen missiles.
58
E. rcr 310
to be urgent
secretly
to use
beyond one's imagination
hydrogen bomt
hide and...
to load and carry around

allied countries
atom bomb
to be great
to move
x1:1
(-k good point
point
to prepare and maintain (machineslweapons)
immediately before
war-head
entire fire-power
Axis Countries
explosives
to require less effort
59
-istre,-)15-.A4 Vern 4-0A2. g44.(irt-1
Is. 3,4to)-1 .
aiq FD Ii440-1.1
to4 -x 54
o 011, iti)i)S
.- . t_ .. 0-14 V i)-1 al- 4.11 -,ettl,ec-i)

A-1--6.- 1-Tj2 ,!.i.
c)q*.-tc- 1.7,1 oicili-rgil-?
0 .
tbi- 01.4. 4 T- I* B-
01/A41)4c-11 1401 il.-- /4-V7o] 11%1 filqA1rP1 lacIt.
115). 3..24ow tz,-..0/11).- tv)-?.../)te t2.17y.

t *4:4
r-1-. 14' Vrit)11- 540 9-'4"11 ')
e- tl -te /1.01Vil
01)o-1i 454 A.2.-ia
1=141
s_tv: 0.)33_, app.? -7-t) *1-vd. i:411 A) 0) 334- 22i
.141111 5401!
g Itt 41) 1-1" ?r" .
.. 0A -0,1 od-olki qt-,11 Ilt-f-i-fl '(;)-1-1 a 1

Id
: eql, 0-1./: 0)15--q zyi 9A- tr_g; 4 cam fre.
m t#-,6 cod 0-1)..- q 11 PI
0)12- 4g1-A1
Vt-1 V..11 or EIV-leg
1-.0) tovi)4 e.)
/-)
60
Lesson 123
Airplane Trip (1)
1. COL. CHUN: How did you come to Korea?
LT/COL McCOY: I came here by passenger plane.
2. COL. CHUN: Did you take a jet?
LT/COL McCOY: Yes, I came here by jet.
3. COL. CHUN: I haven't been aboard a jet yet. How did

you like to travel by jet?
LT/COL McCOY: In all aspects, it is nice and comfortable.

There wd's practically no one who got
motion sickness among the passengers.
4. COL. CHUN: Is that so? I thought the jet would be

rather uncomfortable because of the loud
noise although it is fast.
LT/COL McCOY: No, because of the fine sound-proof system,

we hear less noise and feel less vibration
in a jet than in an ordinary plane.
5. COL. CHUN: How was the service of the stewardesses?
LT/COL McCOY: Excellent. Young girls beautifully

dressed walk back and forth among the
passengers to take good care of them,
and also bring snacks often between meals.
6. COL. CHUN: Is smoking allowed in the plane?
LT/COL McCOY: Yes, smoking is allowed at all times

except at the time of take-off and landing.
7. COL. CHUN: In any case, it is a good thing that the

airlines select pretty girls to take care
of the passengers. Then a person like
you will take a plane, isn't that right?
LT/COL McCOY: Who wouldn't like that?

c t t**) C.)
.t)14 401- o-t-ielt, )+5t;01 4.
ACT 0)-, 041 0 t 07 i 1-1 /- 1.Z./ al)
.)4.1.6 )44, oe. i-i2. 40-13-4 L)-4 cra)

,4i_t tie
oP ttl-
11
6) V.61 gatit- "1-t .1.te4014A-ko-.
03 4.111 etrjr. 011
ctil Al 01 at.) 4- 14-01 9-454- octile

lie IA
4'0-1 t4o-. 01 --*Yfr-.! si-0) g_if ji1 024
od
t 2t 01) 14-TA Is
gi.d).-e, at 5' 5 t *qt. 01 52 0 PS s-I
4-,eZ EdrjJ qj 0) -44:f44- A4-q0)
*- 147 61! Ot 54 4.1.4T-- 'i 4i-1%1;4a445. 04) .t44
VTO01 Ji1 AII slA9,-ko-a-
1.1- SV
g COAC4 g.iltr t 01)41 e -C4-4tt 'i)j.

Qt 141
141- tligi "1 Al 4t. 441 %'"Ie q5 19.44-t
I.
62
D. ottr-1-1-11 PriTO
I. A40-1) 4 1ki o1 c6"-t}A)3...
1. Agi /1 7.710) orkli-7)g. 01V-(0-A
fihkrq
2. Ve 114: q: 1.)-% ))-2 VP) VirtilA111"?
3. Virt 5H J:241- 5Lvl

4. 01143/) 0ttal)A1 t)1/41-i
5. 14/1 "11 )1 01 at2 CP/ al
6. 1.ko)/4 It 4450) .11-qrL117y2
7. (4,%14161.1
8. 141-01 qcilv<41-1171-1
9- 1-441
10. 1- 6J W.:-
II. Trnaslate the following sentences;
1. The airline companies select beautiful girls to

take care of their passengers.
2. Well groomed young girls go busily back and forth
between passengers.
3. There was practically no one who didn't know it.
4. I get seasick every time I go aboard a ship.
5. Mr. Kim practically lives in his office.
63
E. rd-o-i Mt)
snack
to choose
It's the best!
no smoking, restriction of smoking
almost..., practically...
to take care of..
field
motion sickness
in all aspects
sound-proof system
young woman
9.1A2: service
0.1i 6-1 stewardess
11,147t4' to go back and forth
to be noisy
oi otto1(-) to take off (airplane)
crItio4)1) jet piane
vt) to land (airplane)
c-iticgt) airline company

f;LI (5,11-pe) to become a reality
to undulate, shake (intransitive)
64
!It
.4, cat
(IA pr),, 14. vo iff,1
(q$4,)-(ftcv
( :410 11-0 1-7 I* S-Vri
V5 g *11" k
(-11
A-0 110 ft41.11-0rL-4
-4e 111 ft- (...-3>
Aty (0
go
-4) eo %oh
ita 3-f-r; 11-q .1t-D
(.2 2.414.tn.rcr,5
0
fwv I-49,4a; to ?1-1/tY0
4 R ?ivo 113 V17 i4 f`4; -to-A H-oriZs luV.Tf

ft A-iyy1
Via
(-140 17%;, '140 55: ft /4,0 liprrrY
-H 90 1-*1 114 -1) to -IC L'44/1 PA; %OH
1=0 fi'4* ivy to 4* to ko 47- lc
194 Wire ko is
-( Rs' 1441.1?t.
t-t5 41` cX Z-,1 -75 -cc 1.1*-rz 41-47
vy I4 1-7 Zf.t.
9
Lesson 124
Airplane Trip (2)
B. Dia lo ue (Translation)
1. COL CHUN: Did you sleep comfortably on the plane?
COL McCOY: Yes, I was able to sleep quite comfortably,

because I could adjust the angle of the seat
freely.
2. COL CHUN: Do they give you a cover too?

COL McCOY: Yes, they give out pillows and blankets.
3. COL CHUN: How many hours did it take to get to Kimpo

Airport after leaving San Francisco Airport?
COL McCOY: It probably took about twelve hours and a half.
4. COL CHUN: How many 'laces did the plane stop on the way.
COL McCOY: It stopped at Hawaii and Tokyo, Japan.
5. COL CHUN: Was there a class distinction?
COL McCOY: Yes, (the plane) was partitioned into first

and second classes. The first class is (was)
like the reception room of a nice house.
6. COL . CHUN: At any rate, since the jet is so comfortable

and convenient in many aspects, a (jet) ticket
must be considerably more expensive.
COL McCOY: No, it isn't necessarily so (expensive).

The difference is not more than sixty dollars
compared to the price of an ordinary plane
ticket.
7. COL CHUN: Is that so? That's rather surprising.
COL McCOY: Anyway, the price of plane tickets has

dropped tremendously since the end of
World War II.
8. COL CHUN: What do you think is the reason?

COL McCOY: I think the reason (that it became so) is
that civil aeronautics has technically
advanced and also the competition between
airlines is very keen.
66
a) tv i) 4 4" 141 5,.2 *y Aii 110 (41 -frd.
4r6/4.T4t/k -fl: /,--r&

At :.i
CCM 416/444' i /- i;* % 1- Oli: 0. 61) 4CF9 51 /1 "itriAF 1CK4-C.P-'.

11 le .0 111 *
5-e-p+ '416-01)-te .-.ki tfice%1 01-tri-. 1 k -1--te 61)1- 'IA
41. 0, .4 hi
61 9:k q. g 41 11A1 Alt Wf-i4VP 5-1-. 1f)il" ,41/f g.15 -4- ra-i-1--
414. .1
vit 0.11 4 01 Ai
01
-ie --r Id 'i- 1-1- NI ,L*-1 i bit-i-,

1100-0) VAd Atl'il-il-c-ii aYel-
1, v -7)
i i)-I..) Ti. aj-144* *IL AA)--7-1-11 i9:1,cct, .1-21s 11.04) -le *V-
ittl'f- A414111 q 1. ifikm -id1.-Wa.t ii:e /i;}-1) 4i g lAP
* ,
II 002 HAI itrialt 8 01 el 1-)--e-r-t gq-vstoi)
o-141 (411H.
17-741 I+
445-44.4 *ivo-}-141 1,310)-hi
*1 V01117-1)
-a IT- )(%1 & 4.1 0-0 cliv o) 0)
Apst, *tool) 3,14.01/-1 ggioc: }- m-

W9 101 ff4(1.4 .a.14
i/J2E Alio) 21-10-Ao-.
D. Id) AVM)
I. t1.0 0A) L.
1. MN) it54 i./Afi011)-1
2- `711:611k1 9.k.414171-?
3. x-f) 4111 Oi .keti) 01141) ilikAo) AM-V.44017H
4 0)1)1,-7)4 V.-1061 4-4191-917)-?
5. COI 0-111-) !N.

6. a. 11V-i- fl Mk) 04 21 14-e)--te 1-711
fAi101.4 01/Y?
7 X-1) 0)Ap 4k-t 41-01 ivr-*
- 1) VI %(t%) vgg 10k 1/111-1 ?
1. There is only a difference of sixty dollars in

the prices.
2. It was originally one big room, but now it is

partitioned into two small rooms.
3. How many places do you have to stop at before

arriving in Seoul?
4. Can you adjust the seat of your car?
5. It is surprising that he should have said that.
6. There are two department stores in this area,

and competition is very keen between them.
68
.E.ir 61 CM
14 S. (it34 angle
ft to partition
1Lt ga)-
104 (ro-) contest, competition
'etc; (Vt) airport
fl counter for places
blanket
01 *it 661 to lag behind
Coo class distinction
(KA)) nonwofficial,priyate,(as against

military)
pillow
4001) drawing room, reception room
"A xi 0)c)- ctft-) to be surprising, unexpected

01 44 quilt, comforter
;0- sleep (noun)
-1)*P- to sleep
A-441 (,g4 seat
Igit1/) to adjust
kc; ground position (military looking

down from the air)
*froi ctti) difference
10-* 71i WI. 4145) aeronautics
69
A.54)*(ftft)
gc), V arm el 1 bici 14vAinvii-a?
- . ti al v : 114 i I
Iv: 1-i.rt (-H.q.- olcilialHI 72,..v.,01/,
., 4j, .-ccii
tM .
oiq-11:01 V-10.1-151-. 1- col 4- al 1 i- N
A.1-peu *.61 >z1 01 .5.-ta
1) at Al Iii-i t71-e. -AV:m 41-4 tiO. it-Vil--7-11

*.1.e 71.0) 1.-)0-.
.
oiled; )01-1) lAt'ol
It-C ',L1-,`-e tit- t 9.4 0. gtg gitri
6
Ito -1-
6) t Hrl '4#11 %.Zik) go 3
'01-1 kil
: )(51-ki igti 5:10-01I
/cal s- 11-a,rt 11-1-1 V111k.

leo) 5 5,144 9 c1'.
Ilreir 1"
PO 1-11 -11 t2-44. #. 011 .
1:6 14 '4 *Alt-lo-. 1-cort Vai5n

0) ateckci)-tio_ stAl
1014
04i, .1.14-S kjW4.
70
Lesson 125
Air Force
1. COL. CHUN: Where were you, LT/COL. McCOY during the

Korean War:
LT/COL McCOY: I was with the Air Force unit at Taegu.
2. COL. CHUN: Then, you must have played quite an

active part at that time.
LT/COL Itr:COY: We made sorties almost every day. At

that time, the mission of our Air Force
was to slow down the North Korean People's
Army that was advancing like rushing
water in order to enable our Army to
prepare for counterattacks.
3. COL. CHUN: How was the ROK Air Force at that time?
LT/COL McCOY: It was extremely weak. They didn't have

many well trained pilots and no jets.
4. COL. CHUN: The ROK Air Force grew strong during the
war because it gained much experience and
training during the war, didn't it?
LT/COL McCOY: Yes, it grew powerful during the war.
5. COL. CHUN: Do you have experience in aerial flights

against Russian-made jets?
LT/COL.McCOY: Of course! I don't mean to be boastful..

but I dropped five Russiam-made jets.
6. COL. CHUN: That's quite an achievement!
LT/COL McCOY: Well, I was just lucky.
7. COL. CHUN: You are very modest. At any rate, if we

hadn't had absolute air supremacy, we
wouldn't have been able to stop the
enemy invasion.
COL. CHUN: Yes, that's true.
71
. (--*10)
l'3r At- 14 10
-N (cz
Izbl (I-4*
'A t11
1-Yik?-113,* Z=VV0 '-o).,Y0-13.3:Afir
To 4 kt-t
-44:WW4 (341g flienT .kg j"ki
(1.1 1 RI 11/.
:1%3,-6* i!-.0 10 1-ylku-W--/ 1-440 E E 4.21,- -Ts Ik

lf 11-Y ik6
01-19c.
I. (0 1* (Pi (frt. 41.
/ E 6 11-0- :111(4)
Xict"
tvCr.,
19r (7-A Yi=6 6-11 1-* (kV "II- 4)% R-y 4,0443 -v%44 7--11106
-*-1 gik W1-% -tCOV

141
/b / g-11-0
4 4-
dlot* -ova' *3); 11-0
1.0
141.0T6 .7....c.ftw 6r-9 tep-11-W 40-1.*-Vi *El

'b.
it 1.f -tY
-g= -0V-0 q'11441, Via 11 -Vtf -141-4 (c.

PA(4-
110
tal 1147
VOS41.i, to.f24i ; 117-4,14fV.
?1"-I*9',V .t12-ti%/ 11.41-Vi
ZL
D. adi. (AVM*
I- oil 5-1-c1)-4 hi P-14 tl-mL.
1. tit-71-1%1,401 ZI1 q-a) APicslo
2-
3 - X11'f-d-C 0) -*%).-p_ 3J zac111-!

4. el 2 ri o11 4E4 -V4-1 fc o1J h. )41 4- 441-0 1471- F
5. XI) 0) %t). ki) 741 c.I1 Xit9c a=e1' ,t)1 414 11"
6. icj
7. c, 46/
c4) 01c1.4 -V2 31 T. 1.
(4
8. a v, Di al kilt11)11- 01-el-t-419:10"H
1. It is not possible to win a war without air supremacy.

2. The ROK Air Force grew strong gaining experience
through the war.
3. The mission of our artillery unit was to bombard the

enemy defense positions.
4. This will enable our infantry men to cross the bridge.
5. If he didn't have much training, he could not have
achieved such a feat.
tssl- 14-cl- (40.) to be possible
7,94 (-3t) to attack and sink (a vessel)
11-8 t1-00 affig) to be humble
;."4" -r-I-(e) to render meritorious service
-1) lto)
)40- (git)
f.). ()
Act
to make an air raid
aerial battle
(4) extremely
large scale
clearly, sharply
I like surging water
tysl- (UP to be frail, weak
(fra) to attain excellent results
luck, foune
boasting
1-1)43A CIlljg4) air supremacy
duly, properly
od /1 to delay (transitive)
t A# 3-00 to invade and attack
al- (TIC to set out for attack
(10A) to invade
;}. to play an active part
74
Supplamentary vocabulary ( Road Signs)-
No Parking
No U Turn
No Right Turn
Left Turn Only
No Vehicles Allowed
No Passing
Do Not Enter
Road Blocked
Winding Road
Divided Road ( shape)
Junction ( Y shape )
Divided Road ( T shape)

Cross Road
Danger
School (Zone)
Railroad (Crossing)
:---r
Jr' Att
A. CCU)
44! e.it-.z 141 27-111-m-7

91" 41- I 04) 5- ,
= 11%00)
TIN
64), 1-V14-1 4*.Ti-k
e%41).0-.
,
.. 111 .
. I. ),t)--JC 94.1 i47-11 2;g413-01
-si.t-i n-s4 zit,

--)
Itc? Id : 3-1..z1.- -.-1ktil--16 111.."' clq4-1 oli*ile-llti

rg V-4 thl-E lizq goi .E.. 1--1 t4-4,1 :(1-1- VzIt
-1)-.' 4-
i V. : 01 1? 5. - 41 e I Z4 - 1114)p-it v b) 1.4--,k1 t.
)-1%i
tst3 1-11 If- g4-1- lie glp1 g-. 7)7414 it-tt -t6 -7401
1tctt..- 7)/..,117- ./A1 90,
;
#1.61 teAl<41,-1/1.?
dI4
In") 6t)- H11 )1t111A
1-t-cr
1-)1 6. IL ?
q 4/-61 31-1C- 7)2.
1. Itt %-110- ?-21'A111., 171. tr-N

-3 Pko4I 14 ,451-1.
76
Lesson 126
Car Repair
1. COL CHUN: COL McCOY what is that smeared on your hand?
COL McCOY: It's oil from an automobile.
2. COL CHUN: Is your car out of order?
COL McCOY: Yes, so I had to handle the motor to repair

it.
3. COL CHUN: Why do you have so much trouble (mechanical)

with that car?
COL McCOY: It's because the car is a cheap one.
4. COL CHUN: Where did you learn how to repair an

automobile?
COL McCOY: I didn't learn anything formally. I just

learned by watching others repair their cars.
5. COL CHUN: You are quite talented I am afraid to

touch anything when it comes to machines.
COL McCOY: It's nothing that can be Lalled a talent.

I merely fool around with machines because
it's my hobby, but I can only repair simple
things.
6. COL CHUN: Well what was wrong (with your car)?
ODL McCOY: It wouldn't start very well, so I examined

this and that, then I left it alone because
I couldn't tell (what w4s wrong).
7. COL Then, are you goi:Lg to take it to a repair

shop?
COL McCOY: It seems that's the only thing to do.
8. COL CHUN: I will tell you a good place. Why don't

you go to 'Taegukt Shop on Chongno Street.
The mechanic there is honest and does a
good job.
COL McCOY: Yes, I'll do that. It's easy to be cheated

if a person takes it to a place that they
don't know.
77
SE
lio) /)--te ./jJ9f 41, 45 Ili' Ci" 4114.5(

e4 6-1 0- cr-kg .7,utA.q,09 at
1.4 e 14 *
IA-at 545:31<z1-. 0) Estsii*R.V.'.1-C %11 aKI315 5-1-
&ri
-R4-1- V o g.ti AJ.W 4-1
1,1 01 (4. 1.10- 0) 41 g+
t4iger41454-4. 1.11 0-) ?A 1- q- 11,1 V.2- 440111-

1-31- ill )1,),
II) 4
sS 4.414.1M S'Ar ti4` }" I+ 14-4'114
/11 6 1 11 CI" COI 611'-' titA 11 54
al'. i-P*4 -'01"-ta IOU o1L 01 C4-1-VE
1-14 Hi')
440
%3 If 11
tx.4113V Ij .e.-z ti 1)4
11.1?..7)141 4*-1114)-%-q tetriv"1-1
VA4 404-A:
vi<1
tg
78
D . 41M) (PI% )
I. 1,40-0
1. 1114 '1-reA 'M 1-14*-1 Pi IA-4: 11- ?

2. r1-14 ieg 341 1.-*it)- 41-114' Lit1M1-117)-?
3. 41-q 1.1441-4 -/fAil*-IE 14 -4- Igq =4- 14H-"del
4 . /4g 1 0)-q-A-1-24t1111-?
5. 4)-cr%) *it/N-
6.
7- 1"-1)/- 2l4 ti-)!;c10. 614141 ti'loY gt.1ifr3

8. 1-iv7- -)41710 7411-i)- 01V-4"1-)1/1-F
Translate the following sentences:.

a
1. I don't know what's wrong with my car.
2. When the engine is cold, it doesn't start easiiy.

3. Don't fool around with it, but send it to a repair
shop.
4. His hobby is collecting postage stamps.

5. That mechanic is not honest, so you can be easily
cheated.
6. Something must be wrong with this car, since it

needs (eats) oil so often.
7. He learns things by watching what others do, since
he is very talented.
8. I spent all day at the repair shop repairing the

car.
79
(110)
to fear, be afraid
regulation, rule
oil
everyday
to familiarize (oneself) with

through seeing
to prepare, provide, make
to touch, handle
to be smeared, soiled
motor, engine
to start (a motor)
disabled person
cheap merchandise
to be deceived, cheated
repair shop
to repair
safty
to do mischief, to fool around with
talent
formally
to be honest
hobby
sign, mark
80
p tibs.
NaTtir)
/1TOAE/1(I
PYCCKIDA Fi)JIFAPCICH
CPIICICOXPBATCKB POLSKI
KOREAN
SHQIP tESKY
MAGYAR EAAHNIKA
NON-RESIDENT LANGUAGE
r * Art REFRESHER COURSE
210 HOUR COURSE
TeRIEcE ESPANOL
PORTUGUE'S VOLUME X FRANcAIS
10(0"
R ONINA CLASSROOM INSTRUCTION SLOVENRINA

LESSONS 127-140 Eli., 211
YKPAitIChKA
ITALIANO
LANGUAGE LARORATORY r DEUTSCH
BAHASA INDONESIA EXERCISES 55-00 TONG WO NAM
3yntitylu LIETUVILI
AL 001 629
KOREAN
210 HOUR COURSE
Volume X
Classroom Instruction Lessons
127 - 140
Language Laboratory Exercises

55 - 60
September 1962

PREFACE

X, contains Lessons 127-140 for classroom instruction and

C. Reading Text
D. Exercises
E. Word List
into the dialogue.

feature of the Korean sentence, it is ordinarily given in a





page
it 0131- 1 - 7
8 - 14
-%1-1-
0 15 - 21
-r 22 - 28
rtr tit ij 29 - 34
35 - 40
11 41 -46
e- 47 - 51
O 0
52 - 56
q0-1 0 0 57 - 61
62 - 66
67 - 73
Language Laboratory Exercise 60 OOOOO 00
74 - 78
qv 1-- Al- 79 - 83
t
Noti-
A.
1 c3jI oi odJtol
cq
7-1
7 I- kit t-1 -77F ?
71/4. -V Lit
t 2A (A oil 4-1
-q 4.1 1 oi 01-(0 4 -E. c>"r_l_ O-1 4'1 v.tt '4A
Od -t id ?
-7j O7jL_e_
_ oil 4-
3
a-f:st LI ?
it] 1-1 oci 7F 1-1- 71 015-
ov -26j- LI 4-
'il oj. 7ci_
r t301 74
4. 51 Id) 24 9
O41, 414 eJ 7E -ra it 01 1M
'6[1A-1 714 17:11 Id-
;14
5. vl 4- (=i toFtJ1 E-1
Ai 9
71 wF:1 c=i -c)

cr11 t:1 tt -Pr c=1
21 7 kit_ -ill 31 51-

oI1 =I -4 1 k--1
ridevt)-1-.0-q
6 ol 4*AI 0&1-1q Agt-1711- ?
cAlt
Al-s 7)- -13rIti fir 11- 9111
114 AllA4
7. ; a)1 **V tL 1-1 *-4 4 kiiI-?

"I1 4-1 11-1A-Ltfl-C 17,1-C CA' con ttP-4
8. s -1111J1 .11r.k"St-111}'
a
.1 I
1 9 4 g 111 ski 01 04-g cte. 14-
t 1:10-% 3-Pri 3101 z)-11.. 11.J it
2
Lesson 127
Korean President
1. Brown: Who elects the President of the Republic of Korea?
Kim: Previously he was elected by direct vote of the

people, however after 1960, he is elected by more
than two-thirds votes of duly elected and seated
members of the National Assembly at a joint
session of the two Houses.
2. Brown: What is the term of the office?
Kim: It is five years.
3, Brown: Then, is there a Presidential election once every

five years?
Kim: Yes, that is right. A successor has to be elected

at least thirty days prior to the expiration of
the term.
4. Brown: The duties of the President are very important,

aren't they?
Kim: Yes. He is the head of the State and represents

the State in relations with foreign states. How-
ever, the actual executive power is vested in the
Premier.
5. Brown: Please explain to me a little more about the

functions of the President.
Kim: The President commands the National Armed Forces

in accordance with the provisions of law. He
ratifies treaties, declares war, concludes peace,
accredits and receives diplomatic envoys.
6. Brown: Can the President oppose the decision of the

State Council?
Kim: Yes. For example the President may refuse to

proclaim a state of seige despite the decision by
the Council if he regards the reason for the
proclamation unjustifiable.
7. Brown: How many times can the same President be reelected?
Kim: The reelection to consecutive terms is permissible

for one time only.
8. Brown: How many times was the Korean Constitution amended?
3
Kim: It has been amended many times since 1948.
However, I believe the present (form of the)
Constitution will last long.
4
I *); (Yr-%
114 lk
Z-4
/0
tz.1
L
Ol 0 to Aq
rx
1.N2
t 16- i2; / -cc
/5 4E,
cifr1 16-
\i*
se-)
4).
Ftt:t? /AO
D. t_l 1- COI ro9M )
I.
=1 ill kl iIj r it&It.
1 03 -71 771- ?
kj 771- ?
3. ul .ej A71711--L- .;z--LAd Id*?

4. *It 1 7-10 314 71-A 2 5,1-5- 1.-174?
5. to oi Id )-
=1 1 N-11 q 7( '22
6 . 4A -1'7: Yr 2E 1?-1 -`%1 1 71. o4 ccl- Al
od
7. ckl -51 I) jOI 9.)7 01 Elj:
(3a 9 771- ?
1. The Presidential election is carried out once

every four years in America.
2. One has to have more than half the number of
votes in order to be elected.
3. One has to give notice of at least one month

when resigning, so that a successor can be found.
4. A treaty is ratified with the approval of the

Senate.
5. Despite the order of his superior officer he went

out of his room.
E. cd: (f )
J-1.- peace making
revision
state of siege
the Premier
-12- meeting of the State Council
to be elected
* to be improper
in spite of
HI -;i7t to ratify
Al- 7.4
envoy, emissary
declaration of war
/4 9J Jo- F
to accredit
Ad .11
actuality
51 -71A decision (by discussion)
to recognize
reelection
being on the register, roll
I-4 to receive
oV
treaty
Al duty
4-; to command
declaration
joint
administration
successor
7
A.
51 -11 j kFj/'1 vP;; 01
rAl 5-1 74 ?
F sl
kci
1j ()-1 ,4
ktl_ 71 I 11?
CI- 4131 .a.)
1-7 111 417_ 0 1 MI oil -al
--r- a
7F c=1 , M
wf43.. ti 7-1 5,4 1-1
--11 5)-1 Oti 71 2f: crd id 77V?
tiLl 91 51 71 Li J.. ell 71 cd

Al- 14 0-11 7,-,1 71- 0,41*
-4 Y. Od_
01:1 id .
4.444c : J 7171- 5-J.: 5-1 71 -A-115- 91. 51 -7--1 51 4--121
44-7-14 (At 4 A 4 d
%LT 2jJ 9 . 5=1 11 VI
%1-5. 1-1 r4 4-1 /4 7-1,
oil
14.LL 2- 511 5141-1q.
8
5. 44.1 9-1 it I -al 4 c"it t,I 9 7* ?
of 01 o -151i
71-1 --1 0 .3- 'IL! 91 -3=1
a Cul 11 4 lit- IA ct
kb* 1-1 v-11- %'1 -94 01 Al 7i' .-14 .cq
4- -70 *71 1-1- 1\1_ ALL. 9d -2-10 71 d_

%.v 5_1 011
,41 041 ck),1 1 cj 0-11 t- 01 7;.1 'I 'IL I
6 vd. .91 --7-tt 91 71 ctzl.
?,1 1-7-1 +it 74 7ci 4 À LL-

CAI 111..7
LJ1-F L-Fol oit -11 1 0.4 01 4- O1 1 -al ill Al
(1 4 tr
-4d- td
9
Lesson 128
Korean National Assembly

1. Brown: I would like to ask a few questions about the

Korean National Assembly. How is the National
Assembly organized?
Kim: The Korean National Assembly is composed of the

House of Representatives and the House of
Councilors.
2. Brown: The members of the National Assembly are elected

by vote of the people, aren't they?
Kim: Yes. All citizens have the right to vote, when

they reach the age of twenty; the members of the
National Assembly are elected by universal,
direct and secret vote.
3. Brown: What are the terms of the Assembly members?
Kim: The term of a Representative is four years, and

there is at least one general election every
four years. The term of a Councilor is six years,
but one-half of the Councilors elected in the
first election are for three year terms.
4. Brown: Then, do you mean that there could be general

elections of the members of the House of Repre-
sentatives before the four year terms expire?
Kim: Of course there could be. Should the House of

Representatives adopt a resolution of non-
confidence in the State Council, the Council can
dissolve the Huuse of Representatives. Therefore,
general elections could be held even once a year.
5. Brown: What is a resolution of non-confidence?
Kim: If more than one-half the members of the House

of Representatives oppose the State Council on
an important issue, it constitutes a vote of non-
confidence. The House may also adopt a resolution
of non-confidence. Furthermore, when a House
refuses to consent to the ratification of treaties
or does not decide on the new fiscal year budget
within the period of time prescribed by law,
these actions are regarded as votes of non-
confidence in the State Council.
6. Brown: What are the functions of the House of
Representatives?
10
Kim: There are many, the important things are
debates and resolutions on new year's
government budget bills, law bills, ra-
tifications of treaties, etc. Also the
House of Representatives alone elects the
Premier.
Note: The dialogue is based

upon the situation existing
as of 1960.
11
---wwwwimmompipplugnmommegimulimmimplIMEIMMINNIW
C.
M -I- AJ
ISI 5) IN R, )S(,
-54 kg 0) 4,1- Y.- 50,
c3J. tr. 1 4- A" 1g) Vs, , 14_4

? a 14,
01 U.
, 0-)1
otl
2%1
*Alt I *-1-1 041 O., 01
tit
-e1-1 eci c=I 119 0J. 71 -`2K kFJe 7O11 t
/t)+174 71
71- Vs, 11`0 4- Az
I
I
--"ot 3,1 tri- 4-1 44: \v 4. 01 .4 or 1

ID 64 q 01 4.
9it 11%.
\V 0 ot 417-- 4-41,C41
t rct-
1 vc, Aft m4:0: .,, -611-
.),
od tad .7-4 041

2- -4 AI- 0LF:
o
-4-
22_
)12/13.1 a C- 2. r-1-. 17/
41.A. A A
vtg
.711 9-) 24 71 51 -P-t
1
ottci izi] TrZ I A- fAtt4' oil 'IThiL 4.14- N)'
111- 01- 4 44
m .1 At Al- Ai
A4-* cA LIA A- ...
vF.
I.
oil (A *I1 '01
"i 5-1 01 21-cE2-1- Li 74?

2.
3.
4.
1l
-`14.-E
-q.)
c-V -7-11
ILIPE tf.
Ail 71 _V 9
771- ?
?
-74- ?
5. *Y. 7 1-
6. ci 1:11- 91 4 -4 .21%-.
74 ?
7. t 3/4 itoi ;t 1A-1 714 -.1v7-1
11 7'1 -771- ?
I I .
1. All legislative powers are vested in Congress

which consists of the Senate and the House of
Representatives.
2. The first President of Korea was elected by the

House of Representatives.
3. Do you mean that the Premier can dissolve the

House of Representatives?
4. In America, the President bas a right to veto

bills passed by Congress.
5. Bills must pass both the House of Representatives

and the House of Councilors in order to become
law.
13
E. ij 0-1 (ftilf)
45491 (.3044) resolution , bill
t*N ClAgt consent
(K,t) will of the people
06,*00.: (r*Igt) legislative proposition
-14-t1-1" C-A) to vote down
non-confidence
Al-tcr (41) item
OW: (41) budget

g (1J completion
c4 *1 )01-0 to concur, agree
(;1 050 fixed number

zij9-) (***) reconsideration (in a meeting)
to exceed
- CVA,) the first ..
(*I') equality
(SfA) to discuss (in a meeting)
(414 suffrage, right to vote
(14t00 dissolvement
14
A. IF 41' ( %-t)
1- 4?11: 5a-ipri-11*?
Et-
If 4-1 sr)-I 9- 1 4= -le_ 34 oa 014 hj 0141 od
2. 9-1 Al -lit -77F ?
17F -IT .!-1 -E 11- 9,1 41- 01 j9
3 ?F'4)r._ ("1 t*L.1 11-1721.1.?
1,4 tia ait.. 7.1a 'At

I t+ cg. 71. -eL 7i-71a 941)-e
.xJ45-11 .715_40a 191311 -7-1I
4. 1i- 71- A- Z. 9:1 111-1 171- ?

it- AF art
:
4-11 cl
13J -(4 01 s! 9-1 -31 .A111 cl
5. It 71- O4 1-9 77I-?

Th9r4fer4 odi
'51 40010 --;10-1
t- t2
6 NI 94 7 -c --r otj -74 ?
15
frs fr 11-0 1!4-1-ia f6 k 11.1.3-c
(1-t 1) f4- k .4'
tY0
st--&---t- rFt fr 16-19;- k!E- k

2ik& 47- k *-13. T-.1-
ko 1(1 IL* 1--kc
k-rz- -1'2r 1-1
-1 lo iY fY-
L-
,
0 pi I-1 ILL
I
r
1-c) a- P-fr 11-0 ha 41* ro --(L

4
9
1*- I-6 rt- 15 [12_ _Ty
-Is; FL I-2) h
ry Pc4-
91
Lesson 129
The State Council
1. Brown: How is the State Couqcil composed?
Kim: The Council is composed of the Premier and the

Members of the State Council, the number of the
Council Members is not more than fifteen an0
less than eight.
2. Brown: Who convenes the Council?

Kim: The Premier convenes and presides over the
Council.
3. Brown: Who may become the Premier?

Kim: Usually a person who is a member oi the House of
Representatives, and is the leader of the
political party whit.h occupies the majority of
seats in the House becomes Premier.
4. Brown: Then, who appoints the Premier?
Kim: The President nominates a person with the above
mentioned qualifications, and with the approval
of the House of Representatives, appoints him
to be Premier.
5. Brown: Who appoints the members of the State Council?

Kim: The Premier appoints the members of the State
Council, half or more must be members of the
House of Representatives.
6. Brown: What is the function of the State Council?
Kim: The State Council has sole responsibility for
discharging the administrative functions of the
government and it also decides important
national policies.
7. Brown: What is the function of the Premier?

Kim: The Premier may issue decrees of the State
Council with regard to the implementation of
law when the Council so decides. Also he
represents the Council, submits bills to the
Assembly, and supervises the administrative
departments.
17
8. Brown: When does the State Council (take the action of)
resign (ing) en masse.
Kim: When the House of Representatives adopts a

resolution of non-confidence in the State
Council, the Council has to (take the action of)
resign en masse unless it decides to dissolve
the House.
/=, -.."7\-112
c. 14.
---
al- kl J-t.)/( 01 j -4- 4/11

ott
01 aj
ki 4-4 4-j-- 4:1 -24 ,<-1 42f- -Z) 14,.. S
e4
olJkJiE Pk I Lh
41
O'c) AcO) 71- )-44
I
9:1 3
L- 44
-
*-,1_ 01 LA- 01
AA Mt -E-1) J i 1/5-c-t=. + _a k gog

ett-
oI 1;1-g- At `-e
tc --C
- 0
01 4-1 T3Pt"
q" Y_ 4 -1 tF1
0 9.1.t. E
'I .46 44 12 oil 41 41
oj
4R oi
74 T-1- g-
4g c=1 0-1 4i-t Al- 4.
jig %J
-61101 "71 _:?-.1

ITX11 -414 "ill Al /14'
1.-E
-g; -71
A
0
L- g:11 N-47- if IN it-k #*- -it 11 111F
Alt y.4 7,;),
4-1 'S)1 TI 41.4:
" ALL Ot2,

0
rk,
AF 7. 1
1K Alt it-PRI
1
1: t7 7
D -/9 (OS FA )
I.
A-j
1 7-11 01
2 ovi Af att 01 g*?

3 -i1T---12-1A--1 II-41741 t=13d t-1771-i
4 ="f 234 ?
5 4-1 7 1 it; 0A od LI -77
6 1 '321 cU '1 ?
7 '311 2-1 --41 '4 -Al 41 1 c%1 -*) 1-1 771-

Persons whose ages are more than twenty and less
than thirty can be nominated.
2. He was elected by majority vote of the House of

Representatives.
3. It has to be more than ten people.
4 They share the responsibility jointly.
20
E. rttoi cc*
(-2) decision of a meeting
(t11'4k) member of the State Council

(ovni cabinet decree
A't4 otif) national policy
qt)-aY rf)t) to issue
* C4t) to summon, call a meeting

hJ (IA) to put into practice, execute
(44 ) committee member
(A-k (344) member of an assembly
(.44-*) chairman of a meeting
001 CYArt)) within

ag- (**) political party
V coV- C to be proper
*II -4 4,- 1-q- (4 ) to submit
C4b4Z) leader
(0-%) to appoint
cfr to have responsibility

t 74 (04M) resignation en masse
qa.) as long as ...

/A. -;517s,
A.
5)*4-): /c1 14 AI
7.4 t-t.. -xi t 71 1:1J el 71
t frd. 01 71_
4H -14-i)-1-4_--
')N jti 54 H
-`)--'10-11 tl c/ti-fv-iv1-?
"1 EU 44 2E'
11 ---- 711 51 '71 I J-56- LI
-77 int-J -9L- 4-1 e kk A-)Vj J1
i:Fj
hU Hk-i j o
t4l 4-1 Li-
24--- -9-1 itt r-71--1- YI-;--z-41-174?
H -72-1 4 I. vlq 0-qt. _EA! 14 zi uk

?iJ AL- t -2401 5)J.-xl oil 41 -tE
EL: J-ki. 01 ttJ aN '31
1#01-4. -2-d-H
bt-Pi-J. I Ai- H-ti 3-LL-JE 4!.41 oi 54 e,)as LI771-?
0 0
Al- 3-LF:
22
cr-Ei Ai 4t- -col
v:10- 261- 71 L+ 2A. LI
5 1 -41
7
, 4F. id .F1 cHl ) 5.1 *-ti_ I Lt -AI ijoE
)41 -9r1 sht I (2) 'x-.1

o 0-11 -71- III
(3) (1-) 14- 1-9-1
*171- IiI1 J e. '41i
F H el- (5) OI
6. 441 3P7c. 131- .51-1 I cd j\OI
-xJ I 51* 'd 74

7%4 cf-
.-"1- 01
H
1
7. 4-3 (HI L -214:01 a 2--L! z 7F- 1 -a
a 'ail :At T1EIL I
"Lc -41 -11- 11' 4t1 r -1.34 I "CI biji
.-Ckt 4-11 4L) H (31-.

Lesson 130
1. Brown: Would you explain the system of the Korean court

today?
Kim: Yes. In Korea, there are District Courts, High

Courts, and a Supreme Court.
2. Brown: Where are the above mentioned courts located in

Korea?
Kim: At present, there are nine District Courts with

thirty seven branches in South Korea and three
High Courts in Seoul, Taegu and Kwangchu. The
Supreme Court is the highest court in the
Republic of Korea which is located in Seoul.
3. Brown: By the way, is the Korean court system similar

to that of the United States?
Kim: No, it is quite different. There are independ-

ent courts in various cities and states in the'
United States, but all courts in the Republic
of Korea are under the supervision and control
of the Supreme Court.
4. Brown: Do Judicial Officials in the Korean courts

receive special immunity?
Kim: Yes, since Judicial Officials receive special

immunity they cannot be discharged from duties
and their salaries cannot be reduced except by
criminal sentences or other specified disciplin-
ary actions.
5. Brown: Are the activities of Judicial Officials

restricted while holding office?
Kim: Yes, Iney are not premitted to participate in

any of the following activities:
(1) To become a member in the National Assembly
or local Councils.
(2) To engage in political activities.
(3) To hold administrative positions in the
government.
(4) To hold a salaried position without per-
mission of their superior.
(5) To engage in profit-seeking business.
24
6. Brown: Does the Korean Supreme Court have the power
to decide on constitutionality of laws as the
United States Supreme Court does?
Kim: No, the Korean Supreme Court does not have such
power.
7. Brown: Then, which organization has such power in Korea?

Kim: The Constitution Court has that power, and the
President, the Supreme Court and the House of
Councilors selects three members each as judges
of that court.
II- )
L-
1
\IV
;11
t)3
12_
J-ft "L4, -N., oi
1:31
Lit
)4 fir 71- NIN 5\
t
1-11 -7A.
,7( 5'1" -91 ii 11-
t3it- LA (H1 4-1--c`-

N? 4,6,01 -A_ N, 01- aqui)
-z1
A
51-
Ett "gi t
t 'I
)7 t-11
gs: oI
-c oht
AF 14- tv_
tdi 91- qt 9,t
0)
oct-
Y/J (2) )ffli. A E---1
7E
UI od (.2.) c-11 *Av "1%- )-t/t (3)

"44 (ct *I
1 o
011
toi-A-0v--1 (4) 00-10I
.1 oj
e 6;1% 2- (5 ) 4-1 -/T51 41" -V '1* WI 4.

0,1 7. M
*4- 91 -2-- .71c, A--
* 'III MI -71- 1P(---"E 7F

9,k
26
0%1 'NV
D. 1--1
-611 kl ij 41
1. ),1 011 _skt 01 9j, I ?

1
2. -- 0 o-Jr. L-; 74- ?
3. -)6L1- sr. qz1 41-1 01 ;DJ* H ?
4. t71 9-1 EU ."--Lt 7K-11 g- 2E

OjtLLj777
5.
6. 5)-1 AI- Od 0-1 ail all azt 7.4 r-j- 015 Li
7. `-=1 vjd .R4) 5 11 q`d 41 I 71 cl c1J..z1-1\-01
7-')IL 1-1-i ?
1. Where is the above-mentioned city located in the

State of California?
2. Everyone with the exception of him is a Judicia:

Official.
3. You have to pay within a certain period of time.
4. This organization is placed under direct super-
vision and control of the Department of Defense.
5. One can be released from his office if he holds

a wage-earning job without the consent of his
superior.
27
-7d supervision
V- 24 GI- to reduce one's salary

IL high class
111 -(4d. Supreme Court
to be discharged or fired ( from a job)

bid
1 court
4 Llij al- judicial official

d. (Zi r4- to select and appoint
3-1111-
court (of the lcwest level)
01
monthly salary
ol *LI
profit
ol )1j4:-J
constitutionality
during employment
instruction
xi
branch office (of governmental bureau)
discipline, punishment
to be employed
criminal matter
28
1J,
-I---
11
AN (Vg)
1. Yr tmr, 1-11 11 4 .
z-1 kl )41)-s 0-1 bl -0_, el -4 ,(11- 01 -1)._
-4 9c 1J- 141 1) %1-1 741 54 4 vi ill-
2 P1 /); (A I 4;1 3' oil t ),

61) htl 61 1 -4
11 011
01 cl AI 141 171- ?
1 '61/ 1 0A.
3. "A- Y; /1- ci 4 *, LI-
-7-11
41- (*
; el cl aJ 3- 1-1 .-a) 041 kl
4*. -424,6-1-1 /71- ?
4. . DI it k44 01 51.51 1
Caf AL oil 4 vi fk.
041 1:1), )4, 01 0) cl cl ?
= 1 '61- /1 Pic 61 tril_ 4 LI

.);
M 01 --/)}1 0) a3
9---.
% 1 /1- A /),,c 'bi.}). 4, 1;1
0111.- I 0) 15,11 v) i *1-

/1 01 )6,21 5-1 vi
Ai'
01
t Di
-71 i4 x.e_A,
4 LI -771-
)-01 * 01 *
29
7 ) Veil : x-il 4 .1 al m %, al 4 kis- t =fg' 1/21- 0.-1
1 5- 11- )( A co) 4 il AI V: -1). "v til 4.
30
Lesson 131
Panmunjom
1. Brown: I am going to return to the United States the

first part of next month.
Kim: Is that so? It seems to me that it hasn't been

very long since you came to Korea; are you going
back already?
2. Brown: It seems to be only about five or six months

since I came to Korea, but it is almost two
years already.
Kim: The time goes fast, indeed. By the way, where

will you be staying if you return to the
United States?
3. Brown: I am going to Washington D.C. first, but I won't

be able to tell how long I will stay there until
after I get there.
Kim: By the way, Capt. Brown, did you work only at

Panmunjom all this time?
4. Brown: Yes, only for the first two months I stayed in

Seoul, but I stayed in Panmunjom thereafter.
Kim: How was the work you did at Panmunjon?
5. Brown: Frankly speaking, it was extremely boring.
Kim: It seems to me that the work would be quite

interesting, but it is different from what we
thought.
6. Brown: It is quite different from whay you see from the

outside. I also at first, expected the work
would be quite meaningful and interesting.
Kim: It seems that there is quite a difference from

what the outsiders imagine; why is this so?
7. Brown: The main reason is that the Communist side

completely lacks in constructive intentions to
strive for peace in genuine sense by respecting
the Peace Treaty.
31
-4
If 6 Aii- 4 ,.1-ifi Al .91 /1 M)14-1 *.ilf) 3-1 0--**V0 -t -ea

iZ. 01 ;1 -4 il 0_ s
)1 d 0) 4513.1,1 m. 5_14 vi 1-, ..1- 1.1L.
1 ,r
4 -11 4 y, 4- =41 Al, ii at 01, 3.
0 ii-- 1 0--,_ 1:- P3c; 4 r%1 '11413j 9)3 igv014740,1 04t1', i- /31:04- -4 oil 5- * a
3;iti;)
)61--_v-
col
all )(It
t )t
-)1--
1-1
/1-. tt"-, ilA4t4- t ci 1 3 e.-41/14
A
AL A 1 ifil ov...1
it144 -4 , 1--, lavi.:41i i-v 1
)14-1r,)51: -III 01 91 6-1 LI fit4 02 It4 ic ovei 6,M 41- 4 4
-'.1"-=((- 1 *1 el,, q. 4, .-,1. *4 fl- .cf 01 cti 4 4-t-
c14.11 frt 4 (A AI )64
/1 41, 1 ,1--(4
44ki,1 t4.0 26( tl

$.911 01- ti /al oi -e4.1.14,
K14. 0) /-1 ,6)14
urbt 5r1:4i)(-1-c 61 1Pc. 171, 64

*1
JA 9c. 11-4 AI-44 oi Poi 13. 4 A-1.
k1J. 4-
me NM What is going on
91 4 vi--te.
32
D Pti 41- Z41 (1*-44 Mg-)
I. V41) c%111k1 ai4j01-A13-1.
1. )1 At 01.y) )d,),A 6,1 1 (4 4 -1,1
2 . 21-1. 77H,
)5-1-)fj 1/%1 ,41 -741 XI
3. =f wtt -ft 0-1 4 ki 0,1), (A 41 )11- g_
Q:4 IA
4 15i) m141 j-j= 4 I 1 1 t 1 I .31.41-1 /4?
5. V; kl %4 04-p gr
--r4 o
01, AA 1 .0/1 5.):4 1-4.4 041 2-1 V; )62:
/1- 44, t 0')A 64) Al 4, 92 )01 4t/1742.

7 . e-3 44-* 4 44, -7/ D4J. 041m
-4L1 -4 3
1. There is quite a difference usually between what

is actually going on and what the outsiders would
guess.
2. Everybody wishes to do a meaningful and interesting

job, but quite often people have to do things
which they don't want to do.
3. A cooperative spirit is absolutely necessary in

carrying out a group activity. If this spirit is
lacking, it cannot be carried out successfully.
4. For the reason I mentioned just now, I shall not

be able to be present at the meeting which is to
be held on this coming Saturday.
33
E. cy1 (1-`4)
constructive
to lack, to be wanting
to return ( to ones own country)
only (at most)
nature
time
finger nail
beginning,onset
to presume, guess
intention, plan
to be unparalleled
to propose, suggest
to doze
all the way, straight on
to be boring
genuine
to be present (act verb)
first ten days of a month
to guess
to day dream
Washington D.C.
34
ir-
F;1 oS
A.;j-10(44A1
1. >61'4; 041A-) )41, 1 1 01 bl tl ?

pl oj4 V-1 0N oil ki
L.
771-
4,12-1; 1-11 0A1 III Ali) 61
2. 114 oiefl t4.1-7/), I j1. )JI0-
)1- /4 01 14 1)H
)3F -04 1-0) 4413,
0) G;JJ- 1341' 6t1 N1 ci 10 0I
3 . (;) ). -11 ?
111 kl 4.31 , 0- Pi, IA)

sq 1-06 a) 914 vl 4.
4. 5.sti 5).A 41- 0) As qA

1-,e4%1
01. 5e-t-4 al 4-1

A) opo1 NO_ oN q_ 4-4
911 q,1-'1 1 MA ?
44:4 01 kc4, ()I J._ a) 1 10,151-11 651;103114.
6.
: Yrk -A- -1-11 9:). 4 11
oil 31 ill- 0-1 4- oi

vi
L ctl(_
:
4: ko I4Jr PO 1-AVe?
o
(t.g --V-1 CA'co Ika
4
C 149 :a F-7 1(1. ?c- 3-C-K
,
ko ")
/: 112 %- 1-04,--h
?)-,fi- ta CLY E;(
41.
q't t--t. (14 -*A)/
Kt-4, 4.* fe-4%*
Lesson 132
Armistice Talk
1. Kim: A cold war has started again in Korea, hasn't it?
Park: Yes, we can say that the Korean problem went into
a cold war again since the representatives of both
sides signed the Armistice treaty.
2. Kim: Where did they hold the first conference? And

who were the chief delegates of both sides?
Park: The first conference was held at Kaesung and the

chief delegate of our group was Vice-Admiral Joy
and the enemy representative was Lt.General
3. Kim: What was the agenda?
Park: The agenda consisted of the demilitarized zone,

POW Exchange, and organization of the neutral
nation's commission.
4. Kim: It took quite a long time, didn't it? Didn't it

take about two or three years?
Park: Yes, the number of meetings held only at Pan Mun

Chom was 575, and the time elapsed was about
three years.
5. Kim: Why did it take so long?
Park: It was because of the insincerity on the Communist

side.
6. Kim: Which item was the most difficult stumbling block?
Park: The POW exchange was the most difficult one to

solve. In fact, the conference was in deadlock
for sometime because of the POW exchange problem.
7. Kim: Anyway, the conference came to an end, didn't it?
Park: Yes, they signed a treaty in July 1953.
8. Kim: What happened as a result of the treaty?
Park: Korea remained divided into two parts, and the

Armistice commission team, which consists of such
countries like India, Poland, and Sweden, were
stationed at airports and harbors of both South
and North Korea, to watch troop movements so that
neither side could increase their military strength.
37
14-
7,40
41.
*z A* 41 401 (-201 0)
P- It (Id At ,A,1
KAT c1 itk .1.1

rH 1 t1 *IT m.1`
At)
t abiso ,043-11* ;(1)..
i-KAM
?& r '14 st
O'ftj-t 4Sti- )61/S- oiN,0<-5-k; fhP:4%
01 Al
*
741 *-90-,1 . iligtX00-01-è 14 ifipixikg-
4
th it 3t
r
31
.17e,
a
0) 4,
;6 11 0) 411 44 041 JI4 1.V9DiUgi .fs_001- 04)
titi), 114. al -1)-4 ST4 *21 -5,1)(50 0144.k,

4)-01)6 3L--t_ 31- sv 3,- cl 94 13-ic' )11 011+
fAi01 0140,_ 101 0.1
,110-1/1
A 041,316
5-
t 04) TAM- 01 14 ,?)1
Vfvl 0,41 04)
4)0114
D. De Atidi (*V Plitgj)
I. 1 4-31-A 3-
1- Aq1 1/4-i 41-F1-14-171-
2. 4 Avg-01 g-aitolA11-114-7
3* n- Poi 93}44
4- -frill 1-r-C 01C-141 kileo) 13..-14f6-'41)H
- 0411171-3
6- J 1114 qYa019414-1171-?
7 Aela-c611-11l-2
8. .1- -1-cfrei.1-1:- iJ t A111-14) VTL-117H
1. Who were the chief delegates of the two sides?
2. No one in Korea likes the country to remain

divided.
3. The donference was in dealock for sometime due

to the POW Exchange problem.
4. There were many stumbling blocks because they

didn't show any sincerity.
5. According to the treaty, they cannot increase

their military strength.
39
E ai C
to drag
--o
airport
-01 exchange
- barrier, obstacle
0,12 for the time being
019f f-'0' demilitarized zone

11,1-p) 5:q mutual defense pact
Sweden
Li/ 23 to be established
4-,13 it could be said that
ff- 4-1 4-1 chief delegate

5_ India
c,1- ii4 tO COME to a temporary solution
Ail: a) deadlock, stalemate
J- I treaty
to end, to conclude
neutral nation
1:21115- Poland
=61'
yi agreement
-sad 51 AIA'23, agenda
)11-1 armistice talk
40
A.5L (fa)
cliM N /1- os.0.4-te Yric 4 id 01 0-40
41- co M es_ 4 -7-t 0.4- d-.
5 /A Ai- 0-6 -44 ol 24 -`-c 51 6) vl

ijr %A )oi- 11, 3/-,4 LJ 1)-0) t. pi ad. 44 013
-pi- 2.
2))) 0). A-I DJ-% IV)
3_ x-1 oi 041 /1- cj A4 j2. 111"
'4%. 03
LA, )31- 2- 01-01 0,1 I/1 4,,
)14. -41)1 A
frl IA-.
. 45- 041-14, -12. '9.*) 40)1-
41, 41 at_ dJ 0,1cl 41 01-
0-0() 1- 941041 01
03 14 4,
ci- 01 71- 9i V41 771-7-
4- 14" tA bi 4,31 144 VoArq 4.
41
ciA c9; %)-Jt 4 tA 17)-
i)j f72, c), 11. It 9,14 11 1-1-.

%.1 IX .)t ti-2, )), -7)-1 ol i ;), ii -Ito 111--2.
ot 7-11 01-1-111-. 4).01 141. 1km
"da ',Lox 013
42
Lesson 133
Court Martial
1. Shin: I understand someone was court-martialee

yesterday. What sort of case was it?
Yu: It was a larceny case.
2. Shin: I have heard lately that things have disappeared

from the barracks frequently, they finally
caught someone (stealing). Who was the offender?
Yu: Private Inson Kim.
3. Shin: Oh! Do you mean that tall, skinny one who used to
be in the 3rd aquad of the 1st platoon?
Yu: Yes, that's the one.
4. Shin: He doesn't look like a person who would do such

a thing, and yet he did!
Yu: To tell the truth, I was surprised too! It seems

basically he is not bad, but he became an orphan
when he was little, and grew up in an unfavorable
environment which had quite an influence on him.
5. Shin: What did the boy steal?
Yu: He stole a wallet (of another person) in the

next room.
6. Shin: What was the verdict?
Yu: He received five months imprisonment.
7. Shin: Is it so serious an offense to steal a wallet?
Yu: This was not his first (offense), it seems he

has stolen many times before.
43
01. Liso
iroi mki
t )1_ 41- oil ki 114--t44
Di 14- ))-).-c- 61 el AJ 34 A oPol- 411

0-1 tti -t A- 0414-1 4,,)A11-4-
11- 4 7)-
4
IV& ellt-1,4 21J1 441--)OL
01, LA 01 A.1 .04_4 -A 9-A41,14. *

, IJJ 0
di o %
.;)
01)- 3-4;41041*
.71" 71- (114 tl 4. tp
*1 3
6 qco:1--151- vi 4%14- 4.9..11t<4.A. -IA
6
YA1- 4-iitf5-tri*, 04 ki vxl: Olt

I t 0-41t 414--L it;Of * fit ol J151--1)1-1- 6
vi 4.
4
-74
J1 GA 01 'A =
it V. 1;14: 4141 *14%1 41 %(1
1,1
44
D. oe.las
oiJ
51 *01 41
I.
1' 4 ic )ri- 1,- 'A 04)
i -1-1) vi 4 7
oi (1 II
3 - 01 ;. 016-4 II A- 1-
4' 11 Yti 41 A- 71) 4 1/1 DP.
- 71" 11 vijt 1), AV 4i/i 42.
6- /41 Al- oil A-1 /4.1- 7-11 ol 4
t
0) cy all Al (71 c`cj- /t V):414 I71-3
7.
1. Pvt.Kim was caught by the Company Commander while

stealing a wallet in the barracks.
2. Ws easy for a boy to become bad if he comes to

associate with bad boys in an unfavorable environ-
ment.
3. Pvt.Kim was one of those unfortunate boys who

became an orphan, losing his parents when he was
very little.
4. Pvt.Kim was court-martialed after being caught,

and he was sentenced to a rather severe penalty.
5. Such severe cases like mutiny or espionage are

handled at the general court-martial.
45
E cyl (fit)
spy
to be light (not severe)
general court-martial
orphan
confinement (penal)
others
to be caught
mutiny
habit
offender
hoodlum, juvenile delinquent
larceny
finally
frequently
crime
summary court-martial
special court-martial
environment
to steal
)75 tf.
A. tdi- tg) e
C--)
000
111.-Ele cer A I *Gil =a 0-1 .111cH (HI ?
-te L>) 0.i it-1 54;i it C411
Atri V. 4g it' it3 'Vt4 TPIN 1-3 C-i%
,- : Ad.-t -1.-Wg -* oi 010, a+ I-1 ='ra)

Att *; Pel- t7ite
Ob41%1 Ve41-11/.?
=Ir2111- qh1101 11:t 11-1-1 r1011.. vi 4-0)g.3

.1-s4 ti-1-1
#41ii t 7)-
v+1
afrl 01) A.
*-11
at-1 01) .* aH11-

40i 1103.1.1?
001 4-raPit. 5t).<`-&c-li 21 ic)
-1-1
o
1-1-1
9rai
*./ ohs-1- h1-11
t 0-) 1-t1
"Moja J-11
4131-) lei 401 17101 3-,
4:4841l 2-Pe
,1.1,i -Le trAlli t.1 CIj
47
Lesson 134
POW (1)
B. 2ialogy2 (Translation)
1. Intr.Officer: Well, to 10t unit did your battery belong?

POW: I have told you my name, rank, and serial
number as agreed at the Geneva Convention,
and I have nothing further to say.
2. Intr.Officer: Since you said you lost your identifica-
tion card, we must establish your status
to guarantee your rights, mustn't we?
POW: Don't you know my status?
3. Intr.Officer: How, do you think, we should know whether
or not you are a spy?
POW: If that's the case, I will answer.
4. Intr.Officer: To what unit does your battery belong?
POW: It belongs to the Heavy Artillery
Battalion of the 12th Army.
5. Intr.Officer: How many batteries are there in the
Battalion?
POW: There are two.

6. Intr.Officer: Here is a simplified map of Yongmisan,
indicate the positions of the batteries.
POW: I don't know that very well.
7. Intr.Officer: Look! It isn't because we don't know

these that we ask you these questions.
We are asking these questions merely to
see if you are answering truthfully.
POW: But, I don't know.
8. Intr.Officer: You'd better realize that ue will not be
able to treat you as a POW until we
establish your status by examining your
answers carefully.
POW: So, what are you going to do with me?
48
Lesson 134
C. Interpretation Exercises
1. What is the name of your unit?
ml As 4; cm 1-1
2. Who is your Battalion Commander?
V"-t t
3. How many Batteries are there and how many piee:es
of artillery do you have?
cl fd -1 01 ml F 01A) /4
4. What was the duty you were performing?
5. Where were you stationed?
)
I4jC oiN ocil 1-
49
6. What was the position of the Battalion Command
Post?
ptt .%- 5-) :1 I tt 1')
7. How did you communicate with the Battalion Fire

Direction Center?
8. What was the call sign for the Battalion Fire

Direction Center?
6ti
9. How long do you use the same call signal?
VJ -10? 00-1, c_fr
10. What was the position of the Forward Observation

Post?
001- .fL
50
D. It (104120
(tAtI) sPY
oftt ten to examine, investigate
right, claim, privilege
CO ) treatment (manner)
( 4g 1ft) to guarantee
AIN.424,04 birth date
(4) to belong
*.f) personal status, identity
4tA1 414,-ItigAt) identification card

correctly, truthfully
oidkt Mt. Yongmi

*H(1 (4.14.) location
to lose
1-11 Geneva
toe) heavy artillery
%11-1 *tar (0V411) to point out, indicate

*A- oa (41141,0 to confirm, identify
Verg-)
-st 0-1 You'd better knaw it!
A
q't1 -.ars\ /T1.1t

4-4(11,
41 0,71 oi v-4 /A.1
rm. ct-t)A-1
2-r toA. ott 111: (11 1.41
oi 7.) e a./1 42-1.61
#444 61--te 11-la `4.9c
AtL13t rirAll I /4. tioiellit
'1"1 Ik 15-F 14111-
r'L*:IL i 6/1.1A0C c+s

01 ft V.Hcl-,
iAL-tt' atql "2.141 .= L.. 11-101 t
. pot 01)/1- 7.-04 **al-i 01-*v-i4 01/1 cH)
o)
AA RH C. i%
51. 1 01
1N.. Ad1t 71:1
;Lis LI
ft- ALL 10)J-L
01} Id 3- Y..
g, 01 C 1 /.1 ad--.5v-i a-ve al r-M A 1. 14
I $) -Vi31 9-1 * teici
52
Lesson 135
POW (II)
B. piRlogue (Translation)
1. Intr.Officer: Well, if you cooperate with us and we

ascertain what your status is, you may
receive proper treatment as a POW in
accordance with the Geneva Conference.
Otherwise, you may be tried for suspicion
of spying.
POW: I will answer your questions.
2. Intr.Officer: Well, then, please indicate the positions

of the batteries on this map.
POW: What has it to do with establishing my

status?
3. Intr.Officer: Oh, well! Are you trying to tell me how

to interrogate? Do you think I have so
much time that I am merely chatting with
you?
POW: I am sorry, sir.
4. Intr.Officer: It won't be good for you if you don't

answer my questions directly.
POW: Yes, this here is the first battery, and

the second battery is here.
5. Intr.Officer: Where is the forward observation post?
POW: It is in this pine grove.
6. Intr.Officer: How do you maintain coordination uith the

infantry?
POW: We use radio communications and flare

signals.
7. Intr.Officer: Is fire control exercised directly ftom

the observation post?
POW: Sometimes it is exercised directly from

the observatim post and sometimes it is
exercised by the Battalion fire direction
center.
53
Lesson 135
C. Interpretation Exercises:
1. Have you been in the army?
IL 0H-81"d:
2. When were you discharged?
1-Q -8- 041
3. Did you say, you are presently employed by a

Company?
041 -71 S.1/1-6141A-j 9.
4. What is your monthly income?
5. How do you manage to live so well on that income?
54
iir
6. Do you earn money by doing spying?
7. Why did you go to the park yesterday?
x1J121,1q1-01J Tol iIo1I oi 0,4 LA 0-,
8. Whom did you meet at the park?
01- ot.tt /1-qoi voil4_7T ct.
9. We have been closely watching that person; you'd

better not lie.
q- ct- oil 0,1 114

10. Didn't you contact him a month ago in front of the
South Gate?
J-ed OO 1
r-1-.
D 400
indirect
gorge, ravine, gully

connection, relation
to tell, inform, explain
to be proper, suitable
wireless communication
fire direction center
pine grove
signal flare (shell)
Oh, my!
chat
ffe: (A*0:01J ) trial (court)
gcr Itg-T
forward observation post
adjustment
(11,*0 ) peace
teil4 9.) Cit* ) suspicion

tir (1,4 )
cooperation, joint effort
6 cooperation,
coordination
56
A. (944)
1111.t
lit AI
VI At* 141-
1-1w S1 Lui
01)
51 Zs ft it 1
40,1511- )-vr fa -5r i) 0-0 v-1-11-1A-I t
124' 01*iki
8t t-1
11-ia ',IV 01 5.-1A t.

At16.4 AA AI 1-
5.) 0-1 3.1A/1-",

cipil LAI q--1, SA10-11
14.1-m) 1Q.E,44-
Yr 44. 11P-1a)-
1-14At5* '41110- t
*-ja t 3.12 t
;ti-r ett
: tirq:11}' %154 CT1.) t-E
Ja. egig 411 c4.1-t-Hki

01, c'121 #21-1 -a
.1"0-1) t)14-) .
2e1 19, 110-1
57
Lesson 136
Anti-tank Defense
1. Intr.Officer: What kind of anti-tank defense training

did you receive?
POW: I have received special training for two

months before I came out to the front line.
2. Intr.Officer: What kinds of weapons did you receive

training in?
POW: I received training with rifle grenades,

anti-tank mines, and bazookas.
3. Intr.Officer: What type of bazookas?
POW: The latest type, M 9A1.
4. Intr.Officer: What kind of sight is mounted?
POW: The same kind as yours is attached to the

barrel.
5. Intr.Officer: From what posture do you fire?
POW: One can fire from a kneeling, sitting,

or pron position.
6. Intr.Officer: What kind of training did you receive for

cases where no specific anti-tank weapons
are available?
POW: I received training on throwing smoke

grenades, or mines.
7. Intr.Officer: Do they learn about the vulnerable spots

on a tank?
POW: Yes, they learn about various vulnerable

spots.
8. Intr.Officer: What points do they emphasize?
POW: They emphasize and tell us to take

advantage of the dead angle of a tank.
58
Lesson 136
1. What is the location of your company?
7di I gt AI AS
2. What is the duty of your Company?
3. How many tank are there in each platoon?
-x--)
1,
F c-1 A AA
4. How do you support the infantry units?
I ca) xti 71- tosI 75J g_
*I q.?t.
5. What does the tank unit do when the infantrymen

approach the objective of their attack?
x-Vct-t--e 4-g-t1 iLi
59
6. Why don't the tanks continue to advance?
01 _or -t xl 1)- tm 01- A-1 xi* x--11%111
61
7. What do the tanks do after that?
..Vg -a- -2d Ai c-110-11 q-41-
*xi
8. By what means do you communicate with the advanc-

ing infantrymen?
*xti ci-.
9. Where do you obtain your supply of gasoline?
,M fi--c41041
10. Where do you repair tanks if they are out of order?
2&11 rt ad 01 V-1 -11- 41.;
Gri 14- 17)- xi 7)- c-
60
to emphasize
Coc..41.L 1.:1) you (21.)
anti-tank
bazooka
to fire (a gun)
ci-
tt 0.1 defense
firing from a prone position

A )-
0 ) to be attached to
15 H
A.1-74
dead space
rifle grenade
.1-49rrett
firing from a kneeling
4 Al- position
c=lf weak poilit, defects
454 5t. smoke grenade
csal firing from a standing

position
posture
1,1X) !) to be equipped
sight (aiming device)
ultra-modern
A.
cg40-'m t.tvoraw-e
XIttJ let) a
-1;).01E,
joj
511 91 !A 0--
F
x-n
ci bit 6rni)- -A-r%i11 aH1}- 14

V-1 cH c41 V11
*05 vrir4-1.e) Apveol ALG-7,tolt..t?
twa- sf-d.%)cHoi)
ii101
61VVeoliArt 4i4V,t
1).7.) 4k4-5,1;10:11ick..
14114/1-le 1-14V ?
"1i. 14)
tA-il4c1.7)3g-to)
k:44 71211-"rsa:t-14,'' .7)-x)11- 5ALlci".

/ -C. 0/01, 0 IA t
4-7)11Ltt- egvip. 78 als)
4.
#4-11--t ea4) t
-41-*11-
Erl" 214- c'eiN *.1%, cci-11.71.%) voi-H-

sS
ocrAA 41 1-11.1:14-11 el41.10A-1 -.42:101)
ewi A-1 It* .c4 .

Lesson 137
Paratroops
1. Intr.Officer: What is the unit you belong to?
POW: The 1st Platoon,2n0 Company73rd Battalion,

5th Rifle Regiment,oth Airborne Corps.
2. Intr.Officer: What units participated in this airborne

operation?
POW: Our Third Battalion participated in it.
3. Intr.Officer: What was the mission of the 3rd Battalion?
POW: It was to establish an airhead in the

plateau at the foot of Yongmisan.
4. Intr.Officer: Which airfield did you depart from?
POW: We departed from the Wonjin Air Base.
5. Intr.Officer: What type of planes did you use?
POW: Four engine transport planes.
6. Intr.Officer: How are the paratroopers armed?
POW: Each has one pistol and one sub-machine

gun.
7. Intr.Officer: As for heavy fire arms, what do they have?
POW: There are ten heavy machine guns an0 two

88 mm anti-tank weapons.
8. Intr.Officer Were there any major mishaps in landing?
POW: There was only one accident in which a

wheel came loose from an anti-tank gun
when it hit the ground, but it was
repaired quickly.
9. Intr.Officer: How long were the ammunition and rations

scheduled to last before the next supply
would come?
POW: There was enough to last one week. How-

ever, some of the rations landed on mud
and was spoiled, I wouldn't know how
long the remainder would have lasted.
O3
Lesson 137
1. To which air-borne division does your unit belong?
c-r.
2. hhat is the strength of your unit?
0)
o 0-
Wi r34 GA-
-1 L cl
3. Are there artillery (ot mortar) detachments in

your unit?
Si
4. How many mortars does the unit have?
5. What is the mission of your unit?
-te.
o4
*4
6. How long can (your unit) continue with the

ammunition and food they have now?
/4*,-ott- -3-401 ,A
-="r
7. What will happen when they run out of supplies?
:zI % 1-1 011 Ad xi IQ, Yr 3-i- 06
ft4okLic1
8. Which one is the supply unit?
9. Approximately when were they supposed to come in

contact with the infantry division?
1c41
"-())
ijo it!)e.11 nil 8- Jr*0-1)=-. 08/1frIP-1
10. How do you communicate with the infantry unit?
Pr S -J-L1 c. )-
65
0-1 (Hit)
11.1, to endure
( grA4f) airhead
plateau
41E) corps
1) la cr. 4. (4N100) submachine gun
4-5 ) paratrooper
01 si milimeter
%) to fall out, come off
). ( mission
t4 lottottloo four engine transport plane
At!. foot of a mountain
(1)%1) to repair
c2-)
enough to...
orp
(4f ) rations, provisions
(*viatut) heavy machine gun
mud
(4=1) to participate
(44) to secure, hold
to become useless, ruined,

spoiled
66
Y.
J61-1.1.
F1 -1'4 0-11
1171m
e'd all *ill 11- a Di etzl(iii-)
/=;#1%). 13,Va t1-4-1 0-)1 4-1 frS)
1111) ee1v14)
9,14 ?
0-1 hi 111117)-11 tz -11- L-1
100, 0-1 li14kt?

.%1 01-4 1i4 i 1}.7,14-*/1-
i-i$1 tal-m?.; qten 4-73-1/)- ,P1-4

t5A t1-2.1
: APi V.44-
Vitt 0), t-1! 01 141-i. afr) 0-11 01 rkl. 011 11)-1.
rct colcor? uht 1?-) st 1-04 ?

V" .0-0-0\1
*AI 6:a1101 m-416A1P-1c1.
7. 7o__'
c,1.1 litt4 021 1 l-ttt gsi t.)
Ali 6'1
SALL 11;24' n.)11-1.4
*aH col) tA
*A2 t.g Si' oe, ni it 4 II t;Poti,4-%-la)-.
67
*g8I .s1)v
:
e
old Qiii1 tc,ii 54. c111-
AAA' 7. t-t- 10.4 oi

slTvLit aNt-14-1 -Pottl
Ite.k;) /it qt-1
68
Lesson 138
Communication Officer
B. pialogue_(lranslation)
1. Intr.Officer: To what unit do you belong?
POW: I belong to the 5Gth Infantry Regiment.
2. Intr.Officer: What was your duty?
POW: I was a Regiment Communication Officer.
3. Intr.Officer: I understand you were captured in the
pear orchard below Ogak Mountain, how
did you happen to come alone so far?
POW: I was lost.
4. Intr.Officer: Where were you going?

POW: I just took a walk for fresh air and got
caught.
5. Intr.Officer: Don't lie! Do you think you can fool us

with such a childish lie? Tell me
straight.
POW: I am telling you truthfully.

6. Intr.Officer: Well! Who in the world would go that far
out for fresh air when everybody is so
busy? Are you kidding me?
POW: Oh,I am sorry sir. To tell you the truth

I was on my way to the Communication
Platoon.
7. Intr.Officer: What were you going there for?

POW: I was on my way to convey the Regiment
Circuit Diagram.
8. Intr.Officer: What is the Circuit Diagram?
POW: It is a diagram showing the communication
networks and wire communication stations;
9. Intr.Officer: To what unit does that communication
platoon belong?
POW: It belongs directly to the Regimer+
Headquarters.
69
10. Inter. Officer: Are there other separate platoons
belonging directly to the Regimental
Headquarters?
POW: Yes, they have an engineer platoon and

a medical platoon (mare so).
11. Inter. Officer: Is it an ordinary grouping?
POW: No, it is not. They reorganized that

way specially for the present campaign.
.T.,esson 138
1. Where were you stationed?
t-Ad ta 01
2. What was the mission of your unit?
3. How Were communications.maintained with the

infantry units?
4. How did you communicate with the Forward Observa-

tion Post?
What was the call sign for your unit?
t al 4 c
1,
71
6. Do you always use the same call sign?
cl-
7. When you inform coordinates (by radio), how do

you do it?
8. How often do you change the code?
711-4'M AteCA- 6C1161) =--tr51/111-MI 31-31i 1-1
9. What are you supposed to do when commnication

with the Forward Observation Post is interrupted?
ot c1 .
10. How many airplanes are there used for air-

reconnaissance?
72
AVIIMMIPROPPResmommormememsrameorrow.........-....
"Crl: (ftk)
circuit diagram
4-1 to iose onets way

(410t) to gain independence
straight, directly
pear
pe.,r orchard
to be cheated
ItiALI.H (1414 wire telegraph station
medical platoon
c tif ) a bird's-eye view, diagram

48. (1 ) Mt. Ogak, pentagon mountain
4.'r4t1 (*P4t) to be childish, immature

( reorganization
ICI SS Al) to convey, (leaver
t )
(ikift,W1)
telegraph station
outpost
4. Al2 %1" communication network

(4AI) organi.7ation
lo show, indicate
A 1
7 3
A. (Vh)
kt ti1:1-114 ff.%) 4grig-s air-) hi
1ZHc4 V-crg ix) con,4-t
11170V, VI, At
4-$ ?
Tookli E#1-10-1- r'hiivear)..1t
c3-4 74 %)-) tit+ toaLir''H
: 1%; (21 tic t

IV 4t.s.i-o.m. ht t+ti 61)
*1 IN
0) 11.4
bolo oit n01)- V-ki s40-1

-71 le 4 ve 4.1) sr.t. 4 el at! 71
ALLtit : A
.74 ) ALI ..t-t GI 1141 *111 itt I
togeo
ha 41' : V").L). 4:011.14) aVoi 14-fit4-7-n-?
7-Litt 10410.11
1)it Di) foi t

SE ettsr Soi ())
74
Lesson 139
T.nk Crew
1. Intr.Officer: Where were you briefed on the counter-

offensive operation?
POW: I was briefed on it at the assembly area.

2. Intr.Officer: Where was the assembly area?
POW: It was in the forest east f Ogaksan.
3. Intr.Officer: What else did you do there?

POW: We checked the machines to see if there
were any mechanical troubles, filled
them up with gasoline, and examined the
basic load of ammunition.
4. Intr.Officer: What was the duty of your unit?
POW: It was to lead the Third Infantry Company,
and give them fire support to aid their
last assault after crossing the river line
5. Intr.Officer: Could you communicate with infantry men
from the inside of your tank?
POW: Yes, a telephone is installed between the
inside and the rear part of the tank. If
you lift the receiver up inside, a small
light outside will blink.
6. Intr.Officer: How did you decide to signal to cease
firing?
POW: We decided to use red flares.

7. Intr.Officer: How was the mechanical trouble caused?
PC1: I ran into a big rock when I was crossing
the river bottom.
8. Intr.Officer: I thought there was no water flowing in

the river, why couldn't you see?
POW: I couldn't see it because of the smoke
screen at that time.
75
Lesson 139
1. To which unit do you belong?
O
X11 3L3S1L, 7<11-1- c4i
2. How many medium tanks are there in your unit?
x-11 ai -Tr
3. How many members in a crew (in a tank)?
4a What sort of weapons are the tanks equipped with?
90 7110g0) c4.
5. How many rounds of 90 mm shells does (a tank)

carry?
134 1.-)1_.)
76
6. What is the weight of the tank?
ot=
7. What is the (normal cruising) speed of the tank?
01.-1-1 10) .5(1%101,erilt

111- 01-0-d %-j
8. How much gasoline can a tank hold?
;OA. r4i
41 cr.
9. How do you receive your gasoline supply?
-P4 04) -31-A-1 11-g1 1-1
10. How much gasoline does a tank use to go one mile?
A
A
77
D qcwi (f.0.%)
-7/H 2c1, gasoline

1H brook, stream
/1 basic loading capacity
to help
to charge, assault
flooT, flat ground (fich
as rlver bed, etc.)
4=1
rock
c Ict ) counterattack
to glitter, shine
."Orz4-!111- to collide, run iLto
to be red, crimson
c 41.144:) forest
AiLe 44-) to guide, lead
-ItF tive4) receiver (of telephone)
41 ) summary, gist
ata. Olt smoke screen

rirJ C frA Ifto spot check
Vf) 5g) flare bomb
tg,t AS6 assembly area
to fill
1 (A.'4) the last
t) Ad (.41010) river line
to flow
7 8
g -r
A)...egottol)
/1:1 t 01
si".t1.1=1
et kJ-11- tgi-rr-i-,
;11.
fr. 0) ecr ad: I
tVOI 11
01 Ilk" st,"%e1-01 5127,1 V-%"tit.l
atLATIV T,r.) 01A-1 ISH L-1111"
tqq`M 1111-te eriVt

11.12 *1 m1014-1 41;14 -
-It 6411 oai),I.E s.24 f%1
afri i t *Lt. %ti. Ack.14-1 94-slga
la)
01 It.411 11-1 %et't-C' 4-1-trt 01
MI 61 t S ,14eg/APA151-.
-ses' 14'6. d'C 14r: %) ?
: all Al Z. 4741- q12. 3.-SH *0-11).41 I-?;V:ot

/61 t 6:041 AI AM-51 1.1-4 OLJ
Al- 1 .1)t .
01, vi kg 0) A-1
111 teekirLiah.
79
Lesson 140
About the Commander
1. Intr.Officer: Who is the Supreme Commander of this

Defense Operation?
POW: I guess it is General Chonghwan Kim.
2. Intr.Officer: You mean you are not sure?
POW: According to a rumor, the Commander of

the Defense Force is going to be replaced.
3. Intr.Ofiicer: Who was the former commander?
POW: General Chinsu Lee.
4. Intr.Officer: Did General Chinsu Lee make any mistake?
POW: Didn't he fail in the Battle of Insunkang:
5. Intr.Officer: How is his popularity?
POW: Well. He is impetuous and stubborn and

not very popular among his subordinates.
Originally he was known for his surprise
attacks or blitzkriegs.
6. Intr.Officer: What YAas this person been doing; the

person who will come as a replacement?
POW: He has been the Chief of Staff in the

Second Army.
7. Intr.Officer: What is his background?
POW: He was educated China, and fought

alongside of the Chinese Communist Forces
against the Japanese Forces in Japan.
8. Intr.Officer: Then, he must be able in defense

operations.
POW: Yes, he is. He is very patient and is

never hated by his subordinates.
80
[;
i
(
i
Lesson 140
:
1
C. Iaters_retatiorcerc i se s
4
1. What is the name and rank of your division

commander?
14 og 4- oil 6)
2. Do you know what school Brigadier General Kim

graduated from?
c}-1 tr --e H- q- -Lt- v-i- -4.-- ,c-hi ;7'6 1-1C1-.
I 3. When did he become the division commander?
1 id 1 %-il V
4. Where was his post before?
MI 1 q111. i.: 1- l'il- 8- 1 5j, c i--.D. 'oil- IA q
5. Was his original branch the infantry?
01-1-1 _g_ xj,- vil- iircti 4 AL111-1 q",
i
0
81
1 .
6. How is the leadership of the new commander?
al Ciy11 Vf /A34-1-1 c-1-, 1- e-I 1-1- t=ft-t1-4. i'it 01 /31 .-1-101-2-
J1-Ag lot -P-/I ati%c-il 4t1--tol ccI--S-H i',
7. Does the new commander know the morale of his

subordinates?
cm) xi- 4.- ki I AT!
*
8. Do you know what he was doing before the
Liberation (of 1945)?
01. -t.a-e=1 V-11L-oi-i cl-
L.
82
stubbornness, obstinacy
1.1:1) 01 kii to be very stubborn
to drag, pull
-Aalyr-1-
7 (kv) surprise a4tack
vg.) to be able
014;1 '44'cl- to be hated
to replace, to exchange
ir (1V$51 defense
c f.) background
subordinate
(141) disposition, temperament
I iw to be short-tempered
CfrCr ) rumor
04-1 (C() failure
popularity
%C.17-.11i1 (t**4i blitzkrieg

transfer (to a new position)
.4.) brigadier general
ISI1 very patient
t V" chief of staff

. present...
1.4 tw.g
(one) thinks whether...
83

Korean Language Text Practice

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Korean Language Text Practice

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 024 936 AL 001 629

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE

PRESIDIO OF MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA

NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE tESKY

LANGUAGE LABORATORY riSo

NON RESIDENT LANGUAGE REFRESHER COURSE

210 HOUR COURSE

Classroom Instruc::ion Lessons 1-14

Language Laboratory Exercises 1-6

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIS

U. S. Army Language School

a. 140 units for classroom instruction, fifty minutes

b. 60 units for individual language laboratory exercise.

c. 10 units for formal examination.

The course is so designed that students can follow

a. First priority: To maintain and develop aural

b. Second priority: To maintain and develop reading

c. Third priority: To maintain and develop writing

4. Course Level and Content.

The level of material is:

a. Intermediate level, 1st through 7th week (Lessons

b. Advanced level, 8th through 14th week (Lessons

Instructional materials are classified into two

Volume Instruction Lesson iamamp Lab_Exc.

(a). Dialogue: This part is written

(c). Reading text: This part is written in Hangil

(d). Exercises: This part coasists of oral drills,

(e). Grammar Notes: This part deals with selected

(f). Word list: The words are arranged in Korean

(g): Recording: The dialogue, reading text, and

(2). Language laboratory exercise.

This unit is prepared for recombination

Volume Instruction Lesson Lang. Lab Exercise

III 85-140 37-60

The Instructor's Manual contains general

An examination will be given after covering each

014. celiAl-t- col 41 (I) 1

Language Laboratory Exercise 1 15

014;014 ,v,i; xi (Iv) 24

Language Laboratory Exercise 2 31

(14) 03-4& 0-4)

Language Labrratory Exercise 3 . 48

4;4.. #.41 -1):10xt 'AN . ....... 49

(22) --(6/..te/4 4.a. I )4 c+.

Language Laborator; Exercise 4 65

Language Laboratory Exercise 5 82

J-11- 41, 411 olki (I) 83

Language Laboratory Exercise 6 98

LE) (q` -?clfect Alt

Yria 4A-711-1 74?

Aixg 01 4 i. 14? 01 c 444 01-4 1.1 ?

74) Al 11 01 4: 7q, Xit

7. . 7}7 1j i *4 Al ( 4-1 711 %t 14)

At the U.S. Embassy(I)

1. Han-tong-su: What can I do for you? (For what business

Brown: My name is Brown. I arrived from America

2. Han: Did you come to register?

Brown: Yes. Here's my passport.

3. Ban: Come over here and take a seat, please.

Brown: Thank you.

4. Han: My name is Han.

Brown: Are you Mr. Tongsu Han? Do you know